agency-3349•Ohio Administrative Code 3349 — Northeast Ohio Medical University
Ohio Administrative Code 3349 — Northeast Ohio Medical University
agency-3349Ohio Adm.Code 3349Regulation
Chapter 3349-1 University Rules
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-01 Bylaws of the board of trustees.
(A) Article I
Enabling legislation: The Ohio general assembly, through Ohio Amended Senate Bill 72 (with an effective date of November 23, 1973), created the Northeastern Ohio universities college of medicine as codified in section 3350.10 of the Revised Code that was later amended to create the Northeastern Ohio medical university, NEOMED or university. The governance of the university is vested in its board of trustees who are appointed by the governor of Ohio with the advice and consent of the Ohio senate.
(B) Artilce II
University mission, vision, and values
(1) Mission: create transformational leaders and improve health.
(2) Vision: forge the future in innovative medical education and research excellence.
(3) Values: leadership, innovation, and community care provided with:
(a) Integrity: We uphold the highest ethical standards, acting with honesty, accountability, and transparency.
(b) Collaboration: We believe transformation arises from interdisciplinary teamwork, strong partnerships, and the sharing of knowledge, all of which drive innovation and improve outcomes.
(c) Excellence: We are committed to the highest standards of academic and research excellence, continuously striving for innovation and distinction.
(4) Statement of commitment: Pursuant to section 3345.0216 of the Revised Code, NEOMED declares that it will educate students by means of free, open, and rigorous intellectual inquiry to seek the truth; equip students with the opportunity to develop the intellectual skills they need to reach their own, informed conclusions; will not require, favor, disfavor, or prohibit speech or lawful assembly; create a community dedicated to an ethic of civil and free inquiry, which respects the autonomy of each member, supports individual capacities for growth, and tolerates the differences in opinion that naturally occur in a public higher education community; treat all faculty, staff, and students as individuals, to hold them to equal standards, and to provide them equality of opportunity, with regard to those individuals race, ethnicity, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or gender expression.
(C) Article III
Members, terms, vacancies, powers, and compensation
(1) Number of members: The government of the university is vested in an eleven-member board of trustees, the board or the full board, who shall be appointed by the Ohio governor, with the advice and consent of the Ohio senate. Two of the eleven trustees shall be current students in good standing at the university appointed in accordance with division (B) of section 3350.10 of the Revised Code who shall be non-voting members.
(2) Emeritus trustee
(a) In accordance with university rule 3349-1-04 of the Administrative Code, the university may confer the honorary, non-voting status of trustee emeritus upon a former NEOMED trustee in recognition of exceptional service and contributions to the board. Because this designation is reserved for truly meritorious service, it is expected to be awarded sparingly. The term of service for an emeritus trustee shall be for such period, not exceeding five years, as may be mutually agreed upon by the board and the emeritus trustee at the commencement of the appointment. Such term may be renewed upon mutual agreement of the board and the emeritus trustee.
(b) Trustees emeriti will receive formal recognition by board resolution; they may attend board meetings and university events, including commencement, with special seating and program recognition; and have opportunities to participate in ad hoc groups or committees where their expertise may be of value.
(c) The scope of duties for each trustee emeritus will be mutually agreed upon by the board and the individual, always with the goal of advancing the mission and interests of the university.
(3) Advisory trustee
(a) In accordance with university rule 3349-1-05 of the Administrative Code, the university has established the non-voting position of advisory trustee to recognize individuals whose knowledge, skills, and professional experience will enhance the mission and work of Northeast Ohio medical university. Each advisory trustee will serve a three-year term and may be reappointed for up to two consecutive terms, for a maximum of six years.
(b) Advisory trustees will be accorded privileges that include invitations to attend meetings of the university board and the annual retreat; invitations to attend executive sessions of the board, at the discretion of the board chair; invitations to university events, including commencement, with special seating, formal introduction, and program recognition; and, opportunities to participate in ad hoc groups or committees where their expertise may be of value.
(4) Student trustees
(a) Two of the eleven trustees shall be current students in good standing of the university, and their selection and terms shall be in accordance with division (B) of section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(b) The student members shall have no voting power on the board. Student members shall not be considered as members of the board in determining whether a quorum is present. Student members shall not be entitled to attend executive sessions of the board; however, they may, at the discretion of the chair, be invited to attend and participate.
(c) The student members of the board shall be appointed by the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, from a group of no more than five candidates selected pursuant to a procedure adopted by the university's student government and approved by the university's board of trustees. The term of office of a student member is for two years, each term ending on the same day of the same month of the year as the term it succeeds. If a student member cannot fulfill a two-year term, a replacement shall be selected to fill the unexpired term in the same manner used to make the original selection.
(5) Term of office
For trustees appointed prior to July 1, 2025, except as provided in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule and except for the student members, terms of office shall be for nine years. For trustees appointed on or after July 1, 2025, except for the student members, terms of office shall be for six years.
(6) Vacancies
Any trustee appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the trustee's predecessor was appointed shall hold office for the remainder of such term. Any trustee shall continue in office after the expiration date of the trustee's term until the trustee's successor takes office, or until a period of sixty days has elapsed, whichever occurs first.
(7) Training
(a) Section 3333.045 of the Revised Code established a framework for training trustees at two-year and four-year public institutions in Ohio. The legislation requires the chancellor to develop and annually deliver educational programs designed to address the role, duties, and responsibilities of a member of a board of trustees. Section 3345.045 of the Revised Code sets forth the topics required in paragraphs (A) to (Q) of this rule.
(i) New trustees, appointed after June 27, 2025, must complete educational programming on topics listed in paragraphs (A) to (Q) of this rule within two years of appointment and every two years thereafter. Programming is strongly encouraged but not required in final year of term.
(ii) Current trustees, appointed prior to June 27, 2025, with more than one year remaining, must complete educational programming on topics listed in paragraphs (A) to (Q) of this rule every two years. The initial two-year timeframe began on June 27, 2025. Programming is strongly encouraged but not required in final year of term.
(iii) Current trustees with less than one year remaining are strongly encouraged but not required to take the training.
(iv) Non-voting trustees are strongly encouraged but not required to take the training.
(v) Student trustees are strongly encouraged but not required to take the training.
(b) Trustees may complete these training requirements as set forth in the statute and on the Ohio department of higher education website.
(8) General powers
The board shall have the powers which are conferred upon it by the laws of the state of Ohio. It shall do all things necessary for the creation, proper maintenance and successful and continuous operation of the university and shall adopt, and from time to time as necessary, amend, alter or repeal, the bylaws and any rules for the conduct of the board and the governance and conduct of the university. The board shall employ, fix the compensation of, and remove the president, and such number of deans, professors, administrators, officers and other employees as the board may deem necessary.
(9) Compensation of trustees
Trustees shall receive no compensation for their services but shall be paid their reasonable expenses necessary while engaged in the discharge of their official duties.
(D) Article IV
Officers of the board and their duties
(1) Officers
(a) The trustee officers of the board are the chair and vice chair. Nomination and the election of trustee officers may be made in any manner determined by a consensus of the board that is consistent with Ohio law and Robert's Rules of Order. Seniority, defined as length of service on the board, is one attribute that should be considered. Other attributes include, but are not limited to, skills necessary to perform the duties of a particular office, vision, level of interest, and willingness to commit the necessary time to fulfill the duties of the office.
(b) The nominating committee shall prepare a slate of candidates for the offices of chair and vice chair to be presented to the board at its September meeting. Nominations, including self-nominations, may also be made from the floor prior to the election. The chair and vice chair shall be elected annually by the board at its September meeting.
(c) An officer will serve a one-year term. If an officer has served two consecutive terms, he/she may not be elected for a third consecutive one-year term in that office. An officer, who has served two consecutive terms in an office, may serve in that office again after a one-term hiatus.
(d) The term of the newly elected trustee officer will commence immediately following adjournment of the meeting at which the officer is elected; and they shall hold office until the conclusion of the September meeting, or a successor is elected.
(2) Duties of the chair and vice chair
The duties of the chair and vice chair of the board shall be as follows:
(a) The chair shall preside at all meetings of the board and shall have authority to decide all questions of order. The chair shall be responsible for ensuring the proper execution of all resolutions, actions, and directives of the board. The chair is authorized to execute, on behalf of the university and the board, such instruments, contracts, minutes, resolutions, diplomas, and other official documents as may be duly approved or authorized by the board. In consultation with the president, the chair shall participate in the preparation of agendas and the identification of significant matters to be brought before the board for consideration.
(b) The vice chair, in the absence or disability of the chair, shall be vested with the powers and discharge the duties of the chair.
(3) Non-trustee officers
The offices of secretary and treasurer, if appointed by the board, may be held by individuals who are not members of the board and shall serve at the pleasure of the board.
(a) Secretary
(i) Trustees will direct board-related requests and suggestions to the board secretary.
(ii) The secretary shall maintain and keep all records and books of the board. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board and its committees and shall make and keep accurate and complete records of minutes of said meetings. The secretary shall, within two weeks of each meeting, or as soon thereafter as practical, transmit, by mail or other appropriate electronic or standard delivery method, a copy of the minutes of the meeting to each trustee.
(iii) The secretary shall give notice of all meetings of the board and its committees to the trustees and to the president. The secretary shall provide all other notices required by law and these bylaws. Notice may be provided by mail, or any other electronic or standard delivery method. Requests to address the board or any committee of the board shall not ordinarily be considered unless submitted in writing to the secretary at least two weeks prior to any regularly scheduled meeting. Such requests shall contain information requested by the secretary, including, but not limited to, the name of the person making the request, the purpose and subject matter of the request, and a summary of the topic to be addressed.
(iv) The chair of the board, in consultation with the chair of any relevant committee of the board, and the president, shall, on behalf of the board or committee, determine whether and when the matter will be placed on the agenda of the board or committee of the board. If the chair decides not to schedule the matter on an agenda of the board or committee of the board, the chair shall direct the secretary to provide notice to the requester and to members of the board for their information.
(v) The chair shall have the discretion to recognize any person who seeks to address the board and to prescribe the time permitted for such remarks. After the individual has spoken, no further participation shall be allowed except to respond to a specific question from a trustee, which shall be addressed through the chair.
(vi) If the request to address the board relates to a matter that meets one of the exceptions to the public meeting law, the matter will only be discussed in a closed executive session of the board, and the chair shall deny the request, indicating the topic is not one that will be discussed in a public meeting.
(vii) As an employee of the university, the secretary shall report to the president but shall work in close cooperation and coordination with the board of trustees and facilitate its work.
(b) Treasurer
(i) A treasurer, who is ordinarily the chief financial officer of the university, if so appointed by the board, shall keep the financial books and records of the university, deposit university funds, make appropriate payments, maintain proper records of revenues and expenses, and submit to the board an annual statement of accounts and perform such other duties as the board may designate.
(ii) In accordance with section 3350.11 of the Revised Code, the treasurer, before entering upon the discharge of the official duties of treasurer, shall give bond or insurance to the state of Ohio for the faithful performance of the official duties of treasurer and the proper accounting for all money coming into the treasurer's care. The amount of the bonds or insurance shall be determined by the board but shall not be for a sum less than the estimated amount which may come into the treasurer's control at any time, less any reasonably deductible amount.
(iii) The treasurer, if the chief financial officer of the university, reports to the president and works in close cooperation and coordination with the board of trustees.
(E) Article V
The university president
(1) The president is the chief executive officer of the university and reports to the board in that capacity. As such the president is charged with the responsibility and is vested with the authority to lead the university; properly promulgate those policies that will support the proper functioning of the university; develop and implement a university strategic plan; oversee all of the university's administrative and academic operations; act as the university spokesperson; and, perform such other duties as may be outlined in the faculty bylaws and those delegated by the board. The board hereby authorizes the president to execute all contracts, instruments, leases, licenses, and other documents on behalf of the university. The board further authorizes such administrative officers of the university as identified by the president to execute contracts, instruments, leases, licenses, and other documents on behalf of the university.
(2) Ex-officio non-voting member of the board
(a) The president is hereby invested with ex-officio, non-voting, membership on the board and all committees. The board hereby grants to the president the right to attend all meetings of the board, except those meetings where the president may have a perceived or real conflict of interest.
(b) Communications with the board
The president will keep the board appropriately informed about significant issues affecting the university and of public events and opportunities where trustee presence will further the interests of the university. The trustees shall refrain from representing the university without the president's knowledge and involvement; and they will communicate with the president in a timely manner if significant information or issues are brought to their attention.
(c) Annual presidential performance review
(i) The board of trustees is responsible for the annual evaluation of the president. The board shall assess performance, provide constructive feedback, and ensure alignment with the mission and strategic objectives of the university. The president shall prepare and submit an annual self-assessment addressing performance relative to established goals and criteria.
(ii) The evaluation and compensation committee, in consultation with the board chair, shall establish the evaluation criteria, oversee the evaluation process, establish the timeline, review all relevant materials, deliberate and prepare a written report for consideration by the board of trustees in executive session.
(iii) The evaluation and compensation committee shall review annually the compensation of the president. The committee may request an analysis of the market competitiveness of the president's compensation, recommend annual performance goals, and establish criteria for awarding annual base salary increases, performance bonuses and other forms of compensation, and recommend adjustments to the president's compensation, to the full board.
(iv) The general counsel provides support for the annual performance review process. The general counsel may engage such external advisors or consultants as the compensation and evaluation committee deems necessary to facilitate the evaluation and compensation review process, and will maintain as confidential, to the extent permitted by law, the evaluation and compensation report and related materials.
(v) Any changes in compensation will be approved by the board at an open and public session of the board.
(F) Article VI
General counsel
The general counsel of the university, when designated as an assistant attorney general for the state of Ohio, shall act as counsel to the board of trustees and is authorized to practice law on behalf of the university. The board of trustees, its individual members, the president of the university and those so designated by the foregoing are entitled to privileged attorney-client communications with the general counsel.
(G) Article VII
Meetings of the board
(1) Regular meetings
Regular meetings of the board shall be held at least four times a year.
(2) Special meetings
Special meetings may be called at the discretion of the chair. In addition, the chair shall call a special meeting upon the written request of any three trustees or the president. The notice for the special meeting shall specify the date, time, place, and purpose thereof. The chair shall cause the secretary to give notice of date, time, place and purpose of the special meeting no less than seventy-two hours prior to the time of the commencement of the meeting. Notice may be given in oral or written form by electronic means, personal delivery, mail or other standard delivery method, to those persons entitled to notice.
(3) Emergency meetings
An emergency is an unforeseen combination of circumstances or the resulting state that calls for immediate official action. An emergency meeting may be called by the chair, any three trustees, or the president in consultation with the chair. The individual calling the meeting shall direct the secretary to notify immediately those persons entitled to notice of the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting. Said notice may be in either oral or written form; it may be served by electronic means, personal delivery, or mail or other standard delivery method. Emergency meetings are specifically excluded from the attendance requirement set forth in this paragraph.
(4) Attendance at meetings
In accordance with section 3.17 of the Revised Code, a trustee who fails to attend at least three-fifths of the regular and special meetings of the board during any two-year period forfeits the member's position on the board. emergency meetings of the board shall not be counted in the attendance calculation. The secretary of the board shall keep an accurate attendance record and notify any member of the board and the chair of the board if any member is in jeopardy of such forfeiture.
(5) Attendance by electronic means
In accordance with section 3345.82 of the Revised Code and university rule 3349-1-06 of the Administrative Code, the Northeast Ohio medical university may conduct meetings of the board of trustees utilizing electronic communication. Trustees are permitted to attend two of the four annual meetings virtually. If a trustee must attend more than two meetings annually utilizing electronic means, they will be counted in the quorum but will not be permitted to vote.
(6) Conformance with the Ohio open meetings act
(a) All regular, special, emergency, committee meetings and executive sessions of the board shall be held in conformance with the requirements of Ohio law governing public meetings. Public meetings shall not include attendance by a majority of board members of the board or a majority of board members of any committee or subcommittee of the board at information sessions, campus events, social or other activities which do not involve a prearranged discussion of university business by such members of the board.
(b) The board of trustees may hold executive sessions in accordance with the requirements of the Ohio open meetings act. An executive session may be convened only after a majority of a quorum of the board determines, by roll-call vote during a public meeting, to hold such a session for a purpose permitted by law.
(c) The chair of the board shall preside over the executive session and may designate which individuals shall be permitted to remain during the session, consistent with the purpose for which it was convened. No official action shall be taken in executive session.
(7) Public notice of meetings
(a) Any person or news medium may receive notification of the date, time and place of all regularly scheduled or emergency board meetings and the date, time, place and purpose of all special board meetings; by delivering an oral or written request to the secretary of the board. Oral requests may be made in person or via electronic means during normal business hours.
(b) Any news media representative may obtain notice of the date, time, place and purpose of all special meetings of the board by requesting in writing that such notices be provided. All requests for such notification shall be addressed to the secretary of the board of trustees.
(8) Order of business
Unless otherwise specifically stated in the notice of meeting, any business may be transacted at any meeting of the board. The ordinary order of business at all regular meetings of the board will be as follows unless otherwise designated by the chair:
(a) Roll call;
(b) Review of agenda and recusal, as necessary;
(c) Disposition of minutes of previous meeting;
(d) Guest speaker or presentation, as necessary;
(e) Report of the president;
(f) Reports of the standing committees of the board;
(g) Report of the vice presidents, as necessary;
(h) Old business;
(i) New business;
(j) Election of officers, as necessary;
(k) Administrative appointment, as necessary;
(l) Executive session, as necessary and;
(m) Adjournment.
(9) Quorum and voting
A majority of the number of voting trustees of the board then appointed must be present in person or by electronic means at such meeting in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute or these bylaws, the act of a majority of the trustees present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of trustees. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is achieved.
(10) No second required for a committe recommendation
In accordance with Robert's Rules of Order, when a motion emanates from a committee report which contains a recommendation, the recommendation is made as a motion at the conclusion of the committee chair's, or designee, presentation on the matter. No second is required for such a motion since it is made on behalf of the committee.
(11) Record of meetings
A record of all board meetings shall be made and kept by the secretary of the board and made available to the public upon request.
(12) Rules of order
Robert's Rules of Order shall be accepted as authority on all questions of parliamentary procedure not determined by the most current version of the bylaws. The general counsel, or another person designated by the chair, will function as a parliamentarian and will be available to consult with and advise the board on all matters of parliamentary procedure.
(H) Article VIII
Contracts, loans, checks, and deposits
(1) Contracts
The board may authorize the president or other university officers authorized by the president to prepare proposals for contracts with any person, firm, or other entity, sign contracts between the board and any such person, firm, or other entity, execute bonds and undertakings required for the faithful performance of such contracts, and deliver vouchers and receipts in connection therewith.
(2) Loans
No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the board, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the board.
(3) Deposits and accounts
All funds of the university, not otherwise employed, shall be deposited from time to time in general or special accounts as the board may select, or as may be selected by the president or other university officers as the president may designate, under such restrictions or terms or conditions as the board may prescribe. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the university, checks, drafts, and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the university may be endorsed, assigned, and delivered by the president or other university officer as the president may designate.
(I) Article IX
Committees
(1) Standing committiees of the board
(a) The standing committees of the board and the matters committed to their charge shall be as set forth below. The chair of the board shall appoint trustees to these committees with input from the president. The chair of the board shall be an ex officio voting member of all committees. The chair of the board has the same rights as other committee members. The president of the university shall be an ex officio, non-voting member of all committees. Only the voting members of the committee are counted in the quorum.
(b) As far as practicable, the committees shall be constituted, and committee chairs appointed, by the newly elected chair of the board, within the first thirty days after the September board meeting. Committee members and chairs shall serve until their successors are appointed.
(c) The chair of the board shall appoint a chair and may appoint a vice chair of each committee. The chair of the board should consider the senior members of the board for these positions. If the chair of the committee is unavailable to chair the meeting, then the vice chair shall conduct the meeting. If the chair and vice chair are not available, then the chair of the board of trustees may preside over the committee meeting or appoint the chair pro tem to preside over the committee meeting.
(d) Only the voting members of the committee are counted in the quorum. The chair of the board may appoint the members of the committee, including a temporary appointment of a trustee, who may take the place of any absent member of the committee, for purposes of satisfying the quorum requirements or voting requirements for the period stated by the chair.
(e) The president shall designate an appropriate administrative staff member who will assist the chair of each standing committee in the preparation of the agenda and supporting documentation. The chair shall allow sufficient time for the preparation of this documentation in accordance with the notice provisions contained in article V herein. Supporting documentation for all actions requiring board approval will be delivered to the members a minimum of five working days in advance of the meeting.
(f) The chair may also appoint special committees, ad hoc committees, and task forces as necessary to accomplish the work of the board. In discharging their responsibilities, the committees shall conform to the policies established by the board, report their recommendations to the board, and refer to the board all matters of broad significance to the university.
(2) Responsibilities of standing committiees
(a) The academic and scientific affairs committee shall discharge the supervisory duties as prescribed by the board with respect to matters pertaining particularly to educational and research programs. The board of trustees hereby acknowledges that the president, in conjunction with the provost, will work together to develop and implement new programs and to implement changes to existing programs. The board also notes that if the president deems it advisable or necessary to seek the endorsement, consensus or approval of the board for a specific, significant, or unique programmatic approach, the board will act upon the recommendation of the president. The academic and scientific affairs committee shall review and recommend to the board the awarding of degrees to students from the university and monitor the academic policies of the university.
(b) The evaluation and compensation committee consists of three voting members of the board appointed by the chair. The committee leads the annual performance review of the president. It ensures that the performance review is fair and evidence-based; it is responsible for making recommendations to the board for the establishment of the president's annual performance goals, the process of annual performance reviews, and for setting the compensation of the president.
(c) The executive committee shall consist of the chair of the board, the vice chair, and two additional board members, one of whom shall be the immediate past chair, if available. It shall provide oversight on behalf of the board and recommend actions for consideration, as necessary, by the full board. The chair of the board shall serve as chair of the executive committee unless the chair designates another member of the committee to serve in that capacity.
(d) The finance, fiscal policy, and investment committee shall discharge the duties as prescribed by the board with respect to the financial affairs of the university including consideration and recommendation of all policy matters relating to the university budget and financial operations; internal and external audit functions and reporting; personnel matters; facilities planning and oversight that involve the expenditure or commitment of funds related to capital planning and capital projects for the university. The internal auditor reports to the president who will present any significant findings to the board unless the president has a conflict of interest. In the event of a presidential conflict of interest, the matter will be referred to the chair and the vice chair of the board. As required by divisions (C) and (D) of section 3345.05 of the Revised Code, the finance, fiscal policy and investment committee shall serve as the university's investment committee. As such, it shall meet at least quarterly. The committee shall review and recommend revisions to the board's investment policy and shall advise the board on its investments. The committee shall be authorized to retain the services of an investment advisor who meets the qualifications set forth in the university's investment policy and in accordance with division (D) of section 3345.05 of the Revised Code.
(e) The institional advancement committee has oversight of the activities of university advancement including resource development, communications, public relations and alumni relations. It shall be responsible for advising the board on policy formulation, strategies and priorities for increasing the financial resources of the university in keeping with its long-range programmatic and capital plans. The committee partners with and supports the development efforts of the NEOMED foundation. The chair of the institutional advancement committee may serve as a liaison to the NEOMED foundation board and provide strategic direction on behalf of the NEOMED board of trustees.In addition, the committee will assist the president in establishing liaisons with foundations, business and industrial organizations to the mutual benefit of such organizations together with the university. These relationships may involve programs or research projects which support scientific requirements in which the faculty and staff of the university have expertise.
(f) The nominating committe is a three-member committee. Membership on the nominating committee will include a trustee whose term on the board is expiring, a trustee who has indicated no desire to serve either as chair or vice chair, and one other member. The chair of the committee will be the trustee whose term is expiring. The chair of the nominating committee will appoint the other members of the committee in consultation with the chair of the board.
(g) The trusteeship committe will meet on an as needed basis to consider proposed changes in the bylaws of the board, and make recommendations to the board, as appropriate, for its attention or action, perform periodic board self-evaluation and assessment, and other matters referred to it by the chair.
(h) Non-trustees may be appointed by the chair to serve on committees of the board. However, since the governing power of the board is not delegable, the non-trustee members do not have the right to vote. It is permissible to have non-trustees serve in an advisory capacity on all committees.
(J) Article X
Conflict of interest, conflict of loyalty
(1) No trustee shall participate in deliberations or vote on a university contract, action or trans-action when the trustee has a financial, personal or fiduciary interest in any person or entity affected by such contract, action or transaction. The board will consistently follow protocols for addressing conflicts. The trustee having the prohibited interest shall make full disclosure thereof and shall abstain from any deliberations and votes on any such matter. If a trustee recuses himself or herself, that trustee may be asked to leave the board room during the discussion and votes on that matter.
(2) Any contract, action or transaction in which one or more trustees have a prohibited interest may be approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of voting trustees who are not interested in the contract, notwithstanding the fact that the disinterested trustees constitute less than a quorum of trustees.
(K) Article XI
Amendment
(1) The bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the trustees, provided that the notice of any meeting at which such action is proposed to be taken shall state the substance of the bylaw to be made, repealed, altered, or amended unless waived in writing by all trustees, notice of any such meeting shall be delivered personally, by mail, or any appropriate electronic, or standard delivery method to each trustee at least thirty days before the date of the meeting.
Last updated April 14, 2026 at 10:30 AM
History
- Effective: April 12, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-04
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish a mechanism through which the university can recognize the exceptional service and contributions of past members of its board of trustees with the designation of emeritus status. By conferring emeritus status upon a former NEOMED trustee, the university can express its gratitude for the valuable effort provided by the trustee, while fostering an ongoing relationship between the trustee and the university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to former members of the NEOMED board of trustees.
(C) Rule
(1) Qualifications for emeritus designation
(a) A former trustee who has faithfully discharged his/her duties through no less than six years of service as a trustee will be considered for emeritus status.
(b) This designation is reserved for a board of trustee member who has provided significant and substantive service to benefit the university and enhance its educational, training and public service mission by engaging in the following activities:
(i) Attending, at a high ratio, board and committee meetings, retreats, state meetings, and other activities that foster board engagement, development, and active participation;
(ii) Being recognized as an advocate for the university and its students through attendance and visible involvement in university events and student-centered activities;
(iii) Exhibiting dedication to students and the university by attending and engaging in university events including commencements and foundation-related events; or
(iv) Contributing monetarily in support of university initiatives as well as those of the university's foundation.
(c) The trustee must have demonstrated a history of professional accomplishment and community engagement that would warrant external recognition, inuring significant honor and distinction to both the trustee and the university.
(d) The award of emeritus status is meritorious and thus, expected to be limited in number.
(2) Nomination process
(a) The president may nominate a former trustee who meet the requisite qualifications to the executive committee for review and consideration of the emeritus status. Upon reviewing the nomination, the executive committee shall make a recommendation to the full board of trustees that a resolution be prepared and presented for a vote to confer the designation of emeritus status upon the nominee.
(b) The trustee emeritus designation may be awarded after the conclusion of the final term of the board member. The recipient will be deemed ineligible for reappointment to the NEOMED board of trustees by the appointing authority after awarded emeritus status.
(c) Should a trustee emeritus later be found to have engaged in conduct unbecoming of this esteemed designation, the president may seek to remove the emeritus status by making a recommendation to the board of trustees for its review and consideration.
(3) Privileges of a trustee emeritus
A trustee emeritus will enjoy the following privileges, including, but not limited to:
(a) Recognition by a board resolution of emeritus board status; presentation of a framed resolution;
(b) Invitation to attend university events, including commencement, with special seating privileges and introduction and recognition within the program; and
(c) Invitation to participate in ad hoc groups or committees where expertise may be beneficial.
(4) Duties of a trustee emeritus
Those duties agreed upon by the board and the trustee emeritus for the benefit of the university.
Last updated April 9, 2026 at 11:04 AM
History
- Effective: June 7, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-05
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish the non-voting position of an advisory trustee through which the university can engage individuals with specific knowledge, skills and professional experience that will enhance the northeast Ohio medical university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to individuals with regional or national experience that may add value to the NEOMED board of trustees.
(C) Rule
(1) Qualifications for advisory trustee designation
(a) An individual who would be able to provide significant and substantive service to benefit the university and enhanced its educational, training and public service mission by having:
(i) Success in his/her chosen field or business;
(ii) Obtained state or national prominence; or
(iii) A willingness and ability to render advice and guidance in their field of expertise.
(b) The trustee must have demonstrated a history of professional accomplishment and community engagement, which warranted external recognition, inuring significant honor and distinction to both the trustee and the university.
(2) Nomination process
(a) The president may nominate an individual who meets the requisite qualifications to the executive committee for review and consideration of the advisory trustee status. Upon reviewing the nomination, the executive committee shall make a recommendation to the full board of trustees that a resolution be prepared and presented for a vote to confer the designation of advisory trustee upon the nominee.
(b) The advisory trustee designation may be awarded at the June board meeting with the term to begin the following fiscal year. Each advisory trustee will serve a non-voting three-year term and may be eligible for appointment to two consecutive terms (six years total).
(c) A maximum of three advisory trustees are authorized by the university to serve at any one time and will be appointed for staggered terms.
(d) Reasonable travel expenses for advisory trustees will be reimbursed consistent with the rule for voting members of the board of trustees.
(e) Should an advisory trustee later be found to have engaged in conduct unbecoming of this esteemed designation, the president may seek to remove the advisory trustee status by making a recommendation to the board of trustees for its review and consideration upon the vote of a majority of the board.
(3) Fiduciary obligations and conflict of interest
No trustee shall participate in deliberations on a university contract, action or trans-action when the trustee has a financial, personal or fiduciary interest in any person or entity affected by such contract, action or transaction. The board will consistently follow protocols for addressing conflicts. The trustee having the prohibited interest shall make full disclosure thereof and shall abstain from any deliberations on any such matter. If a trustee recuses himself or herself, that trustee may be asked to leave the board room during the discussion on that matter.
(4) Privileges of an advisory trustee
An advisory trustee will enjoy the following privileges, including, but not limited to:
(a) Invitation to attend the university board meetings as well as the annual retreat;
(b) Invitation to attend executive sessions of the university board, as requested by the board chair;
(c) Invitation to attend university events, including commencement, with special seating privileges and introduction and recognition within the program; and
(d) Invitation to participate in ad hoc groups or committees where their skills, knowledge or expertise may be beneficial.
Last updated August 28, 2025 at 7:36 AM
History
- Effective: August 28, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-06
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to establish a process through which the university can conduct its board of trustees meetings utilizing electronic communication in accordance with section 3345.82 of the Revised Code.
(B) Scope
This policy applies to the NEOMED board of trustees.
(C) Definitions
"Electronic communication" refers to live, audio-enabled communication which permits the trustees attending a meeting at a remote location, the trustees in person at the place where the meeting is conducted, and all members of the public present in person at the place where the meeting is conducted to simultaneously communicate with each other during the meeting.
(D) Policy
(1) NEOMED trustees may participate virtually in the regularly scheduled board meetings for no more than two meetings per calendar year, with in-person participation at all other regularly scheduled meetings.
(2) Any meeting conducted utilizing electronic communication must include all of the following:
(a) In-person attendance by no less than one-third of the trustees;
(b) All votes conducted by roll call vote; and
(c) Notification from any trustee who intends to attend a meeting via electronic communication to the board chair and board secretary no less than two weeks before the meeting, except in the case of a declared emergency.
(3) In accordance with section 121.22 and sections 3335.06 and 3343.04 of the Revised Code, a trustee who attends a meeting via means of electronic communication is considered to be present at the meeting, is counted for purposes of establishing a quorum, and may vote at the meeting.
Last updated April 9, 2026 at 11:05 AM
History
- Effective: October 11, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-105 Administration of surveys.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to provide guidance and oversight in the management of surveys that have NEOMED students as their target population. By requiring that these surveys be registered, the university will be better able to guard against the over-surveying of students, manage the frequency and timing of Surveys, and maintain an up-to-date catalog of all surveys being disseminated to NEOMED students.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all persons, internal and external to NEOMED, who wish to survey NEOMED students. This rule does not pertain to: Surveys originating from accrediting bodies; course event RSVPs; polls or election ballots; intra-course or workshop instruments that are considered assignments (e.g., self-assessments, peer evaluations); or course and instructor evaluations.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Survey" refers to the gathering of information through written (electronic) questionnaires that are distributed to NEOMED students and is inclusive of IRB-approved research survey instruments.
(2) "NEOMED Community" refers to NEOMED students, faculty, and staff.
(3) "Survey registration form" refers to the online form that collects information about Surveys that target NEOMED students.
(4) "Institutional review board" ("IRB") refers to the university body that governs research in which human subjects are involved to ensure that the rights and welfare of those participants are protected while participating in such research.
(5) "Research" refers to a systematic investigation, including research development, testing and evaluation, designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge. Activities that meet this definition constitute research for purposes of this rule, whether or not they are conducted or supported under a program that is considered Research for other purposes. For example, some demonstration and service programs may include research activities. (Language taken from the NEOMED IRB procedure manual).
(D) Procedure statement
(1) Survey registration
(a) For surveys that have the potential to involve human subjects research, those wishing to conduct a survey must confer with the NEOMED IRB for review and approval. If the survey study constitutes research, the party must forward evidence to the office of institutional research that IRB approval was granted.
(b) Completion of the survey registration form is required for surveys being administered to NEOMED students. Information entered into the survey registration form will become part of a catalog of all surveys administered to NEOMED students.
(c) College-specific review of survey registration forms must be completed before any survey can be disseminated to NEOMED students. The institutional research office will coordinate the review with the colleges whose students are the target audience of the survey.
(d) Review of survey registration forms by institutional research and the respective college(s) will be done within five business days from the submit date. Parties wishing to conduct surveys should therefore complete the survey registration form as early as possible before the desired launch date. The institutional research office will communicate the results of the review to the party submitting the survey registration form.
(e) Review of prospective surveys are done to ensure they are not an unnecessary burden on the target population whether from redundancy of content or conflicts with other events in the academic calendar. The review will consider, at a minimum, the following matters:
(i) The purpose of the survey;
(ii) The target recipients to the survey;
(iii) The timing of the survey administration;
(iv) The frequency of survey re-administrations; and
(v) Whether recent surveys had overlapping purpose(s).
(2) Survey administration
The institutional research office provides overall administrative oversight for campus survey use. Although parties seeking to conduct surveys are expected to build their own survey instruments, the institutional research office is available for advice and consultation on survey development. College-level personnel will also respond to survey-related questions from members of their college.
(a) NEOMED community members, except in exceptional circumstances, are expected to build their surveys in qualtrics, which is the university-designated survey platform. Having a single survey platform allows for consistency in data collection and analysis, saves time and resources, improves data security, and allows for more efficient monitoring of survey traffic on campus.
(b) All NEOMED community members, who have NEOMED email accounts, can get a free qualtrics account by contacting their college-level qualtrics administrator, or the institutional research office if the community member is not affiliated with a college.
(3) If incentives are offered, the survey tool should acknowledge to all survey recipients that the incentives do not compromise the confidentiality or anonymity of the response.
Failure to adhere to the terms of this rule may result in the inability to conduct future surveys on NEOMED students. Research misconduct as well as any other survey-related misconduct will be handled in accordance with rule 3349-20-62 of the Administrative Code, the university faculty bylaws, the employee handbook and the student handbook, as appropriate.
Last updated October 3, 2024 at 8:50 AM
History
- Effective: October 3, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-110 Electronic signatures.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to allow for the use of electronic signatures by methods that are practical and secure, streamline administrative processes, and comply with applicable law.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university employees, students, or other individuals using electronic signatures to conduct university business.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Authorization" means an individual has verified permission and requisite authority to sign a record, electronic or otherwise, and/or perform certain operations, including executing agreements to bind the university.
(2) "Electronic" means relating to technology having electrical, digital, magnetic, wireless, optical, electromagnetic, or similar capabilities.
(3) "Electronic record" means a record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means.
(4) "Electronic signature" means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to or logically associated with a record or executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the record.
(5) "Electronic transaction" means a transaction conducted or performed, in whole or in part, by electronic means or electronic records.
(6) "Permission and requisite authority" means the university official charged with obtaining the signature in the course of executing the specific administrative task on behalf of the university in performance of his/her regular job-related duties shall assume responsibility for defining and executing the practice of using electronic signatures as defined in this rule.
(D) Rule statement
(1) An electronic signature may be accepted in all situations when the requirement of a signature or approval is stated or implied, except when law or regulation specifically requires a handwritten signature.
(2) The university official charged with executing the administrative task on behalf of the university may identify specific transactions to be executed by electronic signature.
(3) The university official charged with executing the administrative task on behalf of the university may identify specific transactions that shall not be executed by electronic signature.
(4) Nothing in this rule shall limit the university's right or option to conduct a transaction on paper or in non-electronic form, nor affect the university's right or obligation to have documents be provided or made available on paper when required by applicable policies, laws, or regulations.
(5) The university may specify the type of electronic signature required and the manner and format in which the electronic signature must be affixed to the electronic record, and the identity or, or criteria that must be met by, any third party used in facilitating the process.
(6) An electronic signature may not be valid if the individual who signed using such signature did not have authorization by the university to sign an electronic record.
(a) Appropriate procedures must be used to confirm the individual signing the record has the required signature authority.
(b) An electronic signature used by a person without the authority to sign such record, or used on a record for which electronic signature, is not approved by the university, shall not be considered binding on the university.
(7) Falsification of electronic records or electronic signatures is prohibited. It is a violation of this rule for an individual to sign as if they were another individual, and any documents executed under such false pretenses is null and void at the discretion of the university.
(8) Violations
(a) Employees who violate this rule are subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment, and/or potential criminal sanctions under applicable federal, state, and local law.
(b) Students and prospective students who violate this rule are subject to disciplinary action under the student conduct code, and/or potential criminal sanctions under applicable federal, state, and local law.
(c) Other individuals to whom this rule applies who violate this rule are subject to appropriate sanctions, including but not limited to, termination of the relationship and/or potential criminal sanctions under applicable federal, state, and local law.
Last updated October 15, 2024 at 10:42 AM
History
- Effective: October 14, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-125 Public records.
(A) Purpose
This rule is designed to assist in facilitating prompt access to public records and to ensuring compliance with the Ohio public records act.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all individuals who manage records of the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Records retention schedule" refers to an institutional resource that provides guidance to the university community on the appropriate retention and disposition of records.
(2) "Public record" refers to records that are subject to release under the Ohio public records law.
(3) "Record" refers to any document, device, or item, regardless of physical form or characteristic, including an electronic record, that is created, received by, or comes under the purview of the university which serves to document the organization, its functions, policies, decisions, procedures, operations or other activities of the university.
(D) Rule
(1) Processing requests
(a) The office of the general counsel is the designated office for receiving and reviewing all public records requests. Requests can be made in person, by telephone, or in writing, including email.
(b) If another university department or office receives a public records request, that department or office should refer the request to the office of the general counsel.
(c) Although no specific language is required to make a public records request, the requester must identify the record(s) requested with sufficient clarity to allow the university to identify, retrieve, and review the records.
(d) The requester does not have to put a public records request in writing and does not have to provide their identity or the intended use of the requested public record(s). The university is permitted to ask for a written request, the requester's identity, and/or the intended use of the information in certain circumstances.
(e) The university is not obligated to create a new record containing the information requested or to perform research in response to a public records request.
(f) The university is not obligated to continue to update the requestor if new records are created after the record(s) are provided to the requestor.
(g) A university employee may accompany the requester while the requestor is inspecting university records.
(h) The university may not limit the number of public records requests that a single individual can make, nor limit the number of public records that will be made available during a fixed period of time.
(i) When a public records request is made to examine a personnel file of a current employee, the university will make a good faith effort to inform the employee whose file is the subject of the request.
(j) Requests for the release of records that are made through releases, subpoenas, or discovery efforts will be managed by the office of the general counsel and the affected department or office where the records are located.
(2) Electronic records
(a) Electronic records, such as email, text messaging, and instant messaging, including those sent and received via a hand-held communications device, are to be treated in the same fashion as records in other formats (i.e. paper, audiotape).
(b) All university employees are required to manage their email and other electronic records in accordance with the northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED) records retention schedule and rule 3449-3-175 of the Administrative Code.
(c) Content transmitted to or from private accounts or personal devices that constitutes a public record is subject to disclosure.
(3) Response timeframe
(a) NEOMED public records are to be available for inspection during regular business hours.
(b) Public records must be made available for inspection promptly and copies of public records must be made available within a reasonable period of time.
(4) Denial and redaction of records
(a) Ambiguous or overly broad requests may be denied. The university will provide the requester an opportunity to revise the request by informing the requester of the manner in which records are maintained and accessed by the university.
(b) Certain records, or portions of a record, are exempt from disclosure. Exempt portions of a record will be redacted. Any redactions will be plainly visible and explained to the requester with citation to the associated legal authority.
(5) Costs for copying and mailing of records
The university may require prepayment of costs associated with producing copies and delivery and may charge only its actual cost of producing copies of the records, including copying and mailing expenses.
(6) Managing records
Records are subject to the NEOMED records retention schedule and are managed in accordance with rule 3449-3-175 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated October 15, 2024 at 10:42 AM
History
- Effective: October 14, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-140 Tobacco-free rule.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to implement a campus wide tobacco-free rule consistent with the provisions set forth in Chapter 3794. of the Revised Code and the Ohio board of regents resolution promoting tobacco free Ohio campuses, issued on July 23, 2012.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all individuals who are present on the university campus, including but not limited to employees, students and visitors who may be located inside or outside of any buildings, residences, or parking lots located on the university campus.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Smoking" refers to inhaling, exhaling, burning, or carrying any lighted or heated product intended for inhalation in any manner or any form. "Smoking" also includes the use of an apparatus, including but not limited to, an electronic smoking device, mod box, or electronic nicotine delivery system that creates an aerosol or vapor, in any manner or in any form, or the use of any other smoking device for the purpose of circumventing the prohibition of smoking in this rule. "Smoking" does not include the burning of incense in a religious ceremony.
(2) "Tobacco use" for the purposes of this rule means the use of nicotine, tobacco-derived or containing products, and plant-based products including products intended to mimic tobacco products, oral tobacco, or other similar products.
(D) Rule
(1) Restrictions. To protect the health and safety of our faculty, staff, students and visitors, all property on the university campus is designed as a non-smoking, tobacco-free area. Smoking or tobacco use is prohibited anywhere on the NEOMED campus. This rule is applicable to the inside and outside of all buildings, any parking areas, all vehicles on campus and any personal residence.
Consistent with this rule, university groups or members of the public that schedule indoor or outdoor spaces for approved functions on the university campus are prohibited from allowing smoking or permitting tobacco use during their function.
(2) Enforcement. People who repeatedly refuse to abide by the tobacco-free environment established by this rule will be referred to the following reporting authorities for further action:
(a) Students will be reported to the chief student affairs officer for handling in accordance with the student handbook.
(b) Faculty and staff will be reported to human resources for handling in accordance with the university faculty code of professional conduct or the employee handbook, as appropriate.
(c) Visitors, contractors and guests who are in violation of this policy should be immediately reminded of it and directed to comply. Continued violation of this policy may result in further action as deemed necessary by the appropriate personnel.
Last updated October 15, 2024 at 10:43 AM
History
- Effective: October 14, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-143 Procedure for the request, use and disposal of cadaveric tissue on the NEOMED campus.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to ensure the proper management and disposal of cadaveric tissue within the university.
(B) Scope
This rule governs the acquisition of cadaveric tissue to be used and disposed on the Rootstown campus as part of any research or educational presentation.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Cadaveric tissue" refers to tissue, including parts thereof, from a cadaver, or the dead body of an animal or human. Cadaveric tissues can be fixed or unfixed.
(2) "Fixative" refers to a substance that is added to products such as biological samples, or tissue to prevent decomposition by microbial growth or by undesirable chemical changes.
(3) "IACUC" refers to the institutional animal care and use committee.
(4) "Preservative" refers to a substance that is added to products such as biological samples, or tissue to prevent decomposition by microbial growth or by undesirable chemical changes.
(D) Procedure
(1) Notification and request to use procedures
(a) Any person seeking to bring non-human cadaveric tissue to the Rootstown campus must provide written notification to the institutional animal care and use committee (IACUC) regarding the acquisition of the cadaveric tissue before it is brought to and used on campus. The IACUC must also approve all cadaveric tissue requests, from both NEOMED and non-NEOMED individuals who wish to use tissue from cadavers of animals previously utilized in NEOMED research.
(i) Any individual intending to use non-human cadaveric tissue must inform the IACUC in writing of the plan to do so. This communication must contain the following information:
(a) Type of tissue to be acquired;
(b) Amount of tissue requested;
(c) Source of the tissue (Note: if an abattoir is to be used, please include the facility's United States department of agriculture registration number);
(d) Description of how the tissue is preserved (if applicable);
(e) Where the tissue will be used;
(f) Brief description of the proposed tissue use;
(g) How will the tissue be disposed of (coordinated via the safety office per paragraph (B) of this rule; and
(h) A statement must be included that states the animal were not euthanised specifically for the intended purpose.
(ii) The communication shall be addressed to the current IACUC co-chair via e-mail or written correspondence, with a copy sent to the regulatory affairs coordinator in the comparative medicine unit (CMU). All such communications should be forwarded to the regulatory affairs coordinator.
(iii) The IACUC co-chair will review the request and send their acknowledgment, or request for additional information, to the regulatory affairs coordinator. Once acknowledged, the regulatory affairs coordinator will notify the requesting individual(s) in writing of the IACUC decision. A copy of the communication will be kept on file with the IACUC records. The CMU manager also will be notified of the tissue request and IACUC decision.
(b) Request for use of human cadaveric tissue shall be referred to the chair of anatomy and neurobiology for appropriate consideration and handling in accordance with university practices and the standards of the NEOMED body donor program.
(c) Request and use of any human cadaveric tissue related to an approved research project and unrelated to the NEOMED body donor program will be subject to the approval of the appropriate safety committee(s) and in accordance with regulations in place on the NEOMED campus that governs such use.
(2) Requirements for the safe use and disposal of tissue
(a) Personal protective equipment (PPE)
Any person handling of any form of tissue is required to wear steril gloves at all times. If a significant splash hazard exists, safety goggles or glasses are required. If the tissue contains a formalin-based preservative, additional PPE or controls may be recommended or required.
(b) Preservative (fixative)
Tissue must be preserved in a fixative that is free of any carcinogenic properties (i.e. formalin, formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde) if the tissue will be used or handled as part of a demonstration to minors. If a preservative is present, the chemical mixture of the preservative must be reported to the NEOMED safety office. Additional safety requirements may be applicable, particularly the tissue is preserved in a manner different than required by this rule.
(c) Waivers
Educational events for minors that utilize cadaveric tissue may require waivers, permission slips or additional requirements as determined by guidelines on waivers for minors by the office of the general counsel.
(d) Request for supplies and/or disposal
(i) All disposal must be coordinated through the office of environmental and occupational health and safety.
(ii) To ensure proper disposal for tissue that is unrelated to an approved research project, a work order must be submitted to campus operations with the details of the event, including the following:
(a) Date and time of event;
(b) Date and time of pickukp of tissue or sharps for disposal;
(c) Location of event;
(d) Responsible person for event;
(e) Any supplies requested for disposal (sharps containers, tissue containers and regular trash cans for waste not otherwise regulated);
(f) An indication of whether the tissue (or any related sharps) used are infectious. The infectious nature of any tissue or sharps is determined based on the following considerations:
(i) Whether the sharps were used on people;
(ii) Whether the tissue was deliberately infected with an infectious agent or biohazard; and
(iii) Whether the tissue is human in origin.
(g) An index to which any fees for disposal or containers can be charged.
(iii) Disposal related to an approved research project will be subject to the appropriate safety committees and regulations in place on the NEOMED campus that govern the disposal and will be subject to separate "lab disposal" requirements.
(iv) If the tissue is being purchased and utilized during an educational event provided on the Rootstown campus by a third party, the organizer of the educational event should address the appropriateness of the tissue being disposed of by the third party with the office of environmental and occupational health safety.
Last updated October 15, 2024 at 10:43 AM
History
- Effective: October 14, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-145 Naming university property.
(A) Purpose
To establish rule guidelines for the naming of a building, a portion or wing of a building, or outdoor space on the Rootstown campus in recognition of contributions to the university or the university foundation "the foundation".
(B) Scope
Any individuals or entities that have made significant financial or service-based contributions to the university or the foundation in compliance with the criteria set forth in this rule.
(C) Definitions
Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Individuals or entities who make a significant contribution to the university or the foundation may be afforded an opportunity to have a building, portion of a building, or an outdoor space named in their honor based on the nature and amount of their contribution.
(2) Naming opportunities. The university advancement office, leadership of the foundation, and other university leadership members will submit recommendations to the president of the university based on the contribution.
(3) Criteria. The criteria for naming university property or space differs based on the nature of the contribution.
(a) Financial contributions. The financial contribution may be in the form of cash, marketable stocks or securities, shares of mutual funds or exchange traded funds; bonds or other fixed securities; a binding commitment/agreement through a bequest included in a last will and testament; an irrevocable or paid up life insurance rule; real estate; personal property or equipment of substantial value to be used by the university, or other marketable physical assets, which can be easily liquidated by the foundation. The transfer of the assets must be completed prior to the naming of the facility. This delivery can also be achieved by the irrevocability of the gift to the university based on a future payment through an estate or proceeds from a life insurance rule.
(i) Amount of necessary for naming a building. The financial contribution must be greater than or equal to twenty-five per cent of the construction costs and be at least one million dollars in value.
(ii) Amount necessary for naming a portion of a building, a renovation of an existing building or outdoor space. The financial contribution must be greater than or equal to twenty-five per cent of the original construction costs or a value estimated by the university when the actual construction cost cannot be determined.
(b) Service contributions. In order to name a facility based upon a level of service, the contribution must:
(i) Be substantial and have had a major positive impact on the direction of the university; and
(ii) Be of an order that without the contribution, the university would have been negatively impacted in a substantial way.
(4) Approval. The approval required for awarding naming rights to an individual or entity differs based on the nature of the contribution and the property being named.
(a) Financial contributions related to a building. When naming a building based on a financial contribution, the president makes a recommendation to the university board of trustees. The university board of trustees will review the recommendation, and if they find the recommendation appropriate, will provide final approval.
(b) Financial contributions related to portions of a building or outdoor space. When naming a portion of a building or outdoor space, the president of the university provides final approval.
(c) Service contributions. When naming a facility for service contributions, the president makes a recommendation to the university board of trustees who provides final approval.
(5) Revocation of naming rights and adjustments. Naming rights may be revoked at the discretion of the president of the university or, as appropriate, the university board of trustees, due to public or private actions by the donor that could reflect negatively on the university. Failure of the donor to complete any condition or scheduled action concerning the contribution that was the inspiration for the naming opportunity may also result in revocation or adjustment to the naming.
(6) Recognition. To recognize the naming of a facility, the university may place an appropriate signage, work of art or other physical identifier acknowledging a donor's contributions to the university. The recognition will be commensurate to the contribution.
(7) Exceptions to the rule. The university board of trustees may deviate from any of the criteria or requirements set forth in this rule.
Last updated October 22, 2024 at 8:22 AM
History
- Effective: October 21, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-01
(A) Purpose
To promote clarity in the university's human resources rules.
(B) Scope
The definitions set forth in this rule have applicability to all university rules, unless an alternative definition is specified within the rule for specific application to the issue being addressed.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position within the university based on a delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code. For unclassified hourly employees and for classified civil service employees of the university, the appointing authority is the director of human resources. For administrative staff, the appointing authority is the division director in which a given department or other organizational unit is located. For faculty, the appointing authority is the dean of the respective college.
(2) "Board of Trustees" ("Board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(3) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(4) "College" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Dean" means the chief academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(8) "Department" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(9) "Educational Records" means those records, files, documents and other materials which contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by a college, school, department, office or other university organization, subdivision or by a person acting for the university or any of its subdivisions.
(10) "Full-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(11) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(12) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(13) "Part-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(14) "Persona Non Grata" means that a nonstudent has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any or specified university locations.
(15) "President" means the president of the university.
(16) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university that are located in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(17) "Senior Administration" or "Leadership Team" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(18) "Student" means any person admitted or enrolled at the university in any of its courses or programs.
(19) "University" is the state supported higher education entity organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code, the Administrative Code or university rule.
(2) The university hereby adopts the definitions set forth in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code and the Administrative Code, as it applies to the university, as may be amended from time to time, unless the university has specifically adopted another definition for the term within this rule or any other rule of the university. This rule and each specific rule of the university should be consulted as necessary to determine if the university has given the word or phrase specific meaning.
(3) The administration of the university is hereby delegated the authority to amend these definitions as necessary to the further purpose, goals and mission of the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-150 Awarding of honorary doctoral degrees.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule governing the process through which the university may award an honorary doctoral degree to an individual.
(B) Scope
Any individual who has demonstrated excellence or achieved exceptional distinction in his/her field of endeavor including medicine, research, public service, creative arts, and business and/or industry.
(C) Definitions
(1) Honorary doctoral degree - a collegiate designation conferred upon a person who has achieved excellence or exception distinction in his/her field of endeavor.
(2) Honorary doctoral degree committee - the university body that reviews all nominations for receipt of an honorary doctoral degree and makes a determination as to which nominee will be recommended to the board of trustees as the recipient for that year. The honorary doctoral degree committee consists of: the chairman of the board of trustees; the chairman of the academic and scientific affairs committee of the board of trustees; the university president; and three senior faculty members representing the three divisions of the faculty.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Criteria. The recipient of an honorary doctoral degree must exemplify the purpose and ideals of the college of medicine, college of pharmacy, or college of graduate studies. The achievements cited must represent contributions beyond expected high standards of the profession of the academic world and may only be awarded to a person before the end of his/her career if accomplishments are eminent or activities are worthy of highest commendation. The university would only consider awarding an honorary doctoral degree to a college of medicine, college of pharmacy, or college of graduate studies employee under the most extraordinary of circumstances. The recipient need not have an earned degree as a prerequisite.
(2) Nominations for an honorary doctoral degree. Nominations are to be submitted to the office of the president prior to January first each year. Letters of nomination, accompanied by the nominee's curriculum vitae, must cite the importance of the achievements and the reasons why the individual should receive an honorary doctoral degree. Nominations will remain active for five years.
(3) Consideration and award. The honorary doctoral degree committee will screen all nominations to determine which nominees merit further consideration. If further consideration is deemed appropriate, additional letters of support and other appropriate materials will be requested. If the honorary doctoral degree committee identifies a candidate for an honorary doctoral degree, the committee will submit its recommendation to the chairman of the academic and scientific affairs committee prior to February first. The academic and scientific affairs committee will forward its recommendation to the board of trustees for consideration.
(4) Awarding of degree. Honorary doctoral degrees will be awarded during the university's commencement proceedings in the spring.
Last updated October 22, 2024 at 8:22 AM
History
- Effective: October 21, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-175 Records management.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish economical and efficient methods related to the creation, utilization, maintenance, retention, preservation, and disposition of records and to document the methods necessary to comply with the northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED) records retention schedule.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all individuals involved in creating, receiving, accessing, using, or maintaining records.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Departmental archive" refers to the physical and/or digital space designated by each university department and office for the appropriate preservation of permanent records.
(2) "Departmental records manager" refers to the university employee from each department or office of record origin designated to assist with the university's compliance with regulatory records management requirements and facilitates the appropriate retention and disposition of records.
(3) "Disposal method" refers to the appropriate means of destruction based upon the university data within a record and the medium (i.e. electronic, paper) in which it exists. These disposal methods include, but are not limited to, shredding, recycling, electronic deletion or destruction, wastebasket disposal, and transfer to the respective departmental archive.
(4) "Disposition" refers to what is finally done with a record, whether it be ultimate destruction or transfer.
(5) "Document imaging" refers to the conversion of paper-based records to digital, imaged electronic records.
(6) "Electronic record" refers to any record created, generated, sent, communicated, received or stored by electronic means. (e.g., electronic mail ("email"), databases, document images, word processing documents and spreadsheets and material secured through blockchain technology).
(7) "Legal or litigation hold" refers to a restriction on a record that exists as a result of current or anticipated litigation, audit, government investigation, or other such matter that suspends the normal disposition or processing of records.
(8) "Records retention schedule" refers to an institutional resource that provides guidance to the university community on the appropriate retention and disposition of records.
(9) "Non-record" refers to any document, device, or item, regardless of physical form or characteristic, including an electronic record that does not meet the "record" definition (e.g., personal notes to assist in recalling events, copies of records, or library materials kept for reference).
(10) "Permanent record" or "archival record," refers to a record that is retained permanently by the university within a departmental archive for its significant administrative, legal, fiscal or historical value.
(11) "Public record" refers to records that are subject to release under the Ohio public records law.
(12) "Record" refers to any document, device, or item, regardless of physical form or characteristic, including an electronic record, that is created, received by, or comes under the purview of the university, which serves to document the organization, its functions, policies, decisions, procedures, operations or other activities of the university (e.g., financial records such as requisitions, purchase orders, and invoices; administrative records such as annual reports, university bylaws, and policies; and publications and other items issued by the university.
(13) "Record category" refers to a group of record series having common characteristics and retention periods and is listed within the NEOMED records retention schedule.
(14) "Record series" refers to a group of related records evaluated as a group for retention and disposition purposes.
(15) "Retention period" refers to the minimum period that records should be kept in a certain location or format based on its administrative, legal, fiscal, or historical value.
(16) "Transient record" or "transitory record" refers to a record which is not of long-term value and is not needed to preserve the actions of the university, but exist for short-term usage and/or convenience. (e.g., drafts that are not superseded or updated by other records; phone slips or voicemail; and meeting notices).
(17) "University data" as used and defined within rule 3349-9-15 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Records management program
(a) NEOMED has established a records management program to comply with laws regarding the use of efficient and economical management methods for the creation, utilization, maintenance, retention, preservation, and disposition of records and to document the methods necessary to comply with the NEOMED records retention schedule.
(b) NEOMED's records management program shall be coordinated by the office of compliance and risk management, along with university departments, to ensure compliance with applicable laws and university policies.
(c) Records are the property of NEOMED and the state of Ohio and shall not be permanently removed or destroyed except in accordance with the NEOMED records retention schedule and its associated procedures.
(d) Public records maintained by the university must be made available for public inspection pursuant to the Ohio public records law.
(e) Each university employee is responsible for ensuring that records (including electronic records) within their area(s) are maintained in such a way that they can be identified and retrieved efficiently.
(f) All university employees are required to comply with this rule regarding records management.
(2) Record retention
(a) Records must be managed and retained if there is a legal, financial, administrative, or historical requirement to do so, as set forth in the records retention schedule.
(b) The amount of time that the university must retain records depends upon the legal, fiscal, administrative, and/or historical informational value of the record.
(c) Transient records are not subject to retention beyond the purpose for which they are created and can be disposed at that time; however, if retained, transient records are subject to Ohio public records act.
(d) All university employees must familiarize themselves with the NEOMED records retention schedule and understand what records they create and/or receive and are required to manage.
(e) University departments and offices shall conduct a periodic inventory of their records and align them to the NEOMED records retention schedule.
(f) If an employee identifies records for which there is no established retention period, the employee should contact their departmental records manager. Each departmental records manager will consult with the office of compliance and risk management to determine the appropriate retention periods and disposal method for a given records series.
(3) Record disposition
(a) Disposition of records shall be done in a timely manner and in accordance with the NEOMED records retention schedule.
(b) Prior to disposition, a department or office needs to confirm that the minimum retention period of the records has expired and that there is no legal or litigation hold on the records.
Records that have been placed under a legal or litigation hold by the office of the general counsel must not be disposed of or modified in any manner until the action is adequately resolved or the university general counsel has directed otherwise.
(c) Upon record disposition, each departmental records manager shall sign and maintain appropriate certificate of records documentation, which includes appropriate cataloging information regarding the records being disposed.
(d) The two broad types of disposition available to university departments and offices are:
(i) Record destruction
(a) The appropriate method of destruction is determined based upon the university data within a record and the medium (i.e. electronic, paper) in which it exists. These methods include, but are not limited to, shredding, recycling, electronic deletion, and wastebasket disposal.
(b) If restricted or private data, as defined in the university's classification of rule 3349-9-18 of the Administrative Code is evident, records should be destroyed by shredding or secure electronic destruction.
(c) A department or office's departmental records manager should complete and forward a certificate of records destruction ("CRD") to the office of compliance and risk management for review and signature before any records are destroyed. Transient records do not require a CRD.
(d) The office of compliance and risk management will conditionally authorize the destruction of records (via the CRD) to ensure that no records are disposed of prematurely or in violation of existing laws or statutes.
(e) University departments and offices are strongly encouraged to conduct a records retention review and corresponding records destruction annually.
(ii) Record transfer
(a) Records of outgoing employees shall be transferred to their successors (or designee, if no successor) and maintained in accordance with the NEOMED records retention schedule.
(b) Records with historical value may be transferred to the respective departmental archive upon the completion and approval of the certificate of records transfer (CRT) by the respective departmental records manager.
(c) If an employee has determined that records should be transferred to a departmental archive, they should consult with their departmental records manager for the appropriate procedures.
(d) Records that are transferred to the appropriate departmental archive become the administrative responsibility of that departmental archive and shall reside permanently in that departmental archive unless otherwise agreed upon.
(e) In order to help guarantee the preservation, integrity, and security of permanent records, access to and inspection of such records housed in departmental archives, whether by the general public or by university employees, shall be conducted on-premise only.
(4) Document imaging and scanned documents
(a) Paper-based records may be converted to an imaged electronic record through document imaging (referred to as a "scanned document") after consulting with the information technology department.
(b) As an electronic record, scanned documents are to be managed in the same manner as records in other formats (i.e. paper, audiotape) and in accordance with the NEOMED records retention schedule.
Last updated October 22, 2024 at 8:23 AM
History
- Effective: October 21, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-9-15
(A) Purpose
Northeast Ohio medical university ("NEOMED") has instituted the following information security rule to establish the overarching, university-wide approach to information security and as a measure to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of university data and systems.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to university data and systems; university students, faculty, staff, and alumni; and authorized external users for legitimate university purposes (e.g., volunteers, tenants, vendors, contractors, consultants, guests and/or visitors).
(C) Definitions
(1) "Access control" refers to the process of regulating specific requests to obtain and use university data and systems.
(2) "Authorization" refers to the granting of permission to an identified individual to use university data or system(s) and to explicitly accept the risk to university operations, individuals, and assets based on extending such permission. Acceptance of authorization to use university data and systems establishes an obligation on the part of the individual to use those resources responsibly.
(3) "Availability" refers to the ensuring of timely and reliable access to and use of data or systems. Additionally, it describes the importance of access when the data or system is needed, and the impact on the organization if it is not available. A loss of availability is the disruption of access to or use of data or systems (e.g., hard drive failure, destruction of a system, system unresponsiveness, denial of service attack).
(4) "Confidentiality" refers to the preservation of authorized restrictions on data access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary data. A loss of confidentiality is the unauthorized disclosure of data (e.g., compromised by hackers; released or published publicly without authorization).
(5) "Data" refers to any instance of information, regardless of form or storage medium, that is categorized by an organization or by a specific law or regulation.
(6) "Information security" refers to the protection of university data and systems from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification and destruction with the intent to provide confidentiality, integrity and availability to such data and systems.
(7) "Integrity" refers to the guarding against improper data or system modification or destruction and ensuring authenticity and non-repudiation in the use of data or systems. A loss of integrity is the unauthorized modification or destruction of data or systems where such resources can no longer be trusted for use, are not complete, or incorrect.
(8) "Risk," with respect to the university, refers to the effect of uncertainty, either negative or positive, on the university's strategy and its strategic objectives.
(9) "Security incident" refers to an adverse event that results in a suspected or known unauthorized disclosure, misuse, alteration, destruction, or other compromise of university data or systems. A security incident is caused by the failure of a security mechanism or an attempted or threatened breach of these mechanisms through nonelectronic means (e.g., a violation of applicable university rules, mishandled documents, the theft or loss of a system, verbal or visual disclosure of personal information) and electronic means (e.g. hacking, malware, ransomware, phishing).
(10) "System" refers to an information technology resource that can be classified, may have security controls applied, and are organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of university data. Example of systems are, but not limited to: desktop, laptop, or server computers; mobile devices (e.g., iphones; ipads; android; blackberry) to the extent that they interact with university data and systems, such as university email; university network(s); software; applications; and databases.
(11) "University data" refers to data that is created, collected, stored and/or managed in association with fulfilling the university's mission or its required business functions. University data may or may not constitute a public record (as defined within section 149.43 of the Revised Code).
(12) "University account" refers to a user's username and password combination for a university system (e.g., university email).
(13) "University email", also known as "NEOMED email", refers to the university's approved microsoft-based email system used to transmit and receive electronic messages.
(14) "User" refers to any individual or entity that has received authorization, if applicable, to access university data or systems.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Overview
(a) The ability for the university to meet the regular needs of its academic, administrative, and research communities is facilitated, in large part, by using university data and systems. While these technologies are important assets of the university and are fundamental to the carrying out of its mission, they also introduce risk, which are increasing in both number and variety (e.g., phishing, identity fraud, misuses of university data and systems). As a result, the university has established an overarching information security rule to serve as the basis for the safeguarding of its data and systems.
(b) NEOMED will ensure that users are aware of their specific information security responsibilities in the use and management of university data and systems. By being aware, NEOMED expects users to use appropriate physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of university data and systems, as outlined herein and throughout the university's information technology rules and procedures. While the safeguards utilized by the university are expansive and thorough, the university cannot guarantee absolute security; therefore, all users share responsibility to minimize risk and to secure university data and systems within their control. Any suspected misuse or other information security incidents must be reported, in accordance with the information security incident response plan rule.
(c) This overarching rule is supplemented and supported by other information technology rules and procedures that are created to support information security elements not outlined herein. All information security rules and procedures shall ensure compliance with all applicable federal and state security-related laws and regulations. These rules and procedures shall consider risk within their design and be written to recognize the risk severity and resource constraints of university.
(2) Information security elements
The following is an overview of the overarching components that provide the basis for the university's information security measures and corresponding safeguarding requirements. These components are adapted from the national institute of standards and technology (NIST) risk management framework and corresponding NIST security controls which are further developed within other university information technology rules and procedures.
(a) Confidentiality, integrity and availability: the university shall ensure that its information security rules and procedures address the basic security elements of confidentiality, integrity, and availability.
(b) Management and governance: the university shall implement an institutional governance structure for the management of its information security framework.
(c) Classification of university data and systems: the university shall implement classification requirements that protect university data and systems in the most appropriate manner.
(d) Risk management: the university shall apply risk management procedures to make informed decisions on appropriate information security safeguards and to aid in designing and implementing any additional information technology rules and procedures.
(e) Access control and authorization: the university shall implement information security rules and procedures regarding access control and authorization required to protect university data and systems.
(f) Audit logging: the university shall implement an information security audit logging capability for university systems, including computers and network devices.
(g) Identify, protect, detect, respond, and recover: information security rules and procedures shall include methods to identify, protect against, detect, respond to, and recover from threats and vulnerabilities to university data and systems.
(h) Rule and procedure management: rules and procedures created to supplement and support this overarching information security rule shall be reviewed by university information security personnel before being installed. These rules and procedures will be implemented with consideration of the business impacts and resource constraints for all university areas tasked with their implementation.
(3) Enforcement
(a) The university respects the privacy of individuals and keeps university data on university systems as private as possible. The university also does not generally monitor university email, systems, and university data stored on university systems or traversing the university's network; however, the university reserves the right to monitor, access, and disclose university data created, sent, received, processed, or stored on university systems to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of university data and systems or for any reason to ensure compliance with university rules and federal, state, or local laws and regulations. University personnel will have the right to review and/or confiscate any university equipment connected to or using university data and systems. University personnel also reserve the right, without notice, to limit or restrict any individual's university data and systems access and to inspect, remove, or otherwise alter any university data or system that may compromise the information security of the university. University data and systems are the property of NEOMED and not the personal property of the individual.
(b) Access to university data and systems is a privilege that is granted by the university; therefore, non-compliance or violation of related university rules may result in disciplinary action, which could include, but is not limited to: suspension or loss of the user privileges related to university data and systems; mandatory information security training; written warnings, suspension with or without pay, or termination; or any other remedy available by law.
(c) The university will not defend or indemnify any user who utilizes university data and systems for an unlawful purpose or in contravention of university rules.
History
- Effective: May 27, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-9-18
(A) Purpose
To establish a classification framework based upon the sensitivity and regulatory requirements for safeguarding university data and systems.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university data and systems and to those responsible for classifying or using university data and systems.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Authorization" refers to the granting of permission to an identified individual to use university data or system(s) and to explicitly accept the risk to university operations, individuals, and assets based on extending such permission. Acceptance of authorization to use university data and systems establishes an obligation on the part of the individual to use those resources responsibly.
(2) "Availability" refers to the ensuring of timely and reliable access to and use of data or systems. Additionally, it describes the importance of access when the data or system is needed, and the impact on the organization if it is not available. A loss of availability is the disruption of access to or use of data or systems (e.g., hard drive failure, destruction of a system, system unresponsiveness, denial of service attack).
(3) "Confidentiality" refers to the preservation of authorized restrictions on data access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary data. A loss of confidentiality is the unauthorized disclosure of data (e.g., compromised by hackers; released or published publicly without authorization).
(4) "Data" refers to any instance of information, regardless of form or storage medium, that is categorized by an organization or by a specific law or regulation.
(5) "Integrity" refers to the guarding against improper data or system modification or destruction and ensuring authenticity and non-repudiation in the use of data or systems. A loss of integrity is the unauthorized modification or destruction of data or systems where such resources can no longer be trusted for use, are not complete, or incorrect.
(6) "Internal university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(7) "Private university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(iii) of this rule.
(8) "Public university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(i) of this rule.
(9) "Record" refers to any document, device, or item, regardless of physical form or characteristic that is created, received by, or comes under the jurisdiction of an organization which serves to document the organization, its functions, rules, decisions, procedures, operations or other activities. University data may reside in university records, be used to produce university records, or may of itself be a university record.
(10) "Restricted university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(iv) of this rule.
(11) "Risk," with respect to the university, refers to the effect of uncertainty, either negative or positive, on the university's strategy and its strategic objectives.
(12) "System" refers to an information technology resource that can be classified, may have security controls applied, and are organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of university data. Example of systems are, but not limited to: desktop, laptop, or server computers; mobile devices (e.g., iphones; ipads; android; blackberry) to the extent that they interact with university data and systems, such as university email; university network(s); software; applications; and databases.
(13) "University data" refers to data that is created, collected, stored and/or managed in association with fulfilling the university's mission or its required business functions. University data may or may not constitute a public record (as defined within section 149.43 of the Revised Code).
(14) "User" refers to any individual or entity that has received authorization, if applicable, to access university data or systems.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Overview
(a) Northeast Ohio medical university is committed to protecting the privacy of its students, faculty, and staff, as well as protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of university data and systems that are important to the achievement of the university's mission and ongoing operations.
(b) The university uses risk assessment methodologies to translate university data and system considerations into an appropriate risk classification. This is done by assessing the adverse effects that could be expected by a loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of university data or systems and then determining a severity level for each resource. If a need for confidentiality, integrity, or availability is higher or stronger than the other two measures, the overall classification of that university data or system will reflect that highest or stronger need.
Example: if a specific university data was assessed with a high need for confidentiality, but low needs for integrity and availability, the university data will be classified based upon the high need for confidentiality (classifications further detailed below).
(c) Based upon the classification, authorization to access university data or systems will vary and security controls for access and protection will be applied, in accordance with the university's information technology rules.
(d) Proper classification is a prerequisite to enable compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and university rules and procedures.
(e) Regardless of classification, university data may reside within university records, be used to produce university records, or itself constitute a university record. University records are generally available to the public under the state of Ohio's public records law. Some records are protected by federal or state law or are otherwise exempt from disclosure.
(f) Any questions regarding the classification of university data and systems should be referred to the appropriate data steward, system steward, or to the office of compliance and risk management.
(2) Classification of university data
(a) The four university data classifications are, from least to most restrictive:
(i) Public
(a) Public university data is university data that is intended and accessible for public use and is not restricted by federal, state, local, or international regulations regarding disclosure or use.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of public university data could be expected to have no adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(ii) Internal
(a) Internal university data is university data used to conduct university business for which access must be guarded due to proprietary, ethical, or privacy considerations. This classification applies even though there may not be a civil statute requiring this protection. This university data is not intended for public dissemination, but its disclosure is not restricted by federal or state law or regulation.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of internal university data could be expected to have limited adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(i) The need for confidentiality is low/optional;
(ii) The need for integrity is low/optional as the university data is easily reproducible; and/or
(iii) The need for availability is low/optional as the university data provides an informational/non-critical service.
(iv) Access to and management of internal university data may only be available to users whose role, function, or assignment requires it.
(iii) Private
(a) Private university data is university data used to conduct university business for which access must be guarded due to legal, regulatory, administrative, and contractual requirements, in addition to proprietary, ethical, or privacy considerations.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of private university data could be expected to have serious adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(i) The need for confidentiality is moderate/recommended;
(ii) The need for integrity is moderate/recommended as the university data is internally trusted by or dependent on other university data or systems; and/or
(iii) The need for availability is moderate/recommended as the university data provides a normal or important service.
(c) Access to and management of private university data requires authorization and is only granted to those users as permitted under applicable law, regulation, contract, rule, and/or role.
(iv) Restricted
(a) Restricted university data is university data that requires the highest level of protection due to legal, regulatory, administrative, contractual, rule, industry standards, or rule requirements.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of private university data could be expected to have severe or catastrophic adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(i) The need for confidentiality is high/required;
(ii) The need for integrity is high/required as the university data is internally trusted by or dependent on other university data or systems; and/or
(iii) The need for availability is high/required as the university data provides a critical or university-wide service.
(c) Access to and management of restricted university data is strictly limited and determined by data stewards, as unauthorized use or disclosure could substantially or materially impact the university's mission, operations, reputation, finances, or result in potential harm to members of the university community (e.g., identity theft).
(b) The classification of university data is subject to change as the attributes, considerations, or regulatory requirements of that data change.
(c) The following rules should be applied when classifying university data:
(i) When a set or collection of university data includes data of more than one classification, the set or collection of university data should be classified based on the most restrictive classification found in the set or collection.
For example, if a database contains both private and restricted university data, the database should be classified as restricted.
(ii) University data may be classified at a more restrictive classification; however, if this occurs, such data must meet the minimum-security measures for the more restrictive classification.
(3) Classification of university systems
(a) The three university system classifications are, from least to most risk:
(i) Low risk
(a) The system processes and/or stores public university data;
(b) The system is easily recoverable and reproducible; and/or
(c) The system provides an informational/non-critical service.
(ii) Moderate risk
(a) The system processes and/or stores internal university data;
(b) The system is internally trusted by or dependent on other university systems and its university data; and/or
(c) The system provides a normal or important service.
(iii) High risk
(a) System processes and/or stores private or restricted university data;
(b) System is highly trusted by or dependent on other university systems and its university data; and/or
(c) System provides a critical or university-wide service.
(b) University systems may be classified at a more restrictive classification; however, if this occurs, such systems must meet the minimum-security measures for the more restrictive classification.
(c) The classification of university systems is subject to change as the attributes, considerations, or regulatory requirements of those systems change.
History
- Effective: May 27, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-180 Animals on the NEOMED campus.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish rules governing the presence of animals on university property. This chapter is in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. 12101, et seq.) (ADA) which governs the use of service animals by individuals with disabilities and the fair housing act (42 U.S.C. 3601, et seq.) which governs the use of emotional support animals by individuals with disabilities in housing.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all individuals bringing animals to the NEOMED Rootstown campus. Specific procedures regarding the presence of animals at any affiliated clinical or experiential educational site is not governed by this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Animal" for the purposes of this rule, refers to any non-research animal.
(2) "Controlled space" refers to any indoor area owned or controlled by the university, and any outdoor area owned or controlled by the university with limitations on use or access (e.g., practice fields, stadiums, farm, tennis courts, etc.).
(3) "Emotional support animal" (ESA) refers to any animal specifically designated by a qualified medical provider that provides emotional support or alleviates one or more of the identified symptoms of a person's disability. ESA's are also commonly known as assistance animals. ESA's are not service animals.
(4) "Handler" refers to an individual with a disability who is the owner or user or trainer of a service animal or ESA, or the owner or individual bringing an animal onto university property.
(5) "Individual with a disability" as used in this rule, refers to the definition proscribed by the ADA as a person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, a person who has a history or record of such an impairment, or a person who is perceived by others as having such an impairment.
(6) "Pet" for the purposes of this rule, refers to any animal that is not a service animal, program animal or ESA.
(7) "Program animal" refers to animal that participates in an official university service or program. Program animals may include therapy animals.
(8) "Public spaces" for purposes of this rule, refers to public spaces are outdoor areas that are open to the general public.
(9) "Restricted spaces" refers to special purpose spaces such as educational or research laboratories or the comparative medicine unit (CMU).
(10) "Service animal" refers to any dog or, in some circumstances, a miniature horse specifically trained to do work or perform a task for the benefit of an individual with a disability. The tasks performed by a service animal must directly relate to the individual's disability.
(D) Rule
(1) Prohibition
All individuals are generally prohibited from bringing animals into any buildings or other controlled spaces on university property. However, individuals with a disability are allowed to bring service animals and emotional support animals (ESA's) on and/or into controlled spaces as provided below. In addition, faculty, staff and students are permitted to have pets in the village (residential housing) only to the extent permitted by the lease governing their rental agreement.
(2) Service animals
(a) The university welcomes the presence of service animals assisting individuals with a disability on its campus consistent with the provisions of this rule and applicable law. A service animal is generally permitted to be on university property in any place where the animal's handler is permitted to be. In certain limited situations, a service animal may be prohibited from restricted spaces (i.e. laboratories or CMU) for health and safety reasons. The accompaniment of an individual with a disability by a service animal to a location with health and safety restrictions will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the appropriate department representative(s) in collaboration with the offices of human resources, environmental and occupational health and safety (EOHS) and/or student services.
(b) A service animal requiring access to restricted spaces that may affect health and safety (i.e. labs, CMU) for an individual with a disability employed by the university must be approved in advance of bringing the animal to those restricted spaces.
(c) Members of the university community are prohibited from interfering in any way with a service animal, or the duties it performs.
(3) Emotional support animals (ESA's)
(a) An approved ESA for an individual with a disability who lives in the village is permitted within the individual's privately assigned living accommodations. However, the following may be considered when determining whether he presence of the animal is reasonable.
(i) The size of the animal;
(ii) Whether the animal is housebroken;
(iii) The status of the animal's vaccinations (if required);
(iv) The animal poses or has posed a direct threat to the individual or others (i.e. unwarranted aggression and/ or biting); or
(v) The animal causes or has caused excessive damage to property beyond normal wear and tear.
(b) An ESA outside the private individual living accommodations must be in an animal carrier or controlled by a leash or harness.
(c) ESA's are not allowed in any other controlled spaces without advance permission.
(d) ESA's are permitted to be in outdoor public areas to the same extent as pets.
(4) Pets
Pets generally are not permitted in or on any controlled space on university property and are permitted only in outdoor areas open to the general public.
(5) Program animals
The use of program animals on university property will be considered on a case-by case basis. The use of program animals must be requested via the animal related program request form.
(6) Handler's responsibilities
(a) A service animal, ESA, program animal or pet must be supervised directly by the handler, and the handler must retain full control of the animal at all times while on university property.
(b) The animal must be in an animal carrier or controlled by a harness, leash or tether, unless these devices interfere with the animal's work, the individual's disability prevents using these devices, or the animal is an ESA within the handler's own dwelling. In those cases, the handler must maintain control of the animal through voice, signal, or other effective controls.
(c) Animals may not be left unattended at any time on university property, except for service animals left in the handler's university residence or private office space or ESA's left in the handler's dwelling unit. The service animal or ESA may be left unattended only for reasonable periods of time, as determined by the appropriate university staff based on the totality of the circumstances. The university may request impoundment of an ESA or service animal left for longer than a reasonable period of time. Owners of impounded animals will be held responsible for payment of any impound and/or license fees required to secure the release of their animals.
(d) All handlers are responsible for compliance with state and local laws concerning animals (including registration, vaccinations, and tags), for controlling their animals, for cleaning up any waste created by the animal, and for any damage caused by the animal to individuals or property while on university property.
(7) Requests for accommodation
(a) Employees, students or visitors with service animals are not required to request an accommodation for such animal under normal circumstances. The handler may be asked only the following: what work or task(s) the animal has been trained to perform, and whether the animal is needed because of a disability (if not readily apparent).
(b) If the employee's or student's service animal will need access to restricted areas of campus that may impact health and safety of participants or the animal itself, prior approval is required via an accommodations request through the office of human resources (employees) or student accessibility services (students).
(8) Violations of rule and the removal of animals
(a) Access to university property may be restricted or revoked under the circumstances outlined below. Restrictions or exclusions will be considered on a case-by-case basis. The university reserves the right to remove or exclude an approved animal from university property if:
(i) The animal poses a direct threat to health and safety;
(ii) The handler does not maintain control of the animal, including but not limited to during any interactions with other animals;
(iii) The presence of an animal fundamentally alters a university program;
(iv) Improper/inadequate care of the animal is exhibited, including if the animal is not housebroken;
(v) Damage or harm is caused by the animal; or
(vi) The handler violates any of the responsibilities as outlined in paragraph (D)(6) of this rule.
(b) If the presence of an animal poses a direct threat to the health and safety of others, the university reserves the right to remove or exclude an animal from university property. In such a situation, public safety may be contacted to assist in the removal of the animal. In particular, if a handler's animal is disruptive in the classroom, the instructor may ask the handler and their animal to leave the classroom immediately. If a handler's animal is disruptive in the workplace, the handler's supervisor may ask the handler and their animal to leave the workspace immediately. If a handler's animal is disruptive at a university event, the event organizer may ask the handler and their animal to leave the event immediately.
(c) In all cases, should an animal be excluded, the handler will be allowed continued access to the workplace, educational setting or university setting.
(9) Exclusions
This rule expressly excludes aquarium fish, research animals under the governance of the university's IACUC and any animals used in law enforcement or rescue operations on university property.
Last updated October 22, 2024 at 8:23 AM
History
- Effective: October 21, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-190 Affiliated entities.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish a framework for the university to use in establishing, implementing, and monitoring its relationships with legally separate entities that support or complement the mission of the university. The university has a vital interest in and recognizes the valuable role played by each of its affiliates in meeting the mission of the university. The university is committed to providing quality support for the efforts and activities of each affiliate, while seeking to maintain the appropriate independence from its affiliates.
(B) Scope
This rule covers all affiliated entities as defined in paragraph (C) of this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Affiliated entity" or "affiliate" refers to an organization that has a legal existence separate from the university, which is formed or operated to support or complement the mission of the university, and:
(a) Is controlled or strongly influenced by the university;
(b) Receives significant financial support from the university; or
(c) Uses the university's resources, name, or identity.
(2) "Arms-length affiliate" refers to entities that use university resources, but do so through a relationship that is defined by a contract/memorandum of understanding between the parties. The university may act as fiscal agent or have other financial or operational ties to an arms-length affiliate.
(3) "Regular affiliate" refers to entities that have closer ties to the university than an arms-length affiliate, but the university does not have a significant interest in the entity.
(4) "Significant interest affiliate" refers to entities in which the university holds a significant interest.
(5) "Approved Agreement" refers to a memorandum of agreement or memorandum of understanding properly executed between the university and its affiliate.
(6) "Significant interest," for the purpose of this rule, refers to any of the following that apply to the affiliate:
(a) The university holds a significant financial investment in the affiliate, which is defined for this rule as an investment of two hundred fifty thousand dollars or more;
(b) The affiliate presents a significant compliance risk to the university; or
(c) The affiliate provides essential services to the university.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Propriety of creating affiliates and affiliated entities
The board of trustees and the senior leadership of university have a responsibility to ensure that the university's activities with regard to affiliates are conducted in a proper manner. To protect the university's interests, and as a condition of the affiliate's use of the university's name and resources, the following principles shall apply:
(a) The formation, purpose and operations of affiliates must promote, sponsor, or complement educational, scientific, research, charitable, health-care, economic development or cultural activities for the benefit of the university, or one of its component units;
(b) The university's relationship with each affiliate will be memorialized through an approved agreement;
(c) Affiliates shall provide for at least one university representative with full voting rights on its governing board;
(d) Affiliates must use sound fiscal and accounting procedures;
(e) Affiliates must be managed in a manner consistent with their own enabling documents and the university's purpose and mission;
(f) Affiliates must adhere to high ethical standards;
(g) Affiliates must abide by university policies unless otherwise specified in writing; and
(h) The university's relationship with an affiliate is not necessarily intended to be perpetual. Relationships with affiliates will be examined at least every ten years to determine whether the relationship will be continued or whether the triggering of a sunset provision is appropriate.
(2) Process for establishing an affiliate or a relationship between an affiliate and an external entity
(a) Affiliates may be established by the university or entities outside the university. The university unit or external entity desiring to establish an affiliate or relationship with an affiliate shall develop a detailed proposal which will include:
(i) Goals and objectives of establishing the affiliate;
(ii) Proposed organizational and governing board structures (the proposed governing board structure shall reserve at least one board seat for a university representative) for the affiliate;
(iii) Projected budget and business plan for the next five years;
(iv) Thorough risk assessment that defines and classifies risks inherent to both the proposed entity and the university, including potential conflicts of interest. The risk assessment must include mitigation strategies and metrics designed to quantify risk throughout the life of the affiliate and the considerations set forth in appendix A; and
(v) Draft approved agreement defining the affiliate's relationship with the university.
(b) The proposal shall be reviewed, and if appropriate approved by, the appropriate vice president, the office of administration and finance, and the office of general counsel and then forwarded to the senior leadership of the university.
(c) The senior leadership of the university shall review the proposal, and if deemed appropriate, recommend the establishment of the affiliate to the president of the university. One member of the senior leadership of the university must be recommended to be assigned the oversight responsibilities for the affiliate.
(d) Any significant interest affiliate may require the approval by the board of trustees before its creation. The president will use his/her discretion when determining whether to refer the matter to the board of trustees.
(e) The president shall appoint representatives who will serve on affiliate's governing board.
(f) Depending on the circumstances and the degree of separateness of the entity, legal representation with respect to the preparation of organizational documents may be provided by the university, the office of the attorney general, outside counsel to the university, or private counsel retained on behalf of the affiliate.
(3) Oversight of affiliates
The university shall exercise oversight over established affiliates through the following mechanisms:
(a) Inclusion of university representatives on the affiliate's governing board;
(b) Provision for reserve powers on behalf of the university in the affiliate's governing documents, if appropriate; and
(c) Execution of an approved agreement between the university and the affiliate outlining expectations and responsibilities, including affiliate governance requirements.
(4) University representatives on affiliate boards
Each affiliate shall provide for at least one university representative with full voting rights on its governing board. University representatives on affiliate governing boards shall be appointed by the president and shall be required to follow the guidelines and expectations articulated by the university as conditions for their service. The guidelines and expectations will be memorialized in a letter of appointment for each university representative on an affiliate board and shall include the following provisions, at a minimum:
(a) The university representative on the affiliate governing board shall keep the president informed of the affiliate's activities on a regular basis, as the president determines appropriate.
(b) The university representative shall consult with the president, as deemed appropriate, on any proposal to be presented to the affiliate governing board relating to the creation of new corporate subsidiaries or new lines of business. With respect to these matters, the university representatives shall exercise their votes as members of the affiliate governing board in accordance with instructions they receive from the university through its president or designee.
(c) Any grant or loan of university funds, or any action that could reasonably be construed as a guarantee or inducement for any other grant or loan, to an affiliate or any affiliate subsidiary shall be subject to the prior written approval of the university's president or designee.
(5) Policies of the university and affiliated entities
Unless otherwise specified in writing, policies of the university are binding upon its affiliates.
(6) Reserve powers
Reserve powers are specific acts of the affiliate that must be authorized by the university representatives on the affiliate governing board to be effective, even if the university representatives are not in the majority on the governing board. As determined appropriate by the university, these reserve powers must be memorialized in the affiliate's governing documents. Examples of acts that may be subject to reserve powers include dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation, and formation of subsidiaries. Reserve powers are not required of each affiliate, but will be an additional consideration when affiliate relationships are established.
(7) Approved agreements
The university shall enter into an approved agreement with each affiliate addressing the university/affiliate relationship and expectations and governance requirements. The approved agreement may also address university services and financial contributions, use of university marks, and other support provided by the university. Each approved agreement will be tailored to the specific needs of each affiliate. The approved agreement will specify that university policies are binding on the affiliates unless otherwise specified in writing. Appendix B contains a list of potential issues to be addressed in the approved agreement.
(8) Sunset provisions
It is expected that some affiliates will have finite life spans and that it will no longer be appropriate for an affiliate to continue its relationship with the university or to continue to exist as a separate entity. At least every ten years, the university will assess existing affiliates for the need for continued affiliation and separate entity status.
If it is determined that there is no reason for an affiliate's continued existence as a separate entity, the university may direct through its reserve powers, if applicable, or suggest to the affiliate that the entity be dissolved. It will be determined on a case-by-case basis whether the university can assist the affiliate in its dissolution and whether the remaining activities of the affiliate, if any, can or should be assumed by the university. If it becomes evident during the incorporation process that the affiliate will have a finite existence, the affiliate governing board should consider inserting automatic sunset provisions into its governing documents.
(9) Grandfathered affiliates
Those affiliates in existence on the effective date of the rule are exempt from the requirements set forth in paragraphs (D)(4)(a) to (D)(4)(c) of this rule.
View AppendixView Appendix
Last updated November 25, 2024 at 8:15 AM
History
- Effective: November 25, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-200 Textbook selection.
(A) Purpose
To establish a university-wide rule and procedure regarding academic course textbook selection. The university desires to reduce student costs and increase the accessibility of a NEOMED education. Textbook selection procedures are designed to promote best practices and respond to state and federal textbook affordability initiatives and legislation.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all colleges for all courses at NEOMED.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Textbook" refers to a text, electronic or print, that a faculty member instructs students to purchase for use as a central learning resource for a course.
(2) "Course" for the purpose of this rule, refers to all course types listed in the university's published course catalog.
(3) "Course director" refers to a faculty member who is responsible for textbook selection for their respective course.
(4) "E-book" or "electronic textbook" refers to an online, electronic version of a print textbook that is made available for student use on the NEOMED library website. E-books may include open-access resources and materials paid for by annual student fees.
(5) "Publisher" refers to a publishing company of a college textbook or supplemental materials involved in retail sale with the NEOMED bookstore.
(6) "Recommended textbook" refers to textbooks that students are not required to purchase upon registering but are recommended as supplements for understanding course learning outcomes. Students cannot use federal financial aid to pay for recommended textbooks.
(7) "Required textbook" refers to textbooks that students are required to purchase upon registering for a course for which they may request federal financial aid.
(8) "Student fees" refers to fees incorporated into the NEOMED students' cost of attendance to cover specific student resources, including certain library educational resources.
(9) "Supplemental materials" refers to additional educational materials meant to accompany a course textbook that may include print materials, electronically distributed materials, website access, or necessary equipment to apply textbook lessons (e.g. stethoscope). Supplemental materials must be designated as required or recommended for federal financial aid allocation.
(D) Textbook selection principles
NEOMED respects the academic freedom of faculty to select any and all textbooks that they deem most appropriate for the academic success of their students and to meet course learning outcomes. Course directors are strongly encouraged to carefully consider the following principles during textbook selection:
(1) Educational purpose and utilization. All textbooks should promote appropriate pedagogical practices and contain the most relevant and up-to-date content for student success in their respective fields of study.
(a) Required textbooks
(i) A significant portion of required textbooks should be heavily utilized as a learning resource throughout the course.
(ii) If a required textbook contains supplemental materials, faculty should be aware of the bundled and unbundled pricing. If all or some of the supplemental materials are deemed unnecessary for course instruction, faculty should either:
(a) Exclude the supplemental material from the reported required textbooks list; or
(b) Contact the NEOMED bookstore or the publisher to acquire only certain available supplemental materials at an unbundled price.
(b) Recommended textbooks
Because recommended textbooks are not covered by federal financial aid, faculty are strongly encouraged to only add recommended textbooks if they offer a significant benefit to student understanding of course learning outcomes and effectively supplement the required textbooks of the course.
(2) Affordability
(a) Pricing. If multiple textbooks are comparable in quality but range in price, course directors are strongly encouraged to choose the textbook that is more affordable to students.
(b) Edition. Publishers are required to report any substantial content revisions from the most current edition to the previous edition of all textbooks. If the previous edition can support academic success in the course and the revisions to the most current edition are not significant, course directors are strongly encouraged to advise their students that previous editions may be available in the NEOMED bookstore at a reduced price.
(c) Format. Course directors are strongly encouraged to consider selecting e-books when available and appropriate. Electronic textbooks are often cheaper for students and may be available through the NEOMED library at no additional cost.
(3) Preferential consideration of NEOMED library resources
(a) Course directors should contact the library to explore the digital and hardcopy resources already available when developing or modifying a course. Some library materials are purchased with student fees, so these materials should be prioritized for use in new courses, if applicable. If a new resource is necessary, it may require review and approval by the university (i.e., library acquisition of the resource, central vs. local management, budget request, incorporation into the student fee structure, etc.).
(b) Course directors should utilize the NEOMED library reference librarian and the NEOMED library collection when engaged in new course development or course modification.
(c) Course directors should utilize open-access, educational resources written by contributing faculty authors from universities across the united states such as openstax and open textbook library.
(d) NEOMED library purchase recommendation form
This form may be utilized to recommend the purchase of textbooks or other library materials. The form must be completed a year before the material is required. All purchasing recommendations are reviewed by the educational resource advisory committee.
(4) Selection transparency
Course directors are strongly encouraged to discuss the reasoning for selecting course textbooks with their students. Textbooks are a significant expense, so students should fully understand the decisions behind the selection of their course materials.
(E) Textbook selection and reporting procedure
The following procedure must be followed by the faculty of all colleges:
(1) Selection
(a) Textbooks are selected by course directors.
(b) Course directors are responsible for meeting any deadlines of the authorities in their college for textbook selection, syllabus approval, and textbook list reporting.
(c) Additional approval may be required from the college dean before selecting a textbook by a faculty author.
(2) Approval
(a) Course syllabi and their corresponding textbook selections must be approved by the appointed authority in each college:
(i) College of medicine syllabi and textbook selections are approved by the curriculum management and assessment committee.
(ii) College of pharmacy syllabi and textbook selections are approved by the curriculum committee.
(iii) College of graduate studies syllabi and textbook selections are approved by the graduate faculty council.
(b) During the approval process of a new course, the respective approving body is highly encouraged to consider ways in which the textbooks for the course can be made more affordable for students.
(3) Reporting
(a) All colleges must compile and report a complete list of courses and their corresponding required textbooks for the following academic year to the office of financial aid, the NEOMED library, and the NEOMED bookstore by March first. The following information must be included for each course within the college:
(i) Course name
(ii) Required textbooks
(a) Title
(b) Author
(c) Edition number
(d) International standard book number (ISBN)
(e) Format (e.g. e-book, library resource, print)
(iii) Supplemental materials that should be made available to students for purchase at the NEOMED bookstore.
(b) Elective courses should be included in the textbook list reported by colleges for the following academic year.
(c) Course directors with textbook lists that are expected to incur zero cost to students or include solely electronic textbooks are still expected to report their textbook list.
(d) For any unreported courses, it will be assumed that the textbook list will remain the same for the following academic year as it is in the current academic year.
(4) Publishing
(a) To ensure compliance with federal financial aid requirements, a complete list of textbooks by course with all required information, in addition to retail price, must be published for student access before March fifteenth on the NEOMED website.
Retail price will be determined and reported by the NEOMED bookstore to the office of financial aid based on publisher and distributor pricing for the purpose of calculating student cost of attendance.
(b) Any information unable to be published for student access should be labeled as "to be determined" until the course director reports the necessary information for the course to the office of financial aid and the NEOMED bookstore.
Last updated October 22, 2024 at 8:23 AM
History
- Effective: October 21, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-201 Expressive activity and harassment.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to support the right of expression on the northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED) campus.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to NEOMED students, student groups, faculty, staff, and any other persons who use space on the NEOMED campus and is adopted in accordance with section 3345.0212 of the Revised Code, which requires each public university in Ohio to adopt a rule on harassment that is consistent with and adheres strictly to the definition of harassment proved in section 3345.0121 of the Revised Code.
(C) Rule statement
(1) The university believes that the right of expression is as necessary as the right of inquiry and that both must be preserved as essential to the pursuit and dissemination of knowledge and truth. The university's commitment to freedom of expression, however, does not extend to harassment. Ohio law defines harassment as conduct and/or expression that is:
(a) Not protected by the first amendment to the United States Constitution or article I of the Ohio Constitution (unprotected expression);
(b) Unwelcome; and
(c) So severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies an individual equal access to the individual's education program or activity.
(2) Expression (either in person, in writing or by telecommunication) must meet all three elements to be actionable under this rule. This rule applies to alleged harassment that takes place on NEOMED property (owned, leased, or controlled premises), at NEOMED sponsored events, and in connection with a NEOMED recognized program or activity. Students should report alleged violations of this rule to the office of student services. Faculty and staff should report alleged violations of this rule to the office of human resources.
(3) This rule shall not be construed to impair any right or activity, including speech, protest, or assembly protected by the United States Constitution.
(D) Nothing within this rule shall be interpreted as preventing NEOMED from restricting expressive activities that the first amendment of the United States Constitution or article I, sections 3 and 11 of the Ohio Constitution does not protect. Further, nothing in this rule shall be interpreted as restricting or impairing the university's obligations under federal law including, but not limited to, Title IV the Higher Education Act of 1965, Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1962, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 405 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title II of the Americans with Disabilities Act, Age Discrimination in Employment Act and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 as specified in rules 3349-7-10 and 3349-10-75 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated October 22, 2024 at 8:23 AM
History
- Effective: October 21, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-10
(A) Purpose
To establish a non-discrimination and harassment rule to promote compliance with state and federal laws as well as reinforce NEOMED's commitment to maintaining a professional and collegial work and learning environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity. Every individual has the right to work and learn in a professional atmosphere.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all students, faculty, staff, employees and applicants for employment or admission to the university and its programs.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Abusive/bullying behavior" is the persistent repeated pattern of mistreatment from others in the workplace or the classroom that causes the victim physical, mental, or emotional harm. abusive/bullying behavior includes mistreatment that is abusive physically or verbally, and encompasses offensive conduct or behaviors, such as interference with completing or sabotaging work that has been done. Abusive or bullying behavior is different than that of constructive criticism or counseling to address and improve performance. Abusive or bullying behavior is unprofessional and inappropriate for the workplace or the classroom.
(2) "Applicant" is an individual who has applied for either a specific position at the university or who has applied for admission to the university.
(3) "Complainant" refers to any person who seeks recourse pursuant to this rule because they have reasonable cause to believe they experienced harassment or discrimination.
(4) "Complaint" refers to a statement by a complainant seeking recourse pursuant to this rule to address instances of harassment or unlawful discrimination. A complaint can be written or verbal when alleging harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, or discrimination.
(5) "Discrimination" occurs when an adverse employment or education action is taken that is based upon a protected class.
(6) "Equal education opportunity" means that all persons in a protected class shall have equal access to participate in educational activities.
(7) "Equal employment opportunity" means that all persons in a protected class shall have equal access to positions at the university, limited only by their ability to do their job.
(8) "Harassment" in the employment context is unwelcome verbal or physical conduct based on a protected class that unreasonably interferes with an individual's work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
"Harassment" in the education context is unwelcome verbal or physical conduct based on a protected class that interferes with, denies, or limits an individual's ability to participate in or benefit from the university's educational programs and activities.
Harassment can take two forms: power differentials (quid pro quo) or hostile environment:
(a) Quid pro quo harassment exists when:
(i) There are unwelcome requests or demands based on a protected class, which may include but are not limited to unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of sexual nature; and
(ii) Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for employment or academic decisions adversely affecting such individual.
(b) Hostile environment in the employment context includes any situation in which there is harassing conduct based on a protected class that is sufficiently severe or pervasive such that it unreasonably interferes with an individual's work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
(c) Hostile environment in the education context includes any situation in which there is harassing conduct based on a protected class that is sufficiently severe, persistent, or pervasive that it interferes with or denies educational benefits or opportunities, from both a subjective (the complainant's) and an objective (reasonable person's) viewpoint. The determination of whether an environment is "hostile" is based on a totality of circumstances. However, a single or isolated incident of harassment may be severe enough to create a hostile environment.
(d) This definition may include behaviors defined in rule 3349-10-75 of the Administrative Code when that rule lacks jurisdiction to investigate a complaint, as well as complaints of intimidation on any protected class basis.
(9) "Protected class" and "protected status" are defined by state and federal law to include age, color, disability, ethnicity or shared ancestry, gender identity or expression, genetic information, national origin, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, transgender status, status as a parent during pregnancy and immediately after the birth of a child, status as a parent of a young child, status as a foster parent, or veteran status. This definition is meant to protect individuals who identify as Jewish and are subject to antisemitic behaviors, including but not limited to rhetorical and physical manifestations of hatred toward Jewish or non-Jewish individuals and/or their property, or toward a Jewish community institution or religious facility.
(10) "Respondent" refers to a person or persons against whom an allegation of harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, or discrimination has been made pursuant to this rule.
(11) "Investigator" refers to a university official who decides whether this rule has been violated and makes decisions regarding sanctions, if appropriate. The assistant director, student conduct and Title IX is designated the investigator for complaints that contain a student respondent. The senior human resources generalist is the investigator for complaints that contain an employee respondent. If those responsible for investigating such complaints are the subject of a complaint, the president will name an appropriate party to investigate. If the president is charged with harassment, Abusive/bullying behavior, or discrimination, the matter will come under the jurisdiction of the board of trustees, or their designees for handling.
(12) "Retaliation" refers to intimidation, threats, coercion, or other behaviors meant to interfere with the employment or educational right of a person or person(s) who reported alleged discrimination, harassment, or abusive/bullying behaviors, whether by the alleged or on behalf of the alleged.
(D) Policy statement
(1) The university is an equal education and employment institution operating under nondiscrimination provisions of Titles 33 and 41 of the Revised Code; Titles VI, VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; and Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, as amended; Vocational Rehabilitation Act section 504; Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Act, as amended; Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title II of the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008; state of Ohio Executive Order 2019-05D and 20226D; state of Ohio administrative policy HR-14; and Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended as related to admissions, treatment of students, programs and activities, and employment practices.
(2) NEOMED seeks to promote an environment in which all students, faculty and staff interact on the basis of individual strengths and characteristics, without having such interactions shaped by generalizations or stereotypes based on a person's protected status and to encourage constructive thoughtful and sensitive behavior. Harassment, discrimination, and abusive/bullying behaviors are serious offenses that may be cause for disciplinary action.
(3) Discrimination, harassment, and abusive/bullying behaviors as defined in this rule are prohibited in every aspect of employment, including hiring, layoff, termination, transfer, promotion, demotion, rate of compensation, and any matter directly or indirectly related to employment. Such acts are also prohibited in the development, delivery, and assessment of all educational experiences designed for students.
(a) All faculty, staff and students have a responsibility for ensuring that NEOMED's working and learning environment is free from harassment or unlawful discrimination.
(b) The university reserves the right to take measures to remedy all forms of harassment when reported, whether or not the harassment rises to the level of creating a hostile work or learning environment.
(c) Abusive/bullying behavior may be addressed through measures such as remedial action(s), conflict resolution mechanisms, coaching, discipline, and/or additional civility education trainings.
(4) Retaliation against persons who file complaints or cooperate with the investigation of a complaint of discrimination and/or harassment is a violation of this rule, as well as the law, and is strictly prohibited.
(5) Employees who believe they have experienced harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, discrimination or retaliation may report the incident using the online form, or by speaking to their supervisor or the senior human resources generalist.
(6) Students who believe they have experienced harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, discrimination, or retaliation may report the incident using the online form or by speaking to the associate director, student conduct and Title IX.
Faculty, staff and students share the duty to report all instances of discrimination or harassment of which they are aware directly to the senior human resources generalist or the assistant director, student conduct and Title IX.
An employee or applicant for employment may also file a complaint with human resources or with an external agency.
(7) The duties and responsibilities of all departments or division under this rule include:
(a) Ensuring the management practices prevent discrimination and support equal employment opportunity;
(b) Providing information and resources to supervisors, managers, and employees in support of equal employment opportunities and non-discrimination;
(c) Ensuring that instances of discrimination are promptly referred to the department of human resources or student services.
(d) Ensuring that corrective action steps are properly implemented; and
(e) Consulting with the department of human resources or student services to meet obligations under this rule.
(8) The duties and responsibilities of the division of human resources and student services, as appropriate, include:
(a) Providing equal employment opportunity and non-discrimination information and resources;
(b) Investigating complaints of discrimination, harassment, or abusive/bullying behavior under the reasonable person standard and issuing action steps for correction where necessary.
(i) If the investigation determines that a person intentionally falsely accused another of discrimination, harassment or abusive/bullying behavior, appropriate actions will be recommended against the person.
(ii) Allegations of harassment, discrimination and abusive/bullying behavior often involve the collection, use and disclosure of sensitive personal information. All reasonable measures will be taken to maintain confidentiality. Information concerning a complaint may be provided to appropriate NEOMED officials on a need-to-know basis. Any person knowingly, willfully or negligently breaching confidentiality may be subject to sanctions or other appropriate action.
(iii) Subject to any limitations or disclosure requirements imposed by law, all information, whether oral, written or electronic, created, gathered, received or compiled through the course of a complaint is to be considered confidential by both the complainant and respondent, their representatives and advocates, witnesses and other officials designated by this rule. All information will be treated as "supplied in confidence for investigatory purposes." All closed investigatory files will be retained by the general counsel in accordance with the university's record retention rule.
(9) This rule will not be interpreted, administered or applied to infringe upon the academic freedom of any faculty, staff or student. Speech or conduct protected by the First Amendment to the United States Constitution; Sections 3 and 11 of Article I of the Ohio Constitution; or the university's free speech on campus rule or faculty bylaws is not harassment for purposes of this rule. The frank discussion of controversial ideas, the pursuit and publication of controversial research and the study and teaching of material with controversial content do not constitute harassment, provided these activities are conducted in an atmosphere of respect.
(10) This rule is not to be interpreted, administered or applied in such a way as to detract from the right and obligation of those in supervisory roles to manage performance and behavior and subsequently discipline employees and students, subject to managerial and instructional rules and procedures.
(11) Investigation procedures
(a) When a faculty member is charged with harassment, discrimination or bullying/abusive behavior, this rule and the procedures promulgated hereunder will be employed in lieu of the procedures outlined in rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code, including censure and dismissal for just cause.
(b) Informal procedures
(i) All members of the NEOMED community are permitted to resolve complaints informally. Students who feel they have been harassed or discriminated against should discuss the matter with the associate director, student conduct and Title IX. Employees who feel they have been harassed or discriminated against should discuss the matter with the senior human resources generalist. The associate director or senior human resources generalist will provide the complainant a confidential forum for expressing concerns and exploring options for addressing them; advise the complainant on both informal and formal procedures for addressing their concerns.
(ii) After receiving a detailed statement of the complaint, the investigator may, with the permission of the complainant, to attempt to resolve the complaint by informal resolution by discussing the complaint with the respondent to seek a mutually acceptable resolution. If no resolution is reached, the investigator will explain that the complainant may file a written complaint. Unless a written complaint is filed, no further action will be taken by the university except as authorized by the investigator.
(c) Formal procedures
(i) All members of the NEOMED community are permitted to file a written complaint using the online form at any time. Students should submit a formal written complaint with the senior human resources generalist or assistant director for student conduct and Title IX, who will investigate and adjudicate the matter.
(ii) Complaints must be filed within one hundred eighty days of the last alleged incident.
(iii) A complainant is permitted one support person to accompany them to investigatory or other meetings. The support person cannot be a family member or attorney, nor may it be a witness or party otherwise involved in the matter related to the complaint. The support person is not a participating party and may not speak on behalf of a party.
(iv) It may be necessary to place a faculty member, staff member or student on administrative leave/interim suspension during the investigation and resolution of a complaint. Such administrative leave/interim suspension will not be viewed as a disciplinary or punitive action. If the administrative leave involves a faculty member or staff member, the administrative leave will be with pay unless otherwise authorized by law.
(d) Investigation process includes the following steps
(i) The investigator will promptly notify the respondent of the formal complaint made against them including a general overview of the complaint details along with the rule under which the complaint was brought.
(ii) The investigator will interview the complainant, respondent, and other individuals with knowledge of the situation. The complainant and respondent may identify individuals with knowledge during their interview that the investigator may interview individuals at their discretion.
(iii) Following the investigation, the investigator will prepare a written report including the allegations, summary of information, findings, and recommendations to be implemented.
(iv) The written report will be released to the complainant and any other necessary parties, including the respondent. The report will also be placed in the appropriate personnel file or student file if the respondent is found to have violated this rule.
(e) Recommendations
(i) In making disciplinary decisions and recommendations, the investigator will take the following matters into consideration: the severity the offense; whether the offense was an isolated incident or involves repeated acts; presence of any mitigating and/or aggravating circumstances; and whether there was an imbalance of power between the parties.
(ii) Sanctions beyond education and training include, but are not limited to:
(a) Employee sanctions could include verbal reprimand, written reprimand, probation, suspension with or without pay, demotion and termination. The investigator may impose a sanction upon employees of up to, but no more than, a three-day suspension without pay, without consulting with the vice president of human resources.
(b) Student sanctions could include: informal reprimand, formal reprimand, probation, suspension or expulsion. The investigator may impose a sanction upon students of involuntary probation without consulting with the dean of the respective college.
(iii) If respondent is listed as key personnel on any federal award issued to university and is subject to discipline or removed from his/her position through either the informal or formal resolution process, the university will notify the funding source of any such action taken under this rule.
(f) Anonymous complaints will be investigated, to the extent possible, in a similar manner as is set forth in this rule, including the release of any written report or sanctions.
(12) All faculty, staff, and students will receive training on this rule and how to respond to incidents of harassment, including hate incidents that occur during a class or campus event.
(13) Campus security and university police will collaborate with state and local law enforcement or applicable student groups to provide a safe environment for student groups facing threats of terror attacks or hate crimes.
Last updated November 12, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: November 11, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-75
(A) Purpose
The university is committed to maintaining a safe, nondiscriminatory environment in which students and employees of the university can work, learn, and participate in activities free from sexual harassment. Title IX of the education amendments of 1972 and its associated regulations prohibit discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving federal funds. The conduct outlined in this rule, committed against any students or employees of the university, are prohibited conduct under federal law.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to acts committed by students, employees, or visitors/vendors of the university regardless of gender identity or expression or sexual orientation. This rule defines prohibited conduct as it relates to sexual harassment under Title IX of the education amendments of 1972. Students and employees of the university may be victims of sexual harassment by individuals unaffiliated with the university. For the purposes of this rule, employees are full or part time faculty or staff members; students are those who are enrolled in one or more programs at the university; and visitors are those who are not obtaining a degree, attending classes, or directly employed by the university. Student employees are considered students for the purposes of this rule.
Formal complaints of sexual harassment filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator will be resolved in accordance with the university's Title IX grievance procedures set forth in this rule. The Title IX grievance procedures have been developed to provide an equitable process for determining whether a violation of this rule has occurred, as well as to remediate the effects, and prevent the occurrence of, prohibited conduct in violation of this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Actual knowledge" refers to notice of sexual harassment or allegations of sexual harassment to the Title IX coordinator or any official with authority (OWA).
(2) "Complainant" refers to an individual who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment. Where the Title IX coordinator signs a formal complaint, the Title IX coordinator is not a complainant or otherwise a party in the matter.
(3) "Coercion" for the purposes of this rule refers to the intimidation, threats of the physical or psychological nature, or pressure used to force another to engage in sexual acts.
(4) "Consent" for the purposes of this rule, refers to permission or agreement to engage in sexual activity. Consent can be given by words or actions as long as those words or actions create mutually understandable permission and willingness to engage in sexual activity. Consent must be active; silence cannot constitute consent nor can consent to one form of sexual activity be implied as consent to another form of activity. Consent can be withdrawn at any time and previous consent for a sexual act cannot imply future consent. Consent for sexual activity is not present if an individual:
(a) Is in a state of incapacitation (from alcohol or drug use or mental or physical impairment) whereas another individual knows or should have reasonably known of the incapacitation;
(b) Is coerced;
(c) Is subjected to the use of force or the threat of force;
(d) Is unconscious or unaware the act is being committed; or
(e) Is unable to consent due to age.
(5) "Course of conduct," as it relates to stalking, means two or more acts, including, but not limited to, acts in which the stalker directly, indirectly, or through third parties, by any action, method, device, or means, follows, monitors, observes, surveils, threatens, or communicates to or about a person, or interferes with a person's property.
(6) "Education program or activity" refers to locations, events, or circumstances over which the university exercised substantial control over both the respondent and the context in which the sexual harassment occurred, including any building owned or controlled by a student organization that is officially recognized by the university.
(7) "Formal complaint" refers to a document filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator alleging sexual harassment against a respondent and requesting that the university address the allegation of sexual harassment.
(8) "Incapacitation" refers to the state of substantial impairment when an individual is unable to make reasonable, rational decisions because they lack the capacity to give knowing consent. For the purposes of this rule, incapacitation includes individuals whose impairment results from physical or mental disabilities, involuntary restraint, or the consumption of alcohol or other drugs. Incapacitation cannot be used in a defense for behavior that violates this rule.
(9) "Official with authority" refers to an employee who has authority to institute corrective measures for sexual harassment on behalf of the university. For the purposes of this rule, OWAs include the Title IX coordinator, vice president of human resources, senior executive director of academic affairs and student services, assistant dean of students in the college of medicine, assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy, and vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(10) "Reasonable person" means a reasonable person under similar circumstances and with similar identities to the victim.
(11) "Respondent" refers to the person alleged to have engaged in conduct that could constitute sexual harassment as defined in this rule. A respondent is presumed not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination is made in accordance with this rule.
(12) "Retaliation" refers to intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process.
(13) "Sexual harassment," for the purposes of this rule, refers to conduct on the basis of sex which occurs within the university's education program or activity against a person in the united states, and satisfies one or more of the following:
(a) "Sexual harassment by quid pro quo" is an employee of the university conditioning the provision of an aid, benefit, or service of the university on an individual's participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
(b) "Sexual harassment by hostile environment" is unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the university's education program or activity; or
(c) Conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(i) "Sexual assault" includes conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(a) "Rape" means the carnal knowledge of a person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity. "carnal knowledge" means the slightest penetration of vagina by the penis.
(b) "Sodomy" means non-consensual oral or anal sexual intercourse with another person, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(c) "Sexual assault with an object" means use an object or instrument (other than a person's genitalia) to unlawfully penetrate, however slightly, the genital or anal opening of the body of another person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(d) "Fondling" means the touching of the private body parts of another person for the purpose of sexual gratification, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(e) "Incest" means sexual intercourse between persons who are related to each other within the degrees wherein marriage is prohibited by law.
(f) "Statutory rape" means sexual intercourse with a person who is under the statutory age of consent.
(ii) "Dating violence" means an act of violence committed by a person who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature with the victim. The existence of such a relationship shall be determined by the length of the relationship, the type of relationship, and the frequency of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship.
(iii) "Domestic violence" refers to felony or misdemeanor crimes committed by a current or former spouse or intimate partner of the victim, by a person with whom the victim shares a child in common, by a person who is cohabitating with or has cohabitated with the victim as a spouse or intimate partner, by a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction receiving grant monies, or by any other person against an adult or youth victim who is protected from that person's acts under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction.
(iv) "Stalking" refers to engaging in a course of conduct directed at a specific person that would cause a reasonable person with similar characteristics under similar circumstances to:
(a) Fear for the person's safety or the safety of others; or
(b) Suffer substantial emotional distress.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Jurisdiction. To meet the jurisdictional conditions of Title IX, alleged conduct must occur in the university's education program or activity or within the scope of employment against a person in the United States. This includes alleged conduct which occurs on campus or as part of the university's operations, including computer and online platforms owned and operated by, or used in the operations of the university.
(a) Complaints of alleged conduct that does not fall under the jurisdiction conditions set forth in paragraph (D)(1) of this rule will be dismissed for the purposes of Title IX. In situations where a complaint is dismissed under Title IX, the parties will be notified in writing and given a period of five business days to appeal the dismissal, in writing, to the vice president for human resources and diversity (or designee). Allegations dismissed under Title IX may still constitute a violation of other university rule and may be addressed using separate conduct processes.
(b) The university may dismiss a formal complaint or any allegations therein, if at any time during the grievance process, prior to reaching an informal or formal resolution:
(i) The complainant notifies the Title IX coordinator in writing that the complainant would like to withdraw the formal complaint or any allegations it contains;
(ii) The respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the university; or
(iii) Specific circumstances prevent the university from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination as to the formal complaint or allegations it contains.
(2) Reporting. The university supports and encourages the campus community to report any and all instances of gender-based violence to the following resources:
(a) Title IX coordinator. Reports of sexual harassment should be made to the Title IX coordinator, whose contact information can be found at https://www.neomed.edu/diversity/title-ix/. Reports may be made at any time, including during non-business hours. The Title IX coordinator, or designee, will respond to the report with a request for an intake meeting within twenty-four business hours after addressing immediate supportive measures/safety.
(b) Law enforcement. Reports may be made to the NEOMED police department at 330-325-5911 or to the Portage county sheriff's office at 330-296-5100 if a person believes the sexual harassment he/she experienced may constitute a crime. A report can be made to both law enforcement and university employees designed in this rule. Reports made to the NEOMED police department are not confidential.
(c) Other reporting sources. Reports made to officials with authority are not confidential. These individuals are required to inform the Title IX coordinator of any such report made to them:
(i) Vice president of human resources;
(ii) Senior executive director of academic affairs and student services;
(iii) Assistant dean of students in the college of medicine;
(iv) Assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy; and
(v) Vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(d) Confidential reports. Reports made to one of the licensed counselors in the center for student wellness and counseling services (CSWCS) are confidential and will not be reported to the Title IX coordinator.
(e) Anonymous reports. Anonymous reports will be accepted; however, in these instances, the university's ability to provide supportive measures or investigate the alleged conduct may be compromised. The university will address anonymous complaints to the extent possible.
(f) Consolidation of formal complaints. The university may consolidate formal complaints as to allegations of sexual harassment against more than one respondent, or by more than one complainant against one or more respondents, or by one party against the other party, where the allegations of sexual harassment arise out of the same facts or circumstances.
(g) False complaints. Intentionally filing a false complaint of sexual harassment is a violation of this rule and could constitute a criminal act. Evidence of this nature will be referred to the university's general counsel.
(h) Retaliation. Neither the university nor any other person may retaliate against an individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process. Retaliation should be reported promptly to the Title IX coordinator. Evidence of retaliation is grounds for disciplinary action.
(i) Limited amnesty. Individuals who make a report of sexual harassment or participate in any sexual harassment grievance procedure may not be subject to disciplinary action by the university for behavior that is otherwise considered a violation of the student conduct code or terms of employment. This includes the personal consumption of alcohol or drugs at or near the time of the incident, provided that any such violations did not place the health or safety of any other person at risk.
(j) Minors. Upon receipt of a report of alleged sexual harassment or sexual violence committed by or upon a minor in a university affiliated program or activity, the Title IX coordinator or designee shall:
(i) Complete an immediate safety assessment to restore a safe environment;
(ii) Determine whether local law enforcement and/or children and family services have been notified and decide whether such notification is required or appropriate;
(iii) Notify the parents or guardians of the minor(s) involved; and
(iv) The Title IX coordinator or designee will review this rule with the guardian(s), provide available on and off campus resources to the minor, and explain the process to submit a formal complaint.
(3) Supportive measures
(a) Supportive measures are non-disciplinary, non-punitive individualized services offered by the Title IX coordinator as appropriate and as reasonably available, without fee or charge, to the complainant or respondent. Supportive measures may be offered before or after the filing of a formal complaint, or where no formal complaint has been filed.
(b) Supportive measures are designed to restore or preserve equal access to the university's education program or activity.
(c) Supportive measures may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Mutual no contact directives;
(ii) Counseling and health services;
(iii) Course-related adjustments;
(iv) Modifications of work or class schedules;
(v) Campus escort services;
(vi) Academic support;
(vii) Consideration of leave requests; and
(viii) Designated hours for use of shared facilities.
(4) Resources and support
(a) Confidential resources
(i) The CSWCS is an on-campus confidential resource and can be reached at 330-325-6757. Making a report to CSWCS licensed counselors will not result in a report to law enforcement or other university personnel, including the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Off-campus, twenty-four/seven local crisis resources include townhall II, which can be reached at 330-678-4357(help), and coleman professional services, which can be reached at 330-296-3555.
(b) Treatment. Any person who has experienced an act of sexual violence is encouraged to go to the nearest emergency room or hospital for evaluation, treatment, and counseling. St. Thomas hospital in Akron, Ohio, offers specialized services for victims of sexual violence. Though a person who has experienced an act of sexual violence may choose whether to notify law enforcement authorities about the offense, filing a police report near in time will:
(i) Ensure the person receives necessary medical treatment and tests at no expense;
(ii) Provide an opportunity for the time-sensitive collection of evidence helpful in the prosecution, such as collecting soiled clothes and advising the person to refrain from bathing or douching, washing his/her face, urinating, drinking liquids, eating, or brushing his/her teeth; and
(iii) Assure that the person has access to free confidential counseling from counselors specifically trained in the area of sexual assault crisis intervention.
(c) Advisors of choice. Both parties are permitted to be accompanied to any and all meetings and interviews related to the Title IX grievance process by an advisor that the party chooses. This can include but is not limited to: a parent, friend, lawyer, or colleague. A party can request to the Title IX coordinator that an advisor of choice be assigned to them, and the university will provide a trained advisor to the party free of charge. Advisors of choice are mandatory during the formal resolution live hearing process but are optional at other stages.
(5) Procedures for resolving formal complaints of sexual harassment
(a) Informal resolution
(i) Informal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant.
(ii) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule. The respondent will be given a minimum of three days to prepare for any informal resolution.
(iii) In order to proceed with an informal resolution, both parties must provide voluntary, written consent to the informal resolution process. In situations where neither party, or only one of the parties, agrees to an informal resolution, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(iv) In situations where the respondent is an employee of the university and the complainant is a student of the university, there is no option for informal resolution and the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(v) Any informal resolution will be conducted through a facilitator in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution.
(vi) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings as part of the informal process by an advisor of choice.
(vii) The complainant and respondent are not required to address the formal complaint directly with one another if they choose to pursue an informal resolution.
(viii) Both parties have the right to discontinue the informal resolution and initiate the formal resolution process at any time prior to both parties signing an informal resolution agreement.
(ix) Both parties have the right to request an informal resolution prior to any hearings as part of the formal resolution process; however, both parties must agree, in writing, to proceed with an informal resolution.
(x) Both parties will be asked to sign an informal resolution agreement within three business days of the conclusion of the informal resolution. If one or both of the parties does not sign the informal resolution agreement within the specified timeframe, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(xi) The case will be closed once both parties have signed an informal resolution agreement. There are no bases to appeal an informal resolution.
(b) Formal resolution
(i) Formal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Any formal resolution will be conducted in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution. Most formal resolutions will be resolved within a ninety-day window. The Title IX coordinator will notify the parties if this time frame will not be met and provide sufficient reasoning.
(iii) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings, interviews, or hearings as part of the formal process by an advisor of choice.
(iv) There is the presumption that the respondent is not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the conclusion of the formal resolution process.
(v) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule, along with a minimum of three days to prepare for any initial interview.
(vi) A formal investigation into the allegations will include interview(s) with the complainant, interview(s) with the respondent, and interviews with any witnesses believed to possess relevant evidence regarding the allegations.
(vii) Both parties will have an opportunity to examine a draft version of the investigatory report and any relevant evidence collected throughout the investigation and will have a period of ten business days to submit a written response.
(viii) The investigator(s) will compile a final investigatory report, which will be provided to both parties and their advisors of choice no less than ten business days prior to any hearings on the matter.
(ix) Live hearings will take place via video conference and will be closed to the public. During the live hearing, both parties will have the opportunity to cross-examine one another, as well as any witnesses, through an advisor of choice. If either party does not have an advisor of choice, an advisor will be provided by the university at no cost for the sole purpose of conducting the cross-examination.
If a party or witness does not submit to cross-examination at the live hearing, a decision-maker may consider any statements made by that party or witness when reaching a determination regarding responsibility, so long as the statements are otherwise permitted under Title IX regulations.
(x) The preponderance of the evidence standard will be applied in any formal resolution process initiated by a formal complaint of sex-based harassment. A "preponderance of the evidence" is met if it is determined to be more likely than not, based on the evidence available, that the respondent's behavior violated the sexual harassment under this rule.
(xi) At the conclusion of the live hearing, the decision maker(s) issue a written decision, which shall include the following:
(a) A statement of the allegations made to support a claim of sexual misconduct;
(b) A description of the procedures followed throughout the process, starting from the formal complaint through the determination;
(c) The findings of fact to support the determination;
(d) A conclusion regarding whether the university rule was violated based on the factual findings;
(e) A statement of the result as to each allegation, including the rationale for the statement and a determination of responsibility;
(f) A statement of any disciplinary sanctions imposed upon the respondent or remedies put in place in to restore or preserve; and
(g) The procedure and available bases for appeal.
(c) Appeals. Only formal resolutions may be appealed. Both parties have the right to submit a written appeal within five business days of receiving the written decision. Appeals should be submitted to the vice president for human resources and diversity or designee. Appeals can only be made on any one of the following grounds:
(i) Procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
(ii) New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could affect the outcome of the matter; and
(iii) The Title IX coordinator, investigator(s), or decision-maker(s) had a conflict of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or the individual complainant or respondent that affected the outcome of the matter.
(6) Disciplinary sanctions
Sanctions may only be imposed as the result of disciplinary proceedings and may not be imposed prior to informal resolution or a finding of responsibility at the conclusion of the formal process. Possible sanctions include:
(a) Suspension from or termination of further employment;
(b) Suspension or dismissal from further matriculation;
(c) Adjustments to work, living or learning situations;
(d) No-contact directives;
(e) Educational intervention; or
(f) Restrictions from participating in co-curricular activities.
(7) Emergency removal and administrative leave. The university may remove a respondent from the university's education program or activity on an emergency basis. Prior to removal, the university will conduct an individualized safety and risk analysis and must determine that an immediate threat to the physical health or safety of any student, employee, or other individual arising from the allegations of sexual harassment justifies removal. The university will provide notice of an emergency removal and give the respondent an opportunity to challenge the emergency removal decision immediately following the removal.
The university may place a non-student employee respondent on administrative leave while a grievance process is pending.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 8:42 AM
History
- Effective: October 18, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-202 Free speech on campus.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish a free speech rule on the NEOMED campus. Section 3345.0215 of the Revised Code requires each public university in Ohio to adopt a rule on campus free speech that is consistent with and adheres to the principles set forth within it.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to NEOMED students, student groups, and faculty, and is established to safeguard their ability to express and respond to disparate views.
(C) Rule statement
(1) Students have a fundamental constitutional right to free speech.
(2) A state institution of higher education shall be committed to giving students broad latitude to speak, write, listen, challenge, learn, and discuss any issue, subject to paragraph (D)(10) of this rule.
(3) A state institution of higher education shall be committed to maintaining a campus as a marketplace of ideas for all students and all faculty in which the free exchange of ideas is not to be suppressed because the ideas put forth are thought by some or even by most members of the institution's community to be offensive, unwise, immoral, indecent, disagreeable, conservative, liberal, traditional, radical, or wrong-headed.
(4) It is for a state institution of higher education's individual students and faculty to make judgments about ideas for themselves, and to act on those judgments not by seeking to suppress free speech, but by openly and vigorously contesting the ideas that they oppose.
(5) It is not the proper role of a state institution of higher education to attempt to shield individuals from free speech, including ideas and opinions they find offensive, unwise, immoral, indecent, disagreeable, conservative, liberal, traditional, radical, or wrong-headed.
(6) Although a state institution of higher education should greatly value civility and mutual respect, concerns about civility and mutual respect shall never be used by an institution as a justification for closing off the discussion of ideas, however offensive, unwise, immoral, indecent, disagreeable, conservative, liberal, traditional, radical, or wrong-headed those ideas may be to some students or faculty.
(7) Although all students and all faculty are free to state their own views about and contest the views expressed on campus, and to state their own views about and contest speakers who are invited to express their views on the campus of a state institution of higher education, they may not substantially obstruct or otherwise substantially interfere with the freedom of others to express views they reject or even loathe. To this end, a state institution of higher education has a responsibility to promote a lively and fearless freedom of debate and deliberation and protect that freedom.
(8) A state institution of higher education shall be committed to providing an atmosphere that is most conducive to speculation, experimentation, and creation by all students and all faculty, who shall always remain free to inquire, to study and to evaluate, and to gain new understanding.
(9) The primary responsibility of faculty is to engage in an honest, courageous, and persistent effort to search out and communicate the truth and counter untruths that lie in the areas of their competence.
(10) This rule shall not be construed to impair any right or activity, including speech, protest, or assembly protected by the United States Constitution. The university may, however, impose the following measures, which do not violate the first amendment to the United States Constitution or the Ohio Constitution, such as:
(a) Constitutional time, place, and manner restrictions;
(b) Reasonable and viewpoint-neutral restrictions in nonpublic forums;
(c) Restricting the use of NEOMED property to protect the free speech rights of students and faculty and preserve the use of the property for the advancement of the university's mission;
(d) Prohibiting or limiting speech, expression, or assemblies that are not protected by the first amendment to the United States Constitution or Ohio Constitution; or
(e) Content restrictions that are reasonably related to a legitimate pedagogical purpose, such as classroom rules enacted by faculty.
(11) Complaints regarding violations of this rule
(a) Anyone filing a complaint alleging violation of this rule must be acting in good faith and have reasonable grounds for believing the information disclosed indicates the policy was violated. The university is committed to protecting individuals from interference with making a complaint under this policy and from retaliation for having made such a complaint.
(b) A student, student group, or employee may submit a complaint about an alleged violation of this rule by an employee of the university. Complaints alleging that a university employee has violated this policy should be submitted via email to freespeech@neomed.edu within ten business days of the alleged violation. Complaints shall include a description of the conduct alleged to have violated the policy with sufficient specificity to allow for further investigation, and shall include, at a minimum, the time, date, and location of the alleged violation and the provisions of this rule that the conduct is believed to have violated. Upon receipt of a complaint, human resources will work in collaboration with the office of the general counsel to promptly conduct an investigation of the complaint. Allegations against a faculty-respondent will be investigated in accordance with rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code. An investigation of allegations against a staff-respondent, or a faculty member acting in an administrative capacity, will adhere to the following process:
(i) Issuing a written notification to the respondent;
(ii) Interviewing the complaint and respondent;
(iii) Interviewing other witnesses identified by either the complainant or the respondent and collecting any relevant evidence;
(iv) Preparing an investigative report to be shared with both the complainant and respondent before being finalized;
(v) Options to pursue an informal consent resolution or formal hearing based upon the finalized report. If a formal hearing is requested:
(a) A hearing panel appointed by the senior vice president and provost or senior vice president for operations and finance, as appropriate, will review the matter utilizing a preponderance of the evidence standard;
(b) The hearing panel will issue a written finding on each alleged violation of the policy, to include a basis for the finding, along with options for appealing its findings within five business days based on:
(i) A procedural irregularity that significantly affected the findings made by the hearing panel; or
(ii) New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the findings were made that could significantly affect the outcome of the matter.
(vi) appeals from the formal hearing will be directed to the senior vice president and provost or senior vice president for operations and finance, as appropriate.
(12) Sanctions for violations of the policy
(a) Employees acting in a faculty capacity who are found to have violated this policy will be subject to the sanctions set forth in rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code.
(b) Employees acting in a staff or administrative capacity who are found to have violated this policy may be sanctioned with a verbal or written reprimand, probation, suspension, or termination depending on the investigation or hearing.
Last updated July 14, 2025 at 8:15 AM
History
- Effective: July 13, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-77
(A) Purpose
(1) To provide for the enforcement of laws and regulations applicable to faculty in their education, research and services roles; the university faculty bylaws and rules governing the conduct of faculty.
(2) To provide for appropriate due process protections
(B) Scope
(1) The procedures of this rule do not apply to faculty non-reappointment or nonrenewal of a faculty contract.
(2) The waiver of any hearing or appeal rights by the accused or the resignation of the accused will not preclude the university from following any of the procedures outlined herein.
(3) This rule applies to faculty only in their capacity as faculty members in the fulfillment of their education, research and service responsibilities to the college and/or university. This rule does not apply to academic administrators in their capacity as academic administrators, even if they hold a faculty appointment.
(4) The university does not condone bullying, intimidation, harassment or unlawful discrimination. Allegations of such misconduct will be handled in accordance with university policies on bullying, harassment, or unlawful discrimination even if such misconduct was allegedly committed by a faculty member in his/her role as a faculty member.
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning within their university faculty bylaws.
(1) Accused. Refers to the faculty member against whom allegations of conduct constituting just cause have been made.
(2) Censure. Official and public reprimand.
(3) Charge(s). A formal, written statement of the complaint(s) or allegations against a faculty member.
(4) Dismissal. An involuntary permanent severance of employment, enrollment or volunteer status.
(5) File. Official file for the faculty member.
(6) Funding agency. Any source which provides funds for the conduct of professional research.
(7) Hearing. An official meeting at which witnesses are heard and evidence is presented.
(8) Inquiry procedures. Procedures used to determine whether there is probable cause that misconduct has occurred.
(9) Investigatory procedures. Procedures employed to conduct a thorough evaluation of relevant evidence.
(10) Just cause. Includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Professional incopetence;
(b) Conduct not in accordance with the ethical standards of a faculty member of the university or the profession as defined in the university faculty code of conduct;
(c) Neglect of duty;
(d) Dishonesty in administration, teaching or in the conduct of research or breach of professional ethics;
(e) Conduct which significantly impairs the faculty member's ability, or that of others, to carry out their responsibilities to the university;
(f) Violation of the policies of the university and university faculty bylaws; or
(g) Conviction of a felony;
(11) Malfeasance. The doing of an act which a person ought not do at all.
(12) Misfeasance. The improper doing of an act which a person might lawfully do.
(13) Nonfeasance. The omission of an act which a person ought to do.
(14) Preponderance of the evidence. The greater weight of the evidence, superior evidentiary weight, though not sufficient to free the mind wholly from all reasonable doubt, is still sufficient to incline a fair and impartial mind to one side of the issue rather than the other.
(15) Probation. A defined period of time during which a faculty member must meet a set of goals and expectations or face termination.
(16) Reprimand. Formal written disciplinary documentation by an administrative superior not requiring a hearing or other due process protections. A reprimand constitutes a final, non-appealable resolution of a given charge.
(17) Sanction. A penalty imposed. All sanctions will be noted in the faculty member's file. The available sanctions include, but are not limited to:
(a) Reprimand;
(b) Removal from a particular project;
(c) special monitoring of future work;
(d) Censure
(e) Suspension
(f) Salary reduction;
(g) Probation; or
(h) Termination of appointment and/or employment.
(18) Scientific misconduct, misconduct in ccience. fabrication, falsification, plagiarism or other practices that seriously deviate from those that are commonly accepted within the scientific community for proposing, conducting, or reporting research. It does not include honest errors or honest differences of interpretations or judgments of data (42 CFR 50.102). This definition also includes "research misconduct" that is defined as fabrication, falsification, or plagiarism in proposing or performing research funded by national science foundation (NSF), reviewing, research proposals submitted to NSF, or in reporting research results funded by NSF (45 CFR 689.1).
(19) Suspension. An immediate, interim action employed by the dean of the college or the provost of the university pending a full investigation and disposition of charges brought against a faculty member. The suspension may result in the faculty member being relieved from some or all of his/her duties. Suspension may be automatic or discretionary.
(D) General considerations
(1) Public statements
Public statements on behalf of the university may be made only under the authority of the president.
(2) Confidentiality
The university will conduct all inquiries into charges of misconduct discreetly. This information will be held in confidence to the extent permitted by law. All committee meetings and hearings will be closed.
(3) Protection for wistleblowers
The university will, to the maximum extent permitted by law, protect the privacy of and will not take any adverse action against an individual who, in good faith, makes allegations of misconduct. The university will not tolerate any retaliation by the accused.
(4) Conflicts of interest
The university shall take precautions against real or apparent conflicts of interest on the part of those involved in any investigation or inquiry proceeding. Any person having a conflict of interest must disclose the conflict to the individual responsible for that phase of the proceedings. Objections by the accused to the appointment of a specific inquiry committee or review committee members will be honored if the university concludes that the committee or its member(s) cannot be fair and impartial.
(5) Duty to cooperate
All university employees are required to cooperate in good faith with investigations of possible misconduct.
(6) General counsel
The university's general counsel will assist during all proceedings (including hearings) by securing, reviewing and maintaining the integrity of evidence, necessary relevant records and materials; and providing consultation to all committees as needed. All final reports will be maintained by the general counsel in a secure manner for at least five years after the termination of the proceedings.
(E) Informal procedures for non-scientific misconduct
(1) If an allegation of conduct constituting just cause that does not involve scientific misconduct has been made against a faculty member, the faculty member's department chair or his or her designee shall investigate the matter within thirty calendar days of the report. The department chair or designee will document the allegation and the results of the investigation.
(2) At the conclusion of his/her investigation, the department chair shall provide the faculty member with a written report outlining the allegation and the results of the investigation. The faculty member may submit a written response to the allegation and the results of the investigation to the department chair no later than ten business days from the date the faculty member receives a copy of the written report.
(3) Upon receipt of the faculty member's written response or upon expiration of the time period for a faculty member to submit a written response, the department chair will confer with the dean or the dean's designee of the respective college to review the allegation, investigation findings and faculty member's response, if applicable, to determine if any further investigation or action is required.
(4) If appropriate and after consultation with the dean or the dean's designee, the department chair may issue a reprimand to the faculty member. A reprimand may properly be issued if the violation is relatively minor and correctable and if the violation does not pose a threat to public well-being or the university resources. A reprimand will constitute a final, non-appealable resolution of the matter.
(5) If the dean determines that a sanction beyond a reprimand should be considered, an inquiry committee will be convened to undertake a formal investigation and hearing as outlined in paragraph (F) of this rule.
(6) If the faculty member charged with misconduct is a department chair or in the decanal line, the dean or the dean's designee will conduct the investigation and make a determination if further action as set forth herein is required.
(F) Formal proceedings
(1) Preliminary inquiry for allegations of scientific misconduct
(a) Allegation(s) of scientific misconduct must be submitted in writing to the dean as soon as possible. Upon such notification, the dean shall provide written notice to the provost of the university and the accused of the charges and a summary of the supporting evidence or investigative reports, if any, no later than five business days after the dean's receipt of the allegation(s).
(b) No later than five business days from the date the provost receives the written allegation, he/she shall appoint a three-person inquiry committee from within the university to advise the dean. The inquiry committee will consist of associate professors and professors from outside the department of the accused. committee members cannot be co-investigators of the accused.
(c) The inquiry committee may consult experts without revealing the name of the accused.
(d) The inquiry committee shall complete the preliminary inquiry, including preparation of a written report, no later than thirty calendar days from the date of the inquiry committee appointment. The report shall summarize what evidence was reviewed, relevant interviews and include the conclusions and recommendations of the inquiry committee.
(e) The accused shall be given a copy of the report and may submit a written response to the report within five calendar days of receipt of the report.
(f) If the preliminary inquiry cannot be completed within thirty calendar days from the date of appointment, the record shall include documentation of the reasons for delay and indicate when the inquiry will be completed. However, the preliminary inquiry must be concluded within forty-five calendar days.
(g) The inquiry committee will make a finding on each charge and will document the reasons for that finding. The committee may recommend in writing to the dean that:
(i) No further proceedings are necessary; or
(ii) Phase II formal proceedings should be initated.
(h) The inquiry committee report, signed by the inquiry committee members, will be submitted to the dean, who will review it with the provost.
(i) The dean will provide written notice to the accused of the outcome of the inquiry and will consider the matter closed or request that the provost convene a review committee within thirty calendar days of the completion of the inquiry.
(j) If the inquiry committee discovers any reason, as outlined in paragraph (B)(7) of this rule, which indicates that the office of research integrity (ORI), national science foundation (NSF), or other appropriate funding agency should be notified, the committee chair must immediately notify the provost and the dean.
(2) Notification of funding agencies
The provost, or designee, will notify the ORI, NSF or other appropriate funding agency if, at any stage of the inquiry or investigation, it becomes apparent that any of the following conditions exist:
(a) There is an immediate health hazard involved;
(b) There is an immediate need to protect federal funds or equipment;
(c) There is an immediate need to protect the interests of the person(s) making the allegations or of the indivicual(s) who is the subject of the allegations as well as his/her co-investigators and associates, if any;
(d) It is probable that the alleged incident will be reported publicly;
(e) There is reasonable suspicion of possible criminal violation; if criminal activity is suspected, the university must inform the funding agency within twenty-four hours of obtaining that information; or
(f) Disclosure of facts that may affect current or potential funding for the individual(s) under investigation or that may compromise the funding agency's ability to ensure appropriate use of federal funds and otherwise protect public interest.
(3) Notification of investigation
If a review committee is convened to consider allegations of scientific misconduct, the provost or his/her designee will notify the appropriate funding agency, in writing of the investigation on or before the date formal proceedings begin. Such notification shall include the name of the person(s) accused, the general nature of the allegations, and the application or grant number(s) involved.
(G) Formal proceedings - review committee
(1) Notification of charges
(a) Within five business days of the decision to convene a review committee, the dean will notify the individual(s) involved, in writing, of the:
(i) Charge(s);
(ii) Names of the review committee members;
(iii) Right to a hearing and the date, time and place of said hearing; and
(iv) Right to attend the hearing; to call witnesses; and to have an individual present designated as counsel who may advise the accused but not address the committee. The accused is responsible for his/her own legal expenses.
(b) Notification will be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested.
(c) Failure of the accused to attend or participate constitutes a waiver of the right to do so and will not delay or impede the process as outlined herein.
(d) The dean may suspend the accused from some or all of his/her duties for the duration of the review. Suspension during this period will be with full pay and benefits unless the law forbids.
(2) The review committee
(a) The provost shall appoint an ad hoc review committee consisting of three members from the ranks of associate professor and full professor. The faculty on the review committee may be drawn from any college of the university.
(b) The committee shall elect its own chair.
(3) Duties of the review committee
(a) The review committee shall conduct an investigation, which shall include examination of documentation it deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities, in whatever format, including, but not limited to: relevant research data and proposals, publications, correspondence, memoranda, records of telephone calls, research notebooks and the inquiry committee's report.
(b) The review committee will provide a receipt acknowledging possession of the materials to the inquiry committee. When requested by the accused, photocopies of written materials taken shall be provided to the accused. Other evidence will be made available for review under controlled conditions.
(c) The review committee may request supplemental written material and seek the advice of content expert consultants.
(d) The committee must carry its investigation through to completion and pursue diligently all significant issues. (In cases of scientific misconduct, if for any reason the investigation is terminated prior to its completion, the funding agency must be notified.)
(4) Hearing procedures
(a) The review committee shall conduct hearing(s) that are closed to the public at which the review committee chair shall:
(i) Call witnesses who will present any relevant information and evidence (prior to the hearing, the accused will be provided with a list of known witnesses);
(ii) Allow the Accused to present any relevant information and evidence including necessary witnesses and physical evidence, and cross-examine witnesses;
(iii) Allow for the committee members to question the accused, witnesses and review evidence presented; and
(iv) Cause a verbatim transcript to be kept.
(b) The accused may have counsel present to advise his or her client at a hearing, but counsel may not participate in the presentation or questioning of witnesses.
(c) The dean has the right to attend the hearing but not the committee deliberations.
(d) The verbatim transcript of the hearing will be available for review by the committee and the accused. A copy will be made available to the accused upon request.
(5) Deliberations by the review committee
(a) The review committee shall meet in executive session to consider all relevant information obtained during the investigation as outlined in paragraph (G)(8) of this rule including evidence obtained at the hearing, if one was held, and any written response to the charge(s) by the accused. The review committee may invite content experts, scientific consultants, general counsel, and appropriate support staff to attend the deliberations as necessary.
(b) Each of the charges will be considered separately. One of two findings is possible:
(i) The evidence does not support the allegations(s); or
(ii) The evidence does support the allegations(s).
(c) The standard of proof on each of the charges will be the preponderance of evidence standard. The review committee will attempt to reach a consensus on each of the charges, and where consensus is not achieved, the decision will be made by majority vote, and an anonymous record of the vote will be kept.
(d) The review committee must maintain documentation to substantiate its findings.
(e) The review committee shall take no more than ninety calendar days from the date of appointment to complete the investigation, conduct the hearing, prepare a report of its findings, and report its findings and any recommendations to the provost and the dean. All review committee members shall sign the report.
(f) Within five business days, the dean or designee shall consider the review committee's report and determine what sanction, if any, is appropriate.
(g) The provost and the accused will receive a copy of the dean's decision.
(h) The decision of the dean is final unless appealed as outlined herein.
(6) Extensions and progress reports
If the provost determines at the end of the ninety calendar days that the review committee cannot complete its work to allow a decision within a one hundred twenty calendar day period:
(a) The provost must submit to the funding agency a written request for an extension and an explanation for the delay that includes an interim report on the progress to date and an estimate of the date of completion.
(b) If the extension is granted, the provost must file periodic progress reports as requested by the funding agency.
(7) Final report
The final report by the provost to the funding agency, due within one hundred twenty calendar days from the day the investigation begins, must describe:
(a) The policies and procedures under which the investigation was conducted;
(b) How and from whom information was obtained relevent to the investigation; and
(c) A description of any sanctions applied by the university.
(8) Appeal procedure for scientific misconduct
(a) If a sanction other than a reprimand is applied, a faculty member may appeal the decision(s) in writing to the provost within ten business days of receipt of the report from the dean.
(b) In case of an appeal, the provost may appoint a committee to assist him/her in considering the appeal.
(c) The provost shall within thirty calendar days:
(i) Consider all relevant reports;
(ii) Sustain, overturn or modify the decision of the dean and so notify the accused and the dean; and
(iii) File the final report with the funding agency if appropriate.
(d) The decision of the provost is final.
(H) Suspension of faculty
(1) Automatic suspension
A faculty member will be automatically suspended by the dean if the:
(a) Faculty member's narcotics license has been revoked for inappropriate use;
(b) Faculty member is convicted of or pleads guilty to a felony; or
(c) Faculty member's license to practice has been permanently revoked.
(2) Discretionary suspension
A faculty member may be suspended by the dean if the:
(a) Faculty member's license to practice is suspended, revoked, limited, or if the faculty member is placed on probation by the state licensing board;
(b) Faculty member's hospital privileges, if applicable, to practice have been suspended, revoked, or he/she is placed on Probation, with the exception of medical records deficiencies; or
(c) Faculty member has been accused of conduct that, if true, would constitute grounds for the suspension, revocation or limitation of the faculty member's license to practice and if in the dean's judgment, there appears to be sufficient grounds to support such an accusation.
(3) Suspensions lasting over a year
If the suspension of a nontenure-track faculty member exceeds a year in length, the faculty member's appointment will be withdrawn.
Last updated February 5, 2024 at 5:50 AM
History
- Effective: February 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-203 Intellectual diversity.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is ensure compliance with The Advance Ohio Higher Education Act (also known as Senate Bill 1 or the act) and promulgate northeast Ohio medical university's (NEOMED or university) statement of commitment to the educational and operational principles contained in the act.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all positions, policies, programs and activities (as defined herein) affecting all NEOMED faculty, staff and students as indicated.
(C) Definitions
(1) Controversial belief for the purposes of this rule, refers to any belief or rule that is the subject of political controversy, including issues such as climate policies, electoral politics, foreign policy, diversity, equity, and inclusion programs, immigration policy, marriage, or abortion.
(2) Intellectual diversity for the purpose of this rule, refers to multiple, divergent, and varied perspectives on an extensive range of public policy issues.
(3) Positions, policies, programs and activities for the purposes of this rule, refers to the following:
(a) All forms of employment, including staff positions, internships, and work studies;
(b) All policies, including mission statements, hiring policies, promotion policies, and tenure policies;
(c) All programs and positions, including deanships, provostships, offices, programs, programs presented by residence halls, and committees; and
(d) All activities, including those conducted by the administrative units of orientation, first-year experience, student life, and residential life.
(4) Protected class for the purposes of this rule, refers to race, ethnicity, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or gender expression.
(5) Statement of commitment refers to the following declarations NEOMED has made to:
(a) Educate students by means of free, open, and rigorous intellectual inquiry to seek the truth;
(b) Equip students with the opportunity to develop the intellectual skills they need to reach their own, informed conclusions;
(c) Not require, favor, disfavor, or prohibit speech or lawful assembly;
(d) Create a community dedicated to an ethic of civil and free inquiry, which respects the autonomy of each member, supports individual capacities for growth, and tolerates the differences in opinion that naturally occur in a public higher education community; and
(e) Treat all faculty, staff, and students as individuals, to hold them to equal standards, and to provide them equality of opportunity, with regard to those individuals' race, ethnicity, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or gender expression.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university prohibits the following activities:
(a) Conducting any orientation or training course regarding diversity, equity, and inclusion unless an exception has been sought by the university and granted by the chancellor of higher education;
(b) Continuing of existing diversity, equity, and inclusion offices or departments;
(c) Establishing new diversity, equity, and inclusion offices or departments;
(d) Using diversity, equity, and inclusion in job descriptions;
(e) Contracting with consultants or third-parties whose role is or would be to promote admissions, hiring, or promotion on the basis of a protected class;
(f) Establishing any new institutional scholarships that use diversity, equity, and inclusion in any manner. For existing institutional scholarships, the university will, to the extent possible, eliminate diversity, equity and inclusion requirements, but where unable to do so, will not accept any additional funds in support of those scholarship requirements, but will continue to offer the balance of the existing scholarship amount;
(g) Replacing any orientation, training, office, or position designated for the purpose of diversity, equity, and inclusion with an orientation, training, office, or position under a different designation that serves the same or similar purposes, or that uses the same or similar means;
(h) Imposing a political or ideological litmus tests in any hiring, promotion, and admissions decisions, or requiring a diversity statement or any similar attestation of an applicant to any ideology, principle, concept, or formulation that requires commitment to any controversial belief or rule; and
(i) Refrain from conducting any research related activities that conflict with the provisions of paragraph (D)(1) of this rule unless a written request for exemption has been approved by the Ohio chancellor of higher education.
(2) The university affirms and declares that:
(a) Its primary function is to practice, or support the practice, discovery, improvement, transmission, and dissemination of knowledge and citizenship education by means of research, teaching, discussion, and debate, while ensuring the fullest degree of intellectual diversity in performing these functions;
(b) Its faculty and staff shall allow and encourage students to reach their own conclusions about all controversial beliefs or policies and shall not seek to indoctrinate any social, political, or religious point of view;
(c) It will demonstrate intellectual diversity for course approval, approval of courses to satisfy degree requirements, student course evaluations, common reading programs, annual reviews, strategic goals for each department, and student learning outcomes;
(d) It will not endorse or oppose, as a university, any controversial belief or rule, except on matters that directly impact the university's funding or mission of discovery, improvement, and dissemination of knowledge. The university may also: endorse the congress of the United States when it establishes a state of armed hostility against a foreign power; recognize national and state holidays; support for the constitution and laws of the United States or the state of Ohio; or display of the American or Ohio flag;
(e) It will not encourage, discourage, require, or forbid students, faculty, or administrators to endorse, assent to, or publicly express a given ideology, political stance, or view of a social rule, nor will the university require students to do any of those things to obtain an undergraduate or post-graduate degree;
(f) None of its hiring, promotion, or admissions process or decision shall encourage, discourage, require, or forbid students, faculty and or administrators to endorse, assent to, or publicly express a given ideology or political stance;
(g) It will not use a diversity statement or any other assessment of an applicant's political or ideological views in any hiring, promotions, or admissions process or decision;
(h) None of its processes or decisions regulating conditions of work or study, such as committee assignments, course scheduling, or workload adjustment policies, shall encourage, discourage, require, or forbid students, faculty, or administrators to endorse, assent to, or publicly express a given ideology or political stance;
(i) It will prominently display on its website a complete list of all speaker fees, honoraria, and other emoluments in excess of five hundred dollars for events that are sponsored by the university, in a manner that is searchable by keywords and phrases, accessible to without user registration; and not more than three links from its home page;
(3) Nothing in this rule prohibits faculty or students from classroom instruction, discussion, or debate, so long as faculty members allow students to express intellectual diversity.
(4) Nothing in this chapter prohibits the university from complying with any state or federal law to provide disability services or to permit student organizations.
(5) The university will prominently post its statement of commitment on its website and any place where its mission statement appears. The statement of commitment will also be included in any solicitations to students, offers of admission, and offers of employment to faculty.
(6) Complaints
(a) Anyone filing a complaint alleging violation of this rule must be acting in good faith and have reasonable grounds for believing the information disclosed indicates the rule was violated. The university is committed to protecting individuals from interference with making a complaint under this rule and from retaliation for having made such a complaint.
(b) A student, student group, or employee may submit a complaint about an alleged violation of this rule by an employee of the university. Complaints alleging that a university employee has violated this rule should be submitted via email to freespeech@neomed.edu within ten business days of the alleged violation. Complaints shall include a description of the conduct alleged to have violated the rule with sufficient specificity to allow for further investigation, and shall include, at a minimum, the time, date, and location of the alleged violation and the provisions of this rule that the conduct is believed to have violated. Upon receipt of a complaint, human resources will work in collaboration with the office of the general counsel to promptly conduct an investigation of the complaint. Allegations against a faculty-respondent will be investigated in accordance with rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code. An investigation of allegations against a staff-respondent, or a faculty member acting in an administrative capacity, will adhere to the following process:
(i) Issuing a written notification to the respondent;
(ii) Interviewing the complainant and respondent;
(iii) Interviewing other witnesses identified by either the complainant or the respondent and collecting any relevant evidence;
(iv) Preparing an investigative report, to be shared with both the complainant and respondent before being finalized;
(v) Options to pursue an informal consent resolution or formal hearing based upon the finalized report. If a formal hearing is requested:
(a) A hearing panel appointed by the senior vice president and provost or senior vice president for operations and finance, as appropriate, will review the matter utilizing a preponderance of the evidence standard;
(b) The hearing panel will issue a written finding on each alleged violation of the rule, to include a basis for the finding, along with options for appealing its findings within five business days based on:
(i) A procedural irregularity that significantly affected the findings made by the hearing panel; or
(ii) New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the findings were made that could significantly affect the outcome of the matter.
(vi) Appeals from the formal hearing will be directed to the senior vice president and provost or senior vice president for operations and finance, as appropriate.
(7) Sanctions for violations of the rule
(a) Employees acting in a faculty capacity who are found to have violated this rule will be subject to the sanctions set forth in appendix D to the university faculty bylaws.
(b) Employees acting in a staff or administrative capacity who are found to have violated this rule may be sanctioned with a verbal or written reprimand, probation, suspension, or termination depending on the investigation or hearing.
Last updated July 18, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: July 18, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-210 Retrenchment.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to establish the circumstance of and process for retrenchment. It is the policy of the university to avoid retrenchment whenever feasible by such measures as leaving unfilled positions vacant, reducing the use of part-time and temporary appointments, transferring faculty to other departments, and encouraging early retirement. If such actions are inadequate to address the university's needs as a whole or those of its programs or activities, it would be necessary to terminate the appointments of non-tenured or tenured faculty members in accordance with this policy.
(B) Scope
This policy applies to all full-time and part-time tenured, tenure track, and non-tenure track salaried faculty.
(C) Definitions
"Retrenchment" refers to a process by which NEOMED would reduce programs or activities, resulting in a temporary suspension or permanent separation of employment of one or more members of the faculty.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Circumstances in which retrenchment would be pursued in order to reduce or eliminate certain faculty positions would include:
(a) A reduction in student enrollment that is significant and expected to remain over a period of more than two years;
(b) A change to institutional missions or programs that requires the reduction, elimination, or realignment of certain programs or activities; or
(c) Fiscal pressures due to declining funding in either the expected state, federal, or tuition support provided to support programs or activities.
(2) Procedures for retrenchment
(a) The president, in consultation with the board of trustees, provost and the dean of the college in which the retrenchment is to occur ("the dean"), has the sole authority to initiate retrenchment.
(b) After exploring all other reasonable alternative measures and deciding that retrenchment is in the best interests of the university, the president shall establish a faculty retrenchment plan committee ("the committee") to develop a plan for implementing the retrenchment. The committee shall consist of both tenured and non-tenured members of the faculty. The committee shall have either three or five members based on the anticipated scope of the retrenchment. The committee shall include one non-voting observer-member appointed by university faculty council (UFC) from the faculty of the department or college (other than the one undergoing retrenchment). administrative members may be appointed as needed for specific purposes designated by the president (e.g., staff from human resources, faculty relations, or the office of the general counsel).
(c) The committee shall develop a retrenchment plan pursuant to the timeline established by the president. The retrenchment plan shall take into consideration the following internal and external factors:
(i) The department or college's programmatic needs;
(ii) The department or college's budgetary factors;
(iii) The department or college's budgetary factors;
(iv) The nexus of the program or activity to the mission of the college and the university;
(v) The academic strength and quality of the program or activity in the region, the state, and the nation; and
(vi) Any other relevant factors identified by the board of trustees, president, provost or dean.
(3) The retrenchment plan
(a) The retrenchment plan shall include all of the following:
(i) A schedule of when programs or activities will be discontinued and the administrative needs associated with their discontinuation;
(ii) A list of affected faculty, with a designation as to whether they will be reassigned, furloughed, or involuntarily separated, with prioritization and consideration given to faculty rank, seniority, and expertise in teaching and research;
(iii) A schedule for issuing notices of reassignment, furlough, or involuntary separation to affected faculty. The university's notice of termination policy does not apply to involuntary separations due to retrenchment;
(iv) A prioritization for returning faculty who were involuntary separated as future faculty openings for which they are qualified occur within their area of expertise in teaching and research; and
(v) Any additional matters requested by the president.
(b) The retrenchment plan shall be submitted to the provost for review and comment. The provost will submit the retrenchment plan to the president within business days of receipt.
(c) The president may adopt, reject, or modify the retrenchment plan in consultation with the provost and dean. The president has the discretion and final authority to determine the contents and implementation timeline of the retrenchment plan, other than the thirty day notice to affected faculty.
(d) If the conditions under which the retrenchment plan was created no longer exist by the time it is delivered to the president, the retrenchment plan shall not take effect.
(4) Faculty appeals
(a) Faculty who are involuntarily separated from the university may appeal the retrenchment plan to the retrenchment plan appeals committee ("the appeals committee"). The appeals committee will consist of the provost, three tenured faculty members (none of whom served on the committee) and a faculty member appointed by UFC. The provost shall only vote in the case of tie. Appeals from involuntarily separated faculty must be received no later than ten business days after receipt of the notice of involuntary separation, and shall be limited to the following grounds:
(i) Procedural error in the notice of involuntary separation;
(ii) Error in or deviation from the implementation schedule contained in the retrenchment plan; or
(iii) Involuntary separation that was otherwise unlawful.
(b) The appeals committee shall hold a hearing no less than thirty calendar days after receipt of the faculty member's appeal, at which time the faculty member can present witnesses and documents in support of their appeal.
(c) The appeals committee shall issue a written decision within ten business days of the hearing.
(5) To ensure the best interests of the university are well served through the retrenchment process, members of the committee are expected to exercise the highest degree of confidentiality while developing the retrenchment plan. Any breach of confidentiality by members of the committee will be considered a violation of the faculty code of conduct.
Last updated December 19, 2025 at 8:00 AM
History
- Effective: December 19, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-3 Faculty Governance
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-01 University faculty rules.
(A) Purpose of the university faculty rules ("rules")
(1) Establish an organized system of shared governance that is essential to the academic operations of the university. The rules define the roles, rights and responsibilities of academic administrators and the faculty to ensure their faithful discharge.
Shared governance is a process subordinate to federal and state governmental authority, the authority of the board of trustees, and the authority delegated by the board to the president or another member of the university administration.
(2) Provide for an organized system of committees and councils that serve to promote the mission and vision of the university and its colleges.
(3) Form an effective organizational structure whereby the academic administration and the faculty appropriately collaborate in the consideration, formulation and implementation of academic policies and practices.
(B) Scope
The faculty rules apply to the academic enterprise of the university including, but not limited to, academic operations, governance, and organizational structures.
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning within the faculty rules.
(1) "Academic freedom" refers to a faculty member's right to the search for truth and free exposition in education, scholarship, governance, and service; the freedom to express their own views as a private citizen; and the university's obligation to protect a faculty member when exercising such freedoms.
(2) "Affiliated faculty" are non-tenure track faculty members who are non-salaried or whose primary roles are not as faculty members.
(3) "Board of trustees" (hereinafter referred to as the "board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(4) "Rules" are the rules and regulations which govern the academic enterprise and include its approved procedural appendices. The Ohio legislative services commission refers to rules as rules when they are incorporated into the Ohio Administrative Code. The faculty rules govern the faculty in their capacity as faculty in the fulfillment of their education, research, and service responsibilities to the college or university.
(5) "Clinical education" is the health care education conducted in health care facilities, outpatient clinics, emergency centers, hospitals, or private offices, under the supervision of a qualified practitioner or teaching staff.
(6) "College" is a collective body of faculty who prescribe and conduct a course of study leading to the award of a degree or degrees.
(7) "Departments" are academic units of a college. The faculty may be organized into departments that are supportive of, and consistent with, the mission of the respective college and the university. Departments may be established, changed or eliminated by the dean after consultation with faculty and the provost. Departments may adopt written procedures to govern internal operations and carry out their departmental missions. Such procedures shall be consistent with university policies and procedures, the faculty rules and the procedural appendices adopted pursuant thereto. Departments shall be reviewed by an ad hoc committee appointed by the dean at intervals established by the university's rule on unit and program review.
(8) "Graduate programs" are academic units of the college of graduate studies. The faculty may be organized into graduate programs that are supportive of, and consistent with, the mission of the respective college and the university. Graduate programs may be established, changed, or eliminated by the dean after consultation with faculty and the provost. Graduate programs may adopt written procedures to govern internal operations and carry out their program goals. Such procedures shall be consistent with university policies and procedures, the faculty rules and the procedural appendices adopted pursuant thereto. Graduate programs shall be reviewed at least every seven years by an ad hoc committee appointed by the dean.
(9) "Faculty" hold tenured, tenure track and non-tenure track academic appointments that are approved by the board of trustees of the northeast Ohio medical university. Full-time and part-time designations for faculty will be determined by their respective college(s).
(10) "Letter of offer" is a document initiated by the college and sets forth certain conditions of the offer of employment but does not constitute a contract. Any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's time in rank may be negotiated prior to the offer and will be documented in the letter of offer. Any modifications to the letter must be in writing and agreed to by both parties.
(11) "Notification of appointment" is a written letter issued to all new affiliated faculty upon final approval of their appointment by the neomed board of trustees confirming faculty member's rank, academic department in which rank is held, and the effective date of the appointment.
(12) "Other academic organizational units" of the colleges and university (e.g., centers and institutes) may be established to further their missions and objectives as set forth in the university rule on centers and institutes or other administrative documents. College units shall be reviewed at least every seven years by an ad hoc committee appointed by the dean or designee. The university units shall be reviewed every seven years by an ad hoc committee appointed by the president or designee.
(13) "Salaried faculty" are tenured, tenure track or non-tenure track faculty members that are full-time, part-time or co-funded and whose primary role is as faculty.
(14) "Shared governance" is a partnership between administrators and faculty which is based on mutual respect and collaboration. The core principles of shared governance include collegiality, collaboration, transparency, representative participation, mutual accountability, clarity of roles and responsibilities, and civility.
(15) "Standing committees of the university" are permanent committees intended to fulfill certain obligations of the university and are appointed to deal with a specified subject which promotes the university's purpose.
(16) "Tenure" is the commitment of a given college of the university to a faculty member for continuous and ongoing faculty appointment that provides protection against involuntary suspension, discharge or termination except for financial exigency or just cause. Tenure ceases upon the faculty member's voluntary or involuntary termination, retirement or death.
(17) "Tenure track position" is a full-time salaried faculty appointment that includes the eligibility to apply for tenure. The appointment to a tenure track position is set forth in the letter of offer.
(18) "Tolling" is the suspension of the time period (granted in year-long increments) that comprises a tenure track faculty member's probationary period and for which there is no expectation of productivity. Tolling of the probationary period must be requested by the faculty member and approved by the department chair, with the concurrence of the dean of the respective college, and the provost. Any such suspension of time will not be counted toward the probationary period.
(19) "University" is a free-standing, state supported medical university organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and the powers vested in the board. The university is organized into colleges and other administrative units as are necessary to support its mission.
(D) The president:
(1) Is the chief executive officer of the university and shall:
(a) Be ultimately responsible for the overall administration and operation of the university and the highest authority on university policy, only subject to the authority of the board;
(b) Lead the university in fostering and promoting education, research, scholarship, and service;
(c) Enforce the rules, policies and procedures of the university;
(d) Serve as an ex-officio member of all standing committees of the university;
(e) Be the chief spokesperson for the university and as such be responsible for all the external relations and communications of the university;
(f) Recommend all appointments, reappointments, promotions and the conferral of tenure upon qualified faculty to the board;
(g) Defend academic freedom and protect the right of faculty to think and express their thoughts freely including the right of dissent;
(h) Possess the requisite authority, as delegated by the board, to appoint such administrative and professional staff;
(i) Confer all degrees on all candidates for graduation, upon the recommendation of the provost, the deans, and the faculty of the respective colleges and preside at commencement and other appropriate academic occasions;
(j) Where appropriate, delegate or remove the authority or responsibility to member(s) of the faculty or staff of the university;
(k) At his/her discretion, appoint, evaluate or remove senior level administrators;
(l) Deploy university resources to meet the university's mission and carry out the university's strategic plan; and
(m) Designate a member of the university's senior administration to be responsible for the affairs of the university in his/her absence.
(2) The president is hereby vested with the requisite authority to carry out all the duties and responsibilities as set forth herein as well as such duties and responsibilities as may be delegated by the board.
(E) The provost and senior vice president for academic affairs ("provost"):
(1) Is the chief academic officer of the university and reports to and serves at the pleasure of the president. The provost shall:
(a) Advise the president on all matters related to academic affairs;
(b) In consultation with the president and deans, set overall academic priorities and academic policies of the university and manage the financial resources to carry out priorities;
(c) Supervise all matters relating to curriculum and instruction, and faculty workload in consultation with the deans;
(d) Oversee faculty and academic staff recruitment and development activities in consultation with the deans;
(e) At his/her discretion, appoint, evaluate, or remove direct report academic administrators;
(f) Review and recommend to the president all academic appointments, tenure, and promotion matters;
(g) Serve as an ex-officio, non-voting member of all academic committees of the university to which he/she is not specifically assigned;
(h) Defend academic freedom and protect the right of faculty to think and express their thoughts freely, including the right of dissent;
(i) Demonstrate a commitment to inclusive and collaborative leadership; and
(j) Represent the university's academic administration externally to various stakeholders and represent the university at public events in the absence of the president.
(F) Vice president for research ("VP for research"):
(1) Has been delegated the authority and responsibility by the president to act as the chief research officer for the university and reports to and serves at the pleasure of the president;
(2) In consultation with the provost and deans, is responsible for providing leadership and direction in the development and implementation of all university research activities and the infrastructure and research facilities that support them;
(3) Will defend academic freedom and protect the right of faculty to think and express their thoughts freely including the right of dissent;
(4) Has the prerogative to serve as an ex-officio, non-voting member of any research committee to which he/she is not specifically assigned; and,
(5) Identifies opportunities to enhance fundamental, translational, and clinical research in the biomedical sciences, fosters innovation and excellence in research, and is the president of the neomed research corporation unless otherwise designated by the president.
(G) The dean:
(1) Serves as the chief academic and executive officer of a college and reports to and serves at the pleasure of the provost;
(2) Possesses the authority and responsibility to:
(a) Provide active leadership for the education, research, scholarship, and service programs of the college in accordance with the mission and strategic plans of the college and the university;
(b) Develop and implement vision and mission statements and strategic plans for The college that are aligned with the mission statement and strategic plans of the university;
(c) Administer the resources of the college in support of the mission of the college and its strategic plan;
(d) Assess, facilitate, oversee and evaluate all education, research and service programs of the college;
(e) Maintain applicable college accreditation;
(f) Initiate and maintain a system for faculty development;
(g) In consultation with the provost, support the academic enterprise of the college.
(h) In consultation with the provost, support relationships with the college's clinical partners including, but not limited to, hospitals, health departments, pharmacies and affiliated faculty and other community clinical resources;
(i) In consultation with the VP for research, facilitate, develop, and oversee all research activities of the college;
(j) Promotes collaboration and interdisciplinary programs between the colleges;
(k) Appoint, evaluate and remove such assistant and associate deans, department chairs, and other personnel needed to carry out the mission and strategic plans of the college;
(l) Determine, upon the advice and recommendation of the faculty, those students who are qualified for graduation and transmit those recommendations to the provost for consideration by the president and board;
(m) Recommending appointment, reappointment, promotion and conferral of tenure upon qualified candidates to the provost; and
(n) Serve as an ex-officio member of all committees of the college.
(3) May delegate the responsibility and the requisite authority to carry out the duties described in this rule to other appropriate college faculty and academic administrators.
(4) Will defend academic freedom and protect the right of faculty to think and express their thoughts freely, including the right of dissent.
(H) Department chair:
(1) Serves as the chief academic and executive officer of an academic department and reports to and serves at the pleasure of the college dean;
(2) Has primary responsibility and authority to direct the overall operation of an academic department within a college in accordance with the vision, mission and strategic plans of the college and the university;
(3) Is responsible for the development, operation and evaluation of the education, research, scholarship, and service programs of the department;
(4) Assists in the development of annual goals and objectives, provides career counseling and mentoring and conducts annual evaluations of department faculty to promote optimal professional development;
(5) Administers the department budget and allocates space within the department;
(6) Recommends appointments, reappointments, promotions, and changes in faculty status, leaves and dismissals in accordance with the faculty rules; and
(7) Will defend academic freedom and protect the right of faculty to think and express their thoughts freely including the right of dissent.
(8) Department chairs may establish subunits within the department with the approval of the dean.
(I) Graduate program director:
(1) Reports to and serves at the pleasure of the college dean;
(2) Has primary responsibility and authority to direct the overall operation of a graduate program within a college in accordance with the vision, mission and strategic plans of the college and the university;
(3) Is responsible for the development, operation and evaluation of the education and service of the graduate program;
(4) In the context of the college, assists in the development of annual goals and objectives, provides mentoring and conducts annual evaluations of program faculty to promote optimal professional development;
(5) Acts as financial manager for the budget of the graduate program;
(6) In the context of the program, recommends appointments, reappointments, promotions, and changes in faculty status, leaves and dismissals in accordance with the faculty rules;
(7) Convene and chair an advisory committee committed to the oversight and guidance of the graduate program; and
(8) Will defend academic freedom and protect the right of faculty to think and express their thoughts freely including the right of dissent.
(J) Faculty
(1) Include all persons who hold the rank of professor, associate professor, assistant professor, and instructor, whether the title is qualified or not. Each college may authorize the creation of other ranks and titles for faculty within the college and criteria for appointment, promotion and tenure as described in Appendix A to the respective college rules. Titles of distinction include but are not limited to, distinguished and emeritus. Upon the recommendation of the university faculty council, the university may authorize the creation of other ranks and titles of distinction within the university;
(2) Rights and responsibilities
The university sustains a community of faculty whose members are engaged in education, discovery, evaluation, and the transmission and extension of knowledge.
Faculty:
(a) Are entitled to academic freedom in the conduct of education, research, and publication of results, subject to the adequate performance of their academic obligations, regardless of their tenure status;
(b) Will respect academic freedom and the right of fellow faculty to think and express their thoughts freely including the right of dissent;
(c) Have the authority and responsibility to establish academic policy to govern the education, research, scholarship and service activities of the college, subject to the final authority of the dean, in consultation with the provost;
(d) Subscribe to the highest standards of education, research, scholarship, service and professional integrity;
(e) Endeavor to perform at the highest level of professional proficiency throughout the period of their appointment; and
(f) Subscribe to the highest standards of conduct and ethical behavior including, but not limited to, honesty, integrity and civility (these standards are embodied in the university faculty code of professional conduct).
(3) In speaking or writing, the faculty shall be responsible and accurate. As scholars and educators, faculty members should remember that the public may judge their profession, college, and the university by their public statements. When faculty speak or write as private citizens with no indication of college or university affiliation, they shall be free from college or university censorship and discipline.
(4) The university will protect the academic freedom of its faculty and defend the right of its faculty to think and express their thoughts freely and to make those choices within the law guaranteed to every citizen. This includes the right of dissent, particularly when the public opinion of the community would restrain or curtail the free play of ideas. The university has a duty to maintain an independence of judgment in the face of public opinion. Any faculty member who feels their right to exercise academic freedom as set forth in the rules has been violated may file a grievance in accordance with the procedures established in Appendix E.
(K) Faculty committees
(1) Are established by the university and respective colleges to ensure that faculty can share in the academic decision-making and governance of the university and its respective colleges; and
(2) Assure a faculty voice in academic matters such as faculty appointments, promotions, and tenure; a college's curriculum; student admissions, promotions, and requirements for graduation; and to ensure a faculty voice in decision-making pertaining to academic matters.
(3) The university and its respective colleges may establish standing committees and ad hoc committees, councils, task forces or other bodies.
(4) The standing committees of the university are listed in Appendix G. Each standing committee shall have a statement of purpose, functions, and responsibilities. Appendix G to respective college rules college faculty committees provides a description of membership composition, voting status, quorum requirements, terms of service and any limit on the terms of service, and other matters as appropriate to promote the proper functioning of the committee.
(5) Each college may establish and maintain its own standing and ad hoc committees as necessary to promote the purposes, mission, and values of the college.
(L) College faculty committees
Purpose
Each college shall establish appropriate committees that will promote shared governance between the faculty and the administrative officers of the college. These committees shall provide a forum for faculty to:
(1) Review and vote on strategic and substantial policy changes within the college;
(2) Advise the dean and other administrative officers on matters significant to the academic programs of the college, including, but not limited to, admissions, curriculum, and non-tenure faculty appointment, and promotions;
(3) Be informed of pertinent activities of the college;
(4) Review and discuss bylaw changes which will impact the college and certify recommended changes to the university rules committee; and,
(5) Consider any other matters referred to it by the dean.
(M) Tenure
(1) Given the complexity of the colleges and the great diversity of talent within them it is imperative that various kinds of academic work be recognized through a broad vision of scholarship. Scholarship includes, but is not limited to, the scholarship of discovery, integration, application and teaching. Scholarship of discovery is understood to include the traditional science of inquiry, investigation, and experimentation, commonly known as research. Scholarship and research may also include participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent, and technology transfer activities. Such work may be supportive for promotion decisions and weigh importantly in tenure decisions. While clinical care is insufficient alone to merit promotion or tenure, clinical innovation and improvement activities done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional, national, or international importance are important indicators of distinction and merit consideration. Regardless of the type of scholarship, it should possess the quality of excellence, be peer-reviewed, and be disseminated in the public domain.
(2) Herein are defined the basic tenets of appointment, promotion and tenure. The university has specific guidelines for the appointment, promotion, and tenure of faculty consistent with these basic tenets and set forth in the faculty appendices.
(3) Tenure-track faculty
(a) Appointments
(i) Appointments are based on the potential for and evidence of academic accomplishment.
(ii) Recommendations for appointment shall originate with the department chair in accordance with the faculty rules and its appendices.
(iii) Procedures for appointment shall be set forth in appendix B to this rule.
(iv) The letter of offer, and any amendments thereto, shall set forth the terms of the appointment.
(b) Probationary period
(i) The total probationary period shall not exceed seven years unless a leave of absence is granted to the individual, an extension as provided herein is granted, or there is a tolling of the probationary period. Time spent on a leave of absence will not count as probationary period service.
(ii) At the request of a faculty member and with the concurrence of the department chair, the dean may grant an extension of the faculty member's probationary period up to a maximum of three years.
(iii) Faculty appointments may be terminated before the end of the probationary period. However, the faculty member will receive notice of non-reappointment no later than six months prior to the beginning of the next academic year.
(c) Tenure and promotion
(i) Tenure is a privilege of eligible faculty, not a right.
(ii) Only faculty members appointed to the tenure track are eligible to be considered for tenure.
(iii) The granting of tenure is a commitment of a college. Tenure assists respective colleges in attracting and retaining faculty of high quality. The creation of a tenure-track position necessitates an assessment of college needs and a commitment of college resources. Documented evidence necessary for justifying the institutional commitment of the granting of tenure is set forth in appendix B to this rule.
(d) Post-tenure review
A tenured faculty member who receives two unsatisfactory annual performance reviews by the department chair in a four year period will be required to undergo a comprehensive post-tenure review as set forth in appendix B to this rule.
(4) Nontenure-track faculty
(a) Appointments
(i) Appointments are based on potential for, or evidence of, academic accomplishment.
(ii) Recommendations for appointment shall originate with the department chair in accordance with the faculty rules and its appendices.
(iii) Procedures for appointment are set forth in appendix A to this rule to the respective college.
(iv) The letter of offer or notification of appointment, and any amendments thereto, shall set forth the terms of the appointment.
(b) Promotion
(i) A faculty member may be eligible for promotion to a higher rank in accordance with the requirements set forth in appendix A to this rule to the respective college.
(ii) The criteria for promotion include contributions to the educational programs of the college, research and scholarly activity, professional standing and service to the college.
(iii) Additional terms and conditions for promotion may be set forth in a faculty member's letter of offer or notification of appointment.
(c) Reappointments
A faculty member will be considered for reappointment in accordance with the requirements set forth in appendix A to this rule to the respective college.
(5) Annual performance review of faculty
(a) Annual performance reviews of salaried faculty will be conducted by the faculty member's department chair or program director in order to ensure the fulfillment of their education, research, and service obligations to the college and the university and to promote optimal and continued professional growth and development.
(b) The focus of the annual performance review is a review of the faculty member's performance in the areas in which he/she has assigned duties and responsibilities. Such areas include but are not limited to, education, research, service, commercialization of university research and administration, if applicable. The evaluation will rate the faculty member's performance in accordance with an established rubric and process.
(c) Consequences of an unsatisfactory annual performance review
(i) The initial consequence of an unsatisfactory annual performance review will be the initiation of a faculty improvement plan by the department chair or dean for graduate faculty to remediate the deficiency or deficiencies. The remediation will include milestones and regular intervals for reviews of progress toward remediating deficiencies. Progress shall be evaluated at the next annual performance review. If another unsatisfactory annual performance review occurs, the consequences may include the faculty member's loss of university laboratory space, denial of salary increases or one-time payout, or sanctions as set forth in the faculty rules.
(ii) A faculty member may challenge an unsatisfactory annual performance review in accordance with the university faculty grievance policy and procedures as set forth in appendix E to this rule.
(N) University title of distinction: distinguished university professor
(1) The title of distinguished university professor is a non-salaried designation that may be conferred by the university, from time to time, on individuals who have demonstrated extraordinary achievement as neomed faculty members. This represents the highest honor that the university can confer on a faculty member and will only be awarded for truly exceptional contributions.
(2) Only full professors will be eligible for consideration. candidates must meet the following criteria to be recommended for consideration:
(a) Documented evidence of sustained excellence in education at neomed;
(b) A protracted record of distinguished scholarship spanning at least a decade;
(c) Evidence of extraordinary academic achievement that has been formally recognized by an authoritative national or international body; and,
(d) Documentation from appropriate individuals external to neomed that the candidate is a premier contributor to his or her discipline or field of study.
(3) Nominations for the title of distinguished university professor may originate from a department chair, dean of a college, the provost, or the president.
(4) The nomination and supporting documentation will be forwarded to the provost who will convene an ad hoc committee of three to five faculty members who hold the rank of full professor to consider the merits of individuals recommended for the title. At the discretion of the provost, one of the committee members may be a senior faculty member at another institution of higher education or research institute.
(5) The ad hoc committee will make positive recommendations to the provost for consideration.
(6) If approved by the provost, the president will forward the nomination to the board of trustees for consideration.
(O) Sanctions and dismissal of faculty for just cause
A faculty member may be sanctioned or dismissed for just cause in accordance with appendix D to this rule.
(P) Amendments
(1) Rules
(a) No amendment to this rule may be made which is inconsistent with existing federal or state authority or university policy.
(b) The university rules committee reviews proposed amendments and revisions to current faculty policies and rules and solicits input and recommendations from the deans of the colleges and the university faculty council and recommends their approval to the provost. The committee initiates amendments to existing faculty policies, rules and appendices as needed.
(c) Recommendations for amendments to this rule shall be made by the university rules committee to the provost who will forward final amendments to the president.
(d) The president shall submit positive recommendations for amendments to the board for approval. Amendments become effective upon approval by the board. Approved amendments shall be codified, filed, and posted by the university general counsel.
(2) Rule appendices
(a) Appendices may elaborate, clarify or add further detail to the faculty rules.
(b) Appendices must be consistent with the faculty rules, university rules, and any federal or state authority. Amendments are initiated and vetted by the university rules committee and vetted with appropriate constituents.
(c) Recommended amendments to the appendices shall be made by the university rules committee to the provost who reviews and approves as appropriate. amendments will be effective upon such approval and will be codified and posted by the university general counsel.
(3) Codification and posting
(a) When amendments are approved, they must be forwarded to the university general counsel.
(b) University general counsel will notify the office of the provost when such amendments have been codified, posted, and filed, if appropriate.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 10:48 AM
History
- Effective: December 11, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-02 Emeritus status.
(A) Purpose
Emeritus status recognizes university faculty and professional senior administrative staff who have provided meritorious service to the university and have retired. The university recognizes the potential of emeritus faculty and senior administrators as a continuing valuable resource and is committed to fostering an active ongoing relationship with them through an extended academic appointment. Where possible, an emeritus faculty or professional senior administrative staff member will continue to contribute to the university community as appropriate.
(B) Scope
A candidate for emeritus status will have demonstrated leadership and wisdom, will have given dedicated and distinguished service to one or more of the colleges and/or the university for a minimum of ten years and, for faculty, have attained the rank of associate professor. Exceptions to the ten years and associate professor requirements may be made by the dean, president, or chair of the board of trustees for a faculty member who has made an outstanding contribution to the university during a briefer period of service or holds a rank below associate professor.
(C) Definition
"Emeritus." Non-salaried designation of distinction conferred by the board of trustees upon a retired member of the faculty or professional senior administrative staff who has given continued, dedicated and distinguished service to one or more of the colleges and/or the university.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Criteria
(a) Any faculty member or professional senior administrative staff member with a minimum of ten years' service may be nominated for emeritus status upon retirement from active service to the one or more of the colleges and/or the university.
(b) Those persons who may be nominated for emeritus status must have initiated their retirement from ongoing active service to one or more of the colleges and/or the university.
(c) Consideration will be given to those individuals who, by the possession of emeritus status, will continue their advocacy for one or more of the colleges and/or the university and be willing to represent and serve one or more of the colleges and/or the university on special occasions.
(2) Procedures for nomination and selection
(a) The award of emeritus status is meritorious and thus expected to be limited in number.
(b) A candidate may be nominated by his/her department chair, dean, president or chair of the board of trustees (as noted below).
(i) Faculty are nominated by the department chair after discussion with the dean. The dean must approve faculty nominations.
(ii) A department chair or associate dean will be nominated by the dean.
(iii) A dean will be nominated by the provost.
(iv) A provost or professional senior administrative staff will be nominated by the provost or president.
(v) A president will be nominated by the board of trustees chair.
(c) Except in the case of a board of trustees' nomination, the nominator must submit a current cv for the nominee and a letter of recommendation supporting:
(i) The nominee's qualifications in meeting the minimum criteria; and
(ii) Three supporting letters of reference from other constituents, obtained by the nominator.
(d) The completed nomination packet (including any and all letters, even of the advisory committee should one be established) should be forwarded (electronically) to the office of the provost.
(e) The provost will confirm that the materials are complete and will present the materials to the president.
(f) The dean may choose to interview the faculty candidate and must approve the candidate before submission.
(g) The designation of emeritus status is recommended by the president or board of trustees' chair and awarded by formal resolution of the board of trustees.
(h) The candidate will be notified of the board of trustees' approval and will be provided a copy of the board of trustees' resolution.
(3) Rights, responsibilities and privileges
(a) Individuals with emeritus status are expected to comply with all the policies, regulations and rules as stated in the appropriate university handbooks.
(b) Contact the office of the provost for a complete listing of all rights, responsibilities and privileges.
(4) Utilization of college resources by a faculty member holding a title of distinction will be individually determined by the department chair with the concurrence of the dean and president.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 10:48 AM
History
- Effective: September 25, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-20 Use of tenured or tenure track faculty start-up funds.
(A) Purpose
The rule defines expectations for expending start-up funds that are designated in the letter of offer to newly hired tenured or tenure track faculty and ignite scholar program participants. Start-up funds are designed to provide tenured or tenure track faculty and ignite scholar program participants with the necessary resources to establish an environment and supported platform for research and scholarly productivity with the expectation that doing so leads to future success for the faculty member in obtaining extramural funding. The use of start-up funds is based upon the development of an expenditure budget which is mutually agreed upon by the new hire and his/her department chair.
(B) Scope
The rule applies to Northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED) tenured or tenure track faculty and ignite scholar program participants appointed after March 31, 2019 who are eligible to receive start-up funds specified in the letter of offer.
(C) Definitions
(1) "College" is a term used within the rule that refers to the college of medicine or college of pharmacy, which are the two colleges of the university in which a faculty member may be granted tenure.
(2) "Faculty start-up funds" refer to funds allocated by the university/colleges/departments to newly hired tenured or tenure track faculty which are designed to provide the faculty member with the financial resources necessary to build successful research and scholarly activity at NEOMED and which use contributes to positioning that faculty member for the generation of extramural funding.
(3) "Letter of offer" is a document initiated by a given college dean that sets forth certain terms and conditions of employment but does not constitute a contract. The letter of offer should include a clear description of the start-up funds and the start-up fund period (see the following definitions).
Any modifications to the letter must be in writing and signed by the dean of the respective college that initiated the appointment, the faculty member's department chair and the affected faculty member.
(4) "Qualifying expenses" may be costs incurred for laboratory supplies and equipment, salaries for technical, laboratory or support staff, research-related travel, publication fees, technical software, and other similar items and resources.
(5) "Start-up funds" or "start-up funds expenditure budget" refers to an approved plan for the distribution and allocation of start-up dollars over time developed by the new faculty member and his/her department chair to ensure the sensible and timely use of available funds.
(6) "Start-up fund period" refers to the timeframe by which start-up funds must be expended.
(7) "Tenure" is the commitment of a college to a faculty member for continuous and ongoing faculty appointment that provides protection against involuntary suspension, discharge or termination except for financial exigency or just cause. Tenure is a privilege and not a right.
(8) "Tenure track faculty" are full-time salaried faculty with appointments that include the eligibility to apply for tenure. The faculty appointment to the tenure track is set forth in the letter of offer.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The rule applies to the expenditure of start-up funds specified in the letter of offer upon the hiring of the new faculty member.
(a) In accordance with the provisions of the letter of offer, the faculty member and the chair will develop a start-up fund expenditure budget for the use of the allocated start-up funds.
(b) The negotiation of the amount of start-up funds available is between the prospective faculty member, his/her department chair, and the college dean and is outside the scope of the rule.
(c) While non-tenure track salaried faculty may be awarded professional development funds at the time of hire, the expectations for use of those funds, including associated timeframes, is beyond the scope of the rule. A newly hired non-tenure track faculty member should seek guidance from his/her department chair with respect to the use of such funds.
(2) Planned expenditures from the start-up fund expenditure budget must be qualifying expenses. The use of start-up funds must be made using established university accounting and purchasing practices and procedures.
(3) The start-up fund expenditure budget will be approved by the department chair of the faculty member and may be reviewed in consultation with the dean. Following approval of the start-up fund expenditure budget, the use of start-up funds may commence.
(4) It is understood that there may be alterations in budgetary expenditures from the original start-up fund expenditure budget given the dynamic nature of research and scholarship. It is the expectation that review of start-up fund expenditures will occur annually at the faculty member's annual performance review and will align with the career advancement strategy for that faculty member.
(5) Items purchased with start-up funds are property of NEOMED and are intended for professional use by the faculty member and/or his/her department. Items purchased with start-up funds will remain with the department upon the departure of the faculty member from NEOMED unless the department chair approves an exception.
(6) It is expected that the start-up funds allocated to newly hired senior-level faculty (i.e., associate professors or professors) will be fully expended within three years from the date of hire. The senior-level faculty member can request a two-year extension for the use of such funds, which would require the approval of the department chair. All start-up funds for senior-level faculty must be expended no later than five years from the original date of hire.
(7) It is expected that the start-up funds allocated to junior faculty (i.e., assistant professors) will be fully expended according to a timeline that is incorporated into the start-up fund expenditure budget as approved by the department chair but not to exceed five years from the date of hire. In extenuating circumstances, a junior faculty member may request a two-year extension for the use of such funds, which would require the approval of the department chair.
(8) At the end of the start-up fund period, any funds remaining in the start-up budget index will be returned proportionally to all original funding sources.
Last updated August 4, 2025 at 7:50 AM
History
- Effective: August 2, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-22 Appendix A college of medicine procedures for the appointment, promotion, and reappointment of non-tenure track faculty.
(A) Definitions
(1) "Affiliated Faculty" refers to a non-tenure track faculty member who is non-salaried by NEOMED, or whose primary role as recorded in the employee management system.
(2) "Board Certification" refers to certification maintained by a physician in accordance with the requirements of the American board of medical specialties or the American osteopathic association.
(3) "Candidate" refers to an applicant for appointment or promotion who has satisfied the training and experience requirements, and, if required, certification as defined by the American board of medical specialties or the American osteopathic association. A candidate possessing a professional license is responsible for providing evidence of active licensure and for informing the college of any changes in licensure or actions against the candidate's license, if necessary to perform the faculty role.
(4) "Clinical" refers to a prefix which is used for faculty in the educator pathway who are engaged in patient care whose primary academic activity consists of educating students and residents. This prefix will be inserted immediately prior to the name of the department in the academic title.
(5) "College" refers to the college of medicine.
(6) "Department chair" serves as the chief academic and executive officer of an academic department at NEOMED and reports to and serves at the pleasure of the college dean.
(7) "Departments" refer to the academic units of a college. The faculty may be organized into departments that are supportive of, and consistent with, the mission of the respective college and the university. Departments may be established, changed, or eliminated by the dean after consultation with faculty and the provost. Departments may adopt written procedures to govern internal operations and carry out their departmental missions. Such procedures shall be consistent with university rules and procedures, the university faculty rules, and adopted procedural appendices.
(8) "Dossier" refers to a file containing the NEOMED-employed faculty member's documents submitted for consideration for promotion.
(9) "Educator pathway" designates faculty whose primary contribution to NEOMED is the education of NEOMED students.
(10) "Evaluator" is an individual who is qualified to assess the achievements and reputation of a candidate standing for promotion. An evaluator must not be a first-degree relative of the candidate, have a comparable close personal relationship with the candidate, maintain substantive financial ties, rely on the candidate's services, or have a close professional relationship (such as serving as the candidate's supervisor, advisor, or mentor).
(11) "Faculty appointment" refers to full-time, part-time or affiliated faculty. Definitions used to designate a faculty member's appointment conform to current liaison committee on medical education (LCME) accreditation guidelines.
(12) "Investigator Pathway" designates faculty whose primary contributions to NEOMED are in research and scholarship, with demonstrated interest and achievement in these areas.
(13) "Joint faculty appointment" or "Joint Appointment" refers to appointments that are awarded to faculty who already hold an academic appointment within the university.
(14) "Letter of offer" refers to the a document initiated by the college that sets forth the conditions of employment. Any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's time in rank may be negotiated prior to the offer and will be documented in the letter of offer. Any modifications to the letter of offer must be in writing and agreed to by both parties.
(15) "Limited faculty appointment" or "limited appointment" refers to appointments for faculty whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope and carry the prefix "adjunct," "research," or "visiting."
(16) "Non-tenure track position" refers to a faculty appointment that is not eligible to apply for tenure.
(17) "Notice of non-reappointment" refers to a written notification from the dean that the college intends to terminate a faculty member's appointment at a specified time.
(18) "Notification of appointment" refers to the document issued to all new affiliated faculty upon final approval of their appointment by the NEOMED board of trustees confirming the faculty member's rank, academic department in which rank is held, and the effective date of the appointment.
(19) "Terminal degree" refers to the highest degree in one's discipline. Examples include, D.O., M.D., Ph. D., M. S. W., J.D., Pharm. D., D. D. S., D. M. D., or equivalent.
(20) "Time in Rank" refers to the duration a faculty member has held a particular rank. Achieving time in rank is a prerequisite for consideration for promotion. The end date for calculating time in rank is June thirtieth of the year in which the promotion would be effective.
(B) Academic appointments
(1) The following academic ranks have been established for non-tenure track faculty:
(a) Professor;
(b) Associate professor;
(c) Assistant professor; and
(d) Instructor
(2) Designation of academic title
Academic titles include the academic rank and department designation. Academic rank shall not include other qualifiers except as indicated for limited, joint, resident and fellow appointments and titles of distinction.
(3) Limited appointments
The following appointments may be awarded to persons whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope as determined by the department chair in which the candidate is seeking appointment. The department chair will make the determination about a limited versus a primary appointment.
(a) Adjunct appointments are for candidates holding primary appointments at another institution and for whom another category of appointment is not appropriate. The prefix "adjunct" is added to the rank.
(b) Research appointments are for candidates whose contributions to the college are primarily investigational. The prefix "research" is added to the rank.
(c) Visiting appointments are for candidates from other universities who are temporarily involved in the programs of the college of medicine. The prefix "visiting" is added to the rank.
(4) Joint appointments
(a) These appointments may be awarded to candidates who hold an academic appointment within the university.
(b) Joint appointments may be made only when a candidate participates in teaching or research in a department other than their primary department to a significant degree and extended duration.
(c) Joint appointments require the concurrence of both department chairs.
(d) The joint appointment will ordinarily be at the same level as the appointment held in the primary department.
(e) An application for promotion will always be initiated through the candidate's primary department.
(f) Promotion for a candidate holding a joint appointment shall require the review and recommendation by both department chairs to the non-tenure track faculty appointment and promotions committee ("faculty appointment and promotions committee").
(5) Resident or fellow appointments
Any resident or fellow who teaches medical students may be eligible for rank as clinical instructor. This appointment will automatically terminate upon the completion of the training program of the department in which the rank is awarded.
(6) Appointments solely within the purview of the dean
Recommendations for appointment in the following categories are typically reviewed and approved solely by the dean who may, at his/her discretion, request review by the faculty appointments and promotions committee. Recommendations are forwarded to the office of the provost, and then to the president for formal transmission to the board of trustees for ratification.
(a) Visiting appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the candidate's qualifications or appointment at another accredited university of higher education;
(b) Adjunct or research appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the candidate's appointment at another accredited university of higher education;
(c) Appointments at the entry level, including instructor and assistant professor for the educator pathway; and
(d) In exceptional circumstances, at the request of the department chair, the dean in consultation with the chair of the appointments and promotions committee, may approve affiliated faculty member appointments at ranks higher than entry level in either pathway. The dean will forward the appointment to the office of the provost and to the president for formal transmission to the board of trustees for ratification.
(C) Titles of distinction
The university may confer titles of distinction including "emeritus" and "distinguished" for qualified faculty in accordance with the university faculty rules and emeritus status rules.
(D) Basic principles for appointment and promotion
(1) Appointment
(a) Appointment to the faculty is a privilege, not a right. An appointment is the designation awarded to a candidate at a given academic rank which is based upon the candidate's competence in a given field and the expectation of sustained NEOMED participation.
(b) The candidate has the right to a full, impartial and confidential review of the credentials submitted.
(c) Faculty are required to contribute to NEOMED teaching, scholarship, and/or service in a manner consistent with the mission of the respective department and, if applicable, in accordance with the faculty member's letter of offer.
(d) Considerations for faculty appointment include, but are not limited to:
(i) Completion of a written application submitted by a candidate for appointment with documents that the candidate has met the criteria;
(ii) Possession of an appropriate terminal degree or exceptions as justified by the candidate's department chair;
(iii) Expertise in an appropriate academic field and evidence of dedication to continuing advancement of this field of knowledge;
(iv) Ability and dedication as an effective teacher;
(v) Creativity and competence in an appropriate field of research and scholarship; and
(vi) Professional performance consistent with NEOMED's faculty code of conduct set forth in appendix C of the university faculty bylaws.
(e) For new appointments, all activities documented in a candidate's curriculum vitae are taken into consideration in determining their pathway.
(f) All recommendations for a faculty appointment are forwarded to the board of trustees for final approval. A non-tenure-track appointment is made with the expectation that it will continue until notice is given by either the candidate or the college in accordance with the university faculty rules, rules and procedures.
(g) Faculty holding an appointment from another institution will be considered for appointment at the same rank within the college. Once a faculty member receives a NEOMED appointment, they may apply for promotion using the standard procedure outlined herein if they meet eligibility criteria.
(2) Promotion
(a) Promotion may be made only after the minimum time in rank and contributions commensurate with the higher rank have been achieved. The faculty appointments and promotions committee will consider any specific exceptions or requirements set forth in the faculty member's letter of offer, if applicable, or amendments thereto.
(b) There is no requirement that a faculty be promoted after a given period of service.
(c) For promotions, activities documented in the curriculum vitae since the last change in rank are considered when determining the appropriate pathway and rank.
(d) In evaluating the candidate's performance, the weighting of the evaluation areas may vary. Consideration will be given to the mission of the department and the demands of the appropriate discipline. Both the quality and quantity of the individual's contribution will be taken into consideration.
(E) Time in rank
(1) For NEOMED-employed faculty, prior service may be counted toward the time in rank requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(2) For affiliated faculty, prior service may be counted toward the time in rank requirement if supported by the NEOMED department chair and approved by the dean.
(3) Instructor to assistant professor
(a) For physicians, the attainment of board certification satisfies the minimum requirement for "time in rank" for promotion from instructor to assistant professor.
(b) For non-physicians, the attainment of a terminal degree will satisfy the minimum requirement for promotion from instructor to assistant professor.
(4) Assistant professor to associate professor
The minimum time in rank prior to consideration for promotion to associate professor is five years. Only in exceptional circumstances, if recommended and justified in writing by the department chair and approved by the dean, may a candidate be considered prior to that time.
(5) Associate professor to professor
(a) The minimum time in rank prior to consideration for promotion to professor is seven years. Only in exceptional circumstances, if recommended, and justified in writing by the department chair and approved by the dean, may a candidate be considered prior to that time.
(b) Prior service may be counted toward this requirement if supported by the department chair and approved by the dean.
(6) Upon the recommendation of the department chair and with the concurrence of the dean, exceptions to the considerations outlined herein may be granted.
(F) Standards and documentation for non-tenure track faculty
(1) The teaching standard
(a) Teaching is a central mission of the college of medicine. The faculty member must demonstrate proficiency in presenting concepts and information in teaching, problem solving, modeling professional behavior, contributing to innovative curriculum, and teaching initiatives, and engagement in nationally or internationally prominent educational activities.
(b) Documentation supporting the teaching standard
(i) Faculty members must carry out educational activities overseen by the department chair or appropriate supervising authority. Teaching of NEOMED students and postdoctoral trainees (e.g., residents and fellows) at affiliated institutions will be of primary importance.
(ii) Teaching peers and other health professionals in college sponsored programs is recognized as a contribution to the educational program of the college. These activities include, but are not limited to, formal continuing education programs, scientific seminars, workshops, and conferences.
(iii) Educational activities include, but are not limited to: presentation of lectures and tutorials, simulation training, hands-on workshops small group teaching, curriculum planning and meetings, direction of a course, clerkship, or elective, clinical precepting, preparation of syllabi, course, and examination materials, evaluation of students, academic advising, career counseling, tutoring, teaching review sessions, remediation, collaborative work with other faculty curriculum assessment, instruction, assessment or observation of faculty teaching or precepting, and obtaining external funding for educational activities. Teaching formats may be live or virtual and synchronous or asynchronous.
(iv) The extent and effectiveness of educational accomplishments will be evaluated through review of relevant evidence.
(2) The research and scholarly accomplishments standard
(a) Research and scholarly activities are central to the mission of the university and the college of medicine. Given the complexity of the university and its component colleges, and the great diversity of talent within, it is imperative that various kinds of academic work be recognized through a broad vision of scholarship.
(i) Scholarship includes, but is not limited to, the dissemination of knowledge acquired through discovery, integration, application, and teaching. Research is understood to include the traditional science of inquiry, investigation, and experimentation. Scholarship and research may also include participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent, and technology transfer activities. Such work may be primarily supportive for promotion decisions and weigh importantly in tenure decisions. While clinical care is insufficient alone to merit promotion or tenure, clinical innovation and improvement activities done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional or national importance are important indicators of distinction and merit consideration. Regardless of the type of scholarship, it should possess the quality of excellence, be peer-reviewed and be disseminated in the public domain.
(ii) Creative scholarly activity includes both original research resulting from investigative work or other peer reviewed contributions to the professional and scientific literature. Faculty shall conduct original research and other scholarly activity. The hallmark of creative scholarly activity lies in the peer reviewed "written" word. Written work which is not peer reviewed may support a faculty member's application or dossier, but by itself is insufficient evidence of excellence in scholarly activity. Oral presentations or poster presentations may enhance a faculty member's dossier but are insufficient evidence of proficiency or excellence in scholarly activity.
(iii) Faculty shall conduct research and other creative scholarly activity that clearly demonstrates high quality and conforms to the highest ethical and legal standards.
(iv) Scholarship benchmarks may differ from one field to another. The benchmarks should be consistent with the applicant's discipline as judged by an external review process.
(v) Clinical innovation and improvement performed in a scholarly fashion documented to be of regional, national, and international importance may stand as evidence of contribution to scholarship.
(b) Documentation supporting the research and scholarly accomplishments standard
(i) Research support includes financial support generated through grants, contracts, and other competitive awards.
(ii) Research collaborations include, but are not limited to, collaborations between hospital and university departments, colleges, and universities regionally, nationally, or internationally.
(iii) Research consultations include, but are not limited to, providing consultation in study design, data analysis, measurement, and evaluation.
(iv) Scholarly publications include publications in journals, books, chapters, monographs, case reports, literature reviews, abstracts, and technical reports.
Scholarly publications will be weighted and assessed in terms of quality and quantity and the candidate's role in the work. The quality of the publications will be evaluated by criteria such as: whether the publication was refereed; whether the publication was invited; the impact factor of the journal; the reputation of the book or monograph; the scope of the publication's audience; the number and nature of citations; originality, creativity and impact on the field; unsolicited independent reviews; or solicited outside professional reviews.
(v) Scholarly presentations include, but are not limited to: lectures, poster presentations or educational displays at professional meetings, colloquia, workshops, seminars and conference presentations.
(vi) Intellectual property development and activities in support of innovation and commercialization. Documentation of the development of new intellectual property including patents, conduct of clinical trials, and commercialization of university intellectual property provide additional evidence.
(vii) Innovative clinical activities supported by scholarly publications, presentations, and grant and contract activity; commercialization efforts; and clinical trial excellence.
(3) The service and leadership standard
(a) The standard
Providing service and leadership oriented to the needs of the university, college, and respected department is expected for faculty, regardless of rank and academic appointment. Service and leadership to the medical profession, to one's field of expertise, and community are also recognized and valued by the college.
(b) Documentation to support the leadership standard
(i) Service activities include, but are not limited to:
(a) Mentoring or advising of NEOMED students;
(b) Membership on committees, boards, councils, etc., that align with the NEOMED COM mission;
(c) Professional service activities, such as service on research review committees, ad hoc research reviews, editorial board membership, editorship, editorial review, etc.;
(d) Service to improve community health;
(e) Global health activities;
(f) Service to governmental bodies, governmental funding agencies, or on biomedical, public health, and community health topics;
(g) Planning, organizing, and implementing service projects; and
(h) Service support. This includes support for service activities generated through grants, contracts, and other sources.
(ii) Leadership activities include but are not limited to the following:
(a) NEOMED leadership, including section chief, department chair, director, vice president, president, board member;
(b) Affiliated institutional leadership, including department chair, vice chair, medical director, chief medical officer, vice president, president, chief executive officer, board member;
(c) NEOMED or affiliated institutional educational leadership, including clerkship site director, clinical experiential director, assistant or associate dean, residency or fellowship program director or associate program director, director of medical education, designated institutional official, chief academic officer;
(d) Leadership in committees of regional, national, or international professional organizations;
(e) Leadership of regional, national, or international professional organizations; and
(f) Member of professional society board or executive committee.
(G) Appointment and promotion criteria and pathways
(1) Instructor
(a) Physicians who have completed an accreditation council for graduate medical education or American osteopathic association-approved residency or fellowship within their area of practice but have not obtained certification from the corresponding medical specialty board.
(i) Any activity that involves the education of NEOMED medical students and/ or residents or fellows in NEOMED-affiliated institutions is highly valued.
(ii) Mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(b) Non-physicians without a terminal degree.
(i) Professional or work experience appropriate to the field.
(ii) Any activity that involves the education of NEOMED students and/or postdoctoral trainees (e.g., residents and fellows) at affiliated institutions is highly valued.
(iii) Mentoring of any NEOMED student is highly valued.
(2) Professional standing for appointments beyond the level of instructor
(a) Physicians board certification is required for any physician at or above the level of assistant professor. Physicians at the level of instructor who have obtained board certification may be granted the rank of assistant professor upon recommendation of the chair and approval by the dean.
(b) Notwithstanding the requirement set forth in paragraph (G)(2)(a) of this rule, a physician candidate who has retired from practice in good standing may be appointed at an appropriate level at the discretion of the dean.
(c) Non-physicians without a terminal degree. Appointment above the rank of instructor requires approval of the department chair.
(d) The NEOMED department chair may request additional supporting information to inform their recommendation regarding the appropriate faculty pathway and rank for appointment and promotion.
(3) Criteria for investigator pathway by rank level
(a) Assistant professor
Achievement of the assistant professor rank requires participation in educational activities listed in exibit 1, "activities table."
(i) Teaching of NEOMED students and/or NEOMED-affiliated, residents, or fellows is required.
(ii) Mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(iii) Activity in research or service involving NEOMED is encouraged.
(b) Associate professor
Achievement of the associate professor rank requires progressive participation and contributions which extend outside one's place of employment in any of the educational activities listed in exhibit 1," activities table" plus participatation in either, research or service activities involving NEOMED.
(i) Educational activities must include involvement in Teaching of NEOMED students and/or NEOMED-affiliated, residents, or fellows is required.
(ii) Mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(c) Professor
Achievement of the professor rank requires sustained excellence and distinction in the education of NEOMED students, or NEOMED-affiliated residents or fellows plus participation in both research and service, activities for NEOMED. Demonstration of activity beyond the minimum requirements is desired.
(i) Demonstrate professional standing in organizations appropriate to the discipline as a representative of NEOMED.
(ii) Recognition by peers for leadership at national and/or international levels are important elements for consideration.
(iii) mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(4) Criteria for educator pathway by rank level
Faculty in the investigator pathway must demonstrate achievement in research and scholarship with NEOMED.
(a) Assistant professor
Achievement of the assistant professor rank requires participation in any of the research and scholarly activities listed in exhibit 1, "activities table."
(i) Activity in NEOMED teaching and service is strongly encouraged.
(ii) Teaching of NEOMED students and/or NEOMED-affiliated residents, or fellows is highly valued.
(iii) Mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(b) Associate professor
Achievement of the associate professor rank requires progressive participation in and extramural contributions in any of the research and scholarly activities listed in exhibit 1, "activities table" plus participation in either teaching or service activities for NEOMED.
(i) Teaching of NEOMED students and/or NEOMED-affiliated, residents, or fellows is highly valued.
(ii) Mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(c) Professor
Achievement of the professor rank requires sustained and distinguished accomplishments in education, scholarship, and service and strong commitment to NEOMED.
(i) Recognition by peers for clinical acumen, leadership in quality improvement efforts on a large scale, and regional, national, and international reputation are important elements for consideration.
(ii) The candidate should demonstrate professional standing in organizations appropriate to the discipline as a representative of NEOMED.
(iii) Service to NEOMED (e.g., mentoring, committee membership and teaching NEOMED students and/or NEOMED-affiliated residents, or fellows are required.
(iv) Mentoring of NEOMED students is strongly encouraged.
(H) Procedures for processing non-tenure track appointments and promotions
(1) Appointment
(a) Full-or part time NEOMED-employed faculty search committees
(i) Where appropriate, when a salaried, non-tenure track position has been authorized, the department chair will propose a search committee to the dean who will appoint the committee.
(ii) A duly constituted college of medicine search committee shall function as the faculty appointments and promotions committee for a candidate who is recruited through an appropriate search process.
(iii) The search committee's recommendation will be forwarded for review and recommendation in sequence to the department chair, dean, provost, and to the president for formal transmission to the board of trustees for ratification.
(iv) The office of the provost designee will notify the candidate of the action of the board of trustees.
(b) Affiliated faculty
(i) The candidate must submit a completed appointment application for non-tenure track faculty and current curriculum vitae.
(ii) The candidate's application and curriculum vitae will be forwarded to the NEOMED department chair for review and recommendation of rank.
(iii) Candidates who are recommended by the chair for appointment, except those which are solely within the purview of the dean, will be forwarded to the faculty appointments and promotions committee for consideration.
(iv) The chair of the faculty appointments and promotions committee will forward all recommendations to the dean for review.
(v) The dean will forward recommendations for appointment to the office of the provost, which will forward them to the president for formal transmission to the board of trustees for ratification.
(vi) The office of the provost will notify the candidate of the action of the board of trustees.
(2) Promotion
Candidates will follow the guidelines for promotion - college of medicine annual promotion cycle timeline for non-tenure track salaried and affiliated faculty.
The candidate shall notify the department chair(s) of the intent to stand for promotion by the established deadline.
(a) NEOMED-employed faculty
A candidate primarily employed by NEOMED as a faculty member with greater than or equal to 0.6 FTE will prepare a promotion dossier for college of medicine non-tenure track faculty for their primary appointment. For secondary joint appointments, the candidate will submit the promotion application for non-tenure track faculty and current curriculum vitae.
(b) Affiliated faculty
The candidate shall submit the completed promotion application for non-tenure track faculty," current curriculum vitae, and personal statement.
(c) Letters of recommendation
(i) For promotion to associate professor, two letters of recommendation will be submitted to the department chair from professionally qualified evaluators, including one outside of the candidates' primary institution.
(ii) For promotion to professor, at least three letters of recommendation will be submitted to the department chair from professionally qualified evaluators.
(a) For the investigator pathway, all three evaluators must be from outside of the candidate's primary institution.
(b) For the educator pathway, two out of the three evaluators must be from poutside the candidate's primary institution.
(c) The chair may elect to identify additional evaluators to submit letters of recommendation. Supplemental materials, including teaching evaluations and manuscripts, may be requested by the department chair, faculty appointments and promotions committee, or dean.
(d) All documents, including dossier or application and letters of recommendation must be submitted by the established deadline.
(e) The department chair will forward all documents to the faculty appointments and promotions committee with a letter of attestation.
(f) Faculty appoints and promotions committee review
(i) The chair of the faculty appointments and promotions committee will forward recommendations to the dean and copy the department chair as specified in the guidelines.
(ii) Positive recommendations by the faculty appointments and promotions committee and the dean will be forwarded to the office of the provost.
(g) Appeal of a negative recommendation
(i) In the case of a negative recommendation by the faculty appointments and promotions committee upheld by the dean, the candidate will be notified by the dean and be advised of the process to appeal the decision.
(ii) Within ten business days after receipt of the negative recommendation, the candidate may appeal to the dean in writing.
(iii) The dean will review all materials submitted and may either:
(a) Overturn; or
(b) Concur with the recommendation of the faculty appoints and promotions committee.
(iv) The dean will inform the candidate of the decision after completing the review.
(v) If the dean does not accept the recommendation of the faculty appointments and promotions committee, the dean will notify the committee and provide the dean's rationale therefore.
(vi) The decision of the dean is final.
(h) Review by the provost and transmission to the president
(i) The dean will forward recommendations to the office of the provost for review. If the provost is in agreement, the provost will forward positive recommendations to the president for formal transmission to the board of trustees for ratification.
(ii) The office of the provost will notify the candidate following ratification by the board of trustees.
(I) Structure and function of the non-tenure track faculty appointments and promotions committee
(1) The college of medicine non-tenure track faculty appointments and promotions committee is a standing committee of the college of medicine.
(2) Composition and chair
(a) The committee is a standing committee of the college and as such its composition is described in college of medicine appendix G.
(b) A duly constituted college search committee shall function as the faculty appointments and promotions committee for a candidate who is recruited through an appropriate search process.
(3) Responsibilities
(a) The faculty appointments and promotions committee will evaluate the materials and will consider the role, responsibilities, and assignments of the candidate as outlined in the faculty member's letter of offer and make recommendations to the dean of the college. During its evaluation, may:
(i) Interview the candidate;
(ii) After notifying the candidate, interview the department chair or other appropriate individuals;
(iii) Request any additional information pertinent to the evaluation; and
(iv) Seek external advice as it deems necessary.
(b) Recommendations
(i) The committee, by majority vote, will recommend one of the following:
(a) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted;
(b) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion with a revised rank or title;
(c) Provisional approval of the request for promotion pending timely notification of board certification; or
(d) disapproval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted. The committee will transmit the recommendation and the reasons, therefore to the dean and the department chair. The department chair shall promptly inform the candidate of the recommendation. In the case of promotion, the candidate shall also be informed by the department chair of the right to appeal.
(ii) Recommendations are forwarded by the office of the provost to the president for formal transmission to the board of trustees for ratification.
(J) Continuation of appointment for affiliated faculty
(1) Full-time affiliated faculty will receive feedback from their department chair or the office of clinical faculty affairs on their academic performance and progress toward promotion on a regular basis.
(a) Once a candidate has achieved a rank level, the candidate will not be reduced in rank.
(b) Faculty appointments do not continue indefinitely. Affiliated faculty appointments will continue unless any of their academic performance and progress toward promotion on a regular basis:
(i) The faculty member no longer engages with NEOMED in teaching, research, or service over a three-year period;
(a) The faculty impacted by this provision may appeal the decision to be the dean of the COM whose decision will be final;
(b) The faculty member fails to complete tasks designed by, and within the timeframe assigned from, the dean's advisory group that are deemed critical to compliance or accreditation.
Faculty impacted by this provision may reapply for appointment at their prior rank once the task in question has been completed.
(ii) The faculty member receives a notice of non-reappointment; or
(iii) The faculty member is charged with violating the university faculty code of conduct described in appendix C of the university bylaws and is being sanctioned as described in appendix D of the university bylaws.
(c) Affiliated faculty who disagree with the intention to discontinue appointment may request a meeting with the department chair within five business days after notification of the proposed discontinuation.
(d) After the meeting, the department chair will notify the affiliated faculty member and the dean of the final recommendation.
(K) Faculty leave of absence
NEOMED-employed faculty
(1) Faculty who are employees of the university are expected to follow the leave procedures as outlined in the employee handbook of the university.
(2) Leaves of absence approved by the department chair and the dean will not be counted toward accumulated time in rank.
Last updated August 17, 2026 at 10:13 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-25 Appendix A - college of pharmacy procedure for appointment, promotion, reappointment, and evaluation of non-tenure track faculty.
(A) Definitions
(1) "Affiliated faculty." A non-tenure track faculty member who is non-salaried or whose primary role is not as a faculty member. These faculty have roles that are generally limited to formal and informal teaching on a periodic basis.
(2) "Board certification." Certification received by a pharmacist who has passed the certification and applicable mandatory recertification examinations of the board of pharmaceutical specialties.
(3) "Candidate." An individual who is requesting review of their credentials for appointment and promotion.
(4) "College." The college of pharmacy will be referred to as the "college" for purposes of this appendix.
(5) "College appointment and promotion committee." Committee appointed by the dean to consider appointment and/or promotion and make recommendations to the dean.
(6) "Curriculum vitae (cv)." The curriculum vita is one of the documents submitted by the candidate for consideration by external evaluators. Suggested items include information on teaching, research and scholarly pursuits, academic and professional/public service, and the practice of pharmacy.
(7) "Days." Days as used in this document are working days.
(8) "Development plan." A document describing the proposed activities in teaching, service, and scholarly activity in which a faculty member is currently engaged or planning to engage over the next academic year(s).
(9) "External evaluator." An external evaluator is an individual who is external to the university and is qualified to assess the candidate's achievements and reputation.
(10) "Full-time faculty appointment" or "full-time appointment." Full-time faculty are faculty who receive a full-time salary from:
(a) The university;
(b) An associated or affiliated teaching hospital, healthcare provider, or health agency;
(c) A combination of the sources listed in paragraph (A)(10)(a) and paragraph (A)(10)(b) of this rule.
(11) "Joint appointment." Non-tenure track appointment that is awarded to faculty who already hold an academic appointment within the university.
(12) "Letter of offer." The letter of offer is a document initiated by the college and sets forth certain conditions of the offer of employment but does not constitute a contract. Any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's time in rank may be negotiated prior to the offer and will be documented in the letter of offer. Any modifications to the letter must be in writing and agreed to by both parties.
(13) "Limited faculty appointment." Appointments for faculty whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope and carry the prefix "adjunct," "research," or "visiting."
(14) "Mentor." A faculty member who has formally agreed to serve as an advisor and who helps another faculty member reach his/her personal and/or professional goals.
(15) "Midpoint review." A formal evaluation of a candidate's midpoint review dossier that occurs approximately halfway through the candidate's promotion cycle. The formal evaluation may include interviews with the candidate, mentor or equivalent representative and provides written guidance on progression toward promotion and recommendations for future activities.
(16) "Midpoint review dossier." A file containing the candidate's documents submitted for midpoint review. The file must include a current and complete curriculum vitae, a letter of offer, documented activities in teaching, service, and scholarly activity, a self-reflective narrative evaluation of performance and accomplishments, and a development plan.
(17) "Notice of non-reappointment." A notice of non-reappointment is a written notification by the dean that the college intends to terminate a faculty member's appointment at a specified time.
(18) "Non-tenure track position." A faculty appointment that does not include the eligibility to apply for tenure.
(19) "Part-time appointment." Faculty with part-time appointments are those who receive regular supplemental payment from the university, an associated or affiliated teaching hospital, healthcare provider and/or health agency for part-time activity carried out under the auspices of the university.
(20) "Pharmacy education appointment." One of two types of affiliated appointments referring to university employees outside of the college of pharmacy who contribute to the development, implementation, administration, assessment, and/or evaluation of curricular offerings within the college.
(21) "Preceptor appointment." One of two types of affiliated appointments referring to individuals who are not university employees and are either residents (clinical instructor) or individuals involved in experiential teaching at their sites of employment (clinical assistant professor, clinical associate professor, or clinical professor).
(22) "Promotion dossier." A file containing the candidate's documents submitted for consideration for promotion. The file must include a current and complete curriculum vitae, documented activities in teaching, service, and scholarly activity, a self-reflective narrative evaluation of performance and accomplishments.
(23) "Salaried faculty." A tenured, tenure track, or non-tenure track faculty member that is full-time, part-time, or co-funded and whose primary role is as faculty.
(24) "Unit." A standard measurement used to calculate credits toward faculty rank.
(25) "Vice president for academic affairs." The chief academic officer of the university (hereinafter may be referred to as VPAA).
(B) Academic ranks and appointment types
(1) The following academic ranks have been established for non-tenure-track faculty:
(a) Professor,
(b) Associate professor,
(c) Assistant professor, and
(d) Instructor,
(2) Faculty appointments are subject to periodic review for reappointment and non-reappointment with all the rights and responsibilities as set forth in rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code. They may or may not have a limiting prefix.
(3) Limited appointments.
The following appointments may be awarded to persons whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope. For persons holding rank at another accredited institution of higher education, the rank awarded will usually be consistent with the rank held at the primary institution.
(a) "Adjunct appointments" are for persons whose academic contributions to the college are primarily teaching and for whom another category of appointment is not appropriate. The prefix "adjunct" is added to the rank.
(b) "Research appointments" are for persons whose contributions to the college are primarily investigational. The prefix "research" is added to the rank.
(c) "Visiting appointments" are for persons from other institutions who are temporarily involved in programs of the college of pharmacy or for college supported residents or fellows (instructor rank). The prefix "visiting" is added to the rank.
(4) Joint appointments
(a) These non-tenure-track appointments may be awarded to faculty who already hold an academic appointment within the university.
(b) Joint appointments may be made only when a faculty member participates in teaching, service, or scholarship in a department, other than the faculty member's primary department, to a significant degree and when such teaching or scholarship is expected to be of long duration.
(c) Such appointments require the recommendation of the chair of the department in which the secondary appointment is sought. The chair of the faculty member's primary department must concur.
(5) Resident/fellow appointments
A resident or fellow who teaches pharmacy students may be eligible for rank as instructor. This appointment is considered temporary and will automatically terminate upon the completion of the training program. Residents or fellows who are employed by the university will have "visiting instructor" appointments while those who are employed elsewhere will have "clinical instructor" appointments.
(6) Appointments solely within the purview of the dean
The dean, working with the support of the office of faculty affairs, shall solely review and approve recommendations for appointment in the following categories upon recommendation by the department chair in whose department the appointment is sought. The dean may, at his/her discretion, forward an application to the college appointment, promotion and tenure committee.
(a) All appointments at the rank of instructor;
(b) Preceptor track appointments at the rank of clinical assistant professor;
(c) Adjunct or research appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the appointment the faculty member holds at another accredited institution of higher education;
(d) Visiting or adjunct appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the faculty member's qualifications or appointment at another accredited institution of higher education or commensurate with experience and seniority if the faculty member holds an appointment in industry, a federal agency or a similar environment.
(e) Retired appointments.
(C) Titles of distinction
(1) Distinguished
The title "distinguished" is a non-salaried designation of distinction conferred by the board of trustees upon an individual who has contributed significantly to the mission of the college. Distinguished titles may also be conferred upon individuals known nationally or internationally who have made significant contributions to his/her discipline. This title will be awarded in accordance with paragraph (N) of rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Emeritus
(a) Rule statement (board of trustees rule reproduced here for informational purposes; this rule may only be amended by an action of the board of trustees.)
(i) "Emeritus" status recognizes university faculty and professional senior administrative staff who have provided meritorious service to the university and have retired. The university recognizes the potential of emeritus faculty and senior administrators as a continuing valuable resource and is committed to fostering an active ongoing relationship with them through an extended academic appointment.
(ii) A candidate for emeritus status will have demonstrated leadership and wisdom, will have given dedicated and distinguished service to the university for a minimum of ten years and, for faculty, have attained the rank of associate professor. Exceptions to the ten years and associate professor requirements may be made by the dean, president, or chair of the board of trustees for a faculty member who has made an outstanding contribution to the university during a briefer period of service or holds a rank below associate professor.
(iii) Where possible, an emeritus faculty member will continue to contribute to the university community as appropriate.
(b) Procedures for nomination and selection
(i) The award of emeritus status is meritorious and thus expected to be limited in number.
(ii) A candidate may be nominated by his/her department chair, dean, president or chair of the board of trustees.
(a) Faculty are nominated by the department chair after discussion with the dean. The dean must approve faculty nominations.
(b) A department chair or associate dean will be nominated by the dean.
(c) A dean or professional senior administrative staff will be nominated by the president.
(d) A president will be nominated by the board of trustees chair.
(iii) Except in the case of a board of trustees' nomination, the nominator must submit a current CV for the nominee and a letter of recommendation supporting:
(a) The nominee's qualifications in meeting the minimum criteria; and
(b) Three supporting letters of reference from other constituents, obtained by the nominator.
(iv) The completed nomination packet (including any and all letters, even of the advisory committee should one be established) should be forwarded (electronically) to the office of the VPAA.
(v) The VPAA will confirm that the materials are complete and will present the materials to the president.
(vi) The dean may choose to interview the faculty candidate and must approve the candidate before submission.
(vii) The designation of emeritus status is recommended by the president or board of trustees' chair and awarded by formal resolution of the board of trustees.
(viii) The candidate will be notified of the board of trustees' approval and will be provided a copy of the board of trustees' resolution.
(c) Rights, responsibilities and privileges
(i) Individuals with emeritus status are expected to comply with all the policies, regulations and rules as stated in the appropriate university handbooks.
(ii) Contact the office of the VPAA for a complete listing of all rights, responsibilities and privileges.
(3) Utilization of college resources by a faculty member holding a title of distinction will be individually determined by the department chair with the concurrence of the dean and president.
(D) Basic principles for appointment, promotion and reappointment
(1) Appointment
(a) Appointment to the faculty is a privilege, not a right. Initial appointment is primarily based upon past performance with an expectation of continued contribution at a level commensurate with the appointment description and rank as described in paragraph (G) of this rule.
(b) The candidate has the right to a full, impartial and confidential review of the credentials submitted.
(c) Faculty with non-tenure-track appointments are expected to contribute to the teaching, scholarship, and/or service programs of the college in a manner consistent with the mission of the respective department and in accordance with the candidate's letter of offer.
(d) Considerations include, but are not limited to:
(i) Possession of an appropriate terminal degree or exceptions as justified by the candidate's department chair and approved by the dean and president;
(ii) Expertise in an appropriate academic field and evidence of dedication to continuing advancement of this field of knowledge;
(iii) Ability and dedication as an effective teacher;
(iv) Creativity and competence in an appropriate field of research and scholarship;
(v) Ability to assume responsibility for professional services and administration of health and/or academic services; and,
(vi) Ethical, professional performance.
(e) A non-tenure-track appointment is made with the expectation that it will continue until a termination notice is given by either the candidate or the college of pharmacy in accordance with rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code. Any time accrued under non-tenure-track appointments will not count toward appointment or any probationary period on the tenure track.
(2) Promotion
(a) A candidate is encouraged to apply for promotion after a minimum time in rank. A candidate is required to submit a midpoint review for promotion to the college appointment and promotion committee. The midpoint review process will enable the committee to review the candidate's development plan, midpoint review dossier, and supporting materials in order to provide written recommendations for continued performance improvement in regards to promotion.
(b) Promotion may be made after the minimum time in rank and contributions commensurate with the higher rank have been achieved. The college appointment and promotion committee will consider any specific exceptions or requirements set forth in the candidate's letter of offer or amendments thereto.
(c) In evaluating the candidate's performance, the weighting of the evaluation areas may vary. Consideration will be given to the mission of the department and the demands of the appropriate discipline. Both quality and quantity of the individual's contribution will be taken into consideration.
(3) Reappointment
(a) Reappointment to the faculty is not automatic.
(b) The decision to renew a faculty appointment will be based upon the activities of the faculty member since the last review and the needs and resources of the college.
(c) Once a candidate has achieved a rank level, the candidate will not be reduced in rank.
(d) A recommendation for non-reappointment is not considered a dismissal for cause, and as such cannot be appealed.
(E) Structure and function of the college appointment and promotion committee ("committee")
(1) Composition
The committee consists of six faculty members appointed as described in rule 3349-3-71 of the Administrative Code. While it is preferable to draw all committee members from the college faculty, the dean may in his/her discretion appoint qualified faculty from outside the college.
(2) Responsibilities
(a) Midpoint review
(i) The committee will evaluate the candidate's development plan, midpoint review dossier, and any supporting material in light of the criteria for appointment and promotion, taking into account any special considerations regarding the role, responsibilities, and assignments of the candidate as outlined in the candidate's letter of offer, and provide written recommendations regarding areas for continued growth and improvement in order to prepare for consideration for promotion.
(ii) Evaluation - the committee, during its evaluation, may:
(a) Interview the candidate;
(b) Interview the candidate's mentor, and/or equivalent representative;
(c) Request any additional information pertinent to the evaluation; and,
(d) Seek confidential external advice, if the candidate signs a waiver, as it deems necessary.
(iii) Recommendations the committee will provide, in writing, guidance regarding the candidate's midpoint review dossier and recommended areas for continued growth and improvement in order to prepare for consideration for promotion in accordance with time in rank requirements. The written guidance will be provided to the candidate and the department chair. This written recommendation will include the following:
(a) Feedback on the contents of the midpoint review dossier (e.g., items missing or extraneous; items needing further clarification);
(b) Areas in which the candidate currently meets criteria for promotion;
(c) Areas in which the candidate currently is deficient in regards to the criteria for promotion. This should include recommendations and/or examples for which the criteria for promotion is not currently met and how criteria can be achieved;
(d) Consideration for resubmission of the midpoint review. If the committee determines that significant deficiencies exist in the candidate's midpoint review dossier, the committee may recommend resubmission in order to assess continued progress towards the requirements for promotion. This should include a specific timeline in which the midpoint review should be resubmitted to the committee.
(iv) Timeline
(a) The candidate is required to undergo a midpoint review process approximately halfway through their promotion cycle. This would be at the completion of either year two or three for candidates at the assistant professor rank applying for promotion to associate professor and at the completion of either year three or four for candidates at the associate professor rank applying for promotion to professor.
(b) There will be two midpoint review cycles; summer cycle and winter cycle. The candidate will submit a letter of intent for midpoint review by June first for the summer cycle or by December first of the winter cycle during academic year in which he/she will undergo the midpoint review.
(c) The candidate will submit his/her development plan, midpoint review dossier, and supporting materials by July first for the summer cycle or January first for the winter cycle during the academic year in which he/she will undergo the midpoint review.
(d) The committee will provide written recommendations for further growth based on the candidate's midpoint review by no later than December thirty-first for the summer cycle and by no later than June thirtieth for the winter cycle. The recommendations should include feedback completed prior to the candidate's annual evaluation review and workload development for the next academic year.
(b) Promotion
(i) The committee will evaluate the promotion dossier in light of the criteria for appointment and promotion, taking into account any special considerations regarding the role, responsibilities and assignments of the candidate as outlined in the candidate's letter of offer, and make recommendations to the dean of the college of pharmacy.
(ii) Evaluation - the committee, during its evaluation, may:
(a) Interview the candidate;
(b) Interview the department chair or other appropriate faculty members, after notifying the candidate;
(c) Request any additional information pertinent to the evaluation; and,
(d) Seek confidential external advice, if the candidate signs a waiver of access to the advice, as deemed necessary.
(iii) Recommendations - the committee, by majority vote, will recommend one of the following and forward to the dean:
(a) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted;
(b) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion with a revised rank or title;
(c) Disapproval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted. The committee will transmit the recommendation and the reasons therefore to the dean and the department chair.
(iv) Recommendations
Committee recommendations are forwarded to the dean to review when evaluating the materials to develop his/her recommendation regarding promotion. The dean may accept or reject the recommendation of the committee and the timeline shall proceed as described in paragraph (J) of this rule.
(F) Salaried faculty - requirements and time in rank
(1) Requirements
The required levels of development for candidates are classified as follows:
(a) Intent level
The level of intent describes a candidate who is in the planning stages of developing a teaching portfolio, service record, and scholarly activity documentation.
(b) Pursuit level
The level of pursuit describes a candidate who is actively developing or engaging in their teaching activities, service requirements, and scholarly activity. Quality of the activities will be weighted more than the quantity of activities. It is recognized that faculty roles and responsibilities change over time. Pursuit level provides credit for services or activities that were developed or engaged in, but are no longer active, and new activities. Pursuit in teaching should demonstrate a progression of teaching with a clearly developed teaching philosophy. Candidates should engage in service as an active participant and consider stepping into leadership roles. Scholarly activities must include at least one peer-reviewed publication outlined in paragraph (G)(2)(b)(i)(a) and/or paragraph (G)(2)(b)(i)(b) of this rule.
(c) Acquisition level
The level of acquisition describes a candidate who is engaged in sustained activity with national or international recognition by their colleagues ; with a teaching portfolio that includes a clear teaching philosophy and evidence of consistent, quality performance in all teaching activities; service activities reflect consistent quality contributions and should include leadership roles; and a scholarly activity portfolio that is well established and reflects consistent, quality contributions, and must include contributions outlined in paragraph (G)(2)(b)(i)(a) and/or paragraph (G)(2)(b)(i)(b) of this rule.
(2) Ranks
(a) Assistant professor
Candidates qualified for this rank are competent to; demonstrate intent by developing a practice, if appropriate for their position and institution, fulfilling teaching and service responsibilities, and beginning to build professional/public service and scholarly activity experience.
(b) Associate professor
Candidates appointed to or promoted to this rank demonstrate evidence of pursuit in all three areas (e.g., teaching, service, and scholarly activity). These candidates fulfill their faculty responsibilities and are recognized as active participants at the college and their practice sites, if applicable.
(c) Professor
Candidates appointed to or promoted to this rank demonstrate a level of acquisition in all three areas (e.g., teaching, service, and scholarly activity). These candidates should be recognized as leaders at their practice site (if applicable), college and/or university, region, state, and on the national or international level.
(3) Time in rank
(a) Assistant professor to associate professor
(i) The minimum time in rank prior to promotion to associate professor is five years. In exceptional circumstances, if recommended by the department chair and approved by the dean, a candidate may be considered prior to that time.
(ii) Prior service may be counted toward the time in rank requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(b) Associate professor to professor
(i) The minimum time in rank prior to promotion to professor is seven years. In exceptional circumstances, if recommended by the department chair and approved by the dean, a candidate may be considered prior to that time.
(ii) Prior service may be counted toward this requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(c) Upon the recommendation of the department chair and with the concurrence of the dean, exceptions to the considerations outlined herein may be granted.
(G) Salaried faculty - appointment and promotion standards and documentation
Standards and documentation for initial appointment and promotion include but are not limited to:
(1) Contributions to the educational program of the college
(a) The standard
Teaching is a central mission of the university and its component colleges. A candidate's teaching quality is documented by evidence of clear teaching philosophy, review of teaching materials, recognition and feedback from students, alumni and peers. Positive contributions to the learning environment and curriculum may also support a candidate's record of teaching.
(i) Faculty are expected to carry out teaching assignments made by the department chair. Teaching of pharmacy students, medical students, graduate students and post graduate students, and fostering interprofessional education in university-sponsored programs will be of primary importance.
(ii) Teaching of one's colleagues and other health professionals in university-sponsored programs is recognized as a contribution to the educational program of the university and/or college. These activities include, but are not limited to, formal continuing education programs, faculty development programs, scientific seminars, workshops, and conferences. Teaching in other areas may be considered but will be given less weight.
(iii) The faculty member should demonstrate substantial ability in presenting concepts and information, teaching problem solving, research and laboratory techniques, developing professional attitudes, evaluating students and conducting remediation, innovative curriculum and teaching initiatives, and nationally or internationally prominent educational activities.
(b) Documentation
(i) Evidence of teaching at either the level of pursuit or acquisition may include, but is not limited to, the sources listed in this paragraph. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of the individual's contributions. Such contributions include, but are not limited to:
(a) Honors or special recognitions for teaching accomplishments (e.g., master teacher guild, faculty of the year award);
(b) Peer evaluations of expertise in instruction;
(c) Effectiveness shown by a representative sample of student evaluations and accomplishments across multiple years;
(d) Evidence of innovation in course or curriculum development, pedagogical strategies and/or assessment methods;
(e) Evidence of diverse student performance opportunities;
(f) Election to offices, committee activities and other important service to professional pedagogical associations and learned societies including editorial work and peer review as related to teaching;
(g) Demonstration of scholarly and/or theoretical underpinnings related to teaching.
(ii) There must be evidence that the candidate is engaged in educational activities that are appropriate to their appointment. Such activities include, but are not limited to:
(a) Role as a course director, co-director or preceptor;
(b) Presentation of seminars, tutorials, or use of active learning or innovative teaching models;
(c) Preparation of syllabi, course and examination materials, and remediation;
(d) Academic advising and career guidance;
(e) Obtaining external funding for educational activities.
(f) Service on and recognition by national educational bodies are also important aspects of teaching excellence.
(2) Scholarly activity
(a) The standard
Scholarly activities are central to the mission of the university and is an expectation of all faculty. Given the complexity of the university and its component colleges and the great diversity of talent within, it is imperative that various kinds of work be recognized through a broad vision of scholarship. Scholarly activity includes, but is not limited to, the scholarship of discovery, integration, application and teaching/learning. Scholarship is understood to include the traditional science of inquiry, investigation and experimentation known as research. Scholarly activity may also include participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent and technology transfer activities. While clinical care alone is insufficient to merit promotion, clinical innovation and improvement activities done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional or national importance are important indicators of distinction.
(i) The scholarly activity of non-tenure track faculty in the college of pharmacy is more likely to focus in the categories of integration, application, and teaching and learning as compared to the scholarship of discovery. Scholarship of integration involves the synthesis and interpretation of information across disciplines in a way that brings new meaning to those facts, presentations and/or publications, among others. Scholarship of application seeks to address social problems or make information or ideas accessible to the public. Finally, scholarship of teaching and learning involves discovery, evaluation and transmission of information about the learning process.
(ii) For scholarly activity to have value, it must be distinguished from other aspects of the candidate's service roles and other day-to-day activities. Key aspects that distinguish activities as scholarly activity are that they must reflect one's professional and/or academic expertise, be disseminated outside of one's institution, and engage or be reacted to by peers external to one's institution.
(iii) Clinical innovation and improvement performed in a scholarly fashion and acknowledged to be of regional, national and international importance are additional evidence of readiness for promotion.
(iv) Activity that clearly demonstrates high quality and conforms to the highest ethical and legal standards. Quality is stressed over quantity.
(v) Standards and expectations for scholarly activity may differ from one field to another.
(vi) Research collaborations. These include, but are not limited to collaborations between departments, colleges and universities regionally, nationally or internationally.
(vii) Research consultations. These include, but are not limited to, providing consultation in study design, data analysis, measurement and evaluation.
(viii) Intellectual property development and activities in support of technology transfer and commercialization.
(b) Documentation
Evidence of scholarly activities includes, but is not limited to, the sources listed below. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of the individual's contribution.
(i) Dissemination of scholarly activities includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Articles, abstracts, and other scholarly works published by reputable journals, scholarly presses, publishing houses, or other similar media that accept works after rigorous review and approval by peers in the disciplines;
(b) Scholarly reviews, books, book chapters and case reports which are peer reviewed;
(c) Presentation of scholarly activities before professional, scientific, and educational societies;
(d) Published correspondence in scientific and/or professional publications;
(e) Monographs and/or technical reports which are peer reviewed;
(f) Publications which do not undergo a peer review process may be considered as scholarship but must be accompanied by other scholarly activities listed in paragraphs (G)(2)(b)(i)(a) to (G)(2)(b)(i)(e) of this rule.
(ii) Grants and contracts related to research and other scholarly activities.
(a) Competitive extramural funding from the federal/state government and national/state foundations.
(b) Extramurally funded investigator-initiated research, (e.g., industry sources).
(c) Extramurally funded research without peer review.
(d) Industry sponsored research with protocol developed by funding source.
(e) Competitive intramural funding.
(iii) Acknowledgement of research and scholarly activities.
(a) Membership on editorial boards, study section review panels, or grant selection committees; documentation of activities performed while holding these positions must be provided for consideration.
(b) Election to offices, committee activities, and important service to professional associations and learned societies, including editorial work and peer reviewing as related to research and other creative scholarly activities.
(c) Honors and awards for research or other creative activities.
(d) Consultant activities in state, national, and international groups engaged in scholarly activity endeavors; evidence of competitive selection is advantageous.
(e) Dissemination of new practice methods (patient care and managerial) outside of one's institution; evidence of peer review and/or measurable impact on patient care is essential.
(f) Publication or dissemination of peer reviewed software for patient care, practice or basic research.
(g) Invitations to testify before government groups concerned with research or creative scholarly activities; evidence of impact is advantageous.
(h) Membership on important professional expeditions or membership on healthcare teams that are involved in development projects; evidence of competitive selection processes is advantageous.
(i) Fellowships for research or practice related scholarly activities or selection for tours of duty at special institutes for advanced learning; evidence of a competitive selection process is advantageous.
(j) Documented development of public policy and/or community health programs.
(3) Service
Both the university and the college of pharmacy are charged with the responsibility of developing and carrying out a high-quality educational program. A crucial element of that responsibility is a service program responsive to the larger society that sustains the university and the college. The university and the college of pharmacy distinguish between routine performance and service that draws upon the breadth and depth of a faculty member's professional expertise and scholarship.
Service is a central mission of the university and its component colleges. A candidate's service may exist in three domains: academic, practice of pharmacy, professional/public. As a candidate achieves higher rank, his/her service should be impacting a broader network of students, trainees, colleagues, and disciplines. Faculty seeking promotion to the rank of associate professor should have a minimum of academic service at the pursuit level and one other service domain at the pursuit level. Faculty seeking promotion to the rank of professor should have a minimum of academic service at the acquisition level and one other service domain at the acquisition level.
(a) Academic service
(i) The standard
Academic service is oriented to the needs of the department, the college, and/or the university. All faculty, regardless of rank and academic appointment, have general academic service responsibilities which contribute to the success of the university's students and the profession of pharmacy throughout the university. At the dean's discretion, selected faculty carry formal administrative responsibilities as college administrators. Definition of these formal administrative responsibilities should be included in the promotion dossier, but evaluation of administrative performance is not included in the evaluation of service for promotion.
(ii) Documentation
Documentation of academic service effectiveness may include, but is not limited to, records, attestations, or evaluations in the following areas:
(a) Active, consistent, and reliable participation and leadership in department, college, and university committees, task forces or ad hoc advisory groups;
(b) Reliable representation of the department, college and/or university at local, state, national and international professional association meetings;
(c) Timely, consistent, and thoughtful input into department planning retreats and activities;
(d) Willingness to volunteer for unexpected teaching, practice, or service activities;
(e) Proactive problem identification and problem solving on behalf of the department, college, and/or university;
(f) Organization of department or college-wide professional service initiatives;
(g) Effective and diligent advising of students, student organizations, and/or fraternities;
(h) Effective peer teaching evaluation and mentoring;
(i) Active, consistent, and reliable attendance at faculty applicant interview seminars and participation in the professional activities of faculty and resident recruitment; and,
(j) Active participation in department, college, and/or university sponsored receptions and outings.
(b) Practice of pharmacy service
(i) The standard
The practice of pharmacy is service oriented to the needs of the profession and/or community. The practice of pharmacy includes pharmaceutical care provided to a candidate's patients, to larger patient populations, and contributions to the profession. This may include direct patient-centered interactions (e.g., primary care, patient counseling, etc.), practice management and/or administration. Pharmacy practice faculty may have pharmacy practice responsibilities as a routine workload assignment.
Faculty furnish leaders and groups with objective research results, as well as clinical and other resource information for decision making. They design and conduct feasibility studies, field test basic and applied knowledge, develop procedural and technical manuals, and provide group instruction on and off campus.
(ii) Documentation
Evidence of pharmacy practice proficiency may include, but is not limited to, the sources listed below. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the candidate's contributions.
(a) Certification and recertification by specialty boards;
(b) Completion of certificate programs (e.g., certified diabetes educator);
(c) Designation as fellow or other similar practice achievement recognition;
(d) Honors, awards, and special recognition for practice service activities;
(e) Objective evaluation of practice effectiveness and quality through outcomes documentation and analysis;
(f) Election to offices, committee activities, and important service to professional associations and learned societies, including editorial work and peer reviewing as related to pharmacy practice;
(g) Service on local and/or regional health-related board or committee;
(h) Evaluation of practice site responsibilities related to patient care, practice management and/or administration, and implementation and/or management of technology. Contributions in these areas must be associated with documented and measurable impact on patient care, site operations or workflow, and/or services provided at the site.
(c) Professional/public service
(i) The standard
Faculty have, as a basic job responsibility, the provision of professional/public service. Professional service activities are oriented to the professional policy needs of society; public service activities are oriented to public and professional needs of society. Faculty who provide professional/public service may have ongoing, direct contact with citizens and/or organizations in their practice and research areas, provide educational needs assessment, program development, training, consultation, and/or technical assistance in collaboration with local, state, national, and international leaders. Activities may also be involved with community service, volunteer opportunities or rule development.
(ii) Documentation
Evidence of the effectiveness of professional/public service contributions includes, but is not limited to, the following sources:
(a) Election to offices, committee activities and important service to professional associations and learned societies;
(b) Selection for special activities outside of the state or nation;
(c) Honors, awards, and special recognition for professional/public service activities;
(d) Participation as an active reviewer for professional journals, textbooks, book chapters, poster abstracts, or other professional publications;
(e) Consultations, technical assistance and/or coordination activities on projects within professional associations and clinical sites;
(f) Service on a community board or committee;
(g) Involvement in community outreach programs aimed at improving health education/science;
(h) Volunteering at a community free or underserved medical clinic;
(i) Volunteering in the community, region, state, nation, or internationally
(j) Participation in university, college, or student community service projects (i.e. health fairs, fund raisers, etc.);
(k) Participation in humanitarian trips.
(H) Affiliated faculty - requirements and time in rank
(1) General
(a) Preceptor track
Individuals who are not university employees and contribute primarily to the experiential teaching program of the college. Pharmacists appointed at or promoted to this track have met all requirements to practice pharmacy. Exceptions may be made if recommended by the department chair and approved by the dean.
(b) Pharmacy education track
University employees outside of the college of pharmacy who contribute significantly to the teaching, scholarship and service missions of the college. Activities, in addition to teaching, may include development, implementation, administration, assessment and/or evaluation of core competencies, pedagogy, and curricular offerings. Substantial contributions in the area of research and scholarly activity are required at the rank of professor.
(c) Specific activities and weightings by track and rank level are described in paragraphs (H)(2) and (H)(3) of this rule, and are listed in the activities table, paragraph (H)(4) of this rule.
(d) Time in rank for affiliated faculty is the same as for salaried faculty, as described in paragraph (F)(3) of this rule.
(2) Preceptor track criteria by rank level
(a) Pharmacists
(i) Clinical instructor
(a) In training as resident or fellow and has met all requirements for and is appropriately licensed to practice pharmacy.
(b) Involved in educational activities that involve pharmacy students.
(ii) Clinical assistant professor
(a) Involved in educational activities that involve pharmacy students and/or residents.
(b) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is desired.
(iii) Clinical associate professor
(a) At least three hundred educational activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years (two hundred seventy of the three hundred total units may be attained through experiential teaching).
(b) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is required.
(iv) Clinical professor
(a) At least four hundred fifty educational activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years (three hundred sixty of the four hundred fifty total units may be attained through experiential teaching.)
(b) Demonstration of professional standing in organizations appropriate to the discipline.
(c) Experience in a mentoring and supervisory role is required.
(d) Written attestation by department chair documenting teaching excellence.
(b) Non-pharmacist healthcare professionals
(i) Clinical instructor
(a) Involved in educational activities that involve pharmacy students and/or residents.
(b) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is preferred.
(ii) Beyond the level of clinical instructor
The chair of the department in which appointment or promotion is sought must write a letter certifying that the professional's credentials and qualifications are appropriate for the academic rank.
(3) Pharmacy education track criteria by rank level
(a) Assistant professor
(i) Promise of intent in teaching, as well as service and scholarly activity.
(ii) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is desired.
(b) Associate professor
(i) At least three hundred teaching, service and scholarly activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years. A minimum of sixty of the three hundred total units must be in the scholarly activity category.
(ii) Significant involvement in the education of pharmacy students and/or residents is required.
(iii) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is required.
(c) Professor
(i) At least four hundred fifty teaching, service and scholarly activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years. A minimum of one hundred fifty of the four hundred fifty total units must be in the scholarly activity category.
(ii) Significant involvement in the education of pharmacy students and/or residents is required.
(iii) Significant involvement and leadership in department and/or college committees.
(iv) National recognition in field of expertise, with a strong likelihood of maintaining such recognition.
(v) Experience in a mentoring and supervisory role is required.
(vi) Written attestation by department chair documenting teaching and scholarly excellence.
(4) Activities table - specific weightings for preceptor and pharmacy education track affiliated faculty
| Activity | Units | 3-year unit maximum | | --- | --- | --- | | Experiential pharmacy student and/or resident teaching | P1 preceptor - 5 units/student | 150 1 | | | P2 preceptor - 10 units/student | | | | P3 preceptor - 10 units/student | | | | P4 preceptor - 25 units / student month | | | | Resident preceptor 25 units / student month | | | Unstructured activities in pharmacy education (e.g. Curriculum planning or meetings; tutoring; review sessions; examination writing and review; collaborative work with other faculty on curriculum, assessment, instruction; assessment or observation of faculty teaching or precepting) | 1 per session 2 | 150 | | Structured teaching on clinical campus (e.g., lecture, grand rounds, ce presentation) | 5 per session | 150 | | Structured teaching at rootstown campus | 10 per session | 150 | | Recipient of teaching excellence award at the clinical campus and/or rootstown setting | 10 per award | 60 | | Professional development advising team | 10 per year | 30 | | Course leadership (e.g. Course director, clerkship director, course committees, module director) | 15 per year | 45 | | Co-investigator of a funded educational grant | 15 per grant | 90 | | Recipient or co-recipient of a funded educational grant | 50 per grant | 150 | | Other teaching activities as approved by the department chair so long as they are not in conflict with the specific activities and weightings set forth herein | | 30 | | Service | | | | Membership on hospital health care provider, or health agency committees | 5 per committee per year | 30 | | Member of university or college committee | 10 per committee per year | 90 | | Service to or membership on boards of regional or national pharmacy, medical, scientific, or public health organizations | 10 per board per year | 60 | | Chair of university or college committee | 15 per committee per year | 90 | | Activities that promote the health of the community or profession of pharmacy | 5 per activity per year | 15 | | Other service activities as approved by the department chair so long as they are not in conflict with the specific activities and weightings set forth herein | | 30 | | Research and scholarly activity | | | | Contributing investigator in a clinical trial or study | 5 per study | 30 | | Co-investigator of a funded research grant | 15 per grant | 90 | | Principal investigator or co-principal investigator of a funded research grant | 50 per grant | 150 | | Grants reviewer at a national level | 25 per organization | 150 | | Journal reviewer for a refereed journal | 5 per article reviewed | 60 | | Case report in a refereed journal | 10 per publication | 30 | | Published letter to the editor in a refereed journal | 5 per letter | 30 | | Member of editorial board-peer reviewed journal | 10 per board per year | 60 | | Writing an invited editorial in refereed journal | 15 per editorial | 90 | | Original publication in refereed journal | 25 per publication | 150 | | Publication of a review article | 25 per publication | 150 | | Publication of a book chapter | 50 per publication | 150 | | Publication of a book | 75 per publication | 225 | | Invited visiting professor and/or guest lecturer outside own university | 10 per presentation | 60 | | Editor refereed journal | 20 per journal | 120 | | Assistant editor refereed journal | 15 per journal | 90 | | Presentation at regional meeting | 15 per presentation | 60 | | Presentation at national meeting | 30 per presentation | 120 | | Consultant to externally funded grant, medical or scientific organization or site or department review | 5 per consultation | 30 | | Member of national consensus panel 3 | 20 per panel | 120 | | Scholarly consultation | 10 per project | 90 | | Other research and scholarly activities as approved by the department chair so long as they are not in conflict with the specific activities and weightings set forth herein | | 30 |
1 Clinical Associate Professor = 270 units may be claimed; Clinical Professor = 360 units may be claimed.
2 "Session." A period during which a faculty member is engaged in teaching activities usually an hour in length unless otherwise specified by department policy. Multiple units are not awarded when more than one learner is present.
3 National Consensus Panel. A group of professionals sponsored by a national organization who are charged with examining issues and arriving at general agreement on policy, methodology, or other important courses of action.
(I) Procedures for processing appointments
(1) Search committee
(a) The department chair will recommend members of a search committee for an authorized open non-tenure-track position to the dean. The dean will appoint the committee which will be advisory to the chair.
(b) A duly constituted department search committee shall function as the evaluating body for a candidate who is recruited through an appropriate search process.
(c) The search committee shall forward its recommendation to the following, in sequence, for review and recommendation: department chair, dean, and president. The president will transmit the recommendation to the board of trustees for final action.
(d) The dean, with the support of the office of faculty affairs, will notify the candidate and the department chair of the action of the board of trustees.
(2) No search committee
(a) In the case where no search committee is involved, positive recommendation from the department chair will be forwarded to the college appointment and promotion committee and the dean, except those appointments which are solely within the purview of the dean.
(b) The office of faculty affairs shall forward the recommendation to the college appointment and promotion committee who shall review the material and provide their recommendation to the dean.
(c) The dean will make his/her own recommendation and forward it and the recommendation of the college appointment and promotion committee to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(d) The dean will notify the candidate and the department chair of the action of the board of trustees, through the support of the office of faculty affairs.
(3) Affiliated faculty
(a) The faculty candidate must submit a completed "appointment or promotion application for non-tenure-track faculty", to the department chair.
(b) The department chair shall forward applications to the dean for candidates requesting appointments that are solely within purview of the dean.
(c) The department chair shall review the applications and submit his/her own recommendation, along with other application materials, to the college appointment and promotion committee by way of the office of the faculty affairs.
(d) The college appointment and promotion committee shall review the materials and provide their written recommendation to the dean that includes the record of the vote.
(e) The dean shall review the recommendation and materials forwarded by the college appointment and promotion committee and forward his/her own written recommendation along with the recommendation from the college appointment and promotion committee to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(f) The dean shall notify the candidate and the department chair of the action of the board of trustees, through the office of faculty affairs.
(J) Procedures for processing promotion
(1) Salaried faculty
(a) By June first:
(i) The candidate must notify the department chair of intent to apply for promotion. In the case of a department chair seeking promotion, notification will go to the dean.
(ii) The candidate must submit a list of suggested external evaluators to the department chair, for promotion to full professor only. In the case of a department chair or associate dean seeking promotion, the list of evaluators will go to the dean.
(a) External evaluators should be members of academia at or above the rank the candidate is seeking. Ideally, they are individuals in similar practice and/or research areas, and in similar administrative positions in the case of faculty administrators who seek promotion in rank.
(b) At least one of the suggested evaluators should be completely independent: individuals with whom the candidate has not had a working relationship as a colleague or collaborator over the past five years, or as a trainee or student over the past ten years.
(b) By June fifteenth:
A list of external evaluators will be identified by the candidate's department chair and shared with the candidate. This list may or may not include evaluators from the candidate's list.
(c) By June thirtieth, the list of evaluators will be finalized as follows:
(i) Candidate will review the list of evaluators and provide reasons in writing within five working days why any of the proposed evaluators should not be contacted.
(ii) The department chair, in consultation with the dean, will determine whether the challenge will be up-held and the evaluator removed from the list.
(iii) If an outside evaluator is removed from the list, another may be added and the same right to challenge will apply.
(d) By July first:
(i) The candidate shall submit one complete and verified copy of his/her promotion dossier to his/her department chair.
(ii) The candidate may personally solicit and submit with his/her promotion dossier additional letters of support (in addition to external evaluations solicited by the chair) but such letters will generally have less impact.
(iii) The department chair may choose to use electronic means for distribution of materials associated with this process.
(e) By July fifteenth, the department chair will:
(i) Determine the interest and willingness of the external evaluators to serve in this capacity and seek other evaluators if one or more decline.
(ii) Prepare packages containing:
(a) The candidate's promotion dossier;
(b) The university and college criteria for promotion; and
(c) A cover letter requesting an evaluation of the candidate's achievements, as compared to the aforementioned criteria, to be received by August fifteenth.
(iii) Request the candidate to:
(a) Verify that the package is accurate and complete and
(b) Sign a document waiving access to the external evaluators' evaluations.
(iv) Transmit all materials to the external evaluator, using electronic means if preferred.
(f) By September first:
(i) A candidate may withdraw their application for any reason on or before this date. Voluntary withdrawal cannot occur thereafter.
(ii) The department chair will submit an electronic copy of the candidate's promotion dossier and the letters received from external evaluators to the college appointment and promotion committee.
(g) By November first, the department chair shall:
(i) Review the promotion dossier and the external evaluator evaluations.
(ii) Submit to the college appointment and promotion committee chair by way of the office of faculty affairs: a written letter of recommendation, the promotion dossier, and all letters received from external evaluators.
(h) By December first:
The college appointment and promotion committee chair will forward a written document to the dean that includes the committee's recommendation, reasons therefore, and record of the vote by way of the office of faculty affairs. All other materials (promotion dossier, letter from the chair, letters from external evaluators) will also be forwarded to the dean.
(i) By December fifteenth, the dean will:
(i) Review the materials forwarded by the college appointment and promotion committee; and
(ii) Notify the candidate in writing of the following, through the assistance of the office of faculty affairs:
(a) His/her own recommendation and reasons therefore;
(b) The college appointment and promotion committee's recommendation; and,
(c) An explanation of the appeal process in the case of a negative recommendation.
(j) Appeal by the candidate
(i) By January first:
The candidate must notify the dean in writing of the intent to appeal or the right is waived. The appeal will be scheduled in January.
(ii) By February first:
(a) The dean may hear the appeal him/herself or may appoint a three-member appeal committee of salaried faculty to consider the matter.
(b) If appointed, the appeal committee will elect its own chair and will decide by a majority vote whether or not to recommend upholding the recommendation of the dean. A written report of the committee's deliberations and recommendation will be provided to the dean.
(c) The dean will review the appeal committee's recommendation along with all other materials forwarded previously.
(d) The dean will notify the candidate and the department chair in writing of his/her recommendation related to the appeal.
(k) By February first:
The dean will transmit all reports with his/her positive recommendations to the president.
(l) By February fifteenth:
The president will make the final decision and will forward positive recommendations for promotion to the board of trustees at its next meeting.
(m) Following board of trustees' approval:
(i) The president will notify the dean those candidates who have been approved for the award of promotion.
(ii) The dean shall notify the candidate and the department chair of the outcome of the board of trustees' action, through the office of faculty affairs.
(2) Affiliated faculty
(a) By September first:
(i) The candidate will submit a completed "appointment or promotion application for non-tenure track faculty" to his/her department chair.
(ii) The department chair will submit the completed application to the college appointment and promotion committee.
(b) By October first:
The college appointment and promotion committee will return the promotion application to the department chair along with a written document that includes the committee's recommendation, reasons therefore, and record of the vote.
(c) By November first, the department chair will:
(i) Review the recommendation from the college appointment and promotion committee and the completed promotion application.
(ii) Submit his/her own written letter of recommendation to the dean.
(d) By February first:
The dean will transmit all reports with his/her positive recommendations to the president.
(e) By February fifteenth:
The president will make the final decision and will forward positive recommendations for promotion to the board of trustees at its next meeting.
(f) Following board of trustees approval:
(i) The president will notify the respective college dean those candidates who have been approved for the award of promotion.
(ii) The dean shall notify the candidate and the department chair of the outcome of the board of trustees' action, through the office of faculty affairs.
(3) Joint promotions
(a) An application for joint promotion will always be initiated through the faculty member's primary department. Request for promotion to the secondary department will be initiated by the chair of the primary department.
(b) Promotion at equivalent rank for the secondary appointment is not automatic but depends on a positive recommendation from the chair of that department.
(K) Performance evaluations and procedures for processing reappointments and non-reappointments
(1) Salaried faculty
The performance of salaried faculty (those with full and part-time appointment types, as defined in Paragraph (K)(1) of this rule,) will be evaluated at least annually by the department chair or the chair's designee as appropriate using the university "faculty performance plan and evaluation" form. The evaluation will provide for constructive feedback to the faculty member.
(2) Affiliated faculty
(a) Affiliated faculty will be evaluated at least once every three years or more often at the discretion of the department chair.
(b) Evaluations will be conducted by the department chair or the chair's designee, as appropriate by:
(i) Requesting an activity report from the faculty member concerning college related activities; and
(ii) Reviewing the activity report using the initial appointment and promotion criteria as a guideline.
(c) Faculty will be notified in writing by March first of any intention to recommend non-reappointment.
(i) A faculty member who disagrees with an intention to recommend non-reappointment may request a meeting with the department chair within five business days of delivery of notification to determine if the matter can be resolved prior to notification of the dean.
(ii) After the meeting, the department chair will notify the faculty member and the dean of the final recommendation.
(iii) The department chair will forward recommendations concerning non-reappointments to the dean by March fifteenth.
(d) The dean's positive recommendations will be forwarded to the president by April fifteenth for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(e) In the event of non-reappointment, the final date of appointment will be June thirtieth of the same year.
Last updated September 27, 2024 at 9:27 AM
History
- Effective: June 11, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-71
(A) Purpose
To establish the name, membership, manner of membership selection and appointment; and to delineate the authority of the standing committees of the college of pharmacy.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Accreditation council for pharmacy education or ACPE." The accreditation council for pharmacy education is the accrediting body of the college of pharmacy.
(2) "Affiliated faculty." Faculty who do not meet the criteria established for core faculty. These faculty have roles that are generally limited to formal and informal teaching on a periodic basis. These faculty may or may not receive modest honoraria for their teaching contributions.
(3) "College." A college is a collective body of faculty who prescribe and conduct a course of study leading to the award of a degree or degrees. Herein, the college of pharmacy shall be "COP."
(4) "Core faculty." Core faculty are tenured, tenure track, and non-tenure track faculty who make a substantive contribution to the college and receive salary support from the college. The dean of the college has the discretion to designate other faculty as core faculty to promote the purposes of the college.
(5) "Dean." The dean is the chief academic and presiding officer of each of the respective colleges of the university. The authority and responsibilities of the deans are further defined in paragraph (E)(1)(4) of rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code.
(6) "Ex-officio members." These committee members will serve to advise and support the committee but do not vote.
(7) "Faculty standing committees." The faculty standing committees are appointed to represent the college faculty in interests related to the mission, role, and functions of the college. These committees shall develop policy and provide recommendations to the faculty for governance of the areas of academic business set forth herein. This appendix sets forth the purpose, composition, and other matters concerning admissions, the committee on academic and professional progress (including executive review), curriculum, outcomes assessment, pharmacy executive committee, student and faculty awards, and nontenure track faculty appointment and promotions committees. The charge, composition, and other matters governing university tenure and promotions committees are set forth in separate appendices to the bylaws.
(8) "Pharmacy executive committee." The pharmacy executive committee is a committee composed of the dean of pharmacy, associate deans, department chairs, and a COP representative, selected by the faculty that sets policy and determines overall strategic direction for the COP.
(C) Committees
(1) Name, function, and charges
The names, functions, and standing charges of the standing committees may be altered from time to time upon recommendation of the dean or the pharmacy executive committee, and a majority vote of the voting college core faculty.
Project charges should be sent to the standing committee chair/vice chair by August first. If adjustments need to be made based on the previous year's end-of-year report.
These modified charges should be sent to the standing committee chair/vice chair by September first.
(2) Subcommittees
The standing committees may develop such subcommittees as are necessary to conduct their business. Such subcommittees may include people other than standing committee members.
(3) Reporting
(a) All standing committees are advisory to the dean. Standing committees shall submit recommendations for substantive policy changes to the dean who will consult with the pharmacy executive committee.
(b) Standing committees shall submit a cumulative written report of its activities each academic year to the dean who will make the report available to the pharmacy executive committee for review or sooner if requested. Select committees listed in this paragraph will make regular reports to the college core faculty at each meeting, or at least quarterly.
(i) Admissions
(ii) Curriculum
(iii) Outcomes assessment
(iv) Pharmacy executive committee
(v) Student and faculty awards
(4) Meetings
(a) Meetings will be held at a time and manner that will promote participation.
(b) These meetings may be held either in person or via video conference and teleconference or by any other modality that will allow all the members to hear each other and participate at the same time.
(c) Any member may request that he/she be allowed to participate via electronic means. The committee chair will take reasonable measures to accommodate such requests.
(d) When meeting via electronic means, a member who wants to speak should identify him/herself.
(e) The college standing committees shall use Robert's rules of order newly revised to facilitate their meetings unless it conflicts with the bylaws.
(5) Voting
(a) Usually voting will take place at the meeting, whether the meeting is held in person or by electronic means. Voice votes are most common; however, written ballots may be used when requested.
(b) Votes may also be taken by mail or by email when a full vote of the membership is desired. The committee chair shall determine who has the right to vote and will send ballots only to those people who are voting members. Votes will be made by each committee member with the vice chair and the chair voting as the last two voting members of the committee. A majority vote is constituted by at least fifty-one per cent of the attending, voting members.
(6) Minutes
Minutes of the curriculum and outcomes assessment standing committees shall be kept as a to record of the actions of these committees for accreditation purposes. Minutes of all other standing committees are at the discretion of the committee.
(7) Nominations
(a) Faculty:
(i) By May first, the office of the dean shall notify all constituencies in writing of expiring terms of the committee members of the standing committees of the COP to solicit nominations for consideration. Self-nominations are encouraged and accepted and should be submitted to the COP department chairs. By June first, the department chairs will submit potential committee member candidates to the dean of the COP who appoints members of the standing committees after consultation with the pharmacy executive committee.
(ii) All committee members will be notified of their appointment, reappointment, or expiring terms by July first.
(iii) If a committee member should vacates their committee membership position during the committee appointment term, the respective department chair shall notify the office of the dean. If the standing committee's chair is aware of such a situation, they should notify the respective department chair. A call for nominations would go out to potential candidates. Self-nominations are encouraged and accepted and should be submitted to the respective COP department chair. New appointments shall be completed within two months.
(b) Student:
(i) Student nominations are different depending on the committee's responsibilities and the need for varying term lengths based on the committee's organization and workflow. The student nomination and selection process for each of the specific committees is listed below.
(a) Admissions committee: a call for nominations will go out to first-year pharmacy students at the college by April fifteenth. Students interested in serving on the admissions committee should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED office of student services within two weeks of the call for applications. These completed applications will be given to the pharmacy executive committee by May first for selection and appointment. Students will be notified of their appointment by July first.
(b) Committee of academic and professional progress (CAPP): a call for nominations will go out to second-year pharmacy students at the college by April fifteenth to be members of the student conduct council. Students desiring to be a part of the student conduct council should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED office of student services within two weeks of the call for applications. Two students will be chosen to be members of the student conduct council by an election in which second-year pharmacy students may vote. Students will be notified of their appointment to the student conduct council and then CAPP by July first.
(c) Curriculum outcomes assessment committee: a call for nominations for the student curriculum council will be sent to first year pharmacy students by October first. Students interested in serving on the student curriculum council should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED office of student services within two weeks of the call for applications. Two students will be chosen to be members of the student curriculum council by an election in which first-year pharmacy students may vote. One of these students will be assigned to the outcomes assessment committee while the other student will be assigned to the curriculum committee. These two students will be notified of their appointment to the student curriculum council and either the outcomes assessment committee or curriculum committee by December first.
(d) Student and faculty awards committee: a call for nominations will go out to the first-year pharmacy students at the college by October first. A call for nominations will go out to the second-year pharmacy students at the college by April fifteenth. A call for nominations will also go out to faculty at the same time. Students nominated by faculty members should be contacted by the college to determine their willingness to be considered for the committee. Students interested in serving on the committee should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED COP dean's office within two weeks of the call for applications. Student applications will be sent to the respective standing committee by November first for first-year students and May first for second-year students for committee selection by December first for first-year students and June first for second-year students. First-year students will be notified by December fifteenth and second-year students will be notified by July first of their appointment.
(ii) Committee chairs with student members should be notified at the same time as student members are notified of their appointment to the committee.
(iii) If a student is unable to fulfill their term on a given committee, the COP office of student success or the COP dean's office per the initial student nomination process should be notified and an immediate call for nominations should be made to the students based on the criteria for the committee's appointment needs (i.e., year in the doctor of pharmacy curriculum). New appointments shall be completed within two months.
(8) Membership
(a) Per the faculty bylaws, a committee is a body to which trust is committed. A committee is delegated responsibility to consider, to investigate, to take action on, or to report on important faculty matters.
(b) The membership of all committees shall reflect a cross-section of the college unless otherwise required by accrediting standards and guidelines or other governing law or regulation. Unless otherwise noted for a specific committee, each standing committee will have a chair and vice-chair appointed by the dean. These two leadership positions should represent both the department of pharmaceutical sciences and the department of pharmacy practice.
(c) Terms of appointment for faculty are normally three years beginning July first unless otherwise specified. Terms of appointment for student members vary depending on the standing committee to which the student is appointed.
(i) Admissions committee: student terms are normally two years beginning July first unless otherwise specified.
(ii) Committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP): student terms are normally two years beginning July first unless otherwise specified.
(iii) Outcomes assessment and curriculum committees: appointments for first year pharmacy students are usually made in December, with service extending through their fourth professional year.
(d) Following the restructuring of a committee's composition, terms may be initially staggered to provide continuity.
(e) Terms on a given committee are not limited to a set number of terms. Faculty members should discuss the need or desire to rotate off a current committee with their respective department chair.
(f) Members shall attend a minimum of eighty per cent of the regularly scheduled meetings of the committee. A member may be replaced prior to the completion of a term upon the request of the committee chair, with approval by the dean, when the member has failed to meet the attendance requirements.
(9) Notification
The COP dean shall appoint and reappoint all members. The COP dean's office will notify members in writing of committee appointments, reappointments, and removals by July first of each academic year unless a member is replacing a previous member mid-term.
(10) Quorum
A quorum for standing committee meetings consists of a majority of voting members present, whether attending in person or electronically, unless otherwise specified in the bylaws.
(11) Guests/expert consultants
Chairs of the standing committees may invite guests/expert consultants from another department, the university, or outside of the university to a committee meeting to provide specific insight and input into a committee's discussion to promote the purposes and goals of the committee. Guests/expert consultants are not members of these committees and do not have voting rights for these committees. They only serve to provide information as requested. Guests/expert consultants should be excused during private discussions of the standing committee and the voting process.
(D) Committee purpose and membership
(1) Admissions committee
The purpose of the COP admissions committee is twofold: to oversee the admissions process by setting guidelines for the selection of the college's students in accordance with all applicable requirements and standards on selection, the university board of trustees' admissions rule, and other rules promulgated by the university or college; and to ensure that the faculty has final responsibility for the selection of their respective students in order to make individual candidate recommendations to the dean.
(a) All voting non-student admissions committee members must be actively involved in the teaching or advising of COP students.
(b) Membership totals nine voting, two alternates, and three ex-officio, non-voting members:
(i) Three pharmaceutical sciences core faculty (voting);
(ii) Three pharmacy practice core faculty (voting);
(iii) Two second-year pharmacy students (non-voting unless due to an absence of a third-year pharmacy student member);
(iv) Two third-year pharmacy students (voting);
(v) One affiliated faculty who precepts COP students (voting);
(vi) Representative of the COP office of student success (ex-officio without vote); and
(vii) Director from the office of admissions and financial aid or their designee (ex-officio without vote).
(2) Cop committee on academic and professional progress (COP CAPP)
The COP committee on academic and professional progress (COP CAPP) reviews the records of students based on CAPP academic guidelines to evaluate academic performance, assess intellectual readiness, and review unprofessional behavior concerns. COP CAPP enforces specific guidelines for academic advancement, while also providing due process and an individual review of each student's situation based on CAPP academic guidelines. All COP CAPP meetings are private, and all material presented and discussed is confidential. Students may be required to attend COP CAPP meetings. Each student is considered individually, on a case-by-case basis and the student's entire record is evaluated. All committee deliberations and decisions will consider maintaining the quality of health education and the safety of the community.
(a) Decisions made by COP CAPP are recommendations to the dean and must be approved before decisions are released to students. The dean reserves the authority to approve, modify, or remand the decision back to the COP CAPP for additional review of a specific matter. The student will receive written notification of the committee's decision. Students who were dismissed by COP CAPP may appeal that decision to the CAPP executive review committee in accordance with the procedures and criteria set forth in the compass. Appeals will be heard by the CAPP executive review committee assembled at the time of the appeal, consistent with the voting and non-voting membership established in the compass.
(b) The membership totals six voting, one alternate, and three ex-officio, non-voting members:
(i) At least five core faculty members from the college. A minimum of two of the five will be from the department of pharmaceutical sciences and a minimum of two of the five will be from the department of pharmacy practice (voting);
(ii) One fourth-year pharmacy student (voting);
(iii) One third-year pharmacy student (non-voting unless there is an absence of the fourth-year pharmacy student member);
(iv) COP office of student success representative (ex-officio, non-voting, student advocate);
(v) CAPP administrative support personnel (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vi) University registrar (ex-officio, non-voting); and
(vii) To ensure quorum, a former member of the COP CAPP may be invited to attend the meeting and participate as a voting member (voting).
(3) Curriculum committee
The COP curriculum committee (CC) has decision-making and policy-making authority and is responsible for the administration of the curriculum.
(a) The CC will communicate curriculum changes to the students and faculty, in accordance with ACPE standards and guidelines.
(b) Membership totals seven voting, one alternate, and thirteen ex-officio, non-voting:
(i) Three pharmaceutical sciences core faculty (voting);
(ii) Three pharmacy practice core faculty (voting);
(iii) One first-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (ex-officio, non-voting);
(iv) One second-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (non-voting unless due to an absence of the third-year pharmacy student member);
(v) One third-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (voting);
(vi) One fourth-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vii) One pharmacy affiliated faculty member (ex-officio, non-voting);
(viii) Director of experiential education (ex-officio, non-voting);
(ix) Vice dean or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(x) Director of curriculum or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xi) Representative from the office of the registrar (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xii) Representative, COP office of assessment (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xiii) One curriculum coordinator, office of education (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xiv) Assistant director, COP (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xv) Assistant director for the learning center (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xvi) Chair or designee, outcomes assessment committee (ex-officio, non-voting); and
(xvii) Director of pharmacotherapy (ex-officio, non-voting).
(4) Outcomes assessment committee
The outcomes assessment committee (OAC) has decision-making and policy-making authority and is responsible for the evaluation of the curriculum.
(a) The OAC will communicate to the students and faculty changes regarding assessment, in accordance with ACPE standards and guidelines.
(b) Membership totals six voting, four alternates, and eight ex-officio, non-voting:
(i) Two or three pharmaceutical sciences core faculty (two votes );
(ii) Two or three pharmacy practice core faculty (two votes );
(iii) One first-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (ex-officio, non-voting );
(iv) One second-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (voting);
(v) One third-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (voting);
(vi) One fourth-year pharmacy student representative, student curriculum council (non-voting unless there is an absence of one of the other pharmacy student members);
(vii) One pharmacy affiliated faculty member (non-voting, ex-officio);
(viii) Vice dean or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(ix) Director of curriculum or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(x) Director of experiential education or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xi) Cop office of assessment representative (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xii) Chair or designee, curriculum committee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xiii) Director, office of institutional research and assessment or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting); and
(xiv) Assistant director, learning center, office of student services or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting).
(5) Pharmacy executive committee
The purpose of the pharmacy executive committee (PEC) is to set policy and strategy for the overall COP; assist in the rational allocation of resources; provide recommendations for COP committees, task forces, and groups; provide input concerning university issues of importance; assist in other matters of strategic and tactical importance to the COP. All matters will be executed in conjunction with the dean.
(a) Terms of membership will be ongoing and aligned with the member's role as a COP leader, of the college dean. Faculty representative will serve a three-year term.
(b) From time to time the membership of PEC may be modified to assure appropriate input and breadth of experience.
(c) PEC membership includes:
(i) Vice dean;
(ii) Chair, department of pharmaceutical sciences;
(iii) Chair, department of pharmacy practice;
(iv) Core faculty representative, as elected by the core faculty council who is responsible for preparing agenda items suggested by the faculty;
(v) Associate dean, student success and community pharmacy transformation;
(vi) Assistant dean of admissions, COP;
(vii) Director of experiential education;
(viii) Chair, COP administrative team;
(ix) Dean, COP who serves as chair; and
(x) Other individuals as designated by the dean.
(6) Student and faculty awards committee
The student and faculty awards committee is responsible for establishing criteria for student and faculty awards presented by the college.
(a) Membership totals nine voting and six ex-officio without vote:
(i) Two pharmaceutical sciences core faculty (voting);
(ii) Two pharmacy practice core faculty (voting);
(iii) One affiliated faculty member precepting NEOMED students (voting);
(iv) One first-year pharmacy student representative (voting);
(v) One second-year pharmacy student representative (voting);
(vi) One third-year pharmacy student representative (voting);
(vii) One fourth-year pharmacy student representative (voting);
(viii) Dean of students, academic affairs and student services (ex-officio non-voting);
(ix) Associate dean, student success and community pharmacy transformation(ex-officio, non-voting);
(x) Director of financial aid or their representative (ex-officio, non-voting);
(xi) Director of office experiential education (ex-officio, non-voting).
(7) Non-tenure track appointments and promotions committee
The non-tenure track appointments and promotions committee is a standing committee of the college and is responsible for evaluating materials for faculty appointment, mid-point review, and/or promotion using the criteria for appointment or promotion as provided in the NEOMED faculty bylaws COP appendix a, "procedures for appointment, promotion, reappointment, and evaluation of non-tenure track faculty." The committee is advisory to the dean of the COP.
The committee consists of six voting core faculty members who hold the rank of associate professor or professor and one ex-officio, non-voting member. Membership comprises:
(a) Four pharmacy practice core faculty (one which will be appointed by the dean as chair and another as vice chair);
(b) Two pharmaceutical sciences core faculty; and
(c) One representative of the office of the provost will serve as administrative support (ex-officio, non-voting).
Last updated August 17, 2026 at 10:13 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-26 COGS Procedures for the appointment, reappointment, and leaves of absence of faculty (Appendix A).
(A) Purpose
This rule of the university faculty bylaws sets forth the criteria and process for the appointment, promotion, evaluation, and reappointment of non-tenure track faculty in the college of graduate studies (COGS). This rule of the bylaws (bylaws) is designed to cultivate a diverse body of outstanding faculty that are engaged in graduate education. These bylaws define faculty ranks and status levels in COGS; eligibility for faculty appointment and promotion; the process for fair and orderly consideration of appointments, promotions, and reappointments; and mechanisms for the assurance of due process and good faith resolution of conflicts arising out of this rule.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to the appointment, promotion, reappointment, and leaves of absence for the non-tenure track faculty in COGS.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Adjunct." Adjunct faculty are those faculty who hold a primary faculty or professional appointment at an institution other than NEOMED, intend to contribute to graduate education through course instruction, or have been sought out to serve on a graduate student's thesis committee based on his or her expertise.
(2) "Dossier." A file containing the faculty member's documents submitted for consideration for promotion.
(3) "Full-time faculty appointment" or "full-time appointment." Full-time faculty are faculty who are so designated by the college or the university.
(4) "Joint faculty appointment" or "joint appointment." Non-tenure track appointment that is awarded to faculty for whom a portion of their salary is funded by COGS and who hold a faculty appointment in another college of the university.
(5) "Letter of offer." The letter of offer is a document initiated by the college and sets forth the conditions of employment. Any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's time in rank may be negotiated prior to appointment and will be documented in the letter of appointment. Any modifications to the letter must be in writing and agreed to by both parties. The letter of offer does not constitute a contract with university.
(6) "Limited faculty appointment" or "limited appointment." Appointments for faculty whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope and carry the prefix "research" or "visiting."
(7) "Notice of non-reappointment." Notice of non-reappointment is a written notification by the dean that the college intends to terminate a faculty member's appointment at a specified time.
(8) "Non-tenure track appointment." A non-tenure track appointment is a faculty appointment that does not include the eligibility to apply for tenure.
(9) "Part-time faculty appointment" or "part-time appointment." Faculty who receive regular supplemental payment from the college of graduate studies and whose full time equivalent to the college is less than one hundred per cent.
(10) "Time in rank." Time in rank refers to the minimum requirements that a faculty member with rank must meet before being considered for promotion to the next rank. Time in rank is calculated separately at each rank but may be compounded with an aggregate review of the applicant's dossier.
(11) "Program director." Program directors are responsible for the oversight of all aspects of a graduate program. The role must demonstrate a strong commitment to education. Program directors are appointed by the dean of the COGS and serve as the primary point of contact for academic matters concerning a graduate program.
(D) Academic appointments with graduate faculty rank
(1) The following academic ranks have been established for non-tenure track faculty who are appointed within COGS:
(a) Professor;
(b) Associate professor;
(c) Assistant professor; and
(d) Instructor.
(2) Designation of academic title
Academic titles include the academic rank and specialty or discipline designation. Academic rank shall not include other qualifiers except as indicated for limited and joint appointments and titles of distinction.
(3) Limited appointments
The following appointments may be awarded to persons whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope. For persons holding rank at another accredited university, the rank awarded will usually be consistent with the rank held at the primary university.
(a) Research appointments are for persons whose contributions to the college are primarily investigational. The prefix "research" is added to the rank.
(b) Visiting appointments are for persons from other universities who are temporarily involved in the programs of the college of graduate studies. The prefix "visiting" is added to the rank.
(4) Joint appointments
(a) These appointments may be awarded to individuals whose salaries are funded in part by COGS and who hold a faculty appointment in another college of the university. The college that supports the larger percentage of the faculty FTE will be considered the college of primary appointment.
(b) Joint appointments may be made only when a faculty member actively participates in the teaching or research of one or more colleges within the university to a significant degree and when such teaching or research is expected to be of long duration.
(c) Such appointments require the recommendation of the dean where the secondary appointment is sought and the concurrence of the dean where the primary appointment is held or sought. These appointments will be processed in accordance with the procedures outlined herein.
(d) The appointment will ordinarily be at the same rank as the appointment held in the primary college.
(e) An application for promotion will always be initiated through the faculty member's primary college in accordance with the procedures for that college.
(f) The equivalent promotion for the secondary appointment is not automatic but is predicated upon the positive recommendation of the college in accordance with the procedures for that college.
(g) Funding arrangements for joint appointments will be determined by the dean of COGS in collaboration with the other source of funding.
(5) Appointments solely within the purview of the dean
Recommendations for appointment in the following categories are typically reviewed and approved solely by the dean but may, at his or her discretion, be forwarded to the COGS appointments and promotions committee.
(a) Visiting appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the individual's qualifications or appointment at another accredited university; and
(b) Research appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the appointment an individual holds at another accredited university.
(E) Academic appointments with graduate faculty status
(1) Graduate faculty status
Graduate faculty status may be granted to a NEOMED faculty member whose primary faculty appointment is in another college of the university, and who does not hold a secondary faculty appointment within the COGS. These faculty will have an earned terminal degree or its equivalent in a professional field or specialty and have demonstrated scholarship within the candidate's field of expertise.
(2) Adjunct graduate faculty status
Adjunct graduate faculty are those faculty who hold a primary faculty appointment at an institution other than NEOMED, intend to contribute to graduate education through course instruction, or have been sought out to serve on a graduate student's thesis committee based on his or her expertise.
(3) Academic appointments with graduate faculty status are subject to periodic review for reappointment and non-reappointment, per paragraph (K) of this rule.
(4) Graduate faculty status levels
Graduate faculty are designated within three levels as defined in this paragraph and adjunct graduate faculty are designated within two levels, defined in this paragraph.
(a) The assignment of status level i, ii or iii to graduate faculty should be discussed with the program director or the dean/vice dean prior to applying. The level assignment is approved by the graduate faculty council with final approval by the dean of COGS.
(b) Activities and criteria for level i designation
Graduate faculty with level i designation must have earned a graduate or professional degree equal to or higher than the degree program in which they are teaching. They may be involved in any of the following activities:
(i) Teach graduate coursework;
(ii) Serve on a master's thesis committee;
(iii) Oversee student scholarly work (e.g., a capstone project).
(c) Activities and criteria for level ii designation
(i) Graduate faculty with level ii designation may engage in any of the following activities:
(a) Teach graduate coursework;
(b) Oversee student scholarly work (e.g., capstone project);
(c) Serve on a master's thesis committee or co-direct a master's thesis;
(d) Serve on a dissertation committee; and/or
(e) Co-direct a doctoral dissertation with an advisor.
(ii) Graduate faculty with level ii designation must meet the following criteria:
(a) Have prior experience in graduate education;
(b) Demonstrate creativity and competence in an appropriate field of research and scholarship via peer-reviewed publication; and
(c) Satisfy requirements for level one faculty.
(d) Activities and criteria for level three designation (adjunct graduate faculty are ineligible for level three designation)
(i) Graduate faculty with level iii designation may engage in the following activities:
(a) Direct a doctoral dissertation; or
(b) Participate in level i and/or level two activities.
(ii) Graduate faculty with level three designation must meet the following criteria:
(a) Have prior service experience on a doctoral dissertation committee;
(b) Hold a primary faculty appointment in the NEOMED tenure track (i.e., tenured or on track); and
(c) Satisfy requirements for level two faculty, or be appointed as a graduate program director.
(F) Titles of distinction
(1) Distinguished
(a) The title "distinguished" is a non-salaried designation of distinction conferred by the board of trustees upon an individual who has contributed significantly to the mission of the college. Distinguished titles may also be conferred upon individuals known nationally or internationally who have made significant contributions to his/her discipline. This title will be awarded in accordance with paragraph (N) of 3349-3-1 of the Administrative Code.
(b) The rank conferred would be preceded by the title "distinguished."
(c) Recommendations for the award of distinguished status may originate with the program director, dean, or the president.
(d) If the president concurs with the recommendation, it will be forwarded to the board of trustees for consideration.
(2) Emeritus
(a) The emeritus status policy of the board of trustees is reproduced here for informational purposes. This policy may only be amended by an action of the board of trustees.
(b) "Emeritus" status recognizes university faculty and professional senior administrative staff who have provided meritorious service to the university and have retired. The university recognizes the potential of emeritus faculty and senior administrators as a continuing valuable resource and is committed to fostering an active ongoing relationship with them through an extended academic appointment.
(c) A candidate for emeritus status will have demonstrated leadership and wisdom, will have given dedicated and distinguished service to the university for a minimum of ten years and, for faculty, have attained the rank of associate professor. Exceptions to the ten years and associate professor requirements can be made by the dean, president, or chair of the board of trustees for an individual who has made an outstanding contribution to the university during a briefer period of service or holds a rank below associate professor.
(d) Where possible, an emeritus faculty member would continue to contribute to the university community as appropriate.
(e) Procedures for nomination and selection
(i) Recognizing the significance of the designation of emeritus, the award of emeritus status will be limited in number.
(ii) A candidate may be nominated by his/her program director, dean, president or chair of the board of trustees.
(a) Faculty are nominated by the program director after discussion with the dean. The dean must approve faculty nominations.
(b) A program director or vice dean will be nominated by the dean.
(c) A dean or professional senior administrative staff will be nominated by the president.
(d) The president will be nominated by the board of trustees chair.
(iii) Except in the case of a board of trustees' nomination, the nominator must submit a current CV for the nominee and a letter of recommendation supporting:
(a) The nominee's qualifications in meeting the minimum criteria; and
(b) Three supporting letters of reference from other constituents, obtained by the nominator.
(iv) Completed nomination packets (including any and all letters, even of the advisory committee should one be established) should be forwarded to the office of the vice president for academic affairs (VPAA).
(v) The VPAA will confirm that the materials are complete and will present the materials to the president on behalf of the nominator.
(vi) The dean may choose to interview the faculty candidates and must approve faculty candidates before submission.
(vii) The designation of emeritus status is recommended by the president or board chair and awarded by formal resolution of the board of trustees.
(viii) The candidate will be notified of the board of trustees' approval and will be provided a copy of the board of trustees' resolution.
(f) Rights, responsibilities and privileges
(i) Individuals with emeritus status are expected to comply with all the policies, regulations and rules as stated in the appropriate university handbooks.
(ii) Contact the office of the VPAA for a complete listing of all rights, responsibilities and privileges.
(3) Honorary
(a) The title "honorary" is a non-salaried designation of distinction conferred by the board of trustees upon an individual who has contributed significantly to the mission of the college. Honorary titles may also be conferred upon individuals known nationally or internationally who have made significant contributions to his/her discipline.
(b) The rank conferred would be preceded by the title "honorary."
(c) Recommendations for the award of honorary status may originate with the program director, dean, or the president.
(d) If the president concurs with the recommendation, it will be forwarded to the board of trustees for consideration.
(4) Utilization of college resources by a faculty member holding a title of distinction will be individually determined by the dean.
(G) Basic principles for appointment, promotion and reappointment
(1) Appointment
(a) Appointment to the faculty is a privilege, not a right. Initial appointment is primarily based upon past performance with an expectation of continued contribution.
(b) The candidate has the right to a full, impartial and confidential review of the credentials submitted.
(c) Faculty with appointments in the COGS are expected to contribute to the teaching, scholarship, and/or service programs of the college in a manner consistent with the mission of the college and university and in accordance with the faculty member's letter of offer.
(d) Considerations may include:
(i) Possession of a terminal degree appropriate for the field of study or exceptions as justified by the dean;
(ii) Expertise in an appropriate academic field and evidence of dedication to continuing advancement of this field of knowledge;
(iii) Ability and dedication as an effective teacher;
(iv) Creativity and competence in an appropriate field of research and scholarship;
(v) Ability to assume responsibility for professional services and administration of health and/or academic services; and/or
(vi) Ethical, professional performance.
(e) A non-tenure track appointment is made with the expectation that it will continue until a notice of non-reappointment is given by either the faculty member or COGS in accordance with these bylaws, policies and procedures. Any time accrued under non-tenure track appointments will not count toward tenure track appointments or any probationary period, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
(2) Promotion
(a) There is no requirement that a faculty member be promoted after a given period of service in order to hold or maintain a given rank.
(b) Promotion may be made after the minimum time in rank and contributions commensurate with the higher rank have been achieved. The COGS appointments and promotions committee will consider any specific exceptions or requirements set forth in the faculty member's letter of offer or amendments thereto.
(c) In evaluating the candidate's performance, the weighting of the evaluation areas may vary. Consideration will be given to the mission of the college and the university and the demands of the appropriate discipline. Both quality and quantity of the faculty member's contribution will be taken into consideration.
(H) Structure and function of the COGS appointments and promotions committee
(1) The COGS appointments and promotions committee is a standing committee of the college.
(2) Composition and chair
(a) The committee consists of five faculty members engaged in graduate education appointed by the dean of COGS. The chair shall be designated by the dean. Committee membership may not include the dean or vice dean.
(b) A duly constituted COGS search committee shall function as the COGS appointments and promotions committee for a candidate who is recruited through an appropriate search process.
(3) Responsibilities
The COGS appointments and promotions committee will evaluate the materials in light of the criteria for appointment or promotion and will take into account any special consideration regarding the role, responsibilities and assignments of the faculty member as outlined in the faculty member's letter of offer and make recommendations to the dean of COGS.
(a) Evaluation
The committee, during its evaluation, may:
(i) Interview the candidate;
(ii) After notifying the candidate, interview the program director or other appropriate individuals;
(iii) Request any additional information pertinent to the evaluation; and
(iv) Seek external advice as it deems necessary.
(b) Recommendations
(i) The committee, by majority vote, will recommend one of the following and forward to the dean:
(a) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted;
(b) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion with a revised rank or title;
(c) Disapproval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted.
(ii) The committee will transmit the recommendation and the reasons therefore to the dean. The dean shall inform the candidate of the recommendation. In cases regarding faculty promotion, the candidate shall also be informed by the dean of the right to appeal the decision.
(I) Time in rank
(1) Instructor to assistant professor
There is no time in rank requirement after one year of service.
(2) Assistant professor to associate professor
(a) The minimum time in rank prior to consideration for promotion to associate professor is five years. In exceptional circumstances, if recommended by the program director and approved by the dean, a candidate may be considered prior to that time.
(b) Prior service may be counted toward the time in rank requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(3) Associate professor to professor
(a) The minimum time in rank prior to consideration for promotion to professor is seven years. In exceptional circumstances, if recommended by the program director and approved by the dean, a candidate may be considered prior to that time.
(b) Prior service may be counted toward this requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(J) Appointment and promotion general considerations
(1) Appointment
Initial appointment is primarily based upon past performance with an expectation of continued contribution at a level commensurate with the appointment.
(2) Promotion
(a) Promotions may be awarded after the minimum time in rank and contributions commensurate with the higher rank have been achieved.
(b) The committee will consider any specific exceptions or requirements set forth in the faculty member's letter of offer or any amendments thereto.
(c) In evaluating the candidate's performance, the weighting of the evaluation areas may vary. Consideration will be given to the mission of the college and the university and the demands of the appropriate discipline. Both quality and quantity of the individual's contribution will be taken into consideration.
(K) Appointment and promotion standards and documentation
Standards and documentation include, but are not limited to:
(1) Contributions to the educational program of the college
(a) The standard
Teaching is a central mission of COGS. A faculty member's teaching is reflected by students' achievements in the classroom, laboratory, research, and clinical arenas. Furthermore, teaching quality is documented by recognition and feedback from students, alumni and peer evaluation. Positive contributions to the learning environment and curriculum may support a faculty member's record of teaching.
(b) Documentation
(i) Evidence of teaching proficiency or excellence may include, but is not limited to, some combination of the sources listed in this paragraph. In joint teaching endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of each person's contributions.
(ii) Faculty members are expected to carry out teaching assignments made by the program director. Teaching of graduate students, pharmacy students, medical students, postdoctoral students (e.g., residents in training, fellows) in university-sponsored programs will be of primary importance.
(iii) Teaching of one's colleagues is recognized as a contribution to the educational program of the college. These activities include, but are not limited to, formal continuing education programs, scientific seminars, workshops, and conferences.
(iv) Teaching in other areas may be considered but will be given less weight.
(v) Educational activities include, but are not limited to: presentation of lectures, seminars and tutorials; preparation of syllabi, course and examination materials; remediation; academic advising; career guidance; obtaining external funding for educational activities; curriculum planning and meetings; tutoring; review sessions; examination writing and review; collaborative work with other faculty (curriculum, assessment, instruction); assessment or observation of faculty teaching or precepting; advising on thesis and dissertation committees, if qualified to do so in accordance with college bylaws.
(vi) All faculty members should demonstrate ability in presenting concepts and accurate and current information.
(vii) The extent and effectiveness of educational accomplishments will be evaluated through review of relevant evidence. Evidence may include: student performance on examinations; recognition of excellence in teaching; supervisor, peer, and student evaluations.
(2) Research and scholarship
(a) The standard
(i) Research is a central mission of COGS. Given the complexity and diversity of talent within the college, it is imperative that various kinds of academic work be recognized through a broad vision of scholarship. Scholarship includes, but is not limited to, the scholarship of discovery, integration, application and teaching. Scholarship is understood to include the traditional science of inquiry, investigation and experimentation known as research. Scholarship and research may also include participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent and technology transfer activities. Such work may be primarily supportive for promotion decisions. Clinical innovation and improvement activities done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional or national importance are important indicators of distinction and merit consideration. Regardless of the type of scholarship, it should possess the quality of excellence, be peer-reviewed and be disseminated in the public domain.
(ii) Creative scholarly activity includes both original research resulting from investigative work or other peer reviewed contributions to the professional and scientific literature. Faculty shall conduct original research and other scholarly activity. The hallmark of creative scholarly activity lies in the peer reviewed "written" word. By having their contributions published, faculty can make a lasting contribution to the body of professional and scientific literature. Written work which is not peer reviewed may support a faculty member's dossier, but by itself is insufficient evidence of excellence in scholarly activity. Oral presentations may provide additional support for a faculty member's dossier especially when completed in national or international venues.
(iii) Original research is studious inquiry or examination, especially critical and exhaustive investigation or experimentation that has as its aim revision of accepted conclusions, interpretations, theories, or laws in the light of newly discovered facts, or the practical applications of such new or revised conclusions, interpretations, theories or laws. Original research is often of an applied nature; therefore, it has potentially immediate usefulness to the profession and health sciences. Research may also be theoretical in nature; both applied and theoretical (basic) research are encouraged. The nature of research disciplines may range widely reflecting the diverse nature of graduate studies.
(iv) Faculty shall conduct research and other creative scholarly activity that clearly demonstrates high quality and conforms to the highest ethical and legal standards. Quality is stressed over quantity.
(b) Documentation
(i) Evidence of original research or other creative scholarly activities includes, but is not limited to, the sources listed below. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of each person's contribution.
(ii) Scholarly publications include, but are not limited to: abstracts, journal articles, books, chapters, monographs, case reports, literature reviews, annotated bibliographies, abstracts, editorials, technical reports or other technical items published in a professional journal.
Publications will be assessed in terms of quality and quantity and the candidate's role in the work. The quality of the publications will be evaluated by criteria such as: whether the publication was refereed; whether the publication was invited; the reputation and circulation of the journal or book or monograph; the scope of the periodical's audience; the number and nature of citations; originality, creativity and impact on the field; unsolicited independent reviews; or solicited outside professional reviews.
(iii) Scholarly presentations include, but are not limited to: lectures, poster presentations or educational displays at professional meetings, colloquia, workshops, seminars and conference presentations.
(iv) Scholarly consultation and support include, but are not limited to: design, measurement, evaluation and data analysis.
(v) Scholarly support includes support generated through grants, contracts and other sources.
(vi) Evidence of participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent and technology transfer activities.
(vii) Evidence of clinical innovation and improvements done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional, national or international importance.
(3) Professional standing and accomplishments
(a) The standard and documentation
(i) Evidence of professional standing may include, but is not limited to, some combination of the sources listed in this paragraph. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of each person's contributions.
(ii) Professional accomplishments include but are not limited to: degrees held; fellowships and post-doctoral experiences; professional licenses or certificates; board certification; honorary degrees; awards; honors; offices held in professional societies; invited membership in honorary societies; membership in professional societies; membership on editorial boards, editorship, journal reviewer, and grant reviewer.
(4) Service related to COGS, profession or community
(a) The standard
Service oriented to the needs of the college and the university are expected for faculty, regardless of rank and academic appointment.
(b) Documentation
(i) Service activities include, but are not limited to:
(a) Membership on committees for advisement and defense of capstone projects, thesis, and dissertations.
(b) Participation on university committees, boards or councils;
(c) Service to the community on program-related topics;
(d) Service to governmental bodies on program-related topics; and
(e) Planning, organizing, and implementing service projects for the college.
(f) Support for service activities generated through grants, contracts and other sources will be evaluated.
(L) Procedures for processing appointments and promotions for faculty with rank
(1) Appointment
(a) Appointments involving a search committee
(b) Where appropriate, the dean will appoint a search committee.
(i) A duly constituted COGS search committee shall function as the COGS appointments and promotions committee for a candidate who is recruited through an appropriate search process.
(ii) The search committee's recommendation will be forwarded for review and recommendation in sequence to the dean and president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(iii) The president or president's designee will notify the candidate of the action of the board of trustees.
(c) Appointments without a search committee
(i) In the case where no search committee is involved, the applicant will forward a curriculum vitae to the program director, who will then forward a recommendation to the COGS appointments and promotions committee, except those appointments which are solely within the purview of the dean.
(ii) Positive recommendations by the COGS appointments and promotions committee shall be forwarded to the dean.
(iii) The dean will make his/her own recommendation and forward it and the positive recommendation of the COGS appointments and promotions committee to the president.
(iv) Positive recommendations by the dean shall be forwarded to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(v) The president or president's designee will notify the candidate of the action of the board of trustees.
(d) Joint appointments
(i) The faculty candidate must submit a completed "application for joint appointment," a letter of support from the primary department chair, to the COGS appointments and promotions committee for consideration via the office of the vice president for academic affairs.
(ii) The chair of the COGS appointments and promotions committee will forward all positive recommendations to the dean.
(iii) The dean will make his/her recommendation and forward it with the positive recommendation of the COGS appointments and promotions committee to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action. The office of the vice president for academic affairs will assist with all transmittals and notifications.
(iv) After action by the board of trustees, the office of the VPAA will notify the candidate of the action of the board of trustees.
(2) Promotion
(a) By July first, a faculty member with a primary appointment in COGS shall notify the vice dean of the intent to stand for promotion.
(b) By August first, in the case of promotion to professor, additional letters of recommendation from at least two individuals who do not have a conflict of interest and who are mutually acceptable to the vice dean and the faculty member, and who are professionally qualified to render an opinion about the suitability of the candidate will be contacted by the vice dean and asked to submit letters of recommendation.
(c) By August first, faculty members seeking promotion shall submit one copy of the completed "promotion dossier for non-tenure track faculty" to the vice dean.
(d) By October first, the vice dean will forward the dossier, his or her letter of recommendation, and the external letters, if appropriate, to the COGS appointments and promotions committee via the office of the vice president for academic affairs.
(e) COGS appointments and promotions committee review
(i) By November first, the chair of the COGS appointments and promotions committee will forward its recommendations to the dean and carbon copy the vice dean.
(ii) In the case of positive recommendations, the dean will make his or her own recommendation and will forward it with the recommendation of the COGS appointments and promotions committee to the president.
(f) Appeal of a negative decision
(i) In the case of a negative decision by the COGS appointments and promotions committee, the candidate will be notified by the dean and be advised of his or her right to appeal the decision.
(ii) Within ten working days after receipt of the negative decision, the candidate may appeal to the dean in writing.
(iii) The dean will review all materials submitted and may either:
(a) Overturn; or
(b) Concur with the decision of the COGS appointments and promotions committee.
(iv) The dean will inform the candidate of the decision after completing the review.
(v) If the dean overturns a decision of the COGS appointments and promotions committee, he or she will notify the committee and provide his or her reasons therefore.
(vi) The decision of the dean is final.
(g) Review by the president
(i) The dean will forward positive recommendations to the president who will transmit them to the board of trustees.
(ii) After action by the board of trustees, the office of the VPAA will notify the candidate of the action of the board of trustees.
(M) Procedures for processing appointments for graduate faculty with status
(1) Appointments to the graduate faculty for faculty with status shall be for terms of three years. Terms shall begin on the fifteenth day of the month after each quarterly meeting of the NEOMED board of trustees (e.g., usually March, June, September and December). A written notification of appointment will be issued to newly appointed graduate faculty with the official starting date of the appointment.
(2) Appointment application and approval
(a) Candidates for appointment must submit a completed "graduate faculty appointment application" and a current curriculum vitae to the office of the dean, college of graduate studies.
(b) Candidates should designate on the application the program in which they desire to be appointed, if applicable.
(c) If applicable for a specific graduate program, all candidate applications will be forwarded to the appropriate program director for consideration by the respective program advisory committee.
(d) All non-program-based applications and positive recommendations by the program advisory committee for appointment status will be forwarded to the graduate faculty council for consideration.
(e) The graduate faculty council will forward all positive recommendations to the dean for review and recommendation.
(f) The dean will forward all positive recommendations for appointments to the office of the VPAA for transmittal to the president and board of trustees for final action.
(g) After action by the board of trustees, the office of the VPAA will issue a notification of appointment to newly appointed faculty on behalf of the dean of COGS.
(N) Procedures for reappointments and non-reappointments for faculty with graduate faculty status
(1) Reappointment to the graduate faculty is not automatic and is based on a review of activity that has been sustained during the prior three-year review period.
(2) The decision to renew a faculty appointment will be based upon the activities of the faculty member since the last review and the needs and resources of the college or its programs. Appointment status levels may be adjusted during the reappointment process.
(3) A recommendation for non-reappointment is not considered a dismissal for cause, and as such cannot be appealed except as set forth in this paragraph.
(4) All graduate faculty will be evaluated at least every three years, and may, at the discretion of the dean, be evaluated more often using the following procedure.
(a) The vice dean (for non-program-based faculty) or appropriate program director will request an activity report from the candidate concerning college-related activities, will review those reports, and notify the candidate in writing by March first of the intention to recommend non-reappointment.
(b) Appeal of non-reappointment
(i) A candidate who disagrees with the intention to recommend non-reappointment may request a meeting with the vice dean (for non-program-based faculty) or appropriate program director within five business days to determine if the matter may be resolved prior to notification of the dean.
(ii) After the meeting, the vice dean (for non-program-based faculty) or appropriate program director will notify the candidate and the dean of the final recommendation.
(5) The vice dean (for non-program-based faculty) or appropriate program director will forward recommendations concerning non-reappointments to the dean by March fifteenth, with a copy to the office of the VPAA.
(6) The dean's recommendations for reappointment will be forwarded to the president by May first for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action, via the office of the VPAA.
(7) In the event of non-reappointment, the final date of appointment will be June thirtieth of the same year.
(8) Faculty whose non-reappointment extends beyond six months must use the established appointment procedures in order to rejoin the faculty.
(O) Procedures for annual evaluation for graduate faculty with rank
Non-tenure track faculty employed, either full or part-time by the university, shall be evaluated at least annually according to the university faculty evaluation process.
(P) Faculty leave of absence
(1) Graduate faculty with rank
(a) Faculty are employees of the university and are expected to follow the leave policies and procedures as outlined in the employee handbook and administered by the department of human resources of the university.
(b) Faculty who have their appointment in COGS may request a leave of absence from their academic responsibilities from the dean. If they hold a joint faculty appointment, the COGS dean will notify the dean of the college in which the faculty member holds the joint appointment.
(c) Leaves of absence approved by the dean will be forwarded to the office of the vice president for academic affairs for inclusion in the faculty member's official file.
(2) Graduate faculty with status
(a) A graduate faculty member may request a leave of absence when the faculty member is expected to be absent from activities for greater than six months, not to exceed two years. If a faculty member is expected to be absent from their faculty role in the college in excess of two years, he/she must apply for a new appointment.
(b) A request for a leave of absence shall be made by the faculty member to the dean for approval.
(c) At the request of the faculty member, the dean may, in his or her discretion, defer the review of the faculty member for reappointment until the next subsequent three-year review cycle.
(d) Leaves of absence approved by the dean will be forwarded to the office of the VPAA for inclusion in the faculty member's file.
Last updated September 27, 2024 at 9:34 AM
History
- Effective: January 22, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-27 Appendix A - college of dentistry procedure for appointment, promotion, reappointment, and evaluation of non-tenure track faculty.
(A) Definitions
(1) "Affiliated faculty." A non-tenure track faculty member who is non-salaried or whose primary role is not as a faculty member. These faculty have roles that are generally limited to formal and informal teaching on a periodic basis.
(2) "Board certification." Certification received by a dentist who has passed the certification and applicable mandatory recertification examinations of their respective dental specialty certification board.
(3) "Candidate." An individual who is requesting review of their credentials for appointment and promotion.
(4) "College." The college of dentistry may be referred to as the "college" or "COD" for purposes of this rule.
(5) "College appointment and promotion committee." Committee appointed by the dean to consider appointment and/or promotion and make recommendations to the dean.
(6) "Curriculum vitae (CV)." The curriculum vita is one of the documents submitted by the candidate for consideration by external evaluators. Suggested items include information on teaching, research and scholarly pursuits, academic and professional/public service, and the practice of dentistry.
(7) "Days." Days, as used in this rule, are working days.
(8) "Development plan." A document describing the proposed activities in teaching, service, and scholarly activity in which a faculty member is currently engaged or planning to engage over the next academic year(s).
(9) "External evaluator." An external evaluator is an individual who is external to the university and is qualified to assess the candidate's achievements and reputation.
(10) "Full-time faculty appointment" or "full-time appointment." Full-time faculty are faculty who receive a full-time salary from:
(a) The university;
(b) An associated or affiliated teaching hospital, healthcare provider, or health agency; or
(c) A combination of the sources listed in paragraphs (A)(10)(a) and (A)(10)(b) of this rule.
(11) "Joint appointment." Non-tenure track appointment that is awarded to faculty who already hold an academic appointment within the university.
(12) "Letter of offer." The letter of offer is a document initiated by the college and sets forth certain conditions of the offer of employment but does not constitute a contract. Any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's time in rank may be negotiated prior to the offer and will be documented in the letter of offer. Any modifications to the letter must be in writing and agreed to by both parties.
(13) "Limited faculty appointment." Appointments for faculty whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope and carry the prefix "adjunct," "research," or "visiting."
(14) "Mentor." A faculty member who has formally agreed to serve as an advisor and who helps another faculty member reach his/her personal and/or professional goals.
(15) "Midpoint Review." A formal evaluation of a candidate's midpoint review dossier that occurs approximately halfway through the candidate's promotion cycle. The formal evaluation may include interviews with the candidate, mentor or equivalent representative and provides written guidance on progression toward promotion and recommendations for future activities.
(16) "Midpoint review dossier." A file containing the candidate's documents submitted for midpoint review. The file must include a current and complete curriculum vitae, a letter of offer, (if applicable), documented activities in teaching, service, and scholarly activity, a self-reflective narrative evaluation of performance and accomplishments, and a development plan.
(17) "Notice of non-reappointment." A notice of non-reappointment is a written notification by the dean that the college intends to terminate a faculty member's appointment at a specified time.
(18) "Non-tenure track position." A faculty appointment that does not include the eligibility to apply for tenure.
(19) "Part-time appointment." Faculty with part-time appointments are those who receive regular supplemental payment from the university, an associated or affiliated teaching hospital, healthcare provider and/or health agency for part-time activity carried out under the auspices of the university.
(20) "Dental education appointment." One of two types of affiliated appointments referring to university employees outside of the college of dentistry who contribute to the development, implementation, administration, assessment, and/or evaluation of curricular offerings within the college.
(21) "Preceptor appointment." One of two types of affiliated appointments referring to individuals who are not university employees and are either residents (clinical instructor) or individuals involved in experiential teaching at their sites of employment (clinical assistant professor, clinical associate professor, or clinical professor).
(22) "Promotion dossier." A file containing the candidate's documents submitted for consideration for promotion. The file must include a current and complete curriculum vitae, documented activities in teaching, service, and scholarly activity, a self-reflective narrative evaluation of performance and accomplishments.
(23) "Salaried faculty." A tenured, tenure track, or non-tenure track faculty member that is full-time, part-time, or co-funded and whose primary role is as faculty.
(24) "Unit." A standard measurement used to calculate credits toward faculty rank.
(25) "Provost and senior vice president for academic affairs." The chief academic officer of the university (hereinafter may be referred to as provost).
(B) Academic ranks and appointment types
(1) The following academic ranks have been established for non-tenure-track faculty:
(a) Professor;
(b) Associate professor;
(c) Assistant professor, and
(d) Instructor.
(2) Faculty appointments are subject to periodic review for reappointment and non-reappointment with all the rights and responsibilities as set forth in rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code. They may or may not have a limiting prefix.
(3) Limited appointments
The following appointments may be awarded to persons whose academic contributions to the college are limited in time or scope. For persons holding rank at another accredited institution of higher education, the rank awarded will usually be consistent with the rank held at the primary institution.
(a) "Adjunct appointments" are for persons whose academic contributions to the college are primarily teaching and for whom another category of appointment is not appropriate. The prefix "adjunct" is added to the rank.
(b) "Research appointments" are for persons whose contributions to the college are primarily investigational. The prefix "research" is added to the rank.
(c) "Visiting appointments" are for persons from other institutions who are temporarily involved in programs of the college of dentistry or for college supported residents or fellows (instructor rank). The prefix "visiting" is added to the rank.
(4) Joint appointments
(a) These non-tenure-track appointments may be awarded to faculty who already hold an academic appointment within the university.
(b) Joint appointments may be made only when a faculty member participates in teaching, service, or scholarship in a department, other than the faculty member's primary department, to a significant degree and when such teaching or scholarship is expected to be of long duration.
(c) Such appointments require the recommendation of the chair of the department in which the secondary appointment is sought. The chair of the faculty member's primary department must concur.
(5) Resident/fellow appointments
A resident or fellow who teaches dental students may be eligible for rank as instructor. This appointment is considered temporary and will automatically terminate upon the completion of the training program. Residents or fellows who are employed by the university will have "visiting instructor" appointments while those who are employed elsewhere will have "clinical instructor" appointments.
(6) Appointments solely within the purview of the dean
The dean, working with the support of the office of the provost, shall solely review and approve recommendations for appointment in the following categories upon recommendation by the department chair in whose department the appointment is sought. The dean may, at his/her discretion, forward an application to the college appointment and promotion committee.
(a) All appointments at the rank of instructor;
(b) Preceptor track appointments at the rank of clinical assistant professor;
(c) Adjunct or research appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the appointment the faculty member holds at another accredited institution of higher education;
(d) Visiting or adjunct appointments, if the recommended rank is consistent with the faculty member's qualifications or appointment at another accredited institution of higher education or commensurate with experience and seniority if the faculty member holds an appointment in industry, a federal agency or a similar environment;
(e) Retired appointments.
(C) Titles of distinction
The university may confer titles of distinction including "emeritus" and "distinguished" for qualified faculty in accordance with the university faculty bylaws and emeritus status policy.
(D) Basic principles for appointment, promotion and reappointment
(1) Appointment
(a) Appointment to the faculty is a privilege, not a right. Initial appointment is primarily based upon past performance with an expectation of continued contribution at a level commensurate with the appointment description and rank as described in paragraph (G) of this rule.
(b) The candidate has the right to a full, impartial, and confidential review of the credentials submitted.
(c) Faculty with non-tenure-track appointments are expected to contribute to the teaching, scholarship, and/or service programs of the college in a manner consistent with the mission of the respective department and in accordance with the candidate's letter of offer.
(d) Considerations include, but are not limited to:
(i) Possession of an appropriate terminal degree or exceptions as justified by the candidate's department chair and approved by the dean and provost;
(ii) Expertise in an appropriate academic field and evidence of dedication to continuing advancement of this field of knowledge;
(iii) Ability and dedication as an effective teacher;
(iv) Creativity and competence in an appropriate field of research and scholarship;
(v) Ability to assume responsibility for professional services and administration of health and/or academic services; and
(vi) Ethical, professional performance.
(e) A non-tenure-track appointment is made with the expectation that it will continue until a termination notice is given by either the candidate or the college of dentistry in accordance with the rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code. Any time accrued under non-tenure-track appointments will not count toward appointment or any probationary period on the tenure track.
(2) Promotion
(a) A candidate is encouraged to apply for promotion after a minimum time in rank. A candidate is required to submit a midpoint review for promotion to the college appointment and promotion committee. The midpoint review process will enable the committee to review the candidate's development plan, midpoint review dossier, and supporting materials to provide written recommendations for continued performance improvement in regard to promotion.
(b) Promotion may be made after the minimum time in rank and contributions commensurate with the higher rank have been achieved. The college appointment and promotion committee will consider any specific exceptions or requirements set forth in the candidate's letter of offer or amendments thereto.
(c) In evaluating the candidate's performance, the weighting of the evaluation areas may vary. Consideration will be given to the mission of the department and the demands of the appropriate discipline. Both quality and quantity of the individual's contribution will be taken into consideration.
(3) Reappointment
(a) Reappointment to the faculty is not automatic.
(b) The decision to renew a faculty appointment will be based upon the activities of the faculty member since the last review and the needs and resources of the college.
(c) Once a candidate has achieved a rank level, the candidate will not be reduced in rank.
(d) A recommendation for non-reappointment is not considered a dismissal for cause, and as such cannot be appealed.
(E) Structure and function of the college appointment and promotion committee ("committee")
(1) Composition
The committee consists of six voting core faculty members and one ex-officio, non-voting member appointed as described in rule 3349-3-74 of the Administrative Code. While it is preferable to draw all committee members from the college faculty, the dean may in his/her discretion appoint qualified faculty from outside the college.
(2) Responsibilities
(a) Midpoint review
(i) The committee will evaluate the candidate's development plan, midpoint review dossier, and any supporting material in light of the criteria for appointment and promotion, taking into account any special considerations regarding the role, responsibilities, and assignments of the candidate as outlined in the candidate's letter of offer, and provide written recommendations regarding areas for continued growth and improvement in order to prepare for consideration for promotion.
(ii) Evaluation - the committee, during its evaluation, may:
(a) Interview the candidate;
(b) Interview the candidate's mentor, and/or equivalent representative;
(c) Request any additional information pertinent to the evaluation; and
(d) Seek confidential external advice, if the candidate signs a waiver, as it deems necessary.
(iii) Recommendations. The committee will provide, in writing, guidance regarding the candidate's midpoint review dossier and recommended areas for continued growth and improvement to prepare for consideration for promotion in accordance with time in rank requirements. The written guidance will be provided to the candidate and the department chair. This written recommendation will include the following:
(a) Feedback on the contents of the midpoint review dossier (e.g., items missing or extraneous; items needing further clarification);
(b) Areas in which the candidate currently meets criteria for promotion;
(c) Areas in which the candidate currently is deficient in regard to the criteria for promotion. This should include recommendations and/or examples for which the criteria for promotion is not currently met and how criteria can be achieved;
(d) Consideration for resubmission of the midpoint review. If the committee determines that significant deficiencies exist in the candidate's midpoint review dossier, the committee may recommend resubmission in order to assess continued progress towards the requirements for promotion. This should include a specific ttime line in which the midpoint review should be resubmitted to the committee.
(iv) Timeline
(a) The candidate is required to undergo a midpoint review process approximately halfway through their promotion cycle. This would be at the completion of either year two or three for candidates at the assistant professor rank applying for promotion to associate professor and at the completion of either year three or four for candidates at the associate professor rank applying for promotion to professor.
(b) There will be two midpoint review cycles; summer cycle and winter cycle. The candidate will submit a letter of intent for midpoint review by June first for the summer cycle or by December first of the winter cycle during academic year in which he/she will undergo the midpoint review.
(c) The candidate will submit his/her development plan, midpoint review dossier, and supporting materials by July first for the summer cycle or January first for the winter cycle during the academic year in which he/she will undergo the midpoint review.
(d) The committee will provide written recommendations for further growth based on the candidate's midpoint review by no later than December thirty-first for the summer cycle and by no later than June thirtieth for the winter cycle. The recommendations should include feedback completed prior to the candidate's annual evaluation review and workload development for the next academic year.
(b) Promotion
(i) The committee will evaluate the promotion dossier in light of the criteria for appointment and promotion, taking into account any special considerations regarding the role, responsibilities and assignments of the candidate as outlined in the candidate's letter of offer, and make recommendations to the dean of the college of dentistry.
(ii) Evaluation. The committee, during its evaluation may:
(a) Interview the candidate;
(b) Interview the department chair or other appropriate faculty members, after notifying the candidate;
(c) Request any additional information pertinent to the evaluation; and
(d) Seek confidential external advice, if the candidate signs a waiver of access to the advice, as deemed necessary.
(iii) Recommendations. The committee, by majority vote, will recommend one of the following and forward to the dean:
(a) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted;
(b) Approval of the request for appointment or promotion with a revised rank or title;
(c) Disapproval of the request for appointment or promotion as submitted. The committee will transmit the recommendation and the reasons therefore to the dean and the department chair.
(iv) Recommendations
Committee recommendations are forwarded to the dean to review when evaluating the materials to develop his/her recommendation regarding promotion. The dean may accept or reject the recommendation of the committee and the timeline shall proceed as described in paragraph (J) of this rule.
(F) Salaried faculty - requirements and time in rank
(1) Requirements
The required levels of development for candidates are classified as follows:
(a) Intent level
The level of intent describes a candidate who is in the planning stages of developing a teaching portfolio, service record, and scholarly activity documentation.
(b) Pursuit level
The level of pursuit describes a candidate who is actively developing or engaging in their teaching activities, service requirements, and scholarly activity. Quality of the activities will be weighted more than the quantity of activities. It is recognized that faculty roles and responsibilities change over time. Pursuit level provides credit for services or activities that were developed or engaged in, but are no longer active, and new activities. Pursuit in teaching should demonstrate a progression of teaching with a clearly developed teaching philosophy. Candidates should engage in service as an active participant and consider stepping into leadership roles. Scholarly activities must include at least one peer-reviewed publication outlined in paragraphs (G)(2)(b)(i)(a) and/or (G)(2)(b)(i)(b) of this rule.
(c) Acquisition level
The level of acquisition describes a candidate who is engaged in sustained activity with national or international recognition by their colleagues with a teaching portfolio that includes a clear teaching philosophy and evidence of consistent, quality performance in all teaching activities; service activities reflect consistent quality contributions and should include leadership roles; and a scholarly activity portfolio that is well established and reflects consistent, quality contributions, and must include contributions outlined in paragraphs (G)(2)(b)(i)(a) and/or (G)(2)(b)(i)(b) of this rule.
(2) Ranks
(a) Assistant professor
Candidates qualified for this rank are competent to; demonstrate intent by developing a practice, if appropriate for their position and institution, fulfilling teaching and service responsibilities, and beginning to build professional/public service and scholarly activity experience.
(b) Associate professor
Candidates appointed to or promoted to this rank demonstrate evidence of pursuit in all three areas (e.g., teaching, service, and scholarly activity). These candidates fulfill their faculty responsibilities and are recognized as active participants at the college and their practice sites, if applicable.
(c) Professor
Candidates appointed to or promoted to this rank demonstrate a level of acquisition in all three areas (e.g., teaching, service, and scholarly activity). These candidates should be recognized as leaders at their practice site (if applicable), college and/or university, region, state, and on the national or international level.
(3) Time in rank
(a) Assistant professor to associate professor
(i) The minimum time in rank prior to promotion to associate professor is five years. In exceptional circumstances, if recommended by the department chair and approved by the dean, a candidate may be considered prior to that time.
(ii) Prior service may be counted toward the time in rank requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(b) Associate professor to professor
(i) The minimum time in rank prior to promotion to professor is seven years. In exceptional circumstances, if recommended by the department chair and approved by the dean, a candidate may be considered prior to that time.
(ii) Prior service may be counted toward this requirement if specified in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(c) Upon the recommendation of the department chair and with the concurrence of the dean, exceptions to the considerations outlined herein may be granted.
(G) Salaried faculty - appointment and promotion standards and documentation
Standards and documentation for initial appointment and promotion include but are not limited to:
(1) Contributions to the educational program of the college
(a) The standard
Teaching is a central mission of the university and its component colleges. A candidate's teaching quality is documented by evidence of clear teaching philosophy, review of teaching materials, recognition and feedback from students, alumni and peers. Positive contributions to the learning environment and curriculum may also support a candidate's record of teaching.
(i) Faculty are expected to carry out teaching assignments made by the department chair. Teaching of dental students, medical students, graduate students and post graduate students, and fostering interprofessional education in university-sponsored programs will be of primary importance.
(ii) Teaching of one's colleagues and other health professionals in university-sponsored programs is recognized as a contribution to the educational program of the university and/or college. These activities include, but are not limited to, formal continuing education programs, faculty development programs, scientific seminars, workshops, and conferences. Teaching in other areas may be considered but will be given less weight.
(iii) The faculty member should demonstrate substantial ability in presenting concepts and information, teaching problem solving, research and laboratory techniques, developing professional attitudes, evaluating students and conducting remediation, innovative curriculum and teaching initiatives, and nationally or internationally prominent educational activities.
(b) Documentation
(i) Evidence of teaching at either the level of pursuit or acquisition may include, but is not limited to, the sources listed below. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of the individual's contributions. Such contributions include, but are not limited to:
(a) Honors or special recognitions for teaching accomplishments (e.g., master teacher guild, faculty of the year award);
(b) Peer evaluations of expertise in instruction;
(c) Effectiveness shown by a representative sample of student evaluations and accomplishments across multiple years;
(d) Evidence of innovation in course or curriculum development, pedagogical strategies and/or assessment methods;
(e) Evidence of diverse student performance opportunities;
(f) Election to offices, committee activities and other important service to professional pedagogical associations and learned societies including editorial work and peer review as related to teaching;
(g) Demonstration of scholarly and/or theoretical underpinnings related to teaching.
(ii) There must be evidence that the candidate is engaged in educational activities that are appropriate to their appointment. Such activities include, but are not limited to:
(a) Role as a course director, co-director or preceptor;
(b) Presentation of seminars, tutorials, or use of active learning or innovative teaching models;
(c) Preparation of syllabi, course and examination materials, and remediation;
(d) Academic aadvising and career guidance;
(e) Obtaining external funding for educational activities;
(f) Service on and recognition by national educational bodies are also important aspects of teaching excellence.
(2) Scholarly activity
(a) The standard
Scholarly activities are central to the mission of the university and is an expectation of all faculty. Given the complexity of the university and its component colleges and the great diversity of talent within, it is imperative that various kinds of work be recognized through a broad vision of scholarship. Scholarly activity includes, but is not limited to, the scholarship of discovery, integration, application and teaching/learning. Scholarship is understood to include the traditional science of inquiry, investigation and experimentation known as research. Scholarly activity may also include participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent and technology transfer activities. While clinical care alone is insufficient to merit promotion, clinical innovation and improvement activities done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional or national importance are important indicators of distinction.
(i) The scholarly activity of non-tenure track faculty in the college of dentistry is more likely to focus in the categories of integration, application, and teaching and learning as compared to the scholarship of discovery. Scholarship of integration involves the synthesis and interpretation of information across disciplines in a way that brings new meaning to those facts, presentations and/or publications, among others. Scholarship of application seeks to address social problems or make information or ideas accessible to the public. Finally, scholarship of teaching and learning involves discovery, evaluation and transmission of information about the learning process.
(ii) For scholarly activity to have value, it must be distinguished from other aspects of the candidate's service roles and other day-to-day activities. Key aspects that distinguish activities as scholarly activity are that they must reflect one's professional and/or academic expertise, be disseminated outside of one's institution, and engage or be reacted to by peers external to one's institution.
(iii) Clinical innovation and improvement performed in a scholarly fashion and acknowledged to be of regional, national and international importance are additional evidence of readiness for promotion.
(iv) Activity that clearly demonstrates high quality and conforms to the highest ethical and legal standards. Quality is stressed over quantity.
(v) Standards and expectations for scholarly activity may differ from one field to another.
(vi) Research collaborations. These include, but are not limited to collaborations between departments, colleges and universities regionally, nationally or internationally.
(vii) Research consultations. These include, but are not limited to, providing consultation in study design, data analysis, measurement and evaluation.
(viii) Intellectual property development and activities in support of technology transfer and commercialization.
(b) Documentation
Evidence of scholarly activities includes, but is not limited to, the sources listed in this paragraph. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the extent of the individual's contribution.
(i) Dissemination of scholarly activities includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Articles, abstracts, and other scholarly works published by reputable journals, scholarly presses, publishing houses, or other similar media that accept works after rigorous review and approval by peers in the disciplines;
(b) Scholarly reviews, books, book chapters and case reports which are peer reviewed;
(c) Presentation of scholarly activities before professional, scientific, and educational societies;
(d) Published correspondence in scientific and/or professional publications;
(e) Monographs and/or technical reports which are peer reviewed;
(f) Publications which do not undergo a peer review process may be considered as scholarship but must be accompanied by other scholarly activities listed in paragraphs (G)(2)(b)(i)(a) to (G)(2)(b)(i)(e) of this rule.
(ii) Grants and contracts related to research and other scholarly activities.
(a) Competitive extramural funding from the federal/state government and national/state foundations.
(b) Extramurally funded investigator-initiated research, (e.g., industry sources).
(c) Extramurally funded research without peer review.
(d) Industry sponsored research with protocol developed by funding source.
(e) Competitive intramural funding.
(iii) AAcknowledgment of research and scholarly activities.
(a) Membership on editorial boards, study section review panels, or grant selection committees; documentation of activities performed while holding these positions must be provided for consideration.
(b) Election to offices, committee activities, and important service to professional associations and learned societies, including editorial work and peer reviewing as related to research and other creative scholarly activities.
(c) Honors and awards for research or other creative activities.
(d) Consultant activities in state, national, and international groups engaged in scholarly activity endeavors; evidence of competitive selection is advantageous.
(e) Dissemination of new practice methods (patient care and managerial) outside of one's institution; evidence of peer review and/or measurable impact on patient care is essential.
(f) Publication or dissemination of peer reviewed software for patient care, practice or basic research.
(g) Invitations to testify before government groups concerned with research or creative scholarly activities; evidence of impact is advantageous.
(h) Membership on important professional expeditions or membership on healthcare teams that are involved in development projects; evidence of competitive selection processes is advantageous.
(i) Fellowships for research or practice related scholarly activities or selection for tours of duty at special institutes for advanced learning; evidence of a competitive selection process is advantageous.
(3) Service
Both the university and the college of dentistry are charged with the responsibility of developing and carrying out a high-quality educational program. A crucial element of that responsibility is a service program responsive to the larger society that sustains the university and the college. The university and the college of dentistry distinguish between routine performance and service that draws upon the breadth and depth of a faculty member's professional expertise and scholarship.
Service is a central mission of the university and its component colleges. A candidate's service may exist in three domains: academic, practice of dentistry, professional/public. As a candidate achieves higher rank, his/her service should be impacting a broader network of students, trainees, colleagues, and disciplines. Faculty seeking promotion to the rank of associate professor should have a minimum of academic service at the pursuit level and one other service domain at the pursuit level. Faculty seeking promotion to the rank of professor should have a minimum of academic service at the acquisition level and one other service domain at the acquisition level.
(a) Academic service
(i) The standard
Academic service is oriented to the needs of the department, the college, and/or the university. All faculty, regardless of rank and academic appointment, have general academic service responsibilities which contribute to the success of the university's students and the profession of dentistry throughout the university. At the dean's discretion, selected faculty carry formal administrative responsibilities as college administrators. Definition of these formal administrative responsibilities should be included in the promotion dossier, but evaluation of administrative performance is not included in the evaluation of service for promotion.
(ii) Documentation
Documentation of academic service effectiveness may include, but is not limited to, records, attestations, or evaluations in the following areas:
(a) Active, consistent, and reliable participation and leadership in department, college, and university committees, task forces or ad hoc advisory groups;
(b) Reliable representation of the department, college and/or university at local, state, national and international professional association meetings;
(c) Timely, consistent, and thoughtful input into department planning retreats and activities;
(d) Willingness to volunteer for unexpected teaching, practice, or service activities;
(e) Proactive problem identification and problem solving on behalf of the department, college, and/or university;
(f) Organization of department or college-wide professional service initiatives;
(g) Effective and diligent advising of students, student organizations, and/or fraternities;
(h) Effective peer teaching evaluation and mentoring;
(i) Active, consistent, and reliable attendance at faculty applicant interview seminars and participation in the professional activities of faculty and resident recruitment; and,
(j) Active participation in department, college, and/or university sponsored receptions and outings.
(b) Practice of dentistry service
(i) The standard
The practice of dentistry is service oriented to the needs of the profession and/or community. The practice of dentistry includes dental care provided to a candidate's patients, to larger patient populations, and contributions to the profession. This may include direct patient-centered interactions (e.g., primary care, patient counseling, etc.), practice management and/or administration. Dentistry practice faculty may have dental practice responsibilities as a routine workload assignment.
Faculty furnish leaders and groups with objective research results, as well as clinical and other resource information for decision making. They design and conduct feasibility studies, field test basic and applied knowledge, develop procedural and technical manuals, and provide group instruction on and off campus.
(ii) Documentation
Evidence of dental practice proficiency may include, but is not limited to, the sources listed in this paragraph. In joint endeavors, the evidence should specify the candidate's contributions.
(a) Certification and recertification by specialty boards;
(b) Completion of certificate programs (e.g., certified diabetes educator);
(c) Designation as fellow or other similar practice achievement recognition;
(d) Honors, awards, and special recognition for practice service activities;
(e) Objective evaluation of practice effectiveness and quality through outcomes documentation and analysis;
(f) Election to offices, committee activities, and important service to professional associations and learned societies, including editorial work and peer reviewing as related to dental practice;
(g) Service on local and/or regional health-related board or committee;
(h) Evaluation of practice site responsibilities related to patient care, practice management and/or administration, and implementation and/or management of technology. Contributions in these areas must be associated with documented and measurable impact on patient care, site operations or workflow, and/or services provided at the site.
(c) Professional/public service
(i) The standard
Faculty have, as a basic job responsibility, the provision of professional/public service. Professional service activities are oriented to the professional policy needs of society; public service activities are oriented to public and professional needs of society. Faculty who provide professional/public service may have ongoing, direct contact with citizens and/or organizations in their practice and research areas, provide educational needs assessment, program development, training, consultation, and/or technical assistance in collaboration with local, state, national, and international leaders. Activities may also be involved with community service, volunteer opportunities or policy development.
(ii) Documentation
Evidence of the effectiveness of professional/public service contributions includes, but is not limited to, the following sources:
(a) Election to offices, committee activities and important service to professional associations and learned societies;
(b) Selection for special activities outside of the state or nation;
(c) Honors, awards, and special recognition for professional/public service activities;
(d) Participation as an active reviewer for professional journals, textbooks, book chapters, poster abstracts, or other professional publications;
(e) Consultations, technical assistance and/or coordination activities on projects within professional associations and clinical sites;
(f) Service on a community board or committee;
(g) Involvement in community outreach programs aimed at improving health education/science;
(h) Volunteering at a community free or underserved medical clinic;
(i) Volunteering in the community, region, state, nation, or internationally;
(j) Participation in university, college, or student community service projects (i.e. health fairs, fund raisers, etc.);
(k) Participation in humanitarian trips.
(H) Affiliated faculty - requirements and time in rank
(1) General
(a) Preceptor track
Individuals who are not university employees and contribute primarily to the experiential teaching program of the college. Dentists appointed at or promoted to this track have met all requirements to practice dentistry. Exceptions may be made if recommended by the department chair and approved by the dean.
(b) Dentistry education track
University employees outside of the college of dentistry who contribute significantly to the teaching, scholarship and service missions of the college. Activities, in addition to teaching, may include development, implementation, administration, assessment and/or evaluation of core competencies, pedagogy, and curricular offerings. Substantial contributions in the area of research and scholarly activity are required at the rank of professor.
(c) Specific activities and weightings by track and rank level are described in paragraphs (H)(2) and (H)(3) of this rule.
(d) Time in rank for affiliated faculty is the same as for salaried faculty, as described in paragraph (F)(3) of this rule.
(2) Preceptor track criteria by rank level
(a) Dentists
(i) Clinical instructor
(a) In training as resident or fellow and has met all requirements for and is appropriately licensed to practice dentistry.
(b) Involved in educational activities that involve dental students.
(ii) Clinical assistant professor
(a) Involved in educational activities that involve dental students and/or residents.
(b) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is desired.
(iii) Clinical associate professor
(a) At least three hundred educational activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years (two hundred seventy of the three hundred total units may be attained through experiential teaching).
(b) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is required.
(iv) Clinical professor
(a) At least four hundred fifty educational activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years (three hundred sixty of the four hundred fifty total units may be attained through experiential teaching.)
(b) Demonstration of professional standing in organizations appropriate to the discipline.
(c) Experience in a mentoring and supervisory role is required.
(d) Written attestation by department chair documenting teaching excellence.
(b) Non-dental healthcare professionals
(i) Instructor
(a) Involved in educational activities that involve dental students and/or residents.
(b) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is preferred.
(ii) Beyond the level of instructor
The chair of the department in which appointment or promotion is sought must write a letter certifying that the professional's credentials and qualifications are appropriate for the academic rank.
(3) Dentistry education track criteria by rank level
(a) Assistant professor
(i) Promise of intent in teaching, as well as service and scholarly activity.
(ii) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is desired.
(b) Associate professor
(i) At least three hundred teaching, service and scholarly activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years. A minimum of sixty of the three hundred total units must be in the scholarly activity category.
(ii) Significant involvement in the education of dental students and/or residents is required.
(iii) Experience in a mentoring and/or supervisory role is required.
(c) Professor
(i) At least four hundred fifty teaching, service and scholarly activity units in the college over the three most recent calendar years. A minimum of one hundred fifty of the four hundred fifty total units must be in the scholarly activity category.
(ii) Significant involvement in the education of dental students and/or residents is required.
(iii) Significant involvement and leadership in department and/or college committees.
(iv) National recognition in field of expertise, with a strong likelihood of maintaining such recognition.
(v) Experience in a mentoring and supervisory role is required.
(vi) Written attestation by department chair documenting teaching and scholarly excellence.
(4) Specific weightings for preceptor and dentistry education track affiliated faculty is detailed in appendix A to this rule.
(I) Procedures for processing appointments
(1) Search committee
(a) The department chair will recommend members of a search committee for an authorized open non-tenure-track position to the dean. The dean will appoint the committee which will be advisory to the chair.
(b) A duly constituted department search committee shall function as the evaluating body for a candidate who is recruited through an appropriate search process.
(c) The search committee shall forward its recommendation to the following, in sequence, for review and recommendation: department chair, dean, and provost. The provost will submit recommendations to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(d) The dean, with the support of the office of the provost, will notify the candidate and the department chair of the action of the board of trustees.
(2) No search committee
(a) In the case where no search committee is involved, positive recommendation from the department chair will be forwarded to the college appointment and promotion committee and the dean, except those appointments which are solely within the purview of the dean.
(b) The office of the provost shall forward the recommendation to the college appointment and promotion committee who shall review the material and provide their recommendation to the dean.
(c) The dean will make his/her own recommendation and forward it and the recommendation of the college appointment and promotion committee to the provost who forward recommendations to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(d) The dean will notify the candidate and the department chair of the action of the board of trustees through the support of the office of the provost.
(3) Affiliated faculty
(a) The faculty candidate must submit a completed "appointment or promotion application for non-tenure-track faculty," to the department chair.
(b) The department chair shall forward applications to the dean for candidates requesting appointments that are solely within the purview of the dean.
(c) The department chair shall review the applications and submit his/her own recommendation, along with other application materials, to the college appointment and promotion committee by way of the office of the provost.
(d) The college appointment and promotion committee shall review the materials and provide their written recommendation to the dean that includes the record of the vote.
(e) The dean shall review the recommendation and materials forwarded by the college appointment and promotion committee and forward his/her own written recommendation along with the recommendation from the college appointment and promotion committee to the provost for recommendation to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(f) The dean shall notify the candidate and the department chair of the action of the board of trustees through the office of the provost.
(J) Procedures for processing promotion
(1) Salaried faculty
(a) By June first:
(i) The candidate must notify the department chair of intent to apply for promotion. In the case of a department chair seeking promotion, notification will go to the dean.
(ii) The candidate must submit a list of suggested external evaluators to the department chair, for promotion to full professor only. In the case of a department chair or associate dean seeking promotion, the list of evaluators will go to the dean.
(a) External evaluators should be members of academia at or above the rank the candidate is seeking. Ideally, they are individuals in similar practice and/or research areas, and in similar administrative positions in the case of faculty administrators who seek promotion in rank.
(b) At least one of the suggested evaluators should be completely independent: individuals with whom the candidate has not had a working relationship as a colleague or collaborator over the past five years, or as a trainee or student over the past ten years.
(b) By June fifteenth:
A list of external evaluators will be identified by the candidate's department chair and shared with the candidate. This list may or may not include evaluators from the candidate's list.
(c) By June thirtieth, the list of evaluators will be finalized as follows:
(i) Candidate will review the list of evaluators and provide reasons in writing within five working days why any of the proposed evaluators should not be contacted.
(ii) The department chair, in consultation with the dean, will determine whether the challenge will be up-held and the evaluator removed from the list.
(iii) If an outside evaluator is removed from the list, another may be added and the same right to challenge will apply.
(d) By July first:
(i) The candidate shall submit one complete and verified copy of his/her promotion dossier to his/her department chair.
(ii) The candidate may personally solicit and submit with his/her promotion dossier additional letters of support (in addition to external evaluations solicited by the chair) but such letters will generally have less impact.
(iii) The department chair may choose to use electronic means for distribution of materials associated with this process.
(e) By July fifteenth, the department chair will:
(i) Determine the interest and willingness of the external evaluators to serve in this capacity and seek other evaluators if one or more decline.
(ii) Prepare packages containing:
(a) The candidate's promotion dossier;
(b) The university and college criteria for promotion; and
(c) A cover letter requesting an evaluation of the candidate's achievements, as compared to the aforementioned criteria to be received by August fifteenth.
(iii) Request the candidate to verify that the package is accurate and complete, and sign a document waiving access to the external evaluators' evaluations.
(iv) Transmit all materials to the external evaluator using electronic means is preferred.
(f) By September first:
(i) A candidate may withdraw their application for any reason on or before this date. voluntary withdrawal cannot occur thereafter.
(ii) The department chair will submit an electronic copy of the candidate's promotion dossier and the letters received from external evaluators to the college appointment and promotion committee.
(g) By November first, the department chair shall:
(i) Review the promotion dossier and the external evaluator evaluations
(ii) Submit to the college appointment and promotion committee chair by way of the office of the provost a written letter of recommendation, the promotion dossier, and all letters received from external evaluators.
(h) By December first:
The college appointment and promotion committee chair will forward a written document to the dean that includes the committee's recommendation, reasons therefore, and record of the vote by way of the office of the provost. All other materials (promotion dossier, letter from the chair, letters from external evaluators) will also be forwarded to the dean.
(i) By December fifteenth, the dean will:
(i) Review the materials forwarded by the college appointment and promotion committee; and
(ii) Notify the candidate in writing of the following, through the assistance of the office of the provost:
(a) His/her own recommendation and reasons therefore;
(b) The college appointment and promotion committee's recommendation; and,
(c) An explanation of the appeal process in the case of a negative recommendation.
(j) Appeal by the candidate
(i) By January first:
The candidate must notify the dean in writing of the intent to appeal or the right is waived. The appeal will be scheduled in January.
(ii) By February first:
(a) The dean may hear the appeal him/herself or may appoint a three-member appeal committee of salaried faculty to consider the matter.
(b) If appointed, the appeal committee will elect its own chair and will decide by a majority vote whether or not to recommend upholding the recommendation of the dean. A written report of the committee's deliberations and recommendation will be provided to the dean.
(c) The dean will review the appeal committee's recommendation along with all other materials forwarded previously.
(k) By February first:
The dean will transmit all reports with his/her positive recommendations to the provost.
(l) By February fifteenth:
The provost will make the final decision and will forward positive recommendations for promotion to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees at its next meeting.
(m) Following board of trustee's approval:
(i) The provost will notify the dean those candidates who have been approved for the award of promotion.
(ii) The dean shall notify the candidate and the department chair of the outcome of the board of trustees' action, through the office of the provost.
(2) Affiliated faculty
(a) By September first:
(i) The candidate will submit a completed "appointment or promotion application for non-tenure track faculty" to his/her department chair.
(ii) The department chair will submit the completed application to the college appointment and promotion committee.
(b) By October first:
The college appointment and promotion committee will return the promotion application to the department chair along with a written document that includes the committee's recommendation, reasons therefore, and record of the vote.
(c) By November first, the department chair will:
(i) Review the recommendation from the college appointment and promotion committee and the completed promotion application.
(ii) Submit his/her own written letter of recommendation to the dean.
(d) By February first:
The dean will transmit all reports with his/her positive recommendations to the provost.
(e) By February fifteenth:
The provost will make the final decision and will forward positive recommendations for promotion to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees at its next meeting.
(f) Following board of trustees approval:
(i) The provost will notify the respective college dean of those candidates who have been approved for the award of promotion.
(ii) The dean shall notify the candidate and the department chair of the outcome of the board of trustees' action, through the office of the provost.
(3) Joint promotions
(a) An application for joint promotion will always be initiated through the faculty member's primary department. Request for promotion to the secondary department will be initiated by the chair of the primary department.
(b) Promotion at equivalent rank for the secondary appointment is not automatic but depends on a positive recommendation from the chair of that department.
(K) Performance evaluations and procedures for processing reappointments and non-reappointments
(1) Salaried faculty
The performance of salaried faculty (those with full and part-time appointment types, as defined in paragraph (A) of this rule,) will be evaluated at least annually by the department chair or the chair's designee as appropriate using the university "faculty performance Plan and Evaluation" form. The evaluation will provide for constructive feedback to the faculty member.
(2) Affiliated faculty
(a) Affiliated faculty will be reviewed at least once every three years or more often at the discretion of the department chair.
(b) Reviews will be conducted by the department chair or the chair's designee, as appropriate by:
(i) Requesting an activity report from the faculty member concerning college-related activities; Nd
(ii) Reviewing the activity report using the initial appointment and promotion criteria as a guideline.
(c) Faculty will be notified in writing by March first of any intention to recommend non-reappointment.
(i) A faculty member who disagrees with an intention to recommend non-reappointment may request a meeting with the department chair within five business days of delivery of notification to determine if the matter can be resolved prior to notification of the dean.
(ii) After the meeting, the department chair will notify the faculty member and the dean of the final recommendation.
(iii) The department chair will forward recommendations concerning non-reappointments to the dean by March fifteenth.
(d) The dean's positive recommendations will be forwarded to the provost by April fifteenth for submission to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final action.
(e) In the event of non-reappointment, the final date of the appointment will be June thirtieth of the same year.
View Appendix
Last updated November 25, 2024 at 8:16 AM
History
- Effective: November 25, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-74
(A) Purpose
To establish the name, membership, manner of membership selection and appointment; and to delineate the authority of the standing committees of the college of dentistry.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Affiliated faculty." Faculty who do not meet the criteria established for core faculty. These faculty have roles that are generally limited to formal and informal teaching on a periodic basis or in a clinical setting. These faculty may or may not receive modest honoraria for their teaching contributions and will not be appointed to any standing committees until actively supervising dental students in clinical sites.
(2) "College." A college is a collective body of faculty who prescribe and conduct a course of study leading to the award of a degree or degrees. Herein, the college of dentistry shall be COD.
(3) "Commission on dental accreditation CODA." CODA is the accrediting body of the college of dentistry.
(4) "Core faculty." Core faculty are tenured, tenure track, and non-tenure track faculty who make a substantive contribution to the college and receive salary support from the college. The dean of the college has the discretion to designate other faculty as core faculty to promote the purposes of the college.
(5) "Dean." The dean is the chief academic and presiding officer of each of the university's respective colleges. The authority and responsibilities of the deans are further defined in the university faculty bylaws under paragraphs (E)(1) to (E)(4) of this rule.
(6) "Ex-officio members." Ex-officio committee members will serve to advise and support the committee but do not vote.
(7) "Standing committees." The standing committees are appointed to represent the college faculty in interests related to the mission, role, and functions of the college. These committees shall develop policy and provide recommendations to the faculty for governance of the areas of academic business set forth herein. This rule sets forth the purpose, composition, and other matters concerning admissions, academic and professional progress (including executive review), clinical affairs, curriculum, outcomes assessment, and nontenure track faculty appointment and promotions committees. The charge, composition, and other matters governing university tenure and promotions committees are set forth in separate appendices to the bylaws.
(C) Committees
(1) Name, function, charges and membership
The names, functions, charges, and membership of the standing committees may be altered from time to time upon recommendation of the dean, and a majority vote of the college core faculty.
The name, function, charges, and membership of the standing committees shall be reviewed annually during the first five years of operation. Thereafter, adjustments may be made as set forth in this paragraph.
The standing committees may develop such subcommittees as are necessary to conduct their business. Such subcommittees may include persons other than standing committee members.
(2) Reporting
(a) Standing committees shall submit recommendations for substantive policy changes to the dean.
Standing committees shall submit a cumulative written report of its activities each academic year to the dean and make regular reports to the core faculty at least annually.
(i) Admissions
(ii) Clinical affairs
(iii) Committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP)
(iv) Curriculum
(v) Non-tenure track appointments and promotions
(vi) Outcomes assessment
(3) Meetings
(a) Meetings will be held at a time and manner that will promote participation.
(b) Meetings may be held either in person, via video or teleconference or by any other modality that will allow all the members to hear each other and participate at the same time.
(c) Any member may request that he/she be allowed to participate via electronic means. The committee chair will take reasonable measures to accommodate such requests.
(d) When meeting via electronic means, a member who wants to speak should identify him/herself.
(e) The college standing committees shall use Robert's Rules of Order newly revised to facilitate their meetings unless it conflicts with the bylaws.
(4) Voting
(a) Generally, voting will take place at the meeting, whether in person or by electronic means. Voice votes are most common; however, written ballots may be used when requested.
(b) Votes may also be taken by email when a full vote of the membership is desired. The committee chair shall determine who has a right to vote and will send ballots only to those voting members. Votes will be made by each committee member with the vice chair and then chair voting as the last two voting members of the committee. A majority vote is constituted by at least fifty-one per cent of the attending, voting members.
(5) Minutes
Minutes of the standing committees shall be kept recording the actions of these committees for accreditation purposes. Records from the admissions committe and committee on academic and professional progress are maintained through the applicant and student decisions issued by the committee; decisions related to administrative matters of these committees are the only instances in which these committees are required to take minutes.
(6) Nominations
(a) Faculty
(i) By May first, the office of the dean shall notify all constituencies in writing of expiring terms of the members of the standing committees of the COD to solicit nominations for consideration. Self-nominations are encouraged and accepted and should be submitted to the COD department chairs. By June first, the department chairs will submit potential committee member candidates to the dean of the COD who appoints members of the standing committees.
(ii) All committee members will be notified of their appointment, reappointment, or expiring terms by July first. If a committee member should have to vacate their committee membership position during the committee appointment term, the respective department chair shall notify the office of the dean. If the standing committee's chair is aware of such a situation, they should notify the respective department chair. A call for nominations would go out to potential candidates. Self-nominations are encouraged and accepted and should be submitted to the respective COD department chair. New appointments shall be completed within two months.
(b) Students
(i) Student nominations are different depending on the committee's responsibilities and the need for varying term lengths based on the committee's organization and workflow. The student nomination and selection process for each of the committees is listed as follows:
(a) Admissions committee. A call for nominations will be sent to first-year dental students at the college by April fifteenth. Students desiring to be a part of the admissions committee should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED office of student services within two weeks of the call for applications. These completed applications will be given to the dean by May first for selection and appointment. Students will be notified of their appointment by July first.
(b) Committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP). A call for nominations will go out to second-year dental students at the college by April fifteenth to be members of CAPP. Students desiring to be a part of CAPP should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED office of student services within two weeks of the call for applications. Two students will be chosen to be members of CAPP by an election in which second-dental students may vote. Students will be notified of their appointment to the CAPP by July first.
(c) Curriculum committee. A call for nominations will go to the first-year dental students at the college by October first to be members of the student curriculum committee. Students desiring to be a part of the student curriculum committee should complete the student nominations application per the NEOMED office of student services within two weeks of the call for applications. Two students will be chosen by an election in which first-year dental students may vote. Elected students will be assigned to the COD curriculum committee. These two students will be notified of their appointment by December first.
(ii) Committee chairs with student members should be notified at the same time as student members are notified of their appointment to the committee.
(iii) To the extent a standing committee indicates it requires membership of upper level students (i.e., second, third, or fourth year dental students), those members will be added to the committee as the college of dentistry progresses students to that level. Until the college has students enrolled in all four years of the curriculum, dental students who are serving on a standing committee will be a non-voting member during their first year of participation and will become a voting member in their second year of participation.
(iv) If a student is unable to fulfill their term on a given committee, the COD office of student success or the COD dean's office per the initial student nomination process should be notified and an immediate call for nominations should be made to the students based on the criteria for the committee's appointment needs (i.e., year in the doctor of dentistry curriculum). New appointments shall be completed within two months.
(7) Membership
(a) Per the faculty bylaws, a committee is a body to which trust is committed. A committee is delegated responsibility to consider, to investigate, to act on, or to report on important faculty matters.
(b) The membership of all committees shall reflect a cross-section of the college unless otherwise required by accrediting standards and guidelines or other governing law or regulation. Unless otherwise noted for a specific committee, each standing committee will have a chair and vice-chair appointed by the dean.
(c) Terms of appointment for faculty are normally three years beginning July first unless otherwise specified. Terms of appointment for student members vary depending on the standing committee to which the student is appointed.
(i) Admissions committee: student terms are normally two years beginning July first unless otherwise specified.
(ii) Curriculum committee: student terms are normally three and one half years beginning December first unless otherwise specified.
(d) Following the restructuring of a committee's composition, terms may be initially staggered to provide for continuity.
(e) Terms on a given committee are not limited to a set number of terms. Faculty members should discuss with their respective department chair the need or desire to rotate off the current committee.
(f) Members shall attend at least eighty per cent of the regularly scheduled meetings of the committee. A member may be replaced prior to the completion of a term upon the request of the committee chair, with approval by the dean, when the member has failed to meet the attendance requirements.
(g) The full membership complement of the standing committees will not be achieved until the faculty hiring plan is fully implemented. Until that time the dean of the COD will carefully balance and prioritize the achievement of the full membership of each standing committee with the workload of faculty as they are recruited and appointed.
(h) Shared faculty from the NEOMED colleges of medicine, pharmacy and graduate studies may serve as voting members on COD standing committees as appropriate in the judgment of the COD dean.
(8) Notification
The COD dean shall appoint and reappoint all members. The COD dean's office will notify members in writing of committee appointments, reappointments, and removals by July first of each academic year unless a member is replacing a previous member mid-term.
(9) Quorum
The majority of voting members present at a meeting, whether in person or via electronic means, of the standing committees constitute a quorum unless otherwise specified in the bylaws.
(10) Guests/expert consultants
Any of the chairs of the standing committees may invite guests/expert consultants from another department, the university, or outside of the university to a committee meeting to provide specific insight and input into a committee's discussion to promote the purposes and goals of the committee. Guests/expert consultants are not members of these committees and do not have voting rights for these committees. They only serve to provide information as requested. Guests/expert consultants should be excused during private discussions of the standing committee and the voting process.
(D) Committee purpose and membership
(1) Admissions committee
The purpose of the COD admissions committee is to oversee the admissions process by setting guidelines for the selection of the colleges' students in accordance with all applicable requirements and standards on selection, the university board of trustees' admissions policy, and other policies promulgated by the university or college, and to ensure that the faculty has final responsibility for the selection of their respective students in order to make individual candidate recommendations to the dean.
(a) All voting non-student admissions committee members must be actively involved in the teaching or advising of COD students.
(b) Membership :
(i) Two department of general dentistry core faculty (voting);
(ii) Two department of specialty dentistry core faculty (voting);
(iii) Two second-year dental students (non-voting unless due to an absence of a fourth-year dental student member);
(iv) Two fourth-year dental students (voting);
(v) One affiliated faculty who precepts COD students (voting);
(vi) COD assistant dean for student success (or dean's designee) (ex-officio without vote); and
(vii) Director from the office of admissions and financial aid or their designee (ex-officio without vote).
(c) COD departmental core faculty members should be in at least their second year as a core faculty member for voting membership on the committee. A first-year core faculty member can be assigned to the committee in an observation capacity to learn its functioning. The exception to this is newly hired core faculty members with past faculty appointments at another institution of higher education.
(2) Committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP)
CAPP evaluates the records of students based on CAPP academic guidelines to evaluate academic (including didactic, preclinical, and clinical) performance and assess intellectual readiness and review unprofessional behavior concerns. CAPP enforces specific guidelines for academic advancement while providing due process and an individual review of each student's situation based on CAPP academic guidelines. All CAPP meetings are private, and all materials presented and discussed are confidential. Students may be required to attend CAPP meetings. Each student is considered individually, on a case-by-case basis, and the student's entire record is evaluated. All committee deliberations and decisions will consider maintaining the quality of dental education and the safety of the community.
(a) Decisions made by COP CAPP are recommendations to the dean and must be approved before decisions are released to students. The dean reserves the authority to approve, modify, or remand the decision back to the COP CAPP for additional review of a specific matter. The student will receive written notification of the committee's decision. Students who were dismissed by COP CAPP may appeal that decision to the CAPP executive review committee in accordance with the procedures and criteria set forth in the compass. Appeals will be heard by the CAPP executive review committee assembled at the time of the appeal, consistent with the voting and non-voting membership established in the compass.
(b) Membership:
(i) At least five core faculty members from the college. A minimum of two of the five will be from the department of general dentistry and a minimum of two of the five will be from the department of specialty dentistry (voting);
(ii) One fourth-year dental student (voting);
(iii) One third-year dental student (non-voting unless due to an absence of the fourth-year dental student member);
(iv) Dean of students (ex-officio, non-voting);
(v) University academic affairs personnel (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vi) University registrar (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vii) COD associate dean for students (non-voting);
(viii) COD associate dean for education and academic affairs (non-voting); and
(ix) COD associate dean for clinical affairs (non-voting).
(c) COD departmental core faculty members should be in at least their second year as a core faculty member for voting membership on the committee. A first-year faculty member can be assigned to the committee in an observation capacity to learn its functioning. The exception to this is a newly hired core faculty member with past faculty appointments at another institution of higher education.
(3) Curriculum committee
The COD curriculum committee (CC) has decision-making and policy-making authority and is responsible for administering the curriculum including ongoing curriculum review.
(a) The CC will communicate to the students and faculty about changes in curriculum, in accordance with CODA standards and guidelines.
(b) Membership :
(i) Two department of general dentistry core faculty (voting);
(ii) Two department of specialty dentistry core faculty (voting);
(iii) One second-year dental student representative, ( non-voting unless due to an absence of the fourth-year dental student member);
(iv) One fourth-year dental student representative, (voting );
(v) Associate dean for clinical affairs or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vi) Associate dean for education and academic affairs or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vii) Representative from the office of the registrar (ex-officio, non-voting);
(viii) One curriculum coordinator, college of dentistry (ex-officio, non voting); and
(ix) Chair or designee, outcomes assessment committee (ex-officio, non-voting).
(c) COD departmental core faculty members should be in at least their second year as a core faculty member for voting membership on the committee. A first-year core faculty member can be assigned to the committee in an observation capacity to learn its functioning. The exception to this is a newly hired core faculty member with past faculty appointments at another institution of higher education.
(d) The committee will be chaired by the associate dean for education and academic affairs (or designee).
(4) Outcomes assessment committee (OAC)
The OAC is responsible for the evaluation of college/program outcomes (to include student outcomes) and for providing timely input to the curriculum committee and/or other appropriate committees/administrators if outcomes are not at the prescribed/expected level.
(a) The OAC will communicate to the curriculum committee and the associate dean for education and academic affairs who will consider any necessary modifications in the curriculum, in accordance with CODA standards and guidelines.
(b) In addition, the responsibilities of the OAC will also include data collection, review and summarizing data, report preparation and the creation of potential recommendations for corrective actions. These OAC reports will be sent to the respective standing committee(s)/administrator(s) for further analysis and finalization of a corrective action plan, if needed. The standing committees recommendations/plans will be sent to the dean's executive committee for review and approval.
An annual report will be prepared by each standing committee that summarizes their activities over the recent academic year and submit it to the OAC by August first each year.
(c) Membership :
(i) Two department of general dentistry core faculty;
(ii) Two department of specialty dentistry core faculty;
(iii) One dental affiliated faculty member (voting);
(iv) Associate dean for education and academic affairs or designee (ex-officio, non voting);
(v) Associate dean for clinical affairs or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting;
(vi) Chair or designee, curriculum committee (ex-officio, non-voting);
(vii) Director, office of institutional research, or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting); and
(viii) Assistant director, office of student services, or their designee (ex-officio, non-voting).
(5) Clinical affairs committee (CAC)
The CAC, in collaboration with the associate dean for clinical affairs will: monitor outcomes data for the on site dental clinic (e.g. quality metrics); evaluate advances in the science and technology of dental practice, incorporate emerging evidence-based best practices and technology into the on-site patient care clinics; and will review the performance of off-campus clinical sites on a periodic basis to ensure ongoing suitability to serve as a site for students' clinical education. Curriculum committee members may be included in the review of the off-campus clinical sites as needed.
(a) Membership :
(i) Chair of the outcomes assessment committee (voting);
(ii) Chair of the curriculum committee (voting);
(iii) Two faculty from the department of general dentistry (voting);
(iv) Two faculty from the department of specialty dentistry (voting);
(v) One affiliated faculty from the practice sites (voting); and
(vi) Director of clinical operations (voting).
(b) The committee will be chaired by the associate dean for clinical affairs.
(6) Non-tenure track appointments and promotions committee
The non-tenure track appointments and promotions committee is a standing committee of the college and is responsible for evaluating materials for faculty appointment, mid-point review, and/or promotion using the criteria for appointment or promotion as provided in rule 3449-3-27 of the Administrative Code. The committee is advisory to the dean of the COD.
(a) A duly constituted COD search committee shall function as the COD non-tenure track appointments and promotions committee for a candidate who is recruited through a search process.
(b) The committee consists of four voting core faculty members who hold the rank of associate professor or professor and one ex-officio, non-voting member. Department chairs are not eligible to serve on this committee. Membership comprises:
(i) Two department of general dentistry core faculty;
(ii) Two department of specialty dentistry core faculty; and
(iii) One representative of the office of the provost will serve as administrative support (ex-officio, non-voting).
(7) Dean's leadership committee (DLC)
The purpose of the DLC is to set policy and strategy for the overall COD, assist in the rational allocation of resources, provide recommendations and charges for the COD committees, task forces and groups, provide input concerning university issues of importance, support the mission, and vision developed by the university, to advance student success in all facets of the college, and assist in other matters of strategic and tactical importance to the COD. All matters will be executed in conjunction with the dean.
(a) Terms of membership will be ongoing coincident with the member's role as a COD leader, but shall serve at the pleasure of the college dean. Faculty representatives will serve a three-year term.
(b) From time to time, at the descretion of the dean, the membership of the DLC may be modified to assure appropriate input and breadth of experience.
(c) DLC membership includes:
(i) Associate dean, education and academic affairs;
(ii) Associate dean, clinical affairs;
(iii) Director of clinical operations;
(iv) Chair, department of general dentistry;
(v) Chair, department of specialty dentistry; and
(vi) Dean, COD who serves as chair.
Last updated August 17, 2026 at 10:14 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-70 Appendix G - college of medicine standing committees.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of appendix G is to establish the name, membership, manner of membership selection and appointment of standing committees of the college of medicine (COM or college), and to delineate their authority.
(B) Scope
Appendix G addresses the standing committees of the COM.
(C) Standing committees
(1) Purpose and responsibilities
The faculty standing committees are appointed to represent the college in its interests related to the mission, role and functions of the college. These committees shall make decisions where appropriate, develop rules and provide recommendations to the dean's advisory group (DAG).
(2) Names and functions
The names and functions of the standing committees may be altered from time to time upon recommendation by the dean or the DAG.
(3) Subcommittees
Standing committees may develop such subcommittees as are necessary to conduct their business. Such subcommittees may include persons other than standing committee members.
(4) Reporting
(a) Standing committees shall submit recommendations for substantive rule changes to the DAG for action.
(b) Each standing committee shall make at least one report of its activities to the DAG each academic year.
(5) Meetings
(a) Meetings will be held at a time and manner that will promote participation.
(b) Meetings may be held in person, via video conference or teleconference, or by any other modality that will allow all the members to hear each other and to participate at the same time.
(c) Any member may request that he/she be allowed to participate via electronic means. The committee chair will take reasonable measures to accommodate such requests.
(d) When meeting via electronic means, a member who wants to speak should identify him/herself.
(6) Voting
(a) Usually, voting will take place at the meeting, whether the meeting is held in person or by electronic means. Voice votes are most common; however, other voting methods, including electronic methods may be used at the discretion of char or upon request of the committee. A simple majority vote is the standard.
(b) Votes may also be taken by mail or by email when a full vote of the membership is desired. The committee chair shall confirm who has a right to vote and will send ballots only to those who are voting members.
(7) Minutes
Minutes of each standing committee meeting shall be kept recording the actions of the committee and shall be available for review. Minutes of standing committees responsible for reviewing individually identifiable performance of faculty members or students (non-tenure faculty appointment and promotions committee, admissions committee, nominating and membership committee, committees on academic and professional progress) shall record matters related to rule or procedure, but not discussion or actions regarding individuals reviewed by the committee. Faculty forum will not keep minutes in the interest of promoting free discussion. The chair will present items at the subsequent DAG meeting.
(8) Nominations
(a) A representative from the dean's office shall notify the chair of the COM nominating and membership committee, faculty forum, the chairs of the standing committees of the college of medicine, and the faculty at large in order to solicit nominations for consideration. The dean notifies members of the standing committees upon the recommendation of the com nominating and membership committee.
(b) Faculty self-nominations will be encouraged and accepted by the nominating and membership committee. Faculty employed by NEOMED must secure the support of the department chair prior to submitting a self-nomination.
(9) Membership
(a) A faculty committee is a body to which a trust is committed. A committee is delegated responsibility to consider, to investigate, to take action on, or to report on important faculty, student and academic matters.
(b) Terms of appointment are three years beginning July first, unless otherwise specified. Following the restructuring of a committee's composition, terms may be staggered to provide for continuity. A member may be appointed for an unlimited number of terms. To qualify for membership on any COM standing committee, the member or proposed member must have an appointment in the college for faculty members or be a student in good standing in the college for student members.
(c) A faculty member may be replaced, prior to the completion of a term, upon the request of the committee chair and approval of the dean, when the member has failed to participate in at least fifty per cent of the six most regularly scheduled meetings of the committee. If the departing member served as chair or co-chair on the committee, the office is not automatically conferred upon the new member. The committee should elect or appoint new officers according to their standard operating procedures. Faculty members who disagree with the committee chair regarding replacement may appeal to the dean, whose decision is final. This provision does not apply to student members.
(10) Notification
The dean shall notify all members in writing upon the recommendations of the nominating and membership committee and approval of the DAG, in accordance with this chapter, and with the prescribed committee composition and reporting structure.
(11) Quorum
The majority of voting members present at a meeting, whether in person or via electronic means, of the standing committees constitute a quorum unless otherwise specified in the rules. For purposes of quorum, a chair is counted as a voting member.
(12) Conflict of interest
University conflict of interest rules shall be in effect and any member with a direct personal or pecuniary conflict of interest in the matter being considered may be excluded from the discussion but must abstain from voting on the matter.
(13) Expert consultation
The chair of a given committee may request the attendance and participation of expert consultants as needed to promote the purposes and goals of the committee.
(D) Charge and membership for the standing committees
(1) Nominating and membership committee
(a) The purpose of the nominating and membership committee is to determine the best faculty candidates to serve in the open positions on the standing faculty committees of the college that do not require direct election. The committee will make appointments and report to the DAG. Faculty appointed are notified by the dean.
(b) Voting members are peer elected and include:
(i) Three Rootstown based faculty elected by faculty forum; and
(ii) Three non-Rootstown based clinical faculty elected by peers.
(c) The committee will elect a chair from its membership.
(2) Admissions committee
(a) The purpose of the college of medicine admissions committee is twofold:
(i) To oversee the admissions process by setting policies and guidelines for the selection of the college's students in accordance with all applicable requirements and standards on selection; and,
(ii) To ensure that the faculty have final responsibility for the selection of their students.
(b) Members are recommended by the COM nominating and membership committee and appointed by the dean. Membership includes:
(i) Associate dean of admissions and student affairs (ex officio, without vote) who will be the administrative liaison to the committee;
(ii) At least eighteen faculty, of which at least nine must be non-Rootstown based faculty members. Any regional campus must br represented by at least one faculty member. The committee will elect a chair and a vice chair;
(iii) University director of admissions (ex officio without vote);
(iv) Director of area health education center (ex officio, without vote); and
(v) Ten medical students comprised of five M-one students (non-voting) and five M-two students (voting). Student members serve staggered two-year terms commencing when elected as an M-one.
(vi) For all votes, the majority of voting members must be COM faculty.
(3) Curriculum committee
(a) The COM curriculum committee has sole decision-making and rulemaking authority and is responsible for oversight, evaluation and management of the curriculum overall including, its segments and courses. The curriculum committee will communicate significant changes in the curriculum to the students and faculty on a regular basis. The curriculum committee ensures compliance with all liaison committee on medical education (LCME) curricular elements.
(b) The curriculum committee will have standing subcommittees as outlined in this paragraph. The subcommittees will advise the curriculum committee on matters specified in the curriculum management charter for the medical degree program as adopted by the curriculum committee and will not have decision-making authority unless specifically delegated by the curriculum committee. Additionally, the clinical curriculum subcommittee will serve to provide professional development and support to the curriculum experiential directors.
(i) The pre-clerkship curriculum (M-one/M-two) subcommittee will consist of a course director from the M-one year and a course director from the M-two year, both selected by the nominating and membership committee. One M-one and one M-two student from the student curriculum council will also serve as voting members. Three at-large voting members will be elected by a faculty-wide vote. The pre-clerkship curriculum subcommittee (PCS) will select a chair from its faculty members. The associate dean for medical education assigned to M-one and M-two will serve as administrative liaison (ex-officio without vote). Unless otherwise directed by the PCS chair, all M-one and M-two course directors will be invited guests to all meetings.
(ii) The clinical curriculum subcommittee will consist of all clinical experiential directors in each clinical discipline, course directors in the M-three and M-four curricular years, and the director of M-four. An M-three and M-four student from the student curriculum council will also serve as voting members. An additional at-large voting member will be elected by a faculty-wide vote. The clinical curriculum subcommittee (CCS) will select a chair from its faculty membership. The associate dean for medical education assigned to M-three-M-four will serve as administrative liaison (ex-officio without vote).
(iii) The evaluation and assessment subcommittee (EAS) : One member will be selected by the pre-clerkship curriculum (M-one/M-two) subcommittee; one member will be selected by the clinical curriculum (M-three/M-four) subcommittee; and seven members will be elected at large by a faculty-wide vote. Two student voting members will be selected by the student curriculum council, one from the M-one/M-two segment and one from the M-three/M-four segment. The EAS will select a chair from among its faculty membership. The assistant dean of curriculum data and assessment will serve as administrative liaison (ex officio, without vote).
(c) Voting membership of the curriculum committee will consist of eight faculty and two students as delineated in this paragraph.
(i) The pre-clerkship subcommittee chair will serve as a voting member. If the chair is unavailable for a meeting, the PCS chair may appoint a designee to attend.
(ii) The clinical curriculum subcommittee chair will serve as a voting member. If the chair is unavailable for a meeting, the CSS chair may appoint a designee to attend.
(iii) The Evaluation and assessment subcommitte chair will serve as a voting member. If the chair is unavailable for a meeting, the EAS chair may appoint a designee to attend.
(iv) Four faculty members at -large will be elected in a faculty wide vote as voting members. The nominating and membership committee will assure at least one at large member at any given time is a clinician and at lease one faculty member at any give time is a non-clinician.
(v) The student curriculum council will elect one M-four, and one M-two student to serve as voting members.
(vi) The curriculum committee (CC will be chaired by one of the at-large faculty members and be elected by the CC. The chair will serve for one year but may be re-elected without a limit on the number of terms. The senior associate dean for medical education will serve as administrative liaison (ex-officio without vote). The faculty chair will be without vote except in the case of a tie.
(d) Non-voting membership - ex officio
(i) Senior associate dean of medical education;
(ii) The associate dean for admissions and student affairs or designee.
(4) Non-tenure track faculty appointments and promotions committee
(a) The non-tenure track faculty appointments and promotions committee evaluates the credentials, education and research portfolio of applicants for appointment and promotion without tenure and makes recommendations to the dean. A majority of faculty members shall be professors and the balance will be associate professors.
(b) Membership is comprised of at least seven COM faculty members including:
(i) A clinical science faculty member from the committee to serve as chair;
(ii) At least three clinical science faculty; and
(iii) At least three basic science faculty.
(5) Dean's advisory group (DAG)
(a) The DAG will advise on rules and strategy for the college of medicine. The DAG is responsible for:
(i) Advising the dean in the allocation of resources;
(ii) Recommending the formation of ad hoc committees and task force groups to support and inform COM initiatives;
(iii) Approving course and clerkship directors as recommended by the senior associate dean for medical education with the consent of the appropriate department chair;
(iv) Advising the dean regarding university issues of significance to the COM;
(v) Recommending strategic and tactical initiatives and operations of importance to the COM; and
(vi) Assuring alignment of policies and strategies with COM and university missions;
(b) Membership is comprised of the following ex officio positions:
(i) Com dean (to serve as chair of the committee);
(ii) Up to six department chairs as elected annually by the group of COM department chairs;
(iii) COM vice dean (to serve as vice chair of the committee);
(iv) COM executive director of operations;
(v) Senior associate deans, associate deans, and assistant deans;
(vi) Chair or vice chair elected to university faculty council to represent the COM;
(vii) Chair of faculty forum elected by the COM faculty; and
(viii) A faculty member-at-large elected in a faculty-wide vote.
(c) From time to time, the membership of the COM DAG may be modified by the COM dean to assure appropriate input and breadth of experience.
(6) Committees on academic and professional progress (CAPP)
The purpose of the committees on academic and professional progress (CAPP) is to assess student academic performance, to assess professional readiness for continued studies, and to determine appropriateness of curricular leave. CAPP is responsible for tracking the academic and professional progress of all students enrolled in the medical degree program at NEOMED. The CAPP process includes timely notice to the student of the CAPP referral, disclosure of evidence on which the referral is based, an opportunity for the student to respond, and an opportunity for due process. The CAPP process is designed to enforce specific guidelines for academic advancement and to determine acceptable academic standing for curricular leave, while at the same time providing for a review of each student's individual situation and aggregate performance. All CAPP meetings are private, and all material presented and discussed in CAPP meetings is confidential.
(a) CAPP
(i) Voting membership includes:
(a) At least five faculty among whom two will be selected by the committee as co-chairs; one of the co-chairs shall be a clinical faculty member; and
(b) One M-four student (voting).
(ii) Non-voting membership includes:
(a) The assistant dean of students (ex officio) or designee;
(b) The university registrar (ex officio) or designee;
(c) The associate dean of admissions and student affairs who shall serve as administrative liaison; and
(d) One M-three student.
In the event that a quorum cannot be obtained, the chair may appoint a delegate member selected from faculty with prior CAPP experience but who has not already heard the case in question.
(iii) Student members are peer elected and appointed by the dean. The dean is notified of decisions made by CAPP. Written communication of the CAPP decision will be provided to affected students. The office of the provost will provide administrative support for this committee.
(b) CAPP executive review
(i) The purpose of the CAPP executive review is to review appeal petitions from students for whom CAPP has decided upon a repeat academic year or dismissal.
(ii) CAPP executive review will either affirm the dismissal decision or overturn it.
(iii) If the executive review CAPP overturns a dismissal decision, it may place appropriate curricular and monitoring provisions on the student as appropriate. Further monitoring of student progress, in this case, will revert to the CAPP committee.
(iv) The CAPP executive review committee will consist of:
(a) Vice dean or designee, college of medicine who shall serve as the administrative liaison (ex officio, voting only to resolve a tie);
(b) At least four faculty members from the COM appointed by the dean with equal representation from the basic sciences faculty and the clinical faculty, and none of whom are serving concurrently on another COM CAPP committee;
(c) The assistant dean of students who shall serve as a student support and be without vote; and
(d) The university registrar or designee, (ex officio, without vote);
In the event that a quorum cannot be obtained, the chair may appoint a delegate member selected from faculty with prior CAPP experience but who has not already heard the case in question.
(v) Voting faculty members serve at the discretion of the dean. Decisions made by executive CAPP are final.
(7) Faculty forum
(a) The faculty forum (FF) promotes faculty communication and engagement in the mission of the college and provides faculty a venue for:
(i) Discussing issues and rules related to education, research, and service within the college;
(ii) Commenting upon proposed changes in college bylaws and appendices;
(iii) Advocating on behalf of the COM faculty;
(iv) Assuring faculty a voice in setting rules about matters such as appointments, promotions, tenure, curriculum, and decision making in the COM; and
(v) Communicating on items within this rule with the DAG and university faculty council (UFC).
(b) All COM faculty not holding an administrative appointment (e.g., dean, associate dean, assistant dean, or department chair) in the COM hold de facto membership in and thereby may attend FF meetings. Terms of appointment do not apply to membership in FF.
(c) The chair will be chosen by majority vote of the faculty following a call for nominations (including self-nominations). A vice chair may also be chosen by the same process but is not a required position for the function of FF.
(i) The chair/vice chair must hold rank of associate professor or higher.
(ii) The chair/vice chair must be able to facilitate and promote engagement among the members.
(iii) If a vice chair is elected, they will serve as the designated successor to the chair.
(iv) The chair will be an ex officio member of the DAG.
(d) Procedures
(i) The FF is responsible for:
(a) Establishing its rules of operation;
(b) Determining the agenda for its meetings;
(c) Meeting regularly, and at least once per semester;
(d) Considering COM rules and bylaws changes and reporting results of voting to either DAG or UFC, as required; and
(e) Making other recommendations to the DAG or UFC, as appropriate.
(ii) FF does not require a quorum to function as a forum for faculty discussion. Whether or not a quorum is reached, any issues raised at FF may be brought to DAG by the chair.
(iii) All votes required of FF will be conducted by email and submitted to the full membership. If a call for votes receives less than twenty per cent response rate from the full membership at the end of the initial response period, the chair may opt to repeat the call for votes and extend response period. If the response rate remains below twenty per cent after the extended response period, the vote will be considered void. Votes will be decided by simple majority. Absence of a response will be counted as abstention, and will not contribute to deciding majority.
(8) Continuous quality improvement committee
(a) The purpose of the continuous quality improvement committee is to engage in ongoing and continuous quality improvement processes that establish its short and long-term programmatic goals, result in the achievement of measurable outcomes that are used to improve educational program quality, and ensure effective monitoring of the medical education program's compliance with accreditation.
(b) Membership includes:
(i) Associate dean of quality initiatives who will serve as chair;
(ii) The dean;
(iii) The vice dean;
(iv) At least two faculty members nominated by the nominating and membership committee;
(v) Associate dean of admissions and student affairs;
(vi) Associate dean of clinical faculty affairs;
(vii) Assistant dean of curriculum data and assessment;
(viii) Senior associate dean of medical education;
(ix) A representative from the office of the university dean of students; and
(x) A student representing the student impact committee.
Last updated August 17, 2026 at 10:13 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-72 Appendix G - university standing committees.
(A) Purpose
To establish the name, membership, manner of membership selection and appointment; and to delineate the authority of the standing committees of the university.
(B) Scope
This appendix to the university faculty bylaws addresses the standing committees of the university. Standing committees of individual colleges are established in the respective college appendices (e.g., college of medicine appendix G) and are not addressed in this document. See exhibit one for a list of college-related standing committees.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Affiliated faculty." A non-tenure track faculty member who is non-salaried or whose primary role is not as a faculty member.
(2) "Appointing authority" or "standing committee appointing authority." The single executive, or person designated by them, responsible for and authorized to appoint a standing committee of the university.
(3) "Board of trustees" or "board." The governing body for the university and all its components.
(4) "College." For the purposes of this rule, college includes all the colleges organized under the authority of the Northeast Ohio medical university ("NEOMED" or "the university"). Herein the college of medicine may be referred to as "COM," the college of pharmacy as "COP," the bitonte college of dentistry as "BCOD," and the college of graduate studies as "COGS."
(5) "Dean." The chief academic and presiding officer of each of the respective colleges of the university. The authority and responsibilities of the deans are further defined in paragraph (E) of rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code.
(6) "Faculty." Faculty hold tenured, tenure track and non-tenure track appointments that are approved by the board of trustees of the Northeast Ohio medical university. Full-time and part-time designations for faculty will be determined by their respective college(s).
(7) "President." The chief executive officer of the university responsible for its overall administration and for enforcing the bylaws, policies and procedures of the university. The president is an ex officio member of all standing committees of the university.
(8) "Salaried faculty." A tenured, tenure track or non-tenure track faculty member that is full-time, part-time or co-funded and whose primary role is as faculty.
(9) "Standing committees of the university" or "standing committees." Permanent committees intended to fulfill certain obligations of the university and are appointed to address specified subjects which promote the university's purpose.
(10) "Provost." The chief academic officer of the university.
(11) "Vice president for research or VP for Research." The chief research officer of the university.
(D) Committees
(1) Name and function
The names and functions of the standing committees of the university may be altered upon the request of the committee chair or co-chairs and upon the recommendation of the appointing authority and the approval of the university bylaws committee.
(2) Subcommittees
The standing committees may develop permanent or ad hoc subcommittees or task forces as are necessary to conduct their business. Subcommittees and task forces may include individuals other than standing committee members.
(3) Reporting
Standing committees shall submit actions and recommendations to the president, vice president, or appropriate appointing authority.
(4) Meetings
(a) Meetings will be held at a time and manner that will promote participation.
(b) Meetings may be held either in person or via electronic means that will allow all the members to fully participate.
(5) Voting
(a) Voting will take place at the meeting in which a quorum is present and voting, whether the meeting is held in person or by electronic means. Voice votes are most common; however, written ballots may be used when appropriate.
(b) If a full vote of the membership is desired, votes may be taken by electronic means.
(c) The chair of a standing committee will vote only in the case of a tie.
(6) Minutes
Minutes of the standing committees shall be kept to record the actions of the committee and shall be available upon request, unless otherwise indicated in paragraph (F) of this rule.
(7) Nominations for membership
The university nominating and membership committee (UNMC) will make appointment recommendations to the appropriate appointing authority to fill open and/or expiring membership positions in accordance with procedures set forth in paragraph (F)(1)(a) of this rule.
(8) Membership
(a) The membership of all committees shall be informed by accreditation standards and guidelines or other governing law or regulations.
(b) Membership should be diverse to reflect a wide range of opinions and constituents. It is the responsibility of all members of a standing committee to be advocates of a diverse campus population and promote a sense of community that is equitable and inclusive.
(c) Terms of appointment are three years beginning July first unless otherwise specified. Terms shall be staggered to provide continuity. A member may be appointed for an unlimited number of terms.
(d) Upon the request of the committee chair and approval by the appointing authority, a member may be replaced prior to the completion of a term when the member has failed to attend at least fifty per cent of the regularly scheduled meetings of the committee or if there is a perceived conflict of interest.
(e) If a committee member is unable to serve because of extenuating circumstances, he/she should notify the committee chair, who should solicit a replacement for the position from the UNMC chair.
(f) Faculty with dual appointments may represent a college in which they hold a dual appointment on that college's committees and university committees with the permission of the chair of the department where they hold their primary appointment.
(9) Notification
The appointing authority shall appoint and reappoint all members in writing, upon the recommendation of the UNMC in accordance with the prescribed committee composition and reporting structure of university bylaws.
(10) Quorum
The majority of voting members present at a meeting, whether in person or via electronic means constitutes a quorum, unless otherwise specified in the bylaws or policies of the university.
(11) Conflict of interest
Unless otherwise stated in paragraph (F) of this rule, members of a committee shall be guided by university conflict of interest rules which may limit or exclude any member with a direct personal or pecuniary conflict of interest in a matter from discussion or vote.
(E) Identification of committees
(1) A list of university standing committees can be found in exhibit one of appendix (G) of the bylaws. Each committee's charge and composition may be found in paragraph (F) of this rule.
(2) A list of additional university committees reporting to the president and standing committees of the colleges may be found in exhibit two of appendix (G) of the bylaws. This list is for informational purposes only. The charges and compositions for these committees are outside the scope of this document.
(F) Charge and membership of the university standing committees
(1) University nominating and membership committee (UNMC)
(a) Purpose
(i) The chair of the UNMC will be notified by the office of the provost of any open and/or expiring membership positions on the standing committees of the university.
(ii) The UNMC shall review all openings and solicit nominations in a manner deemed appropriate for the type of committee vacancy, which may include:
(a) A call for nominations to the faculty membership from which self-nominations will be encouraged and accepted;
(b) A request for nominations from the deans of the colleges, department chairs of the respective college departments, and directors or executive directors of administrative departments;
(c) A call for nominations will be made of each student cohort with an open position on a standing committee of the university. Eligible students must:
(i) Be interested in serving on the committee and able to attend the meetings;
(ii) Be good representatives of the student body of the relevant colleges within NEOMED;
(iii) Be enrolled and in good standing as determined by the university registrar; and
(iv) Have the endorsement of the respective college dean. The call for nominations, verification of good academic and professional standing, and voting processes will be conducted in partnership with the office of student services to produce student members for UNMC consideration.
(iii) The UNMC will select nominees by a majority vote of its members and make final recommendations to the appropriate appointing authority.
(b) Membership
(i) Membership shall include the following voting members
(a) One faculty representative recommended by the university faculty council;
(b) Two faculty representatives from the college of medicine;
(c) Two faculty representatives from the college of pharmacy;
(d) One faculty representative from the college graduate studies.
(e) Two faculty representatives from the college of dentistry.
(ii) No member of the UNMC shall be precluded from serving on any other committee.
(c) Officers
(i) The chair shall be elected by a majority vote of its members.
(ii) A vice chair shall be elected by a majority vote of its members.
(2) University faculty council (UFC)
(a) Purpose
The UFC is a body established to promote faculty dialogue, facilitate shared governance, advocate on behalf of faculty, and to assure a faculty voice in academic decision-making and governance of faculty matters such as appointments, promotions, and tenure.
(b) Membership
(i) The membership of UFC shall include:
(a) Two members from each department with five or more full-time salaried faculty, selected by respective departmental faculty;
(b) One member from each department with one to four full-time salaried faculty, selected by respective departmental faculty;
(c) Two members of the graduate faculty selected by the graduate faculty council;
(d) One member of the NEOMED affiliated faculty from the college of medicine;
(e) One member of the NEOMED affiliated faculty from the college of pharmacy.
(ii) Faculty shall be chosen by peer election whenever possible, following a call for nominations. If an insufficient number of nominations are received, the UNMC may make additional recommendations to fill vacant positions.
(c) Officers
(i) A chair and vice chair of UFC shall be elected by a majority vote of the UFC.
(a) The term of service for the chair and vice chair is two years.
(b) Each officer may serve his or her two-year term even if it extends beyond their appointed term as UFC member.
(c) Each officer may seek one additional two-year term of service.
(ii) Upon conclusion of the chair's term, the vice chair will assume the role of chair. If the chair leaves office prematurely, the vice chair will assume the role of chair for the balance of the chair's term. If the rising chair is unable or unwilling to serve as chair, a new chair shall be elected prior to or at the next scheduled meeting.
(iii) If a vice chair is unable or unwilling to serve as vice chair, a new vice chair shall be elected prior to or at the next scheduled meeting.
(iv) The chair and vice chair will serve as representatives to the Ohio faculty council; the UFC may designate alternate representatives.
(d) Procedures of the UFC
(i) The UFC shall use Robert's Rules of Order newly revised to facilitate its meetings unless it is in conflict with these bylaws. The chair shall preside over the meetings of the UFC. In the absence of the chair, the vice chair shall preside.
(ii) Meetings shall be held at least once every two months, or upon ten calendar days' notice by the chair.
(iii) A meeting shall also be held upon the written request of three members of the UFC. The request will be addressed to the chair. A meeting will be held within thirty days of the request. A notice detailing the time, place and exact purpose of the meeting shall be emailed to all the members of the council at least three days in advance of the meeting.
(e) Meetings and minutes
(i) From time to time, the UFC may convene meeting of the faculty, committees or groups to facilitate its work.
(ii) UFC meetings are open to any faculty member, student or staff member. An executive session of the council may be called by the chair, as required. During an executive session, only elected members of the UFC may be present. The UFC may only vote on matters in open sessions of the council.
(iii) Every effort will be made to have representatives of the administration available for each meeting as requested by the chair of the UFC.
(iv) The president of the university, as its chief executive officer, shall have the privilege of the floor of the UFC, at his or her discretion.
(f) Liaison between UFC and college leadership
Resolutions adopted by a majority vote of the UFC shall be forwarded to the provost with copies to the president.
(3) University bylaws committee (UBC)
(a) The purpose of UBC is to:
(i) Reviews amendments and revisions to current faculty policies and bylaws, solicits input and recommendations from the deans of the colleges and the UFC, and recommends their approval to the appointing authority;
(ii) Initiates amendments to existing faculty policies, bylaws and appendices as needed;
(iii) Ensures that university faculty bylaws, and related appendices are up-to-date and accessible to all constituents by designing and maintaining a review calendar whereby bylaws are reviewed at least every seven years.
(b) Membership
(i) All members of this committee are voting members and will include faculty and administrators elected and appointed to represent faculty and administrative interests. Membership includes:
(a) One faculty member from the college of graduate studies;
(b) Two faculty from the college of pharmacy;
(c) Two faculty from the college of medicine;
(d) The chair of the UFC or designee;
(e) One faculty or administrative appointee to promote representational balance and diverse interests; and,
(f) General counsel - ex officio.
(ii) As new colleges are added to the university, additional faculty representatives will be elected by their respective faculty to serve as members of the committee.
(c) Officers
The provost, in consultation with general counsel, shall appoint the chair of the UBC.
(4) University tenure and promotions committee (UTPC)
(a) Purpose
The UTPC reviews and evaluates the credentials of applicants for tenure and/or promotion. Given the confidentiality of the committee's work, no minutes of its meetings shall be recorded or maintained.
(b) Membership
Voting membership includes:
(i) Eleven tenured faculty members appointed by the president; there shall be no more than four members at the associate professor rank and no faculty at the assistant professor rank or below. There will be no department chairs on the committee. No provost, vice presidents, or equivalent senior executive leadership roles shall serve as a member of the UTPC.
(ii) A cross-section of members representing the breadth of departments and faculty with at least one from each department with tenure track faculty, and with at least two from each college which grants tenure.
(c) Officers
(i) The chair shall be a tenured professor elected by a majority vote of the UTPC. The chair is a voting member of the committee who will abstain from voting unless the votes of the other committee members are tied.
(ii) A vice chair shall be a tenured professor elected by a majority vote of the UTPC. The vice chair plays the same role as any other member of the committee if the chair of the committee is chairing the meeting. If the chair is absent at a meeting, the vice chair assumes the responsibilities of the chair, including not voting unless the votes of the other committee members are tied.
(d) Conflict of interest - criteria
(i) Any member of the committee must disclose all real and/or perceived conflict of interest of any of its members to the committee. A committee member has a conflict of interest if he/she:
(a) Is related to the person who is evaluated or has a close comparable relationship.
(b) Has a substantial financial interest in any evaluated activities by the person who is evaluated, both personal and professional.
(c) Within the past three years, has collaborated with or has been in a close mentoring relationship with the person who is evaluated, or is dependent in some way on the candidate's services.
(d) Within the past three years, has played a major professional role as part of a funded research project with the person who is evaluated.
(e) Is preparing to enter into a relationship that would be defined as a conflict in accordance with the listed guidelines.
(ii) When a member of the UTPC receives an interim appointment to a leadership role that precludes them from serving on the committee, the UTPC will review the individual to determine if a conflict of interest exists during their interim role. If a conflict of interest exists, the UTPC shall recommend finding a replacement for the duration of the conflict.
(e) Conflict of interest - tenure advisory committee
No conflict of interest is presumed to exist if the UTPC member is currently part of the TAC for the candidate, however, if the UTCP member is:
(i) The chair of the TAC and,
(ii) The single author of a final TAC report, he/she will recuse themself from a formal vote on the candidate in the UTPC.
(f) Conflict of interest - evaluation procedure
The UTPC shall evaluate a member's declared or perceived conflict of interest to determine if the conflict is substantial enough to exclude him/her from discussion and/or voting on a pending tenure case. This evaluation shall include:
(i) Examination of the factors that surround the potential conflict;
(ii) In the presence of the affected member and with their participation, discussion of these factors;
(iii) In the absence of the affected member, discussion of these factors and related circumstances and a vote on whether the affected member can:
(a) Contribute to the discussion of the pending tenure case; and
(b) Vote on the pending tenure case.
(g) Criteria for candidate review and voting
(i) Each candidate for tenure and/or promotion will be reviewed by no fewer than five voting members.
(ii) The chair, with the concurrence of the committee, may appoint an ad hoc member or members who meet(s) the criteria for voting membership to review and vote on candidates in order to meet the minimum number of members.
(iii) When the committee is considering a candidate for tenure and promotion to associate professor, associate professors who are committee members will discuss and vote.
(iv) When the committee is considering a candidate for promotion to professor, associate professors on the committee may participate in the discussion but will not vote.
(5) University student accessibility services committee (USASC)
(a) Purpose
The USASC serves as the review and approval body for student requests for disability accommodations in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and state and local requirements regarding persons with disabilities. The committee oversees and adheres to related university rule to ensure that efforts to provide reasonable accommodations do not impose an undue burden, present a direct threat to the health or safety of others, or fundamentally alter the nature of its programs, services or activities.
(b) Membership
(i) The membership is comprised of the following:
(a) Three faculty from the college of medicine;
(b) Three faculty from the college of pharmacy;
(c) Learning center director or designee - ex officio;
(d) Academic services assessment representative - ex officio;
(e) Registrar or designee - ex officio;
(f) Office of the general counsel legal representative - ex officio.
(ii) At least one faculty representative from the college of medicine or college of pharmacy must have a dual appointment with the college of graduate studies.
(iii) At least one faculty representative from the college of medicine or college of pharmacy must have a dual appointment with the bitonte college of dentistry.
(iv) Ex officio members are non-voting.
(c) Officers
(i) The committee will have two co-chairs. At least one of the co-chairs will have a dual appointment in the college of graduate studies.
(ii) The co-chair representing the college of origin of the student requesting accommodations will chair the meeting.
(6) University mental health committee (UMHC)
(a) Purpose
The UMHC serves to advance mental wellness and self-care for NEOMED students, faculty, and staff by adopting a comprehensive approach to mental health promotion and suicide prevention. Target strategies include reducing the stigma of mental illness, increasing help-seeking behavior, and encouraging a culture of mutual concern for one another. To achieve these goals, the committee:
(i) Recommends resources regarding mental health and suicide prevention; and
(ii) Provides training and promotes emotional wellness and support for the campus and greater community.
(b) Membership
(i) The membership is comprised of the following voting members:
(a) Chair of the department of psychiatry - ex officio;
(b) Director, campus mental health initiatives - ex officio;
(c) Director of public safety - chief of police - ex officio;
(d) Senior executive director, academic affairs and student services - ex officio;
(e) Director, counseling and student wellness - ex officio;
(f) Office of the general counsel; legal representative - ex officio;
(g) Human resources representative;
(h) Public relations and marketing representative;
(i) Faculty relations and professional development representative;
(j) College of medicine - faculty representative;
(k) College of pharmacy - faculty representative;
(l) College of graduate studies - faculty representative;
(m) Department of psychiatry - resident representative;
(n) College of medicine - student representative;
(o) College of pharmacy - student representative;
(p) College of graduate studies - student representative.
(ii) Student representatives will serve one-year terms.
(iii) The chair of the department of psychiatry may serve a dual role as college of medicine representative, if so designated by the college.
(c) Officers
(i) The chair of this committee will be the current director of campus mental health initiatives.
(ii) The vice-chair will be determined by committee vote.
(7) Academic management partnership (AMP)
(a) The purpose of AMP is to:
Support the development and review of university academic policies for recommendation to the provost. All university academic policies must be reviewed and formally recommended by AMP before being presented to the provost for final approval. AMP initiates, reviews and/or endorses university processes to improve the efficiency, clarity and effectiveness of managing the academic needs of the colleges and university. AMP provides guidance and process expertise during new academic program development to ensure comprehensive planning and smooth implementation. AMP establishes a collaborative team of college and university representatives for the management of academic policies, processes and services to support the overall success of students and communicates to stakeholders, including faculty, staff and executive leadership, in a timely and comprehensive way.
(b) Membership
(i) Members include administrative and faculty representatives to promote the academic management interests of each college and the university departments. The voting membership is comprised of the following:
(a) Dean of students- ex officio;
(b) University registrar - ex officio;
(c) Up to two administrative representatives from each college, one of which has decision-making authority over that college's curriculum;
(d) One faculty representative from the university faculty council;
(e) One administrative representative from academic services;
(f) One administrative representative from the institute for teaching excellence;
(g) One administrative representative from information technology;
(h) One administrative representative from the library;
(i) Up to two administrative representatives from the office of the provost; and
(j) One administrative representative from financial aid.
(ii) As new colleges are added to the university, additional administrative representatives will be recommended by the dean of the respective college.
(c) Officers
(i) The chair is the dean of students.
(ii) The vice chair is the university registrar.
(8) University research council (URC)
(a) The purpose of URC is to:
(i) Conduit for faculty communication with the vice president for research (VPR) on research matters including, but not limited to research compliance, student research programs, research policy, budgetary decisions affecting research, and issues pertaining to the research focus area (RFA).
(ii) Advice VPR on university research priorities and policies.
(iii) Provide oversight of RFA.
(a) Define the authority for the creation of, purpose, structure, function, membership, leadership, and organizational chart(s) for RFAs.
(b) Conduct a yearly evaluation of RFAs as a group, but also individual RFAs, including the tracking of goals, progress towards goals, contributions towards university discovery pillar, and budget reports.
(c) Establish criteria for the evaluation of RFAs, including, but not limited to research activities, faculty sufficiency, journal clubs, and scientific/professional local meetings.
(b) The URC shall meet at least quarterly. The office of the VPR will provide administrative support for this committee.
(c) Membership shall include the following voting members:
(i) VPR (ex-officio)
(ii) Leader of each RFA, or designee (ex-officio)
(iii) University faculty council selected representative of Rootstown research faculty; the selected faculty representative will serve for three years. The faculty representative may serve two consecutive three-year terms.
(iv) Peer-elected Ph.D. student with a NEOMED faculty as primary advisor, who has passed candidacy exams. The elected representative will serve a one year term. The elected student representative may serve a maximum of two one-year terms.
(v) A chair and vice-chair will be elected by a majority vote of the URC members and serve for two years. After initial election, the terms will be staggered so either chair or vice-chair is elected in a given year.
(9) University council on exceptional experience (UCEE)
(a) Purpose
The purpose of the UCEE is to support the university's commitment to cultivating a culture of inclusive excellence that promotes academic and professional success for all faculty, staff, and students. The UCEE fosters an environment grounded in mutual respect, opportunity, and fairness where every individual is supported in reaching their highest potential. The UCEE serves as an advisory body to the president of the university and make annual recommendations to the on goals and metrics that are aligned with the university's mission and strategic plan. The UCEE encourages initiatives that enhance engagement, achievement, collaboration, professional development, and personal well-being.
(b) Membership
(i) Ex officio members (voting)
(a) Dean of students
(b) Vice president of strategy
(c) Executive director for human resources
(d) Senior executive director for strategic enrollment initiatives, admissions and financial aid
(e) Assistant director of success and engagement
(ii) Faculty members (voting)
One faculty member from each college, appointed by the dean, serving staggered three-year terms. In the first year of the UCEE, the provost will determine the length of term for each representative appointed by the respective college.
(iii) Student representative (voting)
(a) One first-year student from each college, elected by the first-year class, to a two-year term.
(b) One second-year student from each college, elected by the second-year class, to a one-year term.
(iv) At-large members (voting)
One at-large faculty member, and one at-large staff member.
(c) Officers
The chair shall be appointed by the president from among the members for a three-year term and may be reappointed at the president's discretion.
The committee may elect a vice chair from among its members.
(d) Meetings and reports
(i) The UCEE shall meet no fewer than four times per academic year or as requested by the president. The UCEE will provide written reports of its progress on its goal to the president no fewer than twice per year.
(ii) The chair shall convene and preside over meetings and may call additional meetings as needed.
(10) Committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP) executive review committee for the college of graduate studies (COGS), college of pharmacy (COP), and bitonte college of dentistry (BCOD)
(a) Purpose
The purpose of the CAPP executive review committee is to review appeal petitions from students dismissed by the CAPP-COP, CAPP-COGS, or CAPP-BCOD committees for pharmacy, graduate studies, or the bitonte college of dentistry, to decide if appeals will be granted or not, and if granted, to vote on the final student outcome. The CAPP executive review committee will review appeal petitions only if the student has been dismissed by the CAPP-COP, CAPP-COGS, or CAPP-BCOD committees and the request for review includes: (1) new, significant, and compelling information that is not available for presentation to the CAPP committee initially; or (2) evidence of a defect or irregularity in the CAPP committee's proceeding. The request for review must state the substantive or procedural defect alleged to have occurred when the CAPP committee's decision was made. If the information the student seeks to introduce through the executive review process was available to or known by the student at the time of the CAPP committee meeting, and was not presented at that time, it cannot serve as the basis for further review. Disagreement with the CAPP committee's decision will not constitute the sole reason for executive review.
(b) Membership
The CAPP executive review will consist of the following members, dependent on the primary college in which the student being reviewed is enrolled:
(i) Chair:
Vice dean or designee from the college in which the student is enrolled (ex officio; votes in the case of a tie).
(ii) Voting members:
Three (3) faculty, the majority of whom must be from the college in which the student is enrolled.
(iii) Non-voting members:
(a) Chair of the original CAPP committee responsible for the initial CAPP case review and decision (non-voting);
(b) University registrar or designee (ex officio, non-voting);
(c) CAPP administrative liaison (non-voting); and
(d) Student advocate (non-voting).
(c) Quorum
Quorum is met when the majority (fifty per cent plus one) of voting members is present. The chair is a voting member and only votes in the case of a tie. The committee may meet by appropriate electronic means necessary to establish a quorum and/or facilitate the meeting, with input from the chair.
(d) Voting
The chair of the executive CAPP committee for a particular session will vote only in the case of a tie. Any member who previously reviewed the case at one of the college-level CAPP meetings may not vote on the appeal petition for the same case.
Last updated July 20, 2026 at 8:21 AM
History
- Effective: July 19, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-73 College of graduate studies (appendix G): standing committees.
(A) Purpose
To establish the name, membership, manner of membership selection and appointment, and to delineate the authority of the standing committees of the college of graduate studies.
(B) Scope
This rule addresses the standing committees of the college of graduate studies.
(C) Definitions
(1) "College." A college is a collective body of faculty who prescribe and conduct courses of study leading to the award of a degree or certificate. Herein the college of graduate studies may be referred to as "COGS."
(2) "Dean." The dean is the chief academic and presiding officer of COGS. The dean is responsible for the administration of the college and shall supervise its programs and its student body. The authority and responsibilities of the dean is further defined in paragraph (H) of rule 3349-3-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) "Graduate faculty." Graduate faculty are all members of the faculty with appointments in COGS. Graduate faculty ranks, criteria, and appointment processes are outlined in rule 3349-3-26 of the Administrative Code.
(4) "Graduate program advisory committee." A committee that advises the program director about the operation and policies of each of the graduate programs including curriculum, admissions, and advising. Each graduate program has a graduate program advisory committee.
(5) "President." The president is the chief executive officer of the university responsible for its overall administration and for enforcing the bylaws, policies and procedures of the university.
(6) "Standing committees of the college" or "standing committees." Standing committees are permanent committees intended to fulfill certain obligations of the college and are appointed to deal with a specified subject which promotes the college's purpose.
(D) Standing committees
(1) Name and function
The names and functions of the standing committees of the COGS may be altered by the dean in consultation with the graduate faculty council (GFC). The function of the GFC is outlined in paragraph (F)(1) of this rule.
(2) Subcommittees
The standing committees may develop such subcommittees or task forces as are necessary to conduct their business. Subcommittees and task forces may include individuals other than standing committee members.
(3) Expert consultation
The chair of a given standing committee may request the attendance and participation of expert consultants as needed to promote the purposes and goals of the committee.
(E) Conflict of interest
Any member with a perceived or potential conflict of interest in the matter being considered must declare this to the standing committee. The standing committee will deliberate to determine what measures might mitigate or eliminate the conflict.
(F) Charge and membership of the COGS standing committees
(1) Graduate faculty council (GFC)
(a) Purpose
The GFC shall be the standing committee of the college of graduate studies. The GFC counsels and advises the dean in matters of:
(i) The administration of COGS;
(ii) Academic rule and procedure;
(iii) Approval of new graduate courses and programs;
(iv) Evaluation of program quality; and
(v) Approval of new graduate faculty and the reappointment of graduate faculty.
(b) Officers
(i) The dean shall serve as chair and preside at meetings of the GFC. The office of the dean shall send notices of and agendas for all meetings and shall record and maintain the minutes of all meetings of the GFC.
(ii) The vice chair shall be elected by the GFC from its membership and shall preside over GFC meetings in the absence of the chair. The vice chair shall serve a three-year term.
(iii) The vice chair, in consultation with the chair, shall solicit agenda items from the GFC and have authority over setting the agenda for GFC meetings.
(c) Membership
(i) The ex officio membership of the GFC shall be composed of:
(a) The program directors of each of the NEOMED graduate programs offered through COGS.
(b) The NEOMED associate director of the biomedical sciences program shared with Kent state university.
(ii) The departmental and student membership of the GFC shall be composed of:
(a) At least one and no more than two members from each NEOMED academic department. One individual may serve both in representing a graduate program and as a departmental representative.
(b) Two students enrolled in any of the graduate programs offered through COGS, including up to one student from the biomedical sciences program shared with Kent state university.
(iii) Voting privileges
All members of the GFC are voting members and shall have one vote each with the exception of the chair, who shall only vote in case of a tie.
(a) The usual methods of voting on motions are by voice or show of hands. A written ballot may be used when requested by a GFC member.
(b) A voting member may not designate any other person to vote on his/her behalf.
(d) Terms of the departmental and student members
(i) Faculty members of the GFC shall serve staggered three-year terms. Members may serve a maximum of two consecutive terms. No more than two members of the faculty of any department may serve on the GFC during any given year unless they are representing a graduate program.
(ii) Student representatives on the GFC serve one-year terms and may be reelected for one additional term.
(e) Nominations - faculty members
The office of the dean shall notify the chair of the department(s) in which faculty members' terms on the GFC are expiring. The chair will submit two faculty nominations for each pending vacancy by February first.
(i) The nominations shall be transmitted to the dean by April first and the dean shall circulate the slate to the GFC.
(ii) On or about April fifteenth, the dean shall send an electronic ballot to each member of the graduate faculty. The ballot shall list all nominees for the GFC, classified by department. Faculty members shall vote only for the representative of their own department and shall vote for one nominee only. Voting should be completed by May first.
(iii) The GFC shall then tally the vote. In the event that no candidate for a given position receives a majority of the votes cast, there shall be a reballot between the two candidates with the largest pluralities. Results of the election shall be announced to the graduate faculty, and the newly elected members shall take up their duties on July first.
(iv) If a vacancy should occur on the GFC with one year or more left in the term, a special election shall be held. The newly elected member shall serve for that portion of the term for which the originally elected member shall be absent. For the special election, department chair of the vacating member will be asked to submit two names from their department. If a vacancy occurs with less than one full year remaining in the term, the dean may recommend a person from the appropriate department or group to fill the vacancy for the remainder of the term.
(f) Nominations - student members
Student members may be nominated by any graduate faculty member and shall be appointed by the dean.
(g) Procedures of the graduate faculty council (GFC)
(i) The GFC shall use Robert's rules of order newly revised to facilitate its meetings, unless it conflicts with this rule.
(ii) Meetings shall be held at least bi-monthly for a minimum of six times per calendar year or upon ten calendar days' notice by the office of the dean.
(iii) A meeting shall also be held upon the written request of three members of the GFC addressed to the chair.
(iv) GFC meetings are open to any faculty member, student, or staff member.
(v) The dean shall have discretion for acting on resolutions and recommendations put forth by the GFC.
(h) Liaison between graduate faculty council (GFC) and university leadership
The dean will facilitate communication across all colleges and with the vice president for academic affairs.
(2) Committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP)
(a) Purpose
The purposes of the committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP) is to assess student academic performance and professional readiness for continued studies, determine appropriateness of curricular leave, and to enforce specific guidelines for academic advancement while reviewing each student's individual situation and aggregate performance. The CAPP process includes timely notice to the student of the CAPP referral, disclosure of evidence on which the referral is based, opportunity for the student to respond, and an opportunity for due process. All CAPP meetings are private, and all material presented and discussed in CAPP meetings is confidential.
(b) All decisions made by the CAPP committee are final: decisions that result in dismissal, repeat years, and remediations in excess of what is permitted under university policy, however, are all recommendations to the dean, and do not become final decisions until reviewed by the dean. The dean reserves the authority to approve, modify, or remand the decision back to the CAPP for additional review of a specific matter. Students who were dismissed by COGS CAPP may appeal that decision to the CAPP executive review committee in accordance with the procedures and criteria set forth in the compas. Appeals will be heard by the CAPP executive review committee assembled at the time of the appeal, consistent with the voting and non-voting membership established in the compass.
(c) Membership
(i) COGS CAPP membership includes:
(a) Voting membership
(i) Two COGS program directors (one of whom will be designated chair), voting;
(ii) Two additional members of the GFC, voting;
(iii) One NEOMED-enrolled COGS student, voting;
(b) Non-voting
(i) One program coordinator to represent the program in which the invited student is enrolled, non-voting;
(ii) University registrar (ex officio), non-voting;
(iii) Student advocate, non-voting.
(ii) All voting CAPP members are recommended by the GFC and appointed by the dean.
(iii) Voting members serve staggered three-year terms.
(iv) The dean appoints the chair of the committee based on the recommendation of the GFC.
(d) Procedures
(i) Quorum will be based on the majority of the voting membership of the committee. The committee may meet by any electronic means necessary to establish a quorum and/or facilitate the meeting.
(ii) Students are required to appear in person or via electronic means at a meeting of COGS CAPP and may be accompanied by an advisor of their choosing from the NEOMED faculty, staff or student body. Because this is an academic hearing, not a legal hearing, the student may not bring an attorney, nor is the student permitted to bring a relative. Other persons may be invited by the chair to provide information that may augment or clarify information presented. Individuals found to have a conflict of interest may be recused from the meeting and/or the committee vote.
(iii) The committee makes a recommendation to the dean. The dean reserves the authority to approve, modify, or remand the decision back to COGS CAPP for additional review of a specific matter. The dean's decision is final. Students who were dismissed by COGS CAPP may appeal that decision to the CAPP executive review committee in accordance with the procedures and criteria set forth in the compass. Appeals will be heard by the CAPP executive review committee assembled at the time of the appeal, consistent with the voting and non-voting membership established in the compass.
(iv) Students will receive an electronic written statement of the dean's decision within five working days of the decision.
(v) If a student is dismissed by COGS CAPP, he/she may submit a petition to appeal the dismissal within four working days of the date of decision notification.
(3) CAPP executive review committee
(a) Purpose
The purpose of the executive review CAPP is to review appeal petitions from students dismissed by COGS CAPP, and to uphold the decision made by COGS CAPP or remand the case back to COGS CAPP based on one or both of the following circumstances: (i) compelling new information that was not available to COGS CAPP at the time of their deliberation; or (ii) evidence of a defect or irregularity in the COGS 2 CAPP proceeding. The student petition for review must include significant new information that was not available for presentation to COGS CAPP, or evidence of a defect or irregularity in the committee proceedings.
(b) Membership
(i) Membership includes:
(a) Chair: vice dean or designee, college of graduate studies; serves as chair for COGS CAPP executive review cases; ex officio member; votes in the case of a tie for COGS cases; voting member for other college CAPP cases;
(b) Voting members: three faculty, the majority of whom must be from the college in which the student is enrolled, serving staggered three-year terms.
(c) Non-voting members: chair of the original CAPP committee responsible for the initial CAPP case review and decision (non-voting), university registrar or designee (ex officio, non-voting), CAPP administrative liaison (non-voting), student advocate (non-voting).
(ii) Decisions made by CAPP executive review are final.
(iii) Students will receive an electronic written statement of the CAPP executive review decision within four workings days of the decision.
(4) Graduate program advisory committees
(a) Purpose
The purpose of the graduate program advisory committees is to oversee the individual COGS graduate programs. The responsibilities of these committees include, but are not limited to the following: admissions, faculty assignments, curriculum, teaching assistant assignments, stipend funding decisions, program budget review, student progress, program assessment and evaluations, and other student-related issues.
(b) Membership
Membership will consist of a minimum of four and a maximum of ten voting members, including:
(i) The relevant program director who will act as chair of the committee;
(ii) One NEOMED faculty content expert;
(iii) One non-NEOMED content expert; and
(iv) One graduate student representative.
(c) Terms
Membership terms are determined by each graduate program advisory committee.
(d) Nominations
Membership nominations are determined by each graduate program advisory committee.
Last updated August 17, 2026 at 10:14 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-76 Appendix C - university faculty code of professional conduct.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to outline the professional conduct standards applicable to the faculty when functioning in the role of a faculty member of the university.
(B) Scope of the rule
This rule covers conduct of a faculty member when functioning in the role of a faculty member of the university.
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary meaning unless otherwise specified in the bylaws of the faculty.
(D) Body of the rule
Faculty shall subscribe to the highest standards of conduct and ethical behavior for members of their profession. It is expected that, at a minimum, all faculty will conduct themselves with honesty, integrity, and civility. Faculty shall perform their roles in education, scholarship, governance, and service to their profession and the public on the basis of academic freedom as that term is defined in the university bylaws and supported by the university. Intimidation and harassment are inconsistent with the maintenance of academic freedom. Professional conduct is a continuing expectation that begins at the time of faculty appointment and continues throughout the faculty member's career at the university. Conduct that substantially impairs the academic or professional work of students, colleagues, or staff will not be tolerated.
(1) Responsibilities to students
The faculty member will:
(a) Act as a role model for students;
(b) Impart knowledge and understanding of a field of study, correct inaccuracies, and assist students in developing professional skills, attitudes, and behaviors;
(c) Accept and carry out faithfully those duties central to the instructional commitment to students;
(d) Demonstrate respect for students and avoid any exploitation, harassment, or discriminatory treatment;
(e) Give due recognition for significant academic or scholarly assistance from students; and
(f) Provide timely, objective, and unprejudiced evaluations of students.
(2) Responsibilities to the university
The faculty member will:
(a) Work in support of the mission of the university and the respective college;
(b) Distinguish between his/her private views and university policy when engaging in public discussion;
(c) Maintain discretion in dealing with all matters of a confidential or sensitive nature; and
(d) Accept his/her share of duties and responsibilities for the governance of the college and the university.
(3) Responsibilities to the profession
The faculty member will:
(a) Continue such studies and research as are necessary to remain current in his/her field(s);
(b) Respect academic freedom and promote professionalism in lectures, publications, and other modes of information dissemination;
(c) Show due respect for others and for their opinions; and
(d) Neither practice nor condone plagiarism, nor attach his/her name for credit to a paper or publication toward which they have made no professional contribution.
(E) Violations
Alleged violations of the code of conduct may result in the initiation of the procedures outlined in rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code. Alleged institutional violations of academic freedom shall be adjudicated through rule 3349-3-78 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated April 22, 2024 at 8:35 AM
History
- Effective: April 22, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-77
(A) Purpose
(1) To provide for the enforcement of laws and regulations applicable to faculty in their education, research and services roles; the university faculty bylaws and rules governing the conduct of faculty.
(2) To provide for appropriate due process protections
(B) Scope
(1) The procedures of this rule do not apply to faculty non-reappointment or nonrenewal of a faculty contract.
(2) The waiver of any hearing or appeal rights by the accused or the resignation of the accused will not preclude the university from following any of the procedures outlined herein.
(3) This rule applies to faculty only in their capacity as faculty members in the fulfillment of their education, research and service responsibilities to the college and/or university. This rule does not apply to academic administrators in their capacity as academic administrators, even if they hold a faculty appointment.
(4) The university does not condone bullying, intimidation, harassment or unlawful discrimination. Allegations of such misconduct will be handled in accordance with university policies on bullying, harassment, or unlawful discrimination even if such misconduct was allegedly committed by a faculty member in his/her role as a faculty member.
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning within their university faculty bylaws.
(1) Accused. Refers to the faculty member against whom allegations of conduct constituting just cause have been made.
(2) Censure. Official and public reprimand.
(3) Charge(s). A formal, written statement of the complaint(s) or allegations against a faculty member.
(4) Dismissal. An involuntary permanent severance of employment, enrollment or volunteer status.
(5) File. Official file for the faculty member.
(6) Funding agency. Any source which provides funds for the conduct of professional research.
(7) Hearing. An official meeting at which witnesses are heard and evidence is presented.
(8) Inquiry procedures. Procedures used to determine whether there is probable cause that misconduct has occurred.
(9) Investigatory procedures. Procedures employed to conduct a thorough evaluation of relevant evidence.
(10) Just cause. Includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Professional incopetence;
(b) Conduct not in accordance with the ethical standards of a faculty member of the university or the profession as defined in the university faculty code of conduct;
(c) Neglect of duty;
(d) Dishonesty in administration, teaching or in the conduct of research or breach of professional ethics;
(e) Conduct which significantly impairs the faculty member's ability, or that of others, to carry out their responsibilities to the university;
(f) Violation of the policies of the university and university faculty bylaws; or
(g) Conviction of a felony;
(11) Malfeasance. The doing of an act which a person ought not do at all.
(12) Misfeasance. The improper doing of an act which a person might lawfully do.
(13) Nonfeasance. The omission of an act which a person ought to do.
(14) Preponderance of the evidence. The greater weight of the evidence, superior evidentiary weight, though not sufficient to free the mind wholly from all reasonable doubt, is still sufficient to incline a fair and impartial mind to one side of the issue rather than the other.
(15) Probation. A defined period of time during which a faculty member must meet a set of goals and expectations or face termination.
(16) Reprimand. Formal written disciplinary documentation by an administrative superior not requiring a hearing or other due process protections. A reprimand constitutes a final, non-appealable resolution of a given charge.
(17) Sanction. A penalty imposed. All sanctions will be noted in the faculty member's file. The available sanctions include, but are not limited to:
(a) Reprimand;
(b) Removal from a particular project;
(c) special monitoring of future work;
(d) Censure
(e) Suspension
(f) Salary reduction;
(g) Probation; or
(h) Termination of appointment and/or employment.
(18) Scientific misconduct, misconduct in ccience. fabrication, falsification, plagiarism or other practices that seriously deviate from those that are commonly accepted within the scientific community for proposing, conducting, or reporting research. It does not include honest errors or honest differences of interpretations or judgments of data (42 CFR 50.102). This definition also includes "research misconduct" that is defined as fabrication, falsification, or plagiarism in proposing or performing research funded by national science foundation (NSF), reviewing, research proposals submitted to NSF, or in reporting research results funded by NSF (45 CFR 689.1).
(19) Suspension. An immediate, interim action employed by the dean of the college or the provost of the university pending a full investigation and disposition of charges brought against a faculty member. The suspension may result in the faculty member being relieved from some or all of his/her duties. Suspension may be automatic or discretionary.
(D) General considerations
(1) Public statements
Public statements on behalf of the university may be made only under the authority of the president.
(2) Confidentiality
The university will conduct all inquiries into charges of misconduct discreetly. This information will be held in confidence to the extent permitted by law. All committee meetings and hearings will be closed.
(3) Protection for wistleblowers
The university will, to the maximum extent permitted by law, protect the privacy of and will not take any adverse action against an individual who, in good faith, makes allegations of misconduct. The university will not tolerate any retaliation by the accused.
(4) Conflicts of interest
The university shall take precautions against real or apparent conflicts of interest on the part of those involved in any investigation or inquiry proceeding. Any person having a conflict of interest must disclose the conflict to the individual responsible for that phase of the proceedings. Objections by the accused to the appointment of a specific inquiry committee or review committee members will be honored if the university concludes that the committee or its member(s) cannot be fair and impartial.
(5) Duty to cooperate
All university employees are required to cooperate in good faith with investigations of possible misconduct.
(6) General counsel
The university's general counsel will assist during all proceedings (including hearings) by securing, reviewing and maintaining the integrity of evidence, necessary relevant records and materials; and providing consultation to all committees as needed. All final reports will be maintained by the general counsel in a secure manner for at least five years after the termination of the proceedings.
(E) Informal procedures for non-scientific misconduct
(1) If an allegation of conduct constituting just cause that does not involve scientific misconduct has been made against a faculty member, the faculty member's department chair or his or her designee shall investigate the matter within thirty calendar days of the report. The department chair or designee will document the allegation and the results of the investigation.
(2) At the conclusion of his/her investigation, the department chair shall provide the faculty member with a written report outlining the allegation and the results of the investigation. The faculty member may submit a written response to the allegation and the results of the investigation to the department chair no later than ten business days from the date the faculty member receives a copy of the written report.
(3) Upon receipt of the faculty member's written response or upon expiration of the time period for a faculty member to submit a written response, the department chair will confer with the dean or the dean's designee of the respective college to review the allegation, investigation findings and faculty member's response, if applicable, to determine if any further investigation or action is required.
(4) If appropriate and after consultation with the dean or the dean's designee, the department chair may issue a reprimand to the faculty member. A reprimand may properly be issued if the violation is relatively minor and correctable and if the violation does not pose a threat to public well-being or the university resources. A reprimand will constitute a final, non-appealable resolution of the matter.
(5) If the dean determines that a sanction beyond a reprimand should be considered, an inquiry committee will be convened to undertake a formal investigation and hearing as outlined in paragraph (F) of this rule.
(6) If the faculty member charged with misconduct is a department chair or in the decanal line, the dean or the dean's designee will conduct the investigation and make a determination if further action as set forth herein is required.
(F) Formal proceedings
(1) Preliminary inquiry for allegations of scientific misconduct
(a) Allegation(s) of scientific misconduct must be submitted in writing to the dean as soon as possible. Upon such notification, the dean shall provide written notice to the provost of the university and the accused of the charges and a summary of the supporting evidence or investigative reports, if any, no later than five business days after the dean's receipt of the allegation(s).
(b) No later than five business days from the date the provost receives the written allegation, he/she shall appoint a three-person inquiry committee from within the university to advise the dean. The inquiry committee will consist of associate professors and professors from outside the department of the accused. committee members cannot be co-investigators of the accused.
(c) The inquiry committee may consult experts without revealing the name of the accused.
(d) The inquiry committee shall complete the preliminary inquiry, including preparation of a written report, no later than thirty calendar days from the date of the inquiry committee appointment. The report shall summarize what evidence was reviewed, relevant interviews and include the conclusions and recommendations of the inquiry committee.
(e) The accused shall be given a copy of the report and may submit a written response to the report within five calendar days of receipt of the report.
(f) If the preliminary inquiry cannot be completed within thirty calendar days from the date of appointment, the record shall include documentation of the reasons for delay and indicate when the inquiry will be completed. However, the preliminary inquiry must be concluded within forty-five calendar days.
(g) The inquiry committee will make a finding on each charge and will document the reasons for that finding. The committee may recommend in writing to the dean that:
(i) No further proceedings are necessary; or
(ii) Phase II formal proceedings should be initated.
(h) The inquiry committee report, signed by the inquiry committee members, will be submitted to the dean, who will review it with the provost.
(i) The dean will provide written notice to the accused of the outcome of the inquiry and will consider the matter closed or request that the provost convene a review committee within thirty calendar days of the completion of the inquiry.
(j) If the inquiry committee discovers any reason, as outlined in paragraph (B)(7) of this rule, which indicates that the office of research integrity (ORI), national science foundation (NSF), or other appropriate funding agency should be notified, the committee chair must immediately notify the provost and the dean.
(2) Notification of funding agencies
The provost, or designee, will notify the ORI, NSF or other appropriate funding agency if, at any stage of the inquiry or investigation, it becomes apparent that any of the following conditions exist:
(a) There is an immediate health hazard involved;
(b) There is an immediate need to protect federal funds or equipment;
(c) There is an immediate need to protect the interests of the person(s) making the allegations or of the indivicual(s) who is the subject of the allegations as well as his/her co-investigators and associates, if any;
(d) It is probable that the alleged incident will be reported publicly;
(e) There is reasonable suspicion of possible criminal violation; if criminal activity is suspected, the university must inform the funding agency within twenty-four hours of obtaining that information; or
(f) Disclosure of facts that may affect current or potential funding for the individual(s) under investigation or that may compromise the funding agency's ability to ensure appropriate use of federal funds and otherwise protect public interest.
(3) Notification of investigation
If a review committee is convened to consider allegations of scientific misconduct, the provost or his/her designee will notify the appropriate funding agency, in writing of the investigation on or before the date formal proceedings begin. Such notification shall include the name of the person(s) accused, the general nature of the allegations, and the application or grant number(s) involved.
(G) Formal proceedings - review committee
(1) Notification of charges
(a) Within five business days of the decision to convene a review committee, the dean will notify the individual(s) involved, in writing, of the:
(i) Charge(s);
(ii) Names of the review committee members;
(iii) Right to a hearing and the date, time and place of said hearing; and
(iv) Right to attend the hearing; to call witnesses; and to have an individual present designated as counsel who may advise the accused but not address the committee. The accused is responsible for his/her own legal expenses.
(b) Notification will be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested.
(c) Failure of the accused to attend or participate constitutes a waiver of the right to do so and will not delay or impede the process as outlined herein.
(d) The dean may suspend the accused from some or all of his/her duties for the duration of the review. Suspension during this period will be with full pay and benefits unless the law forbids.
(2) The review committee
(a) The provost shall appoint an ad hoc review committee consisting of three members from the ranks of associate professor and full professor. The faculty on the review committee may be drawn from any college of the university.
(b) The committee shall elect its own chair.
(3) Duties of the review committee
(a) The review committee shall conduct an investigation, which shall include examination of documentation it deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities, in whatever format, including, but not limited to: relevant research data and proposals, publications, correspondence, memoranda, records of telephone calls, research notebooks and the inquiry committee's report.
(b) The review committee will provide a receipt acknowledging possession of the materials to the inquiry committee. When requested by the accused, photocopies of written materials taken shall be provided to the accused. Other evidence will be made available for review under controlled conditions.
(c) The review committee may request supplemental written material and seek the advice of content expert consultants.
(d) The committee must carry its investigation through to completion and pursue diligently all significant issues. (In cases of scientific misconduct, if for any reason the investigation is terminated prior to its completion, the funding agency must be notified.)
(4) Hearing procedures
(a) The review committee shall conduct hearing(s) that are closed to the public at which the review committee chair shall:
(i) Call witnesses who will present any relevant information and evidence (prior to the hearing, the accused will be provided with a list of known witnesses);
(ii) Allow the Accused to present any relevant information and evidence including necessary witnesses and physical evidence, and cross-examine witnesses;
(iii) Allow for the committee members to question the accused, witnesses and review evidence presented; and
(iv) Cause a verbatim transcript to be kept.
(b) The accused may have counsel present to advise his or her client at a hearing, but counsel may not participate in the presentation or questioning of witnesses.
(c) The dean has the right to attend the hearing but not the committee deliberations.
(d) The verbatim transcript of the hearing will be available for review by the committee and the accused. A copy will be made available to the accused upon request.
(5) Deliberations by the review committee
(a) The review committee shall meet in executive session to consider all relevant information obtained during the investigation as outlined in paragraph (G)(8) of this rule including evidence obtained at the hearing, if one was held, and any written response to the charge(s) by the accused. The review committee may invite content experts, scientific consultants, general counsel, and appropriate support staff to attend the deliberations as necessary.
(b) Each of the charges will be considered separately. One of two findings is possible:
(i) The evidence does not support the allegations(s); or
(ii) The evidence does support the allegations(s).
(c) The standard of proof on each of the charges will be the preponderance of evidence standard. The review committee will attempt to reach a consensus on each of the charges, and where consensus is not achieved, the decision will be made by majority vote, and an anonymous record of the vote will be kept.
(d) The review committee must maintain documentation to substantiate its findings.
(e) The review committee shall take no more than ninety calendar days from the date of appointment to complete the investigation, conduct the hearing, prepare a report of its findings, and report its findings and any recommendations to the provost and the dean. All review committee members shall sign the report.
(f) Within five business days, the dean or designee shall consider the review committee's report and determine what sanction, if any, is appropriate.
(g) The provost and the accused will receive a copy of the dean's decision.
(h) The decision of the dean is final unless appealed as outlined herein.
(6) Extensions and progress reports
If the provost determines at the end of the ninety calendar days that the review committee cannot complete its work to allow a decision within a one hundred twenty calendar day period:
(a) The provost must submit to the funding agency a written request for an extension and an explanation for the delay that includes an interim report on the progress to date and an estimate of the date of completion.
(b) If the extension is granted, the provost must file periodic progress reports as requested by the funding agency.
(7) Final report
The final report by the provost to the funding agency, due within one hundred twenty calendar days from the day the investigation begins, must describe:
(a) The policies and procedures under which the investigation was conducted;
(b) How and from whom information was obtained relevent to the investigation; and
(c) A description of any sanctions applied by the university.
(8) Appeal procedure for scientific misconduct
(a) If a sanction other than a reprimand is applied, a faculty member may appeal the decision(s) in writing to the provost within ten business days of receipt of the report from the dean.
(b) In case of an appeal, the provost may appoint a committee to assist him/her in considering the appeal.
(c) The provost shall within thirty calendar days:
(i) Consider all relevant reports;
(ii) Sustain, overturn or modify the decision of the dean and so notify the accused and the dean; and
(iii) File the final report with the funding agency if appropriate.
(d) The decision of the provost is final.
(H) Suspension of faculty
(1) Automatic suspension
A faculty member will be automatically suspended by the dean if the:
(a) Faculty member's narcotics license has been revoked for inappropriate use;
(b) Faculty member is convicted of or pleads guilty to a felony; or
(c) Faculty member's license to practice has been permanently revoked.
(2) Discretionary suspension
A faculty member may be suspended by the dean if the:
(a) Faculty member's license to practice is suspended, revoked, limited, or if the faculty member is placed on probation by the state licensing board;
(b) Faculty member's hospital privileges, if applicable, to practice have been suspended, revoked, or he/she is placed on Probation, with the exception of medical records deficiencies; or
(c) Faculty member has been accused of conduct that, if true, would constitute grounds for the suspension, revocation or limitation of the faculty member's license to practice and if in the dean's judgment, there appears to be sufficient grounds to support such an accusation.
(3) Suspensions lasting over a year
If the suspension of a nontenure-track faculty member exceeds a year in length, the faculty member's appointment will be withdrawn.
Last updated February 5, 2024 at 5:50 AM
History
- Effective: February 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-78
(A) Purpose
This rule provides faculty members with the opportunity to present and resolve grievances.
(B) Scope
This rule affords a a limited remedy to all faculty members of the uiversity and graduate students while functioning as a teaching assistant, research assistant or graduate assistant (who are collectively referred to as "graduate students" in this rule).
These procedures do not apply to tenure decisions, appointment and promotion decisions, charges of misconduct or where specific university rules apply.
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary meaning unless otherwise specified in the faculty bylaws or this rule.
Students and faculty should consult the faculty and student handbooks for further information on other rules that may be applicable.
(1) "Grievance" is defined as:
(a) A complaint by a faculty member or graduate student that a specific administrative act was arbitrary or capricious, and that such act adversely affects their existing terms or conditions of appointment; or
(b) A claim by a faculty member or graduate student that a violation of applicable university faculty bylaws, regulations, or personnel policies has occurred and that such violation adversely affects their existing terms or conditions of appointment.
(2) "Grievant" refers to the person filing the grievance.
(3) "Respondent" refers to the person against whom the grievance is filed.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Standards and procedures
The provost and senior vice president for academic affairs (provost) or the provost's designee is responsible for implementing step two of this rule.
(2) Informal resolution (step one)
(a) The grievant shall attempt to informally resolve the grievance with the respondent.
(b) Attempts at informal resolution do not extend the time limits as set forth for filing a formal grievance unless a written exception is granted. Deans will determine the length of time for informal resolution.
(3) Formal review (step two)
(a) Grievance that is not resolved to the satisfaction of the grievant through informal resolution may be presented by the grievant for formal review.
(b) A formal grievance must be filed simultaneously in writing with the provost or the provost's designee, the immediate supervisor and the respondent no later than thirty calendar days from the date the grievant knew, or could reasonably be expected to know of the event or action that gave rise to the grievance.
(c) The formal grievance must:
(i) Identify the specific administrative act(s) to be reviewed;
(ii) Specify how the grievant was adversely affected;
(iii) Specify in what regard, if any, the administrative act(s) was/were arbitrary, capricious, or in violation of applicable bylaws or policies;
(iv) Specify the remedy requested.
(d) The respondent will prepare a written response to be submitted to the provost or the provost's designee and his/her immediate supervisor within fifteen business days of the date of the filing of the formal grievance.
(e) The provost will appoint a three-member faculty grievance committee, composed of associate or full professors, to review the matter and make a recommendation to the provost within fifteen days.
(f) The provost or the provost's designee will render a finding in the matter to the grievant and respondent within fifteen days.
(4) Withdrawal
At any time prior to the resolution of the grievance, the grievant may withdraw the grievance without prejudice.
(5) Remedy
If the grievance is sustained in whole or in part, the remedy shall not exceed restoring to the grievant the pay, benefits, rights, repairing reputational harm, or other terms and conditions of appointment lost as a result of the violation of university bylaws and policies or as a result of an arbitrary, capricious, or administrative action.
(6) Records
After resolution, records of the grievance will be maintained in the office of the general counsel in accordance with the record retention rules of the university.
Last updated May 14, 2024 at 10:00 AM
History
- Effective: May 13, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-91 Faculty Improvement Program.
(A) Purpose
In accordance with the Revised Code, the board of trustees of the university has established a program of professional leave so that members of the tenure-track faculty may periodically take advantage of opportunities for professional growth not available within this university.
(B) Scope
The plan for leave must demonstrate a benefit for the respective college and the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) Academic years of teaching service. Fiscal years during which a tenure-track faculty member was employed and provided full-time service to the university. Six full calendar years of service equal seven academic years of teaching service.
(2) Full-time faculty members. For purposes of this rule, are full-time tenure track faculty, paid directly by the respective college.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Eligibility for professional leave
(a) A full-time member of the faculty with at least seven academic years of teaching service at the university may be granted professional leave to enhance professional growth for a period not to exceed one academic year to engage in further education, research or other activity approved by the board of trustees. Such leave must be recommended by the president and approved by the board of trustees.
(b) If the faculty member demonstrates that a project is better served by dividing the leave over two academic years, a split leave may be permitted at the discretion of the president and the board of trustees, provided that such an understanding is reached before the initial leave is approved.
(c) Professional leave shall not be granted for the sole purpose of acquiring an advanced degree.
(d) A faculty member who has been granted a professional leave must complete another seven years of service at the university before becoming eligible for another grant of professional leave.
(e) Approved extramural activities in connection with specific research, scholarly or creative efforts shall not reduce eligibility for a professional leave.
(2) Compensation and other benefits
(a) The university will pay the faculty member during a period of professional leave a salary not to exceed the amount that would have been paid for the performance for regular service during the period of the leave. A faculty member may receive full salary for a period not to exceed six months. If the period of professional leave extends beyond six months, the six months' salary will be prorated over the entire period of leave (e.g., full salary for six months; half salary for twelve months; two thirds salary for nine months).
(b) During the period of professional leave, the faculty member will continue to participate in the faculty benefits program and will accumulate service credit toward retirement as provided in the Ohio Revised Code.
(c) No professional leave will be granted that requires a permanent compensating addition to the faculty or staff of the university.
(3) Procedure for application and selection
(a) Application for professional leave shall be made through the department chair and the dean of the respective college. It shall include a specific plan which shall be submitted at least six months preceding the commencement of the professional leave. If the faculty member intends on engaging in individual or collaborative research or scholarly activity (irrespective of whether any compensation is paid), this must be reflected in the professional leave application. Each proposal shall be forwarded through the dean to the president and will be accompanied by a plan describing how the faculty member's teaching responsibilities will be assumed. The president will transmit the proposals he/she approves to the board of trustees for final action. At any level of this review process a faculty review committee may be appointed to assist in reaching a decision.
(b) If the faculty member's proposal is not approved, specific reasons for disapproval will be given in writing to the applicant.
(4) Accountability
(a) Faculty members who have been granted professional leave will be required to render at least one year of academic service at the university upon return from leave. Faculty members who do not render the required service upon return from leave may, at the dean's discretion, be required to reimburse the university for salary received while on leave.
(b) Within six months after returning from leave, the faculty member shall submit to the president, the dean of the respective college, and the department chair a report describing the accomplishments resulting from the professional leave.
(5) Board authorization
The board of trustees authorized the administration to establish and implement the provisions related to the faculty improvement program as necessary to carry out this rule without further ratification or action required by the board of trustees.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 10:48 AM
History
- Effective: November 27, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-195 University faculty bylaws - appendix B appointment, promotion, and tenure.
(A) Purpose
The faculty bylaws concerning appointment, promotion and tenure of tenure track faculty (the "bylaws") are set forth herein and are designed to cultivate a diverse body of faculty that demonstrates sustained excellence and distinction in scholarship, education, service and clinical care, if appropriate. To this end, the bylaws define the nature of tenure; the faculty who are eligible for appointment and consideration for promotion and/or tenure; the process for the comprehensive, fair and orderly consideration of appointments and the granting of tenure; criteria that are to be applied in making these decisions; and mechanisms for the assurance of due process and good faith resolution of conflicts arising out of the bylaws.
(B) Scope
The bylaws concerning appointment, promotion and tenure of tenure track faculty apply only to tenure track and tenured faculty.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Academic rank." The university has established in rank order, the ranks of assistant professor, associate professor and professor (sometimes referred to as full professor) for faculty on the tenure track. The rank of instructor is reserved for persons completing customary preparation in a given field, or persons without a terminal degree. This rank is only available to faculty in the non-tenure track.
(2) "Candidate." A candidate is an applicant for appointment, promotion and/or tenure.
(3) "College." The term "college" includes all the colleges organized under the authority of the northeast Ohio medical university ("NEOMED" or "the university").
(4) "Curriculum vitae (CV)." The curriculum vitae is one of the documents submitted by the candidate for consideration by independent external evaluators. The CV should include, but does not need to be limited to, information on contributions to the educational program of the university or college(s), research and scholarly accomplishments, service related to the college(s), university or profession, and professional standing.
(5) "Days." Days as used in this document are business days of the university.
(6) "Dossier." A dossier is a comprehensive set of documentation prepared and submitted by the candidate when seeking promotion and/or tenure. This documentation is critical in assessing the candidate's achievements and readiness for promotion and/or tenure. The completed dossier must be signed by the candidate along with an attestation of veracity and completeness.
(7) "Evaluation year." The evaluation year is the final year of the probationary period.
(8) "Independent external evaluator." An independent external evaluator is an individual who is not a first degree relative of the candidate or does not have a comparable close personal relationship with the candidate; or; has no substantive financial ties to the candidate; is not dependent in some way on the candidate's services; does not have a close professional relationship with the candidate (e.g. dissertation advisor, postdoctoral mentor, or collaborator); has not in the past three years co-authored an original research publication or presentation with candidate, or collaborated on research or funding including funding proposals (e.g., as a co-investigator or consultant on a research grant) with the candidate that would be defined as a conflict in accordance with the foregoing guidelines; or has not collaborated so extensively with the candidate that an objective review of the candidate's work either is not, or appears not to be possible. An independent external evaluator is not employed by and does not have a faculty appointment at the university, or its affiliated hospitals and health departments, and is qualified to assess the candidate's scholarly achievements and reputation. An independent external evaluator must hold faculty rank equivalent to or higher than the rank to which the candidate seeks promotion (i.e. must be at least associate professor for associate professor candidates, and full professor for full professor candidates).
(9) "Letter of offer." The letter of offer is a document initiated by a given college dean that sets forth certain terms and conditions of the candidate's appointment and/or employment but does not constitute a contract. Any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's probationary period may be negotiated prior to appointment and will be delineated in this document. Any modifications to the document must be in writing and signed by the dean of the respective college that initiated the appointment, the faculty member's department chair and the affected faculty member.
(10) "Notice of non-reappointment." Notice of non-reappointment is a written notification by the dean of the respective college to the affected faculty member that the college intends to terminate a faculty member's appointment at a specified time. Notice of non-reappointment will generally be given on or before March fifteenth. For the first year of service, the last day of service will be June thirtieth of the calendar year in which the notice is given. After one or more years of service, the last day of service will be June thirtieth of the next calendar year.
(11) "Probationary period." The probationary period is the initial period of a tenure track appointment during which faculty members must demonstrate that they are capable of performing at the level of excellence and distinction required to be awarded tenure. The probationary period lasts from the date of the initial tenure track appointment to the date of the award of tenure by the board of trustees or notice of non-reappointment.
(12) "Promotion." Promotion is the shift of a faculty member from one academic rank to a higher academic rank.
(13) Recognition of faculty distinction
The following titles have been established to recognize outstanding, meritorious or exceptional tenured or tenure track faculty.
(a) "Distinguished"
(i) The title "distinguished" is a non-salaried designation of distinction.
(ii) The title distinguished university professor is the highest honor the university can confer. It is reserved for faculty members who have made exceptional contributions and extraordinary achievements in the areas of teaching, scholarship and research.
(iii) When the title "distinguished" is conferred, it precedes the faculty member's academic rank.
(iv) Recommendations for the award of distinguished status may originate with the department chair, dean, provost, or the president. If the recommendation originates with the chair, it must be reviewed by the respective college dean and provost, and if approved forwarded to the president.
(v) The president may forward recommendations directly to the board of trustees for approval.
(b) "Emeritus"
"Emeritus" is a title of distinction that is used to recognize university faculty and senior professional staff who have provided meritorious service to the university and who have terminated full-time service to the college or university. The university recognizes emeritus faculty and senior professional staff as a continuing valuable resource and as such encourages them to maintain an active ongoing relationship with the university. The conferral of this title is governed by a separate board of trustees rule and as such, is beyond the scope of university bylaws.
(14) "Tenure." Tenure is a privilege and not a right. Tenure is the commitment of a given college of the university to a faculty member for continuous and ongoing faculty appointment. Tenure provides protection against involuntary suspension or termination except for financial exigency, just cause when a faculty member receives a negative post-tenure review. Tenure automatically ceases upon the faculty member's voluntary or involuntary termination, retirement or death.
(15) "Tenure track position." A tenure track position is a full-time salaried faculty appointment that includes the eligibility to apply for tenure. The appointment to a tenure track position is set forth in the letter of offer.
(16) "Tolling." Tolling is the suspension of the time period (granted in year-long increments) that comprises a tenure track faculty member's probationary period, for which there is no expectation of productivity. Tolling of the probationary period must be requested by the faculty member and approved by the department chair and the dean of the respective college. Any such suspension of time will not be counted toward the probationary period.
(D) Body of the bylaws
(1) Appointments
(a) Appointment to the faculty is a privilege not a right. An appointment is the designation of a candidate for a given academic rank, that is based upon the candidate's competence in a given field and the expectation that the candidate will maintain and increase mastery and creativity in this field. The letter of offer will state the kind of appointment the candidate will hold, the conditions under which the appointment is made and held, and any special considerations that may affect the appointment.
(b) Appointments to the tenure track will be made upon the positive recommendation of a duly constituted search committee, the respective college dean, provost, the university president, and final action by the board of trustees.
(c) Considerations include, but are not limited to:
(i) Possession of an appropriate terminal academic or professional degree;
(ii) Expertise in an appropriate academic field and evidence of dedication to continuing advancement of this field of knowledge;
(iii) Ability and dedication as an effective teacher;
(iv) Creativity and competence in an appropriate field of research and scholarship; and
(v) Ability to assume responsibility for service to the college, university or profession.
(d) "Appointments with tenure" are appointments for senior level faculty (associate or full professor) from comparable institutions where they have had tenure and a commensurate faculty rank. For these faculty, the probationary period is waived, and tenure commences at the time of initial appointment. Appointments with tenure are made only after positive recommendations by the department chair, respective college dean, and consultation with the vice president for academic affairs. The vice president for academic affairs shall forward positive recommendations to the university president for review and approval. The university president shall forward positive recommendations to the board of trustees for ratification or approval.
(e) While prior tenure status and faculty rank at another institution will be considered at the time of initial appointment, the college dean in consultation with the university vice president for academic affairs will determine the appropriate faculty rank and the length of any probationary period for a faculty member within the guidelines established herein. The length of the probationary period if any, will be set forth in the letter of offer.
(f) An appointment is made with the expectation that it will continue until notice is given and that it may be terminated either upon the retirement or resignation of the faculty member or by the college or university in accordance with the university bylaws and/or the faculty bylaws.
(2) Tenure
(a) Basic principles of tenure
(i) The conferral of tenure is a commitment of the resources of a given college within the university. Tenure assists the university and its respective colleges in attracting and retaining a high quality, and diverse faculty. The conferral of tenure necessitates an assessment of university and college needs and resources. The university will consider documented evidence of the candidate's professional excellence in teaching, research and scholarly activities, and academic/public/professional/clinical service; and demonstrated professional dedication and outstanding ability necessary to substantiate the potential for future contributions justifying the degree of permanence afforded by the award of tenure.
(ii) Tenure may be awarded only to a full-time, salaried candidate with a tenure track appointment. Tenure may be awarded at the time of initial appointment or after the successful completion of the probationary period. Except under extraordinary circumstances, any time accrued under non-tenure track appointments at the university or elsewhere will not count toward the established probationary period. Any exceptions must be approved by the respective department chair and dean and must be noted in the letter of offer or an amendment thereto.
(iii) Tenure is a privilege not a right.
(iv) Tenure shall not be awarded unless, after rigorous review, the candidate has been found to meet the standards described herein. Attainment of tenure may not result from inaction, inadvertence, or any procedural error on the part of the college or university.
(v) A candidate for promotion must first have been awarded tenure or must seek tenure at the time he/she seeks promotion.
(vi) If tenure is not awarded, a candidate shall be given a notice of non-reappointment as defined herein.
(b) Tenure track
Only faculty appointed to the tenure track are eligible to apply for tenure. Tenure track status will be identified in the faculty member's letter of offer.
(c) Terminal degree
The candidate must hold an appropriate terminal degree. Exceptions can be made in particular cases provided that such exceptions are justified by the candidate's department chair and approved by the respective college dean and university provost.
(d) Award must result from positive action
The conferral of tenure is a positive act by the college and the university. A faculty member shall not be awarded tenure by default. Any failure in procedural matters shall not be sufficient cause for the conferral of tenure. If the university or the college makes a procedural error, the error will be corrected, and the procedure will continue without prejudice to the candidate.
(e) Probationary period
(i) Typically, the probationary period begins at the time an appointment commences and ends on the date of the award of tenure by the board of trustees. In determining eligibility for tenure and promotion, initial appointments commencing on or before October first will be counted as a full year. Partial years of appointment will not be used unless so requested in writing by the faculty member. The probationary period will be identified in the letter of offer or the amendments thereto.
(ii) During the probationary period, faculty memebers:
(a) will meet at least annually with the tenure advisory committee as stated in paragraph (E)(3)(a) of this rule.
(b) whose overall score meets, exceeds, or is rated at outstanding performance will continue to be evaluated annually through the annual performance evaluation process.
(c) whose overall score is below performance expectations shall be required to meet with the respective department chair to develop a performance improvement plan (PIP) to address specific improvement strategies, identify resources for faculty development, and establish performance expectations for the upcoming performance year.
If a probationary faculty member is unable to meet performance expectations, the faculty member may receive a notice of non-reappointment from the dean after consultation with the department chair.
(iii) Upon written request of a faculty member and approval by the department chair and the dean, a faculty member may be allowed to apply for tenure before the maximum number of years of the probationary period. If the faculty member is not awarded tenure when he/she is reviewed before the maximum number of years provided herein, he/she may re-apply for tenure once more. However, he/she may only re-apply in the year when he/she has completed the maximum number of years of the probationary period.
(iv) Leaves of absence and other reasons approved by the chair and the dean for which the probationary period has been tolled will not be counted as part of the probationary period.
(v) In extenuating circumstances, at the written request of the faculty member and with the concurrence of the respective department chair and dean, extensions of up to no more than three years in total may be given to those probationary faculty who demonstrate a high probability of being awarded tenure at the end of the extension. The request must be made before May fifteenth of the evaluation year. Requests for extension and the approval of such extension must be in writing. Approval of an extension will be considered an amendment of the letter of offer.
(vi) Faculty who have received an extension of the probationary period can apply for promotion only once during the period of the extension, either during or at the end of the probationary period. The recommendation of the university tenure and promotions committee, dean, and provost has the same standing as recommendations in which the probationary period was not extended.
(3) Promotion of tenure track assistant professor to associate professor with tenure and promotion of tenure track associate professor to full professor
(a) Candidates will be simultaneously reviewed for promotion and tenure.
(b) If tenure is awarded, then promotion to the next higher academic rank is also granted.
(c) The probationary period is generally no more than seven years for assistant professors and no more than five years for associate professors. A faculty member must submit a written notification of intent to stand for promotion with tenure to the respective department chair by May fifteenth of the year specified in the letter of offer or amendments thereto.
(d) If notification of intent to stand is not given by the faculty member as required, notice of non-reappointment will be issued as specified herein.
(e) Each candidate for promotion with tenure is evaluated individually based upon the achievements described in the dossier according to the criteria and standards appropriate to the candidate's field and any appropriate terms and conditions cited in the candidate's letter of offer.
(f) In evaluating the candidate's performance, the weighting of the evaluation areas may vary. Consideration in weighing will be given to the mission of the university and college, the department, and the demands of the appropriate discipline. Both quality and quantity of the individual's contribution will be taken into consideration.
(g) In order to achieve promotion with tenure, the candidate must exhibit sustained excellence and distinction in at least one of the two areas of faculty activity; research or teaching. Proficiency is required in all other areas of faculty activity. Convincing evidence for these must be exhibited in the candidate's tenure and promotion dossier and must reflect the weighting of the effort distribution. See paragraph (I)(1) of this rule (tenure/promotion dossier for tenure track faculty).
(h) There is no requirement for a faculty member to be promoted to a higher rank following promotion to associate professor and the award of tenure.
(4) Promotion of tenured associate professors to full professor
(a) Faculty must be tenured prior to seeking promotion to professor.
(b) Five years in rank is generally the minimum time in rank before which a faculty member may be considered for promotion to professor. The dean may, after consultation with the department chair, reduce the time in rank requirement for a faculty member whose outstanding performance would justify the reduction in time prior to consideration for promotion.
(c) Each candidate for promotion is evaluated individually based upon the achievements described in the dossier (refer to paragraph (I)(1) of this rule (tenure/promotion dossier for tenure track faculty) according to the criteria and standards appropriate to the candidate's field.
(d) Promotions are made after contributions commensurate with the higher rank have been achieved. The tenure and promotions committee will consider any specific exceptions or requirements set forth in the faculty member's letter of offer or any amendments thereto, and the annual written reviews.
(e) A successful candidate for promotion to full professor should be recognized as an authority in a given field and be regarded as a national or international expert and leader. Promotion from associate professor to full professor is based upon recognition of the candidate's academic maturity; sustained and distinguished accomplishments in education, scholarship and service; strong university commitment; and distinction in leadership roles in education, scholarship and service at the university.
(5) Standards and documentation for tenure and promotion
Standards and documentation for tenure and promotion include, but are not limited to:
(a) Research and scholarly accomplishments
(i) The standard
(a) Research and scholarly activities are central to the mission of the university. Given the complexity of the university and its component colleges and the great diversity of talent within them, it is imperative that various kinds of academic work be recognized through a broad vision of scholarship. Scholarship includes, but is not limited to, the scholarship of discovery, integration, application, and teaching. Scholarship and research may also include participation in clinical trials and commercialization, patent and technology transfer activities. Participation in clinical trials, commercialization, patent and technology transfer activities are primarily supportive for promotion decisions and, while they weigh importantly in tenure decisions, are not solely sufficient for the granting of tenure. Clinical improvement and innovation activities done in a scholarly manner and acknowledged to be of regional, national or international importance are important indicators of distinction and merit consideration. Regardless of the type of scholarship, it should possess the quality of excellence, be peer-reviewed and be disseminated in the public domain.
(b) Creative scholarly activity includes both original research resulting from investigative work or other peer reviewed contributions to the professional and scientific literature. Faculty shall conduct original research and other scholarly activity. The hallmark of creative scholarly activity lies in the peer reviewed "written" word. Written work which is not peer reviewed may support a faculty member's dossier, but by itself is insufficient evidence of excellence in scholarly activity. Similarly, oral or poster presentations may support a faculty member's dossier but are insufficient evidence of proficiency or excellence in scholarly activity.
(c) Original research is studious inquiry or examination.
(d) Faculty shall conduct research and other creative scholarly activity that clearly demonstrates high quality and conforms to the highest ethical and legal standards. Quality is stressed over quantity.
(e) Standards and expectations for scholarship may differ from one field to another. The standards and expectations should be clearly identified for faculty by the department chair and during the tenure advisory committee consultations and for the tenure and promotion committee in the tenure advisory committee's summative letter.
(f) Clinical innovation and improvement performed in a scholarly fashion and acknowledged to be of regional, national and international importance are additional evidence of readiness for promotion.
(ii) Documentation
There must be evidence that the candidate is engaged in creative scholarly activity in areas appropriate to the faculty member's appointment(s), letter of offer, and if appropriate, graduate faculty status. Such activities include, but are not limited to:
(a) Scholarly publications. These include publications in journals, books, chapters, monographs, case reports, literature reviews, annotated bibliographies, abstracts and technical reports. Publications will be assessed in terms of quality and quantity and the candidate's role in the work. The quality of the publications will be evaluated by criteria such as: whether the publication was refereed; whether the publication was invited; the metrics that evaluate excellence in a field of science, reputation and circulation of the journal or book or monograph; the scope of the periodical's audience; the number of citations; originality, creativity and impact on the field; unsolicited independent reviews; or solicited outside professional reviews.
(b) Research support. This includes financial support generated through grants, contracts and other peer reviewed awards.
(c) Scholarly presentations. These include, but are not limited to: lectures, poster presentations or educational displays at professional meetings, colloquia, workshops, seminars and conference presentations.
(d) Research collaborations. These include, but are not limited to collaborations between departments, colleges and universities regionally, nationally or internationally.
(e) Research consultations. These include, but are not limited to, providing consultation in: study design, data analysis, measurement and evaluation.
(f) Intellectual property development and activities in support of technology transfer and commercialization. Documentation of the development of new intellectual property including patents, conduct of clinical trials, and commercialization of university intellectual property provide additional positive evidence for promotion and tenure decisions.
(g) Documentation of innovative clinical activities supported by scholarly publications, presentations and grant and contract activity; commercialization efforts; clinical trial excellence, and recognition by peers such as fellowship in professional organizations or recognition of clinical acumen, leadership in quality improvement efforts on a large scale and regional, national and international reputation are also important elements for consideration.
(b) Educational accomplishments
(i) The standard
Teaching is central to the mission of the university and its component colleges. A faculty member's teaching is reflected in part by students' achievements. Furthermore, teaching quality is documented by recognition and feedback from students, alumni and peer evaluation. Positive contributions to the learning environment and curriculum may support a faculty member's record of teaching. Service on and recognition by national educational bodies are also important aspects of teaching excellence. The extent and effectiveness of educational accomplishments will be evaluated through review of relevant evidence, which may include student performance on examinations; recognition of excellence in teaching; service on nationally prominent tack forces, committees, or study sections; supervisor, peer, and student evaluations.
(ii) Documentation
There must be evidence that the candidate is engaged in educational activities that are appropriate to the faculty member's appointment(s), letter of offer, and if appropriate, graduate faculty status. Such activities include, but are not limited to:
(a) Course or clerkship director;
(b) Presentation of lectures, seminars and tutorials;
(c) Preparation of syllabi, course and examination materials; remediation;
(d) Academic advising and career guidance;
(e) Obtaining external funding for educational activities.
(f) Demonstrating substantial ability: in presenting concepts and information; in teaching problem solving, research and laboratory techniques; developing professional attitudes; evaluating students and conducting remediation, innovative curriculum and teaching initiatives, nationally or internationally prominent educational activities.
(c) Service accomplishments
(i) The standard
Service oriented to the needs of the university, college and the respective departments, are expected for faculty, regardless of rank and academic appointment.
(ii) Documentation
(a) Service activities. Faculty members are expected to be active participants in service activities. Service activities include, but are not limited to:
(i) Membership on committees, boards, councils, etc.;
(ii) Professional service activities such as service on research review committees, ad hoc research reviews, editorial board membership, editorship, editorial reviews, etc.;
(iii) Service to the community; and
(iv) Service to governmental bodies on biomedical, public health, and community health topics.
(b) Planning, organizing and implementing service projects.
(c) Service support. This includes support for service activities generated through grants, contracts and other sources.
(E) Structure and function of tenure advisory committee
(1) Purpose
The purpose of the tenure advisory committee is to establish a structure for progressive, comprehensive assessment and consistent guidance for a probationary faculty member. The tenure advisory committee must provide probationary faculty with a sound understanding of all criteria and standards, a realistic evaluation of the faculty member's progress toward achieving necessary performance benchmarks and assist the faculty member by making recommendations concerning academic and professional development during the probationary period. This committee is advisory to the faculty member and to the respective department chair.
(2) Composition
(a) A tenure advisory committee will be appointed for each probationary faculty member. Depending on the number of tenured faculty and the academic disciplines of the faculty within a given college or department, the respective dean may appoint a single college advisory committee for all probationary tenure track faculty or the dean may delegate this authority to a department chair who may construct more discipline specific tenure advisory committees for each individual faculty member in a given department.
(b) The advisory committee will be composed of at least three tenured faculty of the university who are knowledgeable of the tenure process, criteria, and standards. The tenure advisory committee may include tenured faculty from outside the probationary faculty member's department but may not include the faculty member's department chair.
(3) Meetings
(a) The tenure advisory committee will meet at least annually with the probationary faculty member. To the extent possible, meetings should occur in time to allow for input into the annual review of the faculty member's performance by the department chair.
(b) The tenure advisory committee will be chaired by a member selected by the dean or the department chair as appropriate.
(4) Reports
(a) The probationary faculty member shall submit a progressively updated tenure dossier to the tenure advisory committee chair at least two weeks in advance of the meeting with the committee. The dossier should, to the extent appropriate, mirror the format of the "tenure/promotion dossier for tenure track faculty" outlined in paragraph (I)(1) of this rule.
The dossier will be reviewed with the faculty member at the time of the advisory committee meeting to help the probationary faculty member gain a better understanding of all of the criteria and standards and to assist the faculty member to submit information more comprehensively and uniformly to the tenure and promotion committee.
(b) The tenure advisory committee chair will provide an annual written report to the department chair which will include an assessment of the faculty member's progress toward tenure and promotion The report is to be evaluative with specific recommendations for promoting the faculty member's progress toward standing for tenure and promotion. The report must not be a simple listing of the faculty member's achievements. The committee chair will keep a record of all the reports submitted to the chair.
(c) The department chair will consider the tenure advisory committee report when conducting the annual performance review of the faculty member, and when formulating a letter of recommendation at the time of tenure review.
(d) The committee chair shall submit a summative report that sets forth the committee's assessment of the candidate's readiness to stand for tenure and promotion to the candidate's department chair, in an unalterable electronic file, in sufficient time to allow for the chair to include this information a recommendation to the university tenure and promotion committee.
(F) Structure and function of the university tenure and promotions committee
(1) Standing committee of the university
The university tenure and promotions committee (UTPC) is a standing committee of the university. The rules of the university standing committees (per rule 3349-3-72 of the Administrative Code) will apply unless superseded herein.
(2) Composition and chair
(a) Voting membership includes:
(i) Tenured faculty members appointed by the president; there shall be no more than four members at the associate professor rank and no faculty at the assistant professor rank or below. There will be no college deans nor department chairs on the committee. No provost, vice presidents or equivalent senior executive leadership roles, shall serve as a member of the UTPC.
(ii) A variety of members representing the breadth of departments and faculty with at least one from each department with tenure track faculty, and with at least two from each college which grants tenure.
(b) Officers
(i) The chair shall be a tenured professor elected by a majority vote of the UTPC. The chair is a voting member of the committee who will abstain from voting unless the votes of the other committee members are tied.
(ii) A vice chair shall be a tenured professor elected by a majority vote of the UTPC. The vice chair plays the same role as any other member of the committee if the chair of the committee is chairing the meeting. If the chair is absent at a meeting, the vice chair assumes the responsibilities of the chair, including not voting unless the votes of the other committee members are tied.
(3) Conflict of interest - criteria
Any member of the UTPC must disclose all real and/or perceived conflict of interest of any of its members to the committee. A committee member has a conflict of interest if he/she:
(a) Is related to the person who is evaluated or has a close comparable relationship;
(b) Has a substantial financial interest in any evaluated activities by the person who is evaluated, both personal and professional;
(c) Within the past three years, has collaborated with or has been in a close mentoring relationship with the person who is evaluated, or is dependent in some way on the candidate's services;
(d) Within the past three years, has played a major professional role as part of a funded research project with the person who is evaluated;
(e) Is preparing to enter into a relationship that would be defined as a conflict in accordance with the above guidelines.
(4) Conflict of interest - tenure advisory committee (TAC)
No conflict of interest is presumed to exist if the UTPC member is currently part of the TAC for the candidate. However, if the UTPC member is the chair of the TAC and the single author of a final TAC report, that member will recuse themself from a formal vote on the candidate.
(5) Conflict of interest - evaluation procedure
The UTPC shall evaluate a member's declared or perceived conflict of interest to determine if the conflict is substantial enough to exclude the member from discussion and/or voting on a pending tenure case. This evaluation shall include:
(a) Examination of the factors that surround the potential conflict;
(b) In the presence of the affected member and with the member's participation, discussion of these factors;
(c) In the absence of the affected member, discussion of these factors and related circumstances and a vote on whether the affected member can:
(i) Contribute to the discussion of the pending tenure case; and
(ii) Vote on the pending tenure case.
(6) Criteria for candidate review and voting
(a) Each candidate for tenure and/or promotion will be reviewed by no fewer than five voting members.
(b) The chair, with the concurrence of the committee, may appoint an ad hoc member or members who meet(s) the criteria for voting membership to review and vote on candidates in order to meet the minimum number of members.
(c) When the committee is considering a candidate for tenure and promotion to associate professor, associate professors who are committee members will discuss and vote.
(d) When the committee is considering a candidate for promotion to professor, associate professors on the committee may participate in the discussion but will not vote.
(7) Confidentiality
(a) In order to assure that candidates for promotion and tenure receive a thorough and fair review of their qualifications and accomplishments, tenure and promotion committee materials and deliberations must be accorded the highest degree of confidentiality.
(b) Committee members agree:
(i) To accept the responsibility to protect the integrity of the tenure and promotion process for all candidates.
(ii) That tenure and promotion materials are crucial to the consideration of candidate's tenure and that it is necessary to maintain the highest degree of confidentiality for these materials. Specifically, members agree to:
(a) Not discuss any information about candidates except in tenure and promotion meetings.
(b) Be fair; accurate and honest in the management of information germane to the review process.
(c) Guard against inaccuracies, carelessness, bias, and distortion made by either emphasis or omission of information.
(d) Strive to treat issues impartially and handle controversial subjects dispassionately.
(e) If requested, provide accurate and complete reports on candidates to the respective college dean, provost, president or university counsel.
(c) A breach of this confidentiality will be considered a serious violation of the faculty code of conduct.
(8) Responsibilities
(a) The tenure and promotions committee reviews and evaluates the credentials of applicants for tenure or promotion.
(b) Evaluation. The tenure and promotions committee may:
(i) Interview appropriate individuals and/or;
(ii) Request additional information from further outside references; and/or
(iii) Request any additional information pertinent to its evaluation.
(9) Recommendations.
The tenure and promotions committee recommendation shall be supported by the majority of members. The chair of the committee will generally abstain from voting except in the case of a tie.
(a) The tenure and promotions committee, after its evaluation, may recommend to award or deny tenure and promotion to an assistant professor; recommend to award or deny tenure and/or promotion to an associate professor; and recommend to award or deny tenure to a full professor and will forward its recommendation to the respective college dean.
(b) The dean will review the candidate's dossier and the recommendation of the tenure and promotions committee and formulate a recommendation. The dean will forward the tenure and promotion committee's recommendation along with a recommendation to the provost, the candidate and the candidate's department chair.
(c) In the case of a negative recommendation by the dean, the dean will notify the candidate of the right to appeal as set forth herein.
(10) Appeal by the candidate
(a) By December first, the candidate must notify the dean and the provost in writing of the intent to appeal or the right is waived. The appeal will be scheduled in December.
(b) The provost may hear the appeal personally or may appoint a three-member appeal committee of tenured faculty from the ad hoc appeal pool (see paragraph (K) of this rule) to consider the matter. If appointed, the committee will elect its own chair and will decide by majority vote to recommend upholding of the recommendation of the university tenure and promotions committee and/or the dean.
(c) The appeal committee review should be concluded within thirty days from the date the committee is charged by the provost.
(d) Recommendation by the provost
(i) The provost shall review the recommendations from the tenure and promotions committee, the department chair, the dean and the appeal committee, if appropriate.
(ii) By February first, the provost will notify the candidate and the department chair and dean in writing of the final recommendation.
(iii) By February first, the provost will transmit all positive recommendations for the award of tenure and/or promotion to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for consideration at their next scheduled meeting.
(iv) Following board of trustee approval, the office of the vice president for academic affairs and the candidate, department chair and dean will be notified.
(v) The department chair is responsible for notifying human resources and accounting of any changes in status.
(G) Required dossier template for tenure and/or promotion review
The dossier template may be amended as necessary by the UTPC to provide for appropriate criteria for tenure and promotion
(1) Tenure/promotion dossier for tenure track faculty
The dossier must be complete at the time of submission. It is the responsibility of the faculty candidate to present sufficient evidence of the scope and quality of their involvement in the curriculum, their scholarship, and their service. For paragraph (D) of this rule (contributions to the educational programs of the university), candidates should designate each activity as related to the professional programs (i.e., medicine or pharmacy) or graduate programs (i.e., Ph.D., master's or graduate certificate) or another program. The dossier shall include the following:
(a) Cover page - page one of the dossier
(i) Full name.
(ii) Current department.
(iii) Current rank.
(b) Table of contents - page two of the dossier
All pages of the dossier must be numbered. All sections must be referenced by page number in the table of contents.
(c) Dossier narrative
Write approximately two pages for each of the three evaluation areas describing how the candidate has developed as an academician in each area.
(d) Contributions to the educational programs of the university
(i) List all lecture, seminar, and tutorials in which the candidate was involved. Specify course name, dates taught, sponsoring institution, role in the activity and whether the activity was at the professional program (i.e., medicine or pharmacy), graduate program (i.e., Ph.D., master's or graduate certificate) or other programs. List all activities separately specifying the graduate degree program or certificate.
(ii) Document the candidate's involvement in the preparation of syllabus, course and examination materials. Specify the course name, sponsoring institution and the candidate's role in the activity. List all activities separately specifying the graduate degree program or certificate.
(iii) Describe the candidate's involvement in remediation. (do not use student names.)
(iv) Describe the extent of any academic advising. List any graduate students; advisees and their current status (degree candidate or recipient, recipients of awards, other special recognition). List graduate level activity separately specifying the graduate degree program or certificate.
(v) Describe any career guidance activities. (do not use student names.) List all activities separately specifying the graduate degree program or certificate.
(vi) List all external funding the candidate has ever received for educational activities; include funding from years at the university and funding from years before coming to the university. Include source, title, period and amount of award. List any grant proposals currently pending.
(e) Research and scholarly accomplishments
(i) Describe in two pages or less any active interests in research and other forms of scholarship. Include collaborations with other faculty (NEOMED and other institutions), postdoctoral associates, and graduate or medical students.
(ii) List all publications and other scholarly output. Separate them into the categories (e.g., journals, books, chapters, monographs, case reports, literature reviews, annotated bibliographies, technical reports, and abstracts. Note whether the publication was refereed, invited or otherwise outstanding. Provide evidence of the quality of publications as previously indicated in this appendix. Provide up to five publications that are significant and representative of all scholarly activities. (attach copies to back of dossier.)
(iii) List all lectures, invited addresses, poster presentations or educational displays at professional meetings, colloquia, workshops, seminars and conference presentations.
(iv) List all professional consultations in study design, data analysis, measurement and evaluation.
(v) List any support generated through grants, contracts and other sources. List the source, title, period and amount of award. Priority scores/percentile rankings of any proposals approved but not funded may also be included. List any grant proposals currently pending.
(vi) List all intellectual property development and activities in support of technology transfer and commercialization. Documentation of the development of new intellectual property including patents, conduct of clinical trials, and commercialization of university intellectual property. Provide additional positive evidence for promotion and tenure decisions.
(f) Service related to the university
(i) List memberships on NEOMED/consortium committees, boards, councils, etc. List other service to NEOMED.
(ii) List professional service activities such as service on research review committees, ad hoc research reviews, editorial board membership, editorship, editorial reviews, etc.
(iii) Document service to the community on biomedical topics.
(iv) Document service to governmental bodies on biomedical topics.
(v) Describe any involvement in planning, organizing and implementing service projects.
(vi) List support for service activities generated through grants, contracts and other sources. Include the source, title, period and amount of award,.as well as any priority scores of approved but not funded proposals. List any grant proposals currently pending.
(g) Professional standing
(i) List all degrees earned. List the complete name and address of the institution granting the degree and dates of attendance.
(ii) List all professional licenses or certificates.
(iii) List all honorary degrees. List the complete name and address of the institution granting the degree and dates of attendance.
(iv) List all fellowships and post-doctoral experiences. List the complete names and addresses of past professional employment, including the names of supervisors and dates of appointment.
(v) List all honors and awards.
(vi) List all offices held in professional societies.
(vii) List all invited memberships in honorary societies.
(h) Any other information or materials that supports the candidate's application.
(i) Attestation
This statement must appear as the final entry of the dossier (before copies of any publications).
"I hereby submit this dossier to the university tenure and promotions committee as evidence in support of my candidacy for tenure. I attest that the information provided herein is true and accurate to the best of my ability. I further certify that this dossier was complete when submitted and contains ___ pages."
Signature
Date
(j) Sample "cover page"
Name of faculty member
Current rank
Department
Application for tenure or promotion
Date submitted
Date received
(k) Sample "table of contents"
Table of contents
| | Page | | --- | --- | | Contributions to the educational program of the college | .................... | | Research and scholarly accomplishments | .................... | | Service related to the college of medicine | .................... | | Professional standing | .................... | | References | .................... | | Other materials | .................... | | Attestation | .................... |
(H) Procedures for processing appointments, promotions, and tenure
(1) Initial appointment
(a) When recommended by the dean of a given college, the provost may approve the creation of a tenure track position.
(b) Where appropriate, when a tenure track position has been authorized, the respective department chair will propose a search committee to the dean.
(c) The search committee after comprehensive review of the candidates shall forward its recommendation for appointment to the respective department chair. The department chair will forward a recommendation to the dean along with the recommendation of the search committee.
(d) Appointments, which have been approved by the dean, shall be forwarded to the provost. If the provost concurs, the recommendations will be forwarded to the president for transmittal to the board of trustees for final approval or ratification.
(2) Tenure and/or promotion
A candidate has the right to:
(a) A full, impartial and confidential review of the candidate's credentials;
(b) Receive a copy of the tenure and promotions committee's report and the recommendation of the dean; and
(c) Appeal to the provost a recommendation of the dean to deny promotion or tenure.
(d) Notification for eligibility to stand for tenure and/or promotion
(i) Notification
The department chair will confer in May with faculty who will or must stand for tenure and/or promotion consideration in the calendar year.
(ii) Intent to stand for tenure or promotion
(a) The process of review for tenure and/or promotion will begin on May fifteenth of the year specified in the candidate's letter of offer or amendments thereto.
(b) By May fifteenth, a candidate for tenure and/or promotion shall notify the department chair in writing of the intent to stand for tenure and/or promotion.
(iii) Process of evaluation for tenure and/or promotion
(a) Independent external evaluators
(i) By May fifteenth, the candidate must submit a list of at least three suggested independent external evaluators to the department chair.
(ii) By June first, a list of at least five independent external evaluators will be identified by the candidate's department chair and transmitted by the chair to the candidate. This list may or may not include independent external evaluators from the candidate's list.
(iii) Within five working days, candidates have the right to review the list of independent external evaluators and provide, in writing, reasons why any of the proposed evaluators should not be contacted.
(iv) The department chair, in consultation with the dean, will determine whether the candidates challenge to an independent external evaluator will be upheld, and whether any independent external evaluator should be removed from the list and replaced with another independent external evaluator.
(v) If an independent external evaluator is removed from the list, another may be added and the same right of the candidate to challenge will apply.
(vi) By June fifteenth, this process shall be completed.
(b) Preparation of materials for independent external evaluators
(i) By May fifteenth, the candidate will submit to the department chair and the office of the provost an unalterable electronic file (e.g., pdf with a security setting) containing a curriculum vitae and an unalterable electronic (e.g., pdf) file of up to five significant and representative sample publications of the candidate's work, for external review. The candidate will also include a two page or less narrative summary providing a synthesis of the importance of their work.
(ii) Each candidate will be asked to sign a waiver of access form for all independent external evaluations.
(iii) The office of the provost will transmit the unalterable electronic file by June fifteenth to the independent external evaluators. The office of the provost should request confirmation from the independent external evaluator verifying receipt.
(iv) Evaluation letters must be returned to the office of the provost by August fifteenth.
(iv) Transmission of completed dossier and associated files
(a) By August fifteenth, the candidates shall submit a complete and unalterable electronic (e.g. pdf with a security setting) dossier to the respective department chairs. The original dossier must be reviewed for its veracity and completeness and attested to and signed by the candidate. The chair of the candidate's tenure advisory committee will transmit to the candidate's department chair a summative letter of evaluation in an unalterable electronic file.
(b) By September fifteenth, the department chair will transmit to the tenure and promotions committee chair via the office of the vice president for academic affairs a letter of evaluation, candidate's dossier, curriculum vitae, and tenure advisory committee summative report in an unalterable electronic file (e.g. pdf with a security setting). A copy of the candidate's initial letter of offer shall be provided to the committee by the office of the vice president for academic affairs.
(c) By the end of the first full week in November, the tenure and promotions committee chair will forward in writing the committee's recommendation and reasons therefore to the respective dean.
(d) The dean may seek confidential advice and counsel to obtain further information prior to rendering a final recommendation to the provost.
(e) On or about November twenty-first, the dean will notify the candidate, the department chair and the provost in writing of the following and will provide a copy of:
(i) The tenure and promotions committee's recommendation,
(ii) The respective dean's recommendation and the reasons therefore; and,
(iii) Notification of the right to appeal a negative recommendation by the dean to the provost.
(I) Ad hoc appeal pool
Paragraph (F)(10)(b) of this rule requires the provost to hear an appeal or to appoint a three-member appeal committee of tenured faculty to consider the matter.
(1) Procedure to appoint ad hoc appeal pool
To ensure the availability of qualified faculty to review an appeal, the provost will appoint of pool of:
(a) Six NEOMED tenured faculty members, of which no more than two should be at the associate professor rank; and,
(b) Two non-NEOMED faculty members who hold tenure at their respective institutions.
(2) Members
(a) Members of this pool may be activated to serve on the appeal committee of tenured faculty, but no more than one non-NEOMED faculty member from this pool is to be appointed to the appeal committee.
(b) Any member of the pool who is appointed to hear the appeal will adhere to the same conflict of interest guidelines as set forth in paragraph (F)(3) of this rule.
(c) Any member of the pool will use the same criteria and rigor for review of the appeal as those used by the UTPC.
Last updated August 19, 2026 at 10:08 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-203 Faculty workload.
(A) Purpose.
The purpose of this rule is to recognize faculty for their contributions to the mission of the university and to establish a framework through which the teaching, research and service workload is equitably distributed between faculty members in a transparent and consistent manner.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all types of faculty appointments for tenure, tenure track, or non-tenure track faculty employed by the university. This rule does not apply to affiliated or co-funded faculty, nor does it include faculty members with adjunct, intermittent, research or visiting appointments. This rule does not include faculty whose primary role is administrative, specifically faculty who serve in a role as a vice president, general counsel, college dean, or as the director of a college center or university institute (or specifically designated otherwise by the provost). The workload requirements set forth in this rule are meant to be complementary to and work in coordination with the faculty empowerment plan (FEP), the faculty incentive plan (FIP), the college and university research incentive plan (RIP), and inform faculty annual performance evaluation (APE).
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning within the university faculty bylaws, the university faculty bylaws appendices or university rules. The following terms are specific to this rule:
(1) "Academic year" for the purposes of this rule, aligns with the fiscal year of the university and commences on July first through June thirtieth.
(2) "Full time" for the purposes of this rule, refers to the expectation that a faculty member works approximately one thousand eight hundred forty hours per year for a twelve-month appointment (i.e., a fifty-two-week appointment, exclusive of vacations and holidays, is equal to forty-six work weeks per year at forty hours per week, or one thousand eight hundred forty work hours per calendar year).
(3) "Research" refers to investigation designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge relating broadly to public health, including behavioral and social-sciences research. The term encompasses basic and applied research and other mission-relevant scholarly activities, product development, innovation, entrepreneurship, and commercialization. In the context of this rule, most, but not all research will align with the university's research focus areas, although such alignment is not necessary to be considered research. Some faculty at the university perform important research which meets the definition, but does not necessarily align with a specific research focus area.
(4) "Research-active faculty" refers to faculty who have satisfied their research workload and annual performance expectations as described in this rule and established by the department chair.
(5) "Research-inactive Faculty" refers to those faculty who have failed to satisfy their research workload or annual performance expectations as described in this rule and established by the department chair and have consequently been temporarily relieved of their research workload pending completion of a plan to return to research-active faculty status.
(6) "Service" refers to required activities that directly support the university's mission and are required by regulatory, legal, accreditation, or other standards. All service activity should be in alignment with guidelines as set forth in the faculty handbook and university rules and faculty bylaws.
(7) "Teaching" refers to approved activities involving instructional interactions with NEOMED students that are consistent with the university's educational mission and goals and are reflected in individual college curricular calendars. Classroom (including instruction in the simulation center), online, or hybrid instruction all count equally toward workload requirements.
(8) "Teaching overload" refers to faculty who exceed the generally prescribed workload requirements for teaching and required service activities as assigned by their department chair. Only the total of teaching and assigned service workload will be considered in determining if an individual faculty member is in overload. All overload must be approved by the provost.
(9) "Workload" refers to the percentage of assigned effort in the areas of teaching, research, and service. Workloads are based on a full-time twelve-month appointment; part-time appointments will be pro-rated, maintaining the allocation percentages as established for full-time faculty. Annual workload may vary by academic year, type of appointment and any administrative service authorized by the president, provost, or dean.
(10) "Workload substitution" refers to the ability of a faculty member to substitute one category of workload for another. Specifically, research-active tenure track or non-tenure track faculty members who have secured extramural funding with salary support may request to substitute their research activities for a portion of their teaching workload. Likewise, faculty who have been assigned significant administrative duties by the dean or provost may have a commensurate reduction in their teaching responsibilities to accomplish their administrative duties. The amount of reduction will be determined by the dean and approved by the provost. Any workload substitution can be no more than seventy-five per cent of the faculty member's teaching workload for the academic year unless recommended by the dean and approved by the provost. Department chairs and deans must ensure adequate availability of other faculty to deliver the complete curriculum, without overload, before recommending teaching workload substitution.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Annual workload distributions
(a) The workload percentages provided herein are determined annually by the department chair and approved by the dean of the college where the faculty member has their primary appointment and the provost. In the case where the faculty member's workload will be distributed across more than one college, the dean of the college holding the primary appointment must review, and if appropriate, also approve, the distribution and workload percentages outside of the college prior to submission to the provost. Satisfying workload requirements is a prerequisite to the performance standards established for reappointment, promotion, or tenure. General guidelines for workload distribution include:
(i) Tenured faculty: forty per cent teaching, forty per cent research, twenty per cent service;
(ii) Tenure track faculty: forty per cent teaching, fifty per cent research, ten per cent service; and
(iii) Non-tenure track faculty and research-inactive faculty: sixty to eighty per cent teaching, ten to twenty per cent scholarship, ten to thirty per cent service.
(iv) New tenure track assistant professors will have a fifty per cent teaching workload substitution in the first two years of employment and a twenty-five per cent reduction in year three, resulting in the following workload distribution:
(a) Year one and two: twenty per cent teaching, seventy per cent research, ten per cent service
(b) Year three: thirty per cent teaching, sixty per cent research, ten per cent service
(b) Faculty will not be required to keep track of their workload hours for workload credit calculations. The following approach will be used:
(i) Teaching: credit is only given for either teaching assignments as reflected in the college curriculum calendars, or courses taught on the NEOMED campus as part of the biomedical sciences (BMS) graduate program curriculum under the NEOMED Kent state university partnership. It is imperative that colleges maintain their calendars to ensure they accurately reflect all faculty teaching assignments.
The duties of a course director are essential activity for educational excellence, but vary widely depending on course size and complexity. Such duties are eligible for teaching workload credit, as determined in appendix C to this rule. If a particular course has more than one course director, the total amount of eligible teaching credit for course director responsibilities will be divided equally amongst all course directors, associate, or assistant course directors for a particular course.
(ii) Research: faculty will automatically be given credit for the maximum amount of research time to which they are entitled based on the above allocations. Research productivity and quality will be assessed by department chairs, deans, and the tenure and promotion committee in other venues as appropriate and will not be considered for purposes of this rule.
(iii) Service: only service activities which are assigned by the department chair and are contained in appendix B to this rule will be eligible for service workload credit. Administrative duties assigned by the department chair, dean, provost, or president will be considered service activities for faculty covered under this policy. Faculty may not exceed three credit-hours/year of service credit without the approval of the provost. Department chairs will be responsible for assigning and tracking service activities for their faculty.
(c) Requests for exceptions to the foregoing general guidelines will be referred to the provost for review and determination.
(d) To the extent a faculty offer letter sets forth workload distributions different than stated in this rule, the dean will recommend a revised workload distribution that aligns with the tenets of this rule to the provost for review and determination.
(e) Required university-approved committees, along with maximum allowable service credit for each committee, are listed in appendix B to this rule. The provost must approve any additional activities not listed in appendix B to this rule or any committee or activity workload credit in excess of what is stated in appendix B to this rule.
(f) Appendix A to this rule lists those activities which are expected citizenship activities for faculty as members of the university community and are not eligible for workload credit. Some are activities for which faculty participation is important to students and the general university community. As appropriate and as determined by the provost, in consultation with the president, some of those may be included in the annual FIP for faculty participating in that plan and to incent participation in that plan. For those faculty not part of the FIP, their degree of support for these activities may be considered as part of their APE.
(g) As noted previously, faculty may request a workload substitution, when external funding offsets the teaching the faculty member ordinarily would have done. The amount of payment must be consistent with the funded salary support. The external funding will be transferred from the office of research and sponsored programs' grant index to a university personnel index. The substitution in teaching workload for research-active faculty is limited to no more than seventy-five per cent of the faculty member's teaching effort per academic year, unless approved by the dean and the provost.
(h) Tenured or tenure track research-inactive faculty will have a sixty to eighty per cent teaching workload, with the remainder of their workload allocated to service, at the discretion of the department chair and approval of their dean and the provost. Research-inactive faculty may develop a plan in consultation with their department chair, which is approved by the dean and the provost, to return to research-active faculty status. The faculty member may return to research-active status after they receive an APE score of "meets expectations" or "exceeds expectations" along with the approval of the dean.
(i) Tenure track research-inactive faculty who do not complete a plan to regain research-active status or who complete a plan but do not achieve an APE research score of "meets expectations" or "exceeds expectations" after doing so will be moved to part-time employment status commensurate to the reduction of their research workload distribution, or if tenured, addressed in compliance with the post-tenure review process.
(j) This rule will align with the FEP as well as the FIP and RIP. Adjustments to compensation or workload may occur in the following circumstances:
Department chairs will distribute and allocate teaching and service workload across their faculty so there is, to the maximum extent possible, equity and avoidance of any one particular faculty member experiencing overload. An overload must be approved by the provost. When a faculty member has overload, the department chair may recommend a compensation adjustment to the dean to reflect the faculty member's increased productivity. Department chairs will assess both the degree to which the faculty member exceeds teaching workload requirements as well as the quality of their teaching. Deans will validate equitable distribution of teaching and service assignments and that, despite equitable distribution, overload was required to accomplish the university teaching mission. The amount of proposed compensation adjustment must be approved by the provost to ensure equity across all the colleges. Compensation will be from college funds and will be only for the current year. Faculty must qualify each year to receive consideration for additional compensation.
(2) Teaching expectations and the APE
(a) High quality education is critical to achieving the university's mission and, as such, is a requirement of all teaching faculty. Among factors considered to assess teaching quality, student evaluations will comprise at least twenty-five per cent of those factors. Faculty members should have high scores on those evaluations and the preponderance of comments about their teaching should be strongly positive. All faculty are expected to participate in the university's educational programs through teaching. To maintain teaching privileges, faculty are required to maintain an APE teaching component score of "meets expectations" or "exceeds expectations."
(b) Faculty who receive an APE teaching component score of "does not meet expectations" will have their teaching responsibilities temporarily suspended and within two months must successfully complete a teaching excellence course designated by the provost and also consult with the institute for teaching excellence on matters related to optimal course content design and delivery. After the director of the institute for teaching excellence confirms the successful completion of the teaching excellence course and consultation with instructional design staff, the faculty member may resume teaching duties.
(c) If a faculty member receives a second teaching component score of "does not meet expectations" on their APE within a three-year period, teaching privileges will be revoked until they are able to complete a comprehensive plan, developed by the department chair in consultation with the director of the institute for teaching excellence and approved by the dean, to improve their teaching skills, at which time they may request reinstatement of their teaching privileges. The faculty member may regain teaching privileges at the discretion of the dean following successful completion of all elements of the plan and after a successful, minimum three-month trial period and observation by the department chair.
(d) Tenured faculty members who have had their teaching privileges revoked will be addressed in compliance with the post-tenure review process. Non-tenure track faculty who have their teaching privileges revoked may have their employment terminated.
(3) Research expectations and the APE
(a) All tenure-track and tenured faculty are expected to engage in research as appropriate for their disciplines and rank to earn distinction in their respective fields. Non-tenure-track faculty are expected to have a research workload of at least ten per cent which may include scholarship, creative activities, or professional development, unless otherwise excused by the dean and provost.
(b) The maximum amount of protected research time eligible for workload credit is designed in this rule statement and is based on tenure status and longevity at the university. Research workload, however, will not be tracked as part of workload credit determination. The maximum amount of research workload allowable under the rule will be automatically granted to faculty and will be considered protected time. Research time in excess of that allocation is not eligible for workload credit and, as such, is a decision made by the individual faculty member with the approval of their department chair. Department chairs will ensure any research time in excess of that eligible for workload credit does not interfere with either teaching or required service obligations.
(c) Research-active faculty are expected to show evidence of peer recognition for their research through some combination of the following activities:
(i) An ongoing program of scholarship;
(ii) Demonstrated track record of grant proposal submissions;
(iii) Obtaining external grant funding;
(iv) Dissemination of scholarly contributions in peer-reviewed or other respected academic journals or scholarly books;
(v) Presenting at scholarly conferences or other public venues at a level that is consistent with expectations for peers at research universities; and
(vi) Developing a plan for scholarly productivity in the coming year.
(d) Faculty may be considered "research-inactive" beginning the semester following any of these occurrences:
(i) Absence of any peer-reviewed publications in the past three years;
(ii) In the absence of external funding, no new applications for external research funding in the past three years;
(iii) A lack of any research presentations (lectures or post presentations) at peer conferences in a three year period; or
(iv) The receipt of an APE with a research component score of "does not meet expectations" on two evaluations within a three year period.
There may be rare, extenuating circumstances where a faculty member may meet one or more of the above criteria but unrelated to research productivity and, in the opinion of the dean, should not be considered research inactive. In those instances, the dean may recommend to the provost that the specific faculty member in question not be considered research inactive and provide supporting justification for provost consideration and decision.
(e) Tenure track research-inactive faculty may be moved to part-time employment status equal to their teaching responsibilities. Tenured faculty will be addressed in compliance with the post-tenure review process. Non-tenure track faculty who become research-inactive faculty may have their employment terminated.
(4) Service expectations and APE
(a) The list of required committees and activities, along with maximum allowable workload credit for each activity, are contained in appendix B to this rule. For a faculty member to be eligible to receive credit for an individual service activity, those activities must be assigned and approved by the department chair. Activities that are not assigned and approved by the department chair, regardless of whether or not they are contained in appendix B to this rule, are not eligible for workload credit. Service workload credit may not exceed three credit hours per year without provost approval.
(b) Department chairs will assign service activities to their faculty as part of the APE. Every effort will be made to equitably distribute all service assignments.
(c) Department, college, and university service. For the department to achieve its mission, it is the responsibility of each faculty member to be engaged in service aligned with the university and college missions, regardless of rank. Service includes, but is not limited to:
(i) Leading and serving on university committees;
(ii) Attending and participating in at least seventy-five per cent of scheduled meetings, which is required to receive credit;
(iii) Participating in self-study or other accreditation processes. Attendance and participation in at least seventy-five per cent of scheduled meetings is required to receive credit;
(iv) Participating in student recruitment events, student orientation and culminating experiences. Attendance and participation in at least seventy-five per cent of all student recruitment events, student orientation events, or student culmination activities, along with attendance at a minimum of two student activity events per year is required to receive credit. Department chairs will track attendance for their faculty; and
(v) Serving on a dissertation/thesis committee. Attendance and participation in at least seventy-five per cent of scheduled meetings is required to receive credit;
(d) Administrative service. This consists of formal administrative roles authorized or assigned by the dean, provost, or president. The amount of credit given for administrative service activities will be determined by the dean and must be approved by the provost to ensure equity across colleges. Such administrative assignments are considered service activities.
(e) Professional and community service. Engagement in professional and community service activities provides benefits far beyond the university and are essential to having a well-developed faculty. Such activities are considered expected citizenship of faculty members of the university community and are not eligible for workload credit under this rule Professional and community service activities may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Leadership roles in professional organizations related to the faculty member's area of scholarly expertise or the university mission;
(ii) Serving on advisory boards;
(iii) Serving on journal editorial review boards;
(iv) Serving on grant review boards or ad hoc peer reviews of articles, books, and grant proposals;
(v) Participating in student community outreach/engagement events; and
(vi) Serving on community boards or in other similar roles with mission-aligned organizations.
(f) Faculty citizenship, as reflected through engagement and collegiality, is an expectation for all faculty members in proportion to their appointment as members of the university community, therefore, such activities are also not eligible for workload credit under this rule. If an activity is not listed in appendix A or B to this rule, or the FIP, it is to be considered an expected faculty citizenship activity. Examples of faculty citizenship are listed in appendix A to this rule and include, but are not limited to, the following activities:
(i) Attending all faculty meetings and major university assemblies and ceremonies;
(ii) Supporting faculty searches;
(iii) Engaging in department seminars/colloquia.
(iv) Engaging in professional development activities; and
(v) mentoring and advising students or student organizations.
Department chairs may consider an individual faculty member's degree of participation and support of the university community via citizenship activities such as these when making promotion recommendations.
(5) Measurement of workload
(a) All faculty workload elements are defined in terms of credit hours equivalents with a full-time twelve-month workload minimum equal to thirty credit hours. As defined in state statute, one credit hour equals fifteen contact lecture hours.
(b) Credit hour equivalents for the expected types of teaching, research, and service commonly performed by faculty are set forth in appendix B to this rule and established utilizing the guidelines in appendix D to this rule.
(6) Workload determination procedures
(a) The department chair will review and determine each faculty member's workload annually as part of the annual performance review and forward it to the dean. Modifications to the distribution of effort in the workload assignments will be negotiated with the department chair to be compliant with all university workload policies and approved by the dean and provost, then forwarded to human resources for processing each year no later than March first.
(b) Special situations including, but not limited to approved sabbaticals and paid leaves will be processed in accordance with university rules.
(E) Process to address workload concerns
Faculty wishing to discuss concerns regarding their workload assignments should first bring their concerns to the attention of the department chair. If unable to resolve at this level, faculty may bring their concerns to the dean, who, as appropriate, will consult with the provost. Any deviation from the standards in this rule must be discussed with the provost so that there is equity across all colleges. After discussion with the provost, the decision of the dean is final.
(F) Policy compliance and updates
(1) Individual faculty workloads and instructional responsibilities will be assigned by the department chair and reviewed for compliance by the respective dean who is responsible for monitoring implementation and workload equity throughout the college. All workload expectations will align with the university and college appendices for appointment, promotion and tenure and ensure department productivity, advancement, and mission attainment. Oversight of and compliance with this rule is the responsibility of the provost.
(2) The board of trustees has expressly authorized the president, provost, and deans to update this rule as needed to comply with any statutory or university requirements that may be imposed over time.
(3) Willful failure to comply with workload rule requirements may subject faculty to the disciplinary procedures set forth in rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated December 19, 2025 at 8:01 AM
History
- Effective: December 19, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-210 Faculty annual performance evaluation.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to delineate the process by which a faculty member can obtain tenure and undergo post tenure review upon the receipt of unsatisfactory annual performance evaluations.
(B) Scope
An annual performance evaluation will be conducted for all full-time and part-time tenured, tenure track, and non-tenure track salaried faculty. At the discretion of the college dean, an annual performance evaluation may be conducted for employed academic administrators who hold key faculty appointments within their respective college.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Annual performance evaluation (APE)" refers to a process that includes a dialogue between the department chair and the faculty member concerning the faculty member's job description, annual goals and performance against those goals during the evaluation period established by the university.
(2) "Salaried faculty" refers to tenured, tenure track or non-tenure track faculty members that are full or part-time and whose primary role is as faculty.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Faculty performance for those falling within the scope of this policy will be evaluated annually by the department chair. An APE is a process that will include a dialogue between the department chair and the faculty member concerning the faculty member's job description, annual goals, and performance during the evaluation period. The APE will be an opportunity for constructive feedback to the faculty member about performance and career/faculty development. The APE includes an evaluation of the following performance categories, if the faculty member spends more than five per cent of their effort on any one of the following:
(a) Teaching;
(b) Research and scholarship;
(c) Service, including leadership and/or administration if applicable; and
(d) Clinical care.
(2) During an annual APE meeting between the faculty member and department chair, the university faculty workload policy and the faculty member's job description will be consulted to establish annual performance goals and per cent efforts for each of the performance categories for the upcoming performance year and documented in the APE form. Input from sources external to the department that may have bearing on the faculty member's performance may be considered (e.g., supervising authority in another college or teaching authorities within the college). These goals and per cent efforts may be revised as needed through the performance year and documented to align with the forthcoming APE. Any changes to the job description will only occur if there are major or over-reaching changes in job-related duties and must be documented in the office of human resources.
(3) Faculty will be evaluated in each established performance category based on the following rating scale. Faculty will be rated on a 1.00 (min/low) 5.00 (max/high) scale with two decimal places for each performance category.
(a) 4.00 5.00: Outstanding performance: performance consistently and significantly above standards in virtually all areas; far exceeds normal expectations; outstanding achievements and contributions plus outside recognition of effort.
(b) 3.00 3.99: Exceeds performance expectations: performance generally well above standards in many important aspects; frequently exceeds normal expectations.
(c) 2.00 2.99: Meets performance expectations: performance fully meets standards in all important aspects; a good contributor.
(d) 1.00 1.99: Does not meet performance expectations: performance below standards in a number of areas; improvement needed to achieve functional performance level.
(4) A per cent of effort will be established for each of the faculty performance categories, in accordance with the faculty workload policy and expectations set forth in it.
(5) An overall score between 1.00 and 5.00 will be calculated based upon the weightings and ratings of each performance category determined by the department chair.
(6) The university establishes the annual evaluation period, which may be adjusted from time to time. Performance may be reviewed mid-year or at other intervals at the discretion of the department chair.
(7) Faculty must be able to perform the essential functions of their position as set forth in their job description, letter of offer, and any amendments thereto, with or without accommodations. If a faculty member is required to complete a fitness for duty evaluation, their APE will be suspended until that evaluation is complete. If it is determined that a faculty member is unable to perform the essential functions of the position as set forth in the job description with or without reasonable accommodations, irrespective of tenure status, their employment may be terminated.
Last updated December 19, 2025 at 8:01 AM
History
- Effective: December 19, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-220 Tenure and Post Tenure Review.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this policy is to delineate the process by which a faculty member can obtain tenure and undergo post tenure review upon the receipt of unsatisfactory annual performance evaluations.
(B) Scope
This policy applies to all full-time tenured and tenure track salaried faculty functions in support of and coordination with the university faculty bylaws appendix B: appointment, promotion, and tenure.
(C) Definitions
See university faculty bylaws appendix B: appointment, promotion, and tenure for all defined terms within this policy.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Tenure is awarded to tenure track faculty through the process set forth in the university faculty bylaws -- appendix B: appointment, promotion, and tenure, which is adopted as part of this policy as if fully rewritten herein.
(2) Tenured faculty will be subject to post-tenure review upon the following occurrences:
(a) Failure to meet the teaching or research expectations set forth in the faculty workload policy; or
(b) A decision by the department chair, dean, or provost that post-tenure review is warranted based on a documented and sustained record of significant underperformance outside of the faculty member's annual performance evaluation. Post-tenure review, for this purpose, shall not be based on a faculty member's allowable expression of academic freedom as defined by the university or Ohio law.
(3) The following procedures will be followed when post-tenure review is required:
(a) The post-tenure review process is not a disciplinary process and is not subject to the procedures set forth in appendix D of the university faculty bylaws.
(b) A comprehensive post-tenure review shall be initiated upon the recommendation of the department chair and approved by the respective dean.
(c) Review materials
(i) The faculty member under review shall submit a current curriculum vitae, a listing of all courses taught over the previous six years, a summary statement of professional and scholarly activities and accomplishments, annual performance and teaching evaluations, faculty improvement leave reports, a summary of significant administrative accomplishments, and other materials deemed appropriate by the faculty member. Failure to submit materials for review constitutes a waiver of the right to do so.
(ii) The department chair of the faculty member under review shall submit the letter of offer, job description, annual performance evaluation forms (including teaching evaluations for the previous six years, and performance improvement plans.
(iii) The committee will consider the prior six years of faculty performance with focused attention on the two out of three consecutive years that triggered the initiation of a post-tenure review.
(d) Review process
(i) The provost is the responsible party for administering the review and appeal processes.
(a) A designee is appointed by the president if the provost and the dean are one and the same.
(b) The office of the provost provides administrative support for the review process. The office of general counsel provides consultation as necessary.
(ii) The review shall be conducted by a sub-committee of the university tenure and promotion committee (UTPC) comprised of three to five tenured faculty at or above the rank of the faculty member under review from among its membership. At least one member must be included from the college of the faculty member under review.
(a) The faculty member under review has the right to object to the appointment of a given UTPC member to the post-tenure review committee (PTRC) due to a real or perceived conflict of interest. The faculty member will share the nature of the conflict with the UTPC chair. If the conflict of interest is with the chair of the UTPC, the vice chair of the UTPC will preside over discussion of the conflict. The membership of the UTPC shall evaluate the declared or perceived conflict of interest to determine if the conflict is substantial enough to exclude the member from the PTRC.
(b) The faculty member under review has the right, but is not obligated, to meet with the sub-committee. If the faculty member chooses not to meet with the sub-committee, the right is waived.
(c) The sub-committee shall review and consider the materials provided by the faculty member and department chair. To complete its review, the sub-committee may solicit materials and interview individuals who may provide information relevant to the review.
(iii) The sub-committee shall render a final written report of its findings, materials reviewed, and interview summaries within sixty business days of its formation.
(a) The report shall support a positive or negative finding of whether a faculty member has met performance expectations.
(b) Copies of the final report shall be submitted to the faculty member under review, department chair, dean or dean's designee, office of faculty affairs, and the provost.
(iv) If a positive final report concludes that the faculty member has met the performance expectations during the period under review, the department chair, in consultation with the faculty member under review and the dean, will determine the re-entry point into the annual performance evaluation cycle for the upcoming performance year. The department chair will meet with the faculty member to develop a plan to support and promote the success of the faculty member in the following performance year.
If the faculty member does not meet performance expectations in the performance year following a positive post tenure review, the dean, in consultation with the department chair, will determine if the faculty member will be required to undergo another post-tenure review.
(v) If a negative final report concludes that the faculty member did not meet performance expectations during the period under review, the dean, in consultation with the department chair and with the approval of the provost, may issue a censure; remedial training; revise the terms and conditions of the faculty member's appointment, including revocation of tenure; or issue a letter of non-reappointment including the condition and timing of the faculty member's termination.
If the faculty member accepts the decision of the dean, the matter is concluded.
(vi) Any faculty member who maintains tenure after a post-tenure review and receives an additional "does not meet performance expectations" assessment on any area of the faculty member's annual performance evaluation in the subsequent two years shall be subjected to an additional post tenure review.
(vii) The post tenure review process, from beginning to end, shall not exceed six months, except that a one-time two-month extension may be granted by the university president.
(e) Appeal process
(i) Faculty members who dispute the findings of the PTRC may submit a written appeal to the provost within ten business days of receipt of the decision of the dean which outlines their rationale for the appeal.
(ii) The provost will appoint a PTR appeal committee within ten business days after receipt of the appeal consisting of three tenured faculty members at or above the rank of the faculty member under review, from the membership of the ad hoc appeal pool.
(iii) Findings of the PTR appeal committee will be based on all materials made available to the original PTRC and any other materials determined to be relevant by the PTR appeal committee.
(iv) The PTR appeal committee will render a written report to the office of faculty affairs within thirty business days of appointment. The office of faculty affairs will forward the report to the provost. The provost will forward the report to the dean and department chair. The written report will either support or not support the findings of the original PTRC and provide a written justification to support the findings.
(v) If the report of the PTR appeal committee does not support the findings of the original PTRC and finds that the faculty member has met performance expectations during the period under review, the department chair, in consultation with the faculty member under review and the dean, will determine the re-entry point into the annual performance evaluation cycle for the upcoming performance year. The department chair will meet with the faculty member to develop a plan to support and promote the success of the faculty member in the following performance year.
If the faculty member does not meet performance expectations in the performance year following a positive post-tenure review, the dean, in consultation with the department chair, will determine if the faculty member will be required to undergo another post-tenure review.
(vi) If a negative final report concludes that the faculty member did not meet performance expectations during the period under review, the dean, in consultation with the department chair, may revise the terms and conditions of the faculty member's appointment, including revocation of tenure, or issue a letter of non-reappointment including the condition and timing of the faculty member's termination.
(f) At all points in time while employed by the university, faculty must be able to perform the essential functions of their job with or without reasonable accommodations, irrespective of tenure status. The university has the right to require a fitness for duty evaluation of a faculty member upon the reasonable belief that they are unable to perform the essential functions stated in their job description, letter of offer, and any amendments thereto.
(g) The office of faculty affairs will serve as the repository for all documents pertaining to faculty performance and post-tenure review.
Last updated December 19, 2025 at 8:01 AM
History
- Effective: December 19, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-5 Student Life
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-5-10 Administration of student conduct.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule on the administration of student conduct.
(B) Scope
All students enrolled at the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appeal board" refers to a panel of three members of the committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP) executive committee from the respective college responsible for reviewing the content of the appeal and rendering a decision.
(2) "Complaint" refers to a written document in the form of a student conduct/professionalism referral form, testing irregularity report, or violation of law form setting forth the facts and reasons that a party or parties believes are sufficient to support a claim against a student or students for a violation of the honor code. All complaints of this nature shall be directed to the dean of students (or approved designee).
(3) "Conduct" refers to a violation of the NEOMED "expectations of student conduct and professional commitment" and may include but is not limited to academic dishonesty, criminal misconduct, or behavioral misconduct.
(4) "Conduct Officer" refers to the university official or designee approved by the president who reviews a wide range of reported misconduct, may resolve misconduct cases, or may refer them to the hearing board for adjudication. The dean of students or approved designee serves as the conduct officer.
(5) "Expectations for student conduct and professional commitment" (or "honor code") refers to the university code of expectations which delineates the requirement that each student demonstrate behavior which, by its nature and interpretation, is considered to be appropriate for a career in the student's chosen field of study. Adherence to this honor code is required of all students enrolled at the university. Students are expected to read, understand, sign and abide by these expectations while enrolled and involved in NEOMED, its partner hospitals, and NEOMED-sponsored activities. A student's signature on the document constitutes an agreement to support the honor code and the professionalism principles embodied therein.
(6) "Hearing board" refers to the formal review panel of a total of three individuals which may include the university faculty, staff and active students responsible for conducting a formal review of conduct allegations and rendering a decision and sanction when appropriate. The hearing board shall select a chair from its faculty membership.
(7) "Student conduct/professionalism referral form" refers to an online form that may be submitted by students, faculty, and staff to report allegations of unprofessional conduct against a NEOMED student and effectively triggers the procedures set forth in this rule.
(8) "Violations of law" form refers to an online, self-reporting form that may be submitted by students to report violations of law, including criminal charges, date and location of incidents, and status of the charges to in accordance with the procedures set forth in the violations of law form. Students are required by the "expectations of student conduct and professional commitment" to report any and all infractions of the law.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) By law, the university is responsible for regulating the use of the grounds, buildings, equipment and facilities of the university so that the university may achieve its mission. To meet these responsibilities, the university hereby adopts standards of conduct for the students and provides for suspension of students from classes, expulsion from the university, and/or physical removal from university property. The university hereby authorizes university officials to enforce university rule in order to maintain law and order on the campus. The authority of the student conduct process has been delegated to the conduct officer by the president.
(2) Disciplinary action under this rule may be taken from the point at which an individual has been admitted as a student to the university, whether or not the individual is registered for classes, through the point of graduation. Disciplinary action may also be taken against student organizations.
(3) As the recipient of all complaints alleging student misconduct, the conduct officer will work in consultation with the student affairs delegate of the student's college to make the initial determination as to whether the matters alleged in the complaint are best resolved through the student conduct process contained in this rule or by way of a referral to the committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP) or some other mechanism.
(4) Offenses addressed under this rule:
(a) Behavior in violation of university policies or procedures, including the behavior outlined in the "expectations for student conduct and professional behavior" and incorporated by reference into this rule. Such policies shall be published in a manner reasonably designed to come to the attention of students.
(b) Behavior in violation of the terms of sanctions previously imposed under this rule.
(c) Behavior deemed detrimental or disruptive to the university community and/or prohibited by local, state or federal laws, including any act that results in the student's arrest, but excluding any conduct considered an offence of violence addressed under rule 3349-10-74 or 3349-10-75 of the Administrative Code.
(5) Reporting procedures. Allegations of violations of the "expectations of student conduct and professional commitment" may be provided in a number of ways including the following communication methods.
(a) Student conduct/professionalism referral form. A student conduct/professionalism referral form may be completed online and submitted by any member of the NEOMED community. The student conduct/professionalism referral form, includes information regarding the date, description and details of the allegation and an option to share the name of the complainant.
(b) Irregularity report. The testing services staff may submit an irregularity report and available evidence for any allegations of misconduct observed during testing, whether in-person or virtual.
(c) Violations of law. The violations of law form may be submitted by any NEOMED student when they have been charged or found in violation of state or federal law. Decisions regarding the severity of the charge and whether it requires adjudication will be made upon receipt of the violations of law form by the conduct officer.
(d) Other referrals to the conduct officer may be made via written format by any student or employee.
(6) Due process. A student against whom a complaint has been made under this rule is entitled to due process on the complaint including the opportunity to speak to the allegations, share evidence regarding the allegations and proceed through either an informal resolution via the conduct officer or a formal resolution via the hearing board.
(7) Notification. The student will be notified in writing within ten business days of the allegations and student conduct process including the possibility of an informal conduct meeting to review the evidence, investigation, and conduct process.
(8) Procedural options
(a) Informal resolution
(i) A student may admit to the facts contained in the complaint. The admission shall be in writing and shall be given to the conduct officer designated in the written notice and will be retained in the student's conduct file.
(ii) A student who does not submit a written admission or waiver according to this rule or fails to appear at the informal conduct meeting shall be subject to any sanction imposed by the conduct officer.
(b) Formal resolution
(i) If the student does not choose to engage in the informal resolution process or does not choose to accept the decision of the conduct officer, the student may request a formal resolution via the hearing board and shall be advised in writing with a hearing notice within five business days of the time, date and location of the hearing.
(ii) Hearing board procedures. When an informal resolution cannot be reached, the university will appoint a hearing board composed of three faculty, staff and active students to conduct the formal hearing within fifteen business days from the date of written notification by the student requesting a formal resolution. The hearing shall be held at the university on the time and date specified in the hearing notice.
(a) The hearing board chair may invoke whatever means necessary to effectively manage the hearing and preserve the order and decorum of the proceedings over which he/she presides.
(b) The hearing shall be adversarial in nature and shall be conducted fairly and impartially, but the technical rules of evidence applicable to civil and criminal cases shall not apply.
(c) Severance of proceedings. In proceedings involving more than one accused student, severance, if requested in writing before or at the hearing, shall be granted by the hearing board chair.
(d) An audio recording will be created from the hearing board meeting to serve as record of the discussion, evidence, and testimonies in the event that the hearing board decision is appealed and for review by the members of the appeal board.
(iii) Student's rights at the hearing.
(a) The student against whom a complaint has been made is entitled to know the nature and the source of the evidence used to support the complaint; to cross-examine witnesses against the student; to testify; and to present the testimony of witnesses and other evidence in the student's behalf. In the absence of a waiver of the right against compulsory self-incrimination, the testimony of a student whose academic status is being considered, given at the hearing, shall not subsequently be used in any criminal proceeding against the person. The hearing board chair may require the separation of witnesses and may bar from the proceedings any person whose presence is not essential to the proceedings. No counter charges regarding the same incident shall be permitted to be filed pending final disposition of the original charge.
(b) The student against whom a complaint has been made shall be offered the opportunity to appear at the hearing alone or with another person, who may serve only in an advisory capacity. A person serving in an advisory capacity shall be a NEOMED faculty, staff or student, but may not participate directly in the hearing or address the conduct officer on behalf of the student. The person serving in an advisory capacity may not be a blood relative or attorney unless a criminal charge related to the conduct offense is active and pending.
(c) All hearings shall be closed to protect the student's rights of confidentiality. A request for an open hearing, however, may be made to the hearing board chair by the student charged and may be granted if warranted by the circumstances.
(9) Credibility determination. The hearing board shall evaluate the points of view presented by the parties in conflict and shall determine if the preponderance of the evidence supports the conclusion that it the student committed the misconduct alleged in the complaint.
(10) Decision. A copy of the hearing board's decision, including the procedures for appeal, shall be given to the student in writing within three business days from the conclusion of the hearing.
(11) Sanctions and safety measures.
(a) Immediate interim administrative suspension. At the time the complaint is reported, if the dean of students (or approved designee), in consultation with the general counsel for the university and the dean or designee of the student's respective college, determines that the conduct alleged is inconsistent with maintaining the good order and discipline of the university and its campus, the dean of students (or approved designee) has the discretionary authority to impose an immediate interim administrative suspension upon the student. Imposition of an immediate interim administrative suspension will only occur after there has been an in-person meeting between the student and the dean of students (or approved designee) to discuss the allegations set forth in the complaint or a good faith effort upon the university to hold an in-person meeting. Where the circumstances of the student's misconduct prevent such a meeting from occurring, an immediate interim administrative suspension may still be imposed. If an immediate interim administrative suspension is issued following the in-person meeting, the student may be asked to surrender his/her university identification badge and/or may be escorted off the university property by the safety officer if safety concerns indicated that is appropriate.
(b) Formal warning. In the informal or formal resolution processes, a formal warning may be imposed. A formal warning gives notice that student's conduct in a specific instance does not meet the "expectations of student conduct and professional commitment" and formally warns the student that continued misconduct may result in a more serious disciplinary action.
(c) Strict disciplinary probation. In the informal or formal resolution processes, the student may be placed on strict disciplinary probation. This sanction is invoked for a specified period of time. Notification of sanctions will be made to appropriate university offices, including the student's college. Students on disciplinary probation:
(i) May not be permitted to participate in an official non-curricular capacity such as an officer of a student organization;
(ii) May be restricted from entering or remaining in selected campus buildings or in specified university facilities;
(iii) May be subject to additional stipulations as outlined by the conduct officer or hearing board; and/or
(iv) May be subject to automatic dismissal or immediate interim administrative suspension if allegations of further misconduct arise, including any violation of the terms of the disciplinary probation originally imposed.
(d) Disciplinary suspension. This sanction, which may be imposed in the informal or formal resolution processes, is one of involuntary separation of the student from the university for a specified period of time. Notification of sanctions will be made to appropriate university offices, including the student's academic college. Students suspended:
(i) Shall be assigned grades or marks which would be appropriate if they were withdrawing voluntarily.
(ii) May be required to leave the campus and/or premises of the university effective the date of suspension. Permission may only be granted by the general counsel for entrance to university premises for a specified purpose and time.
(iii) Shall receive any refund of money in accordance with the refund schedule in effect at the time of suspension if the suspension exceeds four weeks in duration.
(iv) Are permitted to return to the university and re-enter their college's curriculum at the conclusion of their suspension pursuant to the terms established by the conduct officer or hearing board and set forth in the written conclusion following the hearing.
(e) Disciplinary dismissal. This sanction is one of involuntary separation of the student from the university. Students dismissed:
(i) Shall be assigned grades or marks which would be appropriate if they were withdrawing voluntarily.
(ii) May be required to leave the property and/or premises of the university effective the date of dismissal. Permission to re-enter the university premises for a specified purpose and time may only be granted by the general counsel.
(f) Additional stipulations to sanctions. Additional stipulations are within the prerogative of the conduct officer, hearing board, and appeal board. They may be mandated in addition to any of the sanctions listed in paragraph (D)(14) of this rule. The options that may be considered, but are not limited to:
(i) Counseling;
(ii) Restitution for damages;
(iii) Education/rehabilitation program referral; or
(iv) Other sanctions appropriate to the violation in question.
(12) Appeals of the decision of the hearing board to the appeal board.
(a) Within five business days of the hearing board's decision, a student may submit a written appeal of the decision. No additional appeal will be heard.
(b) Within ten business days, all appeal documentation must be submitted to the appeal board.
(c) Within five business days, a notice of the appeal board meeting date, time and location will be provided to the student.
(d) Appeals are limited to the following reasons:
(i) The decision was reached through a procedure not in accordance with this rule.
(ii) Presentation of new information that was not known to the student at the time of the hearing and may suggest modification of the decision is necessary.
(e) The appeal board.
(i) The appeal board is composed of three members from the college's respective CAPP executive review committee and will convene to review the matter within fifteen business days of the receipt of the appeal.
(ii) The appeal board will review all materials from the hearing board procedures and all appeal materials submitted by the student by the stated deadline.
(iii) The appeal board has the ability to uphold, modify, or reverse the hearing board's decision in any manner it deems appropriate based on information submitted by the student as part of the appeal.
(iv) The decision of the appeal board will be rendered and provided to the student within three business days.
(v) Decisions of the appeal board are final and no further appeal opportunities are available.
Last updated June 26, 2026 at 12:55 PM
History
- Effective: June 26, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-74
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for the immediate suspension and possible termination of employees arrested for offenses of violence. This rule will also be used for the suspension and dismissal of matriculated students arrested for offenses of violence.
(B) Scope
All employees and matriculated students of the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Force" means any violence, compulsion, or constraint physically exerted by any means upon or against a person or thing.
(2) "Deadly Force" means any force that carries a substantial risk that it will proximately result in the death of any person.
(3) "Hearing Officer" refers to the person who will preside over the hearing initiated when a student or employee is arrested for an offense of violence. The hearing officer shall be an attorney admitted to the practice of law in Ohio, but the hearing officer shall not be attorney for or an employee of the university.
(4) "Matriculated" enrolled or admitted to any course of study in any one of the colleges of the university.
(5) "Offenses of Violence" are those offenses set forth in section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code, or any substantially equivalent offenses under a municipal ordinance. These offenses include, but are not limited to, the following offenses:
Aggravated murder, murder, voluntary manslaughter, involuntary manslaughter, felonious assault, aggravated assault, assault, permitting child abuse, aggravated menacing, menacing by stalking, menacing, kidnapping, abduction, extortion, gross sexual imposition, arson, aggravated robbery, rape, sexual battery, aggravated arson, arson, disrupting public services, terrorism, robbery, aggravated burglary, burglary, inciting to violence, aggravated riot, riot, inducing panic, domestic violence, intimidation, intimidation of attorney, victim or witness in criminal case, escape, aiding escape or resistance to lawful authority, having weapons while under disability, and improperly discharging firearm at or into a habitation, in a school safety zone or with intent to cause harm or panic to persons in a school building or at a school function.
(6) "Physical Harm to Persons" means any injury, illness, or other physiological impairment, regardless of its gravity or duration.
(7) "Physical Harm to Property" means any tangible or intangible damage to property that, in any degree, results in loss to its value or interferes with its use or enjoyment. "Physical harm to property" does not include wear and tear occasioned by normal use.
(D) Procedures
(1) Duty to report. While the arresting authority is required to immediately notify the president of the university of the arrest of an employee or student for an offense of violence, the employee or student who has been arrested is also under an obligation to so report. A student's failure to report will be deemed a violation of the student academic integrity and conduct code. An employee's failure to report will be deemed as grounds for discipline or termination.
(2) Immediate administrative suspension pending hearing. Upon receipt of the information that an employee or student of the university has been arrested for an offense of violence, the president or his/her designee may impose an immediate administrative suspension upon the student or employee until a hearing is held on the matter. The chief student affairs officer has the discretionary authority to impose an immediate administrative suspension upon a student, and the department of human resources has the same discretionary authority to issue such a suspension to an employee. Imposition of an immediate administrative suspension will only occur after there has been an in-person meeting to discuss the alleged conduct, or a good faith effort upon the university to hold an in-person meeting. An immediate administrative suspension may still be imposed where the circumstances of the person's arrest prevent such a meeting from occurring or if the person fails to acknowledge the university's request for such a meeting. For students, the meeting will be held with the chief student affairs officer, while employees will meet with the director of human resources. The safety officer shall be present for the meeting. If an immediate administrative suspension is issued following the in-person meeting, the student or employee must surrender his/her university identification badge and will be escorted off the university property by the safety officer.
(3) Hearing to determine further action. Irrespective of whether a student or employee is placed on immediate administrative suspension, a subsequent hearing will be held to determine if further action is necessary based on the person's offense of violence.
(a) Hearing notice. An employee or student of the university arrested for any offense of violence shall be afforded a hearing on the facts of the case. The university will issue a notice of hearing within two business days of learning that a student or employee has been arrested for an offense of violence. The hearing notice will identify the time, date, and location of the hearing.
(b) Hearing timeframe. The hearing shall be held within not more than five business days after the person's arrest, subject to reasonable continuances for good cause shown, which continuances shall not exceed a total of ten business days.
(c) Hearing. The university will appoint a hearing officer to hold the hearing to determine whether further disciplinary measures will be imposed upon the employee or student. The hearing shall be held at the university or other location in Portage county on the time and date specified in the hearing notice.
(i) The hearing officer may administer oaths, issue subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence, and enforce the subpoenas, as well as preserve the order and decorum of the proceedings over which the hearing officer presides, by means of contempt proceedings in the court of common pleas as provided by law.
(ii) The hearing shall be adversarial in nature and shall be conducted fairly and impartially, but the technical rules of evidence applicable to civil and criminal cases shall not apply. A person whose suspension is being considered has the right to be accompanied by counsel, but counsel will not be furnished for the person. The person also has the right to cross-examine witnesses against the person, to testify, and to present the testimony of witnesses and other evidence in the person's behalf. In the absence of a waiver of the right against compulsory self-incrimination, the testimony of a person whose suspension is being considered, given at the hearing, shall not subsequently be used in any criminal proceeding against the person. The hearing officer may require the separation of witnesses and may bar from the proceedings any person whose presence is not essential to the proceedings.
(iii) The person subject to the hearing may appear with another person, who may serve only in an advisory capacity during the hearing. If serving as an advisor to the student/employee, that person may not participate directly in the hearing or address the hearing officer on behalf of the student/employee unless a communication difficulty exists that is sufficiently severe so as to prevent a fair hearing.
(4) Sanctions. Upon hearing, if the hearing officer finds by a preponderance of the evidence that the person whose suspension is being considered committed any offense of violence, the hearing officer may:
(a) Order a university suspension, whereby the person suspended from further employment or matriculation; or
(b) After consulting with university officials and making a determination that the good order and discipline of the university will not be prejudiced or compromised by the person's continued presence, permit the person to return to the university on terms of strict disciplinary probation. Subsequent violation of the terms of the probation automatically affects a suspension.
(5) Failure to appear. A person afforded a hearing pursuant to this section who does not appear at the hearing will be issued a university suspension by the hearing officer.
(6) Waiver. A person afforded a hearing pursuant to this section may waive the right to the hearing by responding in writing to the university official designated in the hearing notice. Waiver of the hearing will result in the automatic imposition of a university suspension or disciplinary probation.
(7) Campus access. Campus security shall escort the person subject to a university suspension from the premises following the imposition of such a sanction and the suspended person must surrender their university identification badge. That name of the suspended person will be provided to campus security and that person shall be denied access to any university property until the sanctions ordered under this rule have been lifted.
(8) Duration of the suspension. A university suspension under this section is in effect until the person is acquitted or convicted of the crime, or a crime related to the same facts for which the person was arrested. If the person is convicted of the crime or a crime related to the same facts, the university suspension will remain in effect for the duration of any criminal sentence imposed by the court. Should the person plead guilty to or be convicted of a lesser charge related to the same facts, the university suspension will remain in effect under the terms originally imposed by the university.
If the person is acquitted or there is a final judicial determination that does not result in a conviction related to the charges for which a person is suspended pursuant to this rule, the university suspension will automatically terminate, and the person suspended shall be reinstated. The record of the suspension shall be expunged from the person's personnel or academic record held by the university.
(9) Appeals. A person ordered to a university suspension under this rule may appeal from the order of a hearing officer on questions of law and fact to the court of common pleas in Portage county, within twenty calendar days after the date of the order. If the court to which an appeal is taken determines that the good order and discipline of the university will not be prejudiced thereby, it may permit the person suspended to return to the university on terms of strict disciplinary probation.
(10) Petitions for reinstatement after a suspension. Upon completion of the criminal sentence imposed, the person may petition the university, in writing, for re-entry into the curriculum or return to employment. Students petitioning to re-enter their curriculum must submit their petition to the committee on academic and professional progress "CAPP". The petition will then be reviewed by a standing subcommittee appointed by phase two "CAPP". Employees petitioning to be reinstated to their position of employment must submit their petition to the director of human resources for review by the president and/or the board of trustees. Decisions on reinstatement to the university will be based on a review of the following considerations:
(a) The nature of the student's profession or employee's position;
(b) The person's present and past disciplinary record;
(c) The nature of the offense;
(d) The severity of any damage, injury, or harm resulting from the person's conduct;
(e) The continued threat posed to campus personnel or property should the person return;
(f) The risk of harm to the health and safety of the university and its students and employees.
Students or employees petitioning for reinstatement may appear accompanied by another person. That person cannot, however, be a relative or an attorney.
students or employees reinstated following a suspension may be placed on strict disciplinary probation for a period of at least one year and may face restrictions, including but not limited to, limitations on facility use.
(11) Student appeals from the denial of a petition for reinstatement. A student who has petitioned for reinstatement may appeal the decision of the phase two "CAPP" subcommittee on the following grounds:
(a) The student sets forth significant new information, which was not available at the time the subcommittee reviewed the petition; or
(b) The student identifies a procedural error that occurred when the subcommittee was reviewing his/her petition.
Any such appeal shall be directed to the associate dean for academic affairs within five business days of the phase 2 "CAPP" decision. The associate dean for academic affairs will make a determination as to whether the matter will be further reviewed by the "CAPP" executive review committee. Sshould the "CAPP" executive review committee determine that the new information brought forth or procedural error alleged had a substantive effect on the decision of the phase two "CAPP" subcommittee, the matter will be resubmitted to the subcommittee for further consideration and the same process, including the right to an appeal of that decision, will ensue.
(12) Dismissal of employees or students upon conviction of certain offenses.
(a) If convicted, the person is dismissed from the university pursuant to section 3345.23 of the Revised Code.
(b) A tenured faculty member dismissed pursuant to this section is not entitled to the protections set forth in appendix "D" to the rules of the faculty.
(c) Upon conviction of a university employee or student for any offense of violence, the court shall immediately notify the president of the university of such conviction. The university registrar or the human resources department shall immediately notify such person of the person's dismissal and provide a copy of the dismissal letter to the university general counsel. The notice shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified mail to the person's address as shown in both the court and the university records. If such person has been suspended pursuant to this rule, and not permitted to return to the university, the period of the person's dismissal shall run from the initial date of the university suspension.
(d) No degrees or honors shall be conferred upon, no instructional credit or grades shall be given to, and no student assistance, scholarship funds, salaries, or wages shall be paid or credited to any employee or student, during the period such person is properly dismissed pursuant to this section or under a university suspension pursuant to this rule.
(e) A dismissed person may later seek readmission or re-employment pursuant to division (a) of section 3345.23 of the Revised Code.
(f) Without limiting the grounds for dismissal, suspension, or other disciplinary action against a student or employee of the university, the commission of an offense of violence or a substantially equivalent offense under a local, state or federal law, which offense is committed on or affects persons or property of the university, or which offense is committed in the immediate vicinity of the university with respect to which an emergency has been declared and is in effect pursuant to section 3345.26 of the Revised Code, is cause for dismissal pursuant to this rule.
(g) If a final judicial determination results in an acquittal, or if the conviction is reversed on appeal, the student or employee shall be reinstated and the university shall expunge the record of the student's or employee's dismissal from the student's or employee's university records, and the dismissal shall be deemed never to have occurred.
(E) Additional authority of the university
(1) Section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code and all other sections provided for in this rule shall be applied and followed, notwithstanding any rule, regulation, or procedure of the university, but such sections shall not be construed to limit any duty or authority of the university to take appropriate disciplinary action, through such procedures as may be provided in the rules and rules of the university.
(2) Section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code and all other sections provided for in this rule shall not be construed as modifying or limiting the duty or authority of the university to summarily suspend a student or employee, when necessary to preserve the good order and discipline of the university under other existing rules.
(3) To the extent that section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code and all other sections provided for in this rule conflict with civil service requirements and procedures, persons otherwise subject to disciplinary action pursuant to such sections, but who are employees in the classified civil service, shall be disciplined according to civil service requirements and procedures.
(4) Dismissed or suspended person are not to enter university premises. No employee or student under dismissal or suspension from the university pursuant to section 3345.22 of the Revised Code or section 3345.23 of the Revised Code or this rule, shall enter or remain upon the land or premises of the university from which he or she was suspended or dismissed, without the express permission of the university.
(5) Pursuant to Section 1092(f) of The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act, 20 U.S.C., upon receipt of a written request from an alleged victim of an offence of violence (as that term is defined in this rule and in section 16 of title 18, U.S.C.) or that victim's next of kin, the university will issue a report of the result of the disciplinary proceeding instituted against the alleged perpetrator of the act.
History
- Effective: August 26, 2016
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-75
(A) Purpose
The university is committed to maintaining a safe, nondiscriminatory environment in which students and employees of the university can work, learn, and participate in activities free from sexual harassment. Title IX of the education amendments of 1972 and its associated regulations prohibit discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving federal funds. The conduct outlined in this rule, committed against any students or employees of the university, are prohibited conduct under federal law.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to acts committed by students, employees, or visitors/vendors of the university regardless of gender identity or expression or sexual orientation. This rule defines prohibited conduct as it relates to sexual harassment under Title IX of the education amendments of 1972. Students and employees of the university may be victims of sexual harassment by individuals unaffiliated with the university. For the purposes of this rule, employees are full or part time faculty or staff members; students are those who are enrolled in one or more programs at the university; and visitors are those who are not obtaining a degree, attending classes, or directly employed by the university. Student employees are considered students for the purposes of this rule.
Formal complaints of sexual harassment filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator will be resolved in accordance with the university's Title IX grievance procedures set forth in this rule. The Title IX grievance procedures have been developed to provide an equitable process for determining whether a violation of this rule has occurred, as well as to remediate the effects, and prevent the occurrence of, prohibited conduct in violation of this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Actual knowledge" refers to notice of sexual harassment or allegations of sexual harassment to the Title IX coordinator or any official with authority (OWA).
(2) "Complainant" refers to an individual who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment. Where the Title IX coordinator signs a formal complaint, the Title IX coordinator is not a complainant or otherwise a party in the matter.
(3) "Coercion" for the purposes of this rule refers to the intimidation, threats of the physical or psychological nature, or pressure used to force another to engage in sexual acts.
(4) "Consent" for the purposes of this rule, refers to permission or agreement to engage in sexual activity. Consent can be given by words or actions as long as those words or actions create mutually understandable permission and willingness to engage in sexual activity. Consent must be active; silence cannot constitute consent nor can consent to one form of sexual activity be implied as consent to another form of activity. Consent can be withdrawn at any time and previous consent for a sexual act cannot imply future consent. Consent for sexual activity is not present if an individual:
(a) Is in a state of incapacitation (from alcohol or drug use or mental or physical impairment) whereas another individual knows or should have reasonably known of the incapacitation;
(b) Is coerced;
(c) Is subjected to the use of force or the threat of force;
(d) Is unconscious or unaware the act is being committed; or
(e) Is unable to consent due to age.
(5) "Course of conduct," as it relates to stalking, means two or more acts, including, but not limited to, acts in which the stalker directly, indirectly, or through third parties, by any action, method, device, or means, follows, monitors, observes, surveils, threatens, or communicates to or about a person, or interferes with a person's property.
(6) "Education program or activity" refers to locations, events, or circumstances over which the university exercised substantial control over both the respondent and the context in which the sexual harassment occurred, including any building owned or controlled by a student organization that is officially recognized by the university.
(7) "Formal complaint" refers to a document filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator alleging sexual harassment against a respondent and requesting that the university address the allegation of sexual harassment.
(8) "Incapacitation" refers to the state of substantial impairment when an individual is unable to make reasonable, rational decisions because they lack the capacity to give knowing consent. For the purposes of this rule, incapacitation includes individuals whose impairment results from physical or mental disabilities, involuntary restraint, or the consumption of alcohol or other drugs. Incapacitation cannot be used in a defense for behavior that violates this rule.
(9) "Official with authority" refers to an employee who has authority to institute corrective measures for sexual harassment on behalf of the university. For the purposes of this rule, OWAs include the Title IX coordinator, vice president of human resources, senior executive director of academic affairs and student services, assistant dean of students in the college of medicine, assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy, and vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(10) "Reasonable person" means a reasonable person under similar circumstances and with similar identities to the victim.
(11) "Respondent" refers to the person alleged to have engaged in conduct that could constitute sexual harassment as defined in this rule. A respondent is presumed not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination is made in accordance with this rule.
(12) "Retaliation" refers to intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process.
(13) "Sexual harassment," for the purposes of this rule, refers to conduct on the basis of sex which occurs within the university's education program or activity against a person in the united states, and satisfies one or more of the following:
(a) "Sexual harassment by quid pro quo" is an employee of the university conditioning the provision of an aid, benefit, or service of the university on an individual's participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
(b) "Sexual harassment by hostile environment" is unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the university's education program or activity; or
(c) Conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(i) "Sexual assault" includes conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(a) "Rape" means the carnal knowledge of a person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity. "carnal knowledge" means the slightest penetration of vagina by the penis.
(b) "Sodomy" means non-consensual oral or anal sexual intercourse with another person, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(c) "Sexual assault with an object" means use an object or instrument (other than a person's genitalia) to unlawfully penetrate, however slightly, the genital or anal opening of the body of another person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(d) "Fondling" means the touching of the private body parts of another person for the purpose of sexual gratification, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(e) "Incest" means sexual intercourse between persons who are related to each other within the degrees wherein marriage is prohibited by law.
(f) "Statutory rape" means sexual intercourse with a person who is under the statutory age of consent.
(ii) "Dating violence" means an act of violence committed by a person who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature with the victim. The existence of such a relationship shall be determined by the length of the relationship, the type of relationship, and the frequency of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship.
(iii) "Domestic violence" refers to felony or misdemeanor crimes committed by a current or former spouse or intimate partner of the victim, by a person with whom the victim shares a child in common, by a person who is cohabitating with or has cohabitated with the victim as a spouse or intimate partner, by a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction receiving grant monies, or by any other person against an adult or youth victim who is protected from that person's acts under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction.
(iv) "Stalking" refers to engaging in a course of conduct directed at a specific person that would cause a reasonable person with similar characteristics under similar circumstances to:
(a) Fear for the person's safety or the safety of others; or
(b) Suffer substantial emotional distress.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Jurisdiction. To meet the jurisdictional conditions of Title IX, alleged conduct must occur in the university's education program or activity or within the scope of employment against a person in the United States. This includes alleged conduct which occurs on campus or as part of the university's operations, including computer and online platforms owned and operated by, or used in the operations of the university.
(a) Complaints of alleged conduct that does not fall under the jurisdiction conditions set forth in paragraph (D)(1) of this rule will be dismissed for the purposes of Title IX. In situations where a complaint is dismissed under Title IX, the parties will be notified in writing and given a period of five business days to appeal the dismissal, in writing, to the vice president for human resources and diversity (or designee). Allegations dismissed under Title IX may still constitute a violation of other university rule and may be addressed using separate conduct processes.
(b) The university may dismiss a formal complaint or any allegations therein, if at any time during the grievance process, prior to reaching an informal or formal resolution:
(i) The complainant notifies the Title IX coordinator in writing that the complainant would like to withdraw the formal complaint or any allegations it contains;
(ii) The respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the university; or
(iii) Specific circumstances prevent the university from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination as to the formal complaint or allegations it contains.
(2) Reporting. The university supports and encourages the campus community to report any and all instances of gender-based violence to the following resources:
(a) Title IX coordinator. Reports of sexual harassment should be made to the Title IX coordinator, whose contact information can be found at https://www.neomed.edu/diversity/title-ix/. Reports may be made at any time, including during non-business hours. The Title IX coordinator, or designee, will respond to the report with a request for an intake meeting within twenty-four business hours after addressing immediate supportive measures/safety.
(b) Law enforcement. Reports may be made to the NEOMED police department at 330-325-5911 or to the Portage county sheriff's office at 330-296-5100 if a person believes the sexual harassment he/she experienced may constitute a crime. A report can be made to both law enforcement and university employees designed in this rule. Reports made to the NEOMED police department are not confidential.
(c) Other reporting sources. Reports made to officials with authority are not confidential. These individuals are required to inform the Title IX coordinator of any such report made to them:
(i) Vice president of human resources;
(ii) Senior executive director of academic affairs and student services;
(iii) Assistant dean of students in the college of medicine;
(iv) Assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy; and
(v) Vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(d) Confidential reports. Reports made to one of the licensed counselors in the center for student wellness and counseling services (CSWCS) are confidential and will not be reported to the Title IX coordinator.
(e) Anonymous reports. Anonymous reports will be accepted; however, in these instances, the university's ability to provide supportive measures or investigate the alleged conduct may be compromised. The university will address anonymous complaints to the extent possible.
(f) Consolidation of formal complaints. The university may consolidate formal complaints as to allegations of sexual harassment against more than one respondent, or by more than one complainant against one or more respondents, or by one party against the other party, where the allegations of sexual harassment arise out of the same facts or circumstances.
(g) False complaints. Intentionally filing a false complaint of sexual harassment is a violation of this rule and could constitute a criminal act. Evidence of this nature will be referred to the university's general counsel.
(h) Retaliation. Neither the university nor any other person may retaliate against an individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process. Retaliation should be reported promptly to the Title IX coordinator. Evidence of retaliation is grounds for disciplinary action.
(i) Limited amnesty. Individuals who make a report of sexual harassment or participate in any sexual harassment grievance procedure may not be subject to disciplinary action by the university for behavior that is otherwise considered a violation of the student conduct code or terms of employment. This includes the personal consumption of alcohol or drugs at or near the time of the incident, provided that any such violations did not place the health or safety of any other person at risk.
(j) Minors. Upon receipt of a report of alleged sexual harassment or sexual violence committed by or upon a minor in a university affiliated program or activity, the Title IX coordinator or designee shall:
(i) Complete an immediate safety assessment to restore a safe environment;
(ii) Determine whether local law enforcement and/or children and family services have been notified and decide whether such notification is required or appropriate;
(iii) Notify the parents or guardians of the minor(s) involved; and
(iv) The Title IX coordinator or designee will review this rule with the guardian(s), provide available on and off campus resources to the minor, and explain the process to submit a formal complaint.
(3) Supportive measures
(a) Supportive measures are non-disciplinary, non-punitive individualized services offered by the Title IX coordinator as appropriate and as reasonably available, without fee or charge, to the complainant or respondent. Supportive measures may be offered before or after the filing of a formal complaint, or where no formal complaint has been filed.
(b) Supportive measures are designed to restore or preserve equal access to the university's education program or activity.
(c) Supportive measures may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Mutual no contact directives;
(ii) Counseling and health services;
(iii) Course-related adjustments;
(iv) Modifications of work or class schedules;
(v) Campus escort services;
(vi) Academic support;
(vii) Consideration of leave requests; and
(viii) Designated hours for use of shared facilities.
(4) Resources and support
(a) Confidential resources
(i) The CSWCS is an on-campus confidential resource and can be reached at 330-325-6757. Making a report to CSWCS licensed counselors will not result in a report to law enforcement or other university personnel, including the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Off-campus, twenty-four/seven local crisis resources include townhall II, which can be reached at 330-678-4357(help), and coleman professional services, which can be reached at 330-296-3555.
(b) Treatment. Any person who has experienced an act of sexual violence is encouraged to go to the nearest emergency room or hospital for evaluation, treatment, and counseling. St. Thomas hospital in Akron, Ohio, offers specialized services for victims of sexual violence. Though a person who has experienced an act of sexual violence may choose whether to notify law enforcement authorities about the offense, filing a police report near in time will:
(i) Ensure the person receives necessary medical treatment and tests at no expense;
(ii) Provide an opportunity for the time-sensitive collection of evidence helpful in the prosecution, such as collecting soiled clothes and advising the person to refrain from bathing or douching, washing his/her face, urinating, drinking liquids, eating, or brushing his/her teeth; and
(iii) Assure that the person has access to free confidential counseling from counselors specifically trained in the area of sexual assault crisis intervention.
(c) Advisors of choice. Both parties are permitted to be accompanied to any and all meetings and interviews related to the Title IX grievance process by an advisor that the party chooses. This can include but is not limited to: a parent, friend, lawyer, or colleague. A party can request to the Title IX coordinator that an advisor of choice be assigned to them, and the university will provide a trained advisor to the party free of charge. Advisors of choice are mandatory during the formal resolution live hearing process but are optional at other stages.
(5) Procedures for resolving formal complaints of sexual harassment
(a) Informal resolution
(i) Informal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant.
(ii) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule. The respondent will be given a minimum of three days to prepare for any informal resolution.
(iii) In order to proceed with an informal resolution, both parties must provide voluntary, written consent to the informal resolution process. In situations where neither party, or only one of the parties, agrees to an informal resolution, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(iv) In situations where the respondent is an employee of the university and the complainant is a student of the university, there is no option for informal resolution and the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(v) Any informal resolution will be conducted through a facilitator in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution.
(vi) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings as part of the informal process by an advisor of choice.
(vii) The complainant and respondent are not required to address the formal complaint directly with one another if they choose to pursue an informal resolution.
(viii) Both parties have the right to discontinue the informal resolution and initiate the formal resolution process at any time prior to both parties signing an informal resolution agreement.
(ix) Both parties have the right to request an informal resolution prior to any hearings as part of the formal resolution process; however, both parties must agree, in writing, to proceed with an informal resolution.
(x) Both parties will be asked to sign an informal resolution agreement within three business days of the conclusion of the informal resolution. If one or both of the parties does not sign the informal resolution agreement within the specified timeframe, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(xi) The case will be closed once both parties have signed an informal resolution agreement. There are no bases to appeal an informal resolution.
(b) Formal resolution
(i) Formal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Any formal resolution will be conducted in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution. Most formal resolutions will be resolved within a ninety-day window. The Title IX coordinator will notify the parties if this time frame will not be met and provide sufficient reasoning.
(iii) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings, interviews, or hearings as part of the formal process by an advisor of choice.
(iv) There is the presumption that the respondent is not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the conclusion of the formal resolution process.
(v) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule, along with a minimum of three days to prepare for any initial interview.
(vi) A formal investigation into the allegations will include interview(s) with the complainant, interview(s) with the respondent, and interviews with any witnesses believed to possess relevant evidence regarding the allegations.
(vii) Both parties will have an opportunity to examine a draft version of the investigatory report and any relevant evidence collected throughout the investigation and will have a period of ten business days to submit a written response.
(viii) The investigator(s) will compile a final investigatory report, which will be provided to both parties and their advisors of choice no less than ten business days prior to any hearings on the matter.
(ix) Live hearings will take place via video conference and will be closed to the public. During the live hearing, both parties will have the opportunity to cross-examine one another, as well as any witnesses, through an advisor of choice. If either party does not have an advisor of choice, an advisor will be provided by the university at no cost for the sole purpose of conducting the cross-examination.
If a party or witness does not submit to cross-examination at the live hearing, a decision-maker may consider any statements made by that party or witness when reaching a determination regarding responsibility, so long as the statements are otherwise permitted under Title IX regulations.
(x) The preponderance of the evidence standard will be applied in any formal resolution process initiated by a formal complaint of sex-based harassment. A "preponderance of the evidence" is met if it is determined to be more likely than not, based on the evidence available, that the respondent's behavior violated the sexual harassment under this rule.
(xi) At the conclusion of the live hearing, the decision maker(s) issue a written decision, which shall include the following:
(a) A statement of the allegations made to support a claim of sexual misconduct;
(b) A description of the procedures followed throughout the process, starting from the formal complaint through the determination;
(c) The findings of fact to support the determination;
(d) A conclusion regarding whether the university rule was violated based on the factual findings;
(e) A statement of the result as to each allegation, including the rationale for the statement and a determination of responsibility;
(f) A statement of any disciplinary sanctions imposed upon the respondent or remedies put in place in to restore or preserve; and
(g) The procedure and available bases for appeal.
(c) Appeals. Only formal resolutions may be appealed. Both parties have the right to submit a written appeal within five business days of receiving the written decision. Appeals should be submitted to the vice president for human resources and diversity or designee. Appeals can only be made on any one of the following grounds:
(i) Procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
(ii) New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could affect the outcome of the matter; and
(iii) The Title IX coordinator, investigator(s), or decision-maker(s) had a conflict of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or the individual complainant or respondent that affected the outcome of the matter.
(6) Disciplinary sanctions
Sanctions may only be imposed as the result of disciplinary proceedings and may not be imposed prior to informal resolution or a finding of responsibility at the conclusion of the formal process. Possible sanctions include:
(a) Suspension from or termination of further employment;
(b) Suspension or dismissal from further matriculation;
(c) Adjustments to work, living or learning situations;
(d) No-contact directives;
(e) Educational intervention; or
(f) Restrictions from participating in co-curricular activities.
(7) Emergency removal and administrative leave. The university may remove a respondent from the university's education program or activity on an emergency basis. Prior to removal, the university will conduct an individualized safety and risk analysis and must determine that an immediate threat to the physical health or safety of any student, employee, or other individual arising from the allegations of sexual harassment justifies removal. The university will provide notice of an emergency removal and give the respondent an opportunity to challenge the emergency removal decision immediately following the removal.
The university may place a non-student employee respondent on administrative leave while a grievance process is pending.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 8:42 AM
History
- Effective: October 18, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-5-30 Learning environment concerns rule.
(A) Purpose
The university is committed to maintaining a professional and welcoming learning environment in which all students are treated with respect and dignity. This environment should promote interactions based on individual strengths and characteristics to encourage constructive, thoughtful, respectful, sensitive behavior, consistent with the standards of the various health professions in which our students are being trained.
(B) Scope
(1) A complaint or concern within the learning environment of mistreatment, inappropriate professional interaction, or bias may be made by any student against any other member of the university community, so long as it relates to the educational activities of university. Student complaints of mistreatment, inappropriate professional Interactions, or bias about course instructors, teaching methods, evaluations or course related matters are to be handled in accordance with this rule.
(2) This rule will not be interpreted, administered or applied to infringe upon the academic freedom of any faculty member of the university. The frank discussion of controversial ideas, the provision of constructive criticism related to educational performance, the pursuit and publication of controversial research, and the study and teaching of material with controversial content do not constitute mistreatment, provided these activities are conducted in an atmosphere of respect.
(3) This rule is not to be interpreted, administered or applied in such a way as to detract from the rights and obligations of those in an evaluative role to manage and discipline students, subject to the university's policies and procedures.
(4) A student may not use this rule to review the decisions or recommendations of the committee on academic and professional progress ("CAPP"). These decisions may only be reviewed in accordance with the university rule on "CAPP."
(5) This rule does not govern situations where students believe that they have been subjected to sexual misconduct, sexual harassment, discriminatory treatment or other illegal activity. Complaints of that nature are addressed under separate university rules.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Complainant" refers to any person who seeks recourse pursuant to this rule because he/she has reasonable cause to believe he/she has experienced mistreatment or inappropriate professional interaction.
(2) "Inappropriate Professional Interaction" refers to conduct that is offensive, uncivil, and generally disrespectful to a reasonable professional in the field.
(3) "Mistreatment" refers to words, gestures or actions that tend to alarm, intimidate or demean another.
(4) "Respondent" refers to a person or person against whom an allegation of mistreatment or inappropriate professional interaction has been made.
(5) "University-related activity" refers to all activities operated under the auspices of the university on the Rootstown campus or in any affiliated institution, program or agency.
(6) "Learning environment" refers to any location where NEOMED academic activities including, but not limited to, didactic, simulation, laboratory, or clinical, associated with your program of study, take place.
(7) "Bias"refers to a completed, attempted or threatened incident where abusive or hostile acts against a person or persons where such acts manifest evidence that the target was intentionally selected on the basis of the target's actual or perceived age, class, color, disability, ethnic/regional/national origin group, gender, gender identity, gender expression, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation, including any hate crime.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) All students of the university community are encouraged to resolve complaints informally. Students who feel they have experienced mistreatment, inappropriate professional interaction, or bias should discuss the matter with their faculty advisor, personal advisor, or the chief student affairs officer. These individuals will:
(a) Provide students a forum for expressing concerns and exploring options for addressing the concern at issue;
(b) Advise students on both informal and formal
(c) Discuss the student's concerns, with the permission of the student, with the person about whom the student has an issue (e.g., faculty member, resident, etc.).
If one of the individuals identified in this rule believes that mistreatment, an inappropriate professional interaction, or bias has occurred, the individual has the responsibility to discuss the issue with his/her respective vice dean, even if the student does not wish to file a formal complaint.
(2) Unless a formal complaint is filed, no further action will be taken by the university other than what is set forth in this rule.
(3) Formal complaint
(a) A complaint becomes formal when a complainant completes the learning environment form online and it is received by one of the members of the university community designated to receive such complaints.
Upon receipt, all formal complaints are forwarded to the dean of students (or designee). The the dean of students (or designee) investigates and adjudicates the matter or convenes an investigation committee, if necessary.
(b) Students may file a formal complaint in accordance with the above procedure within thirty calendar days of the last alleged incident of mistreatment, inappropriate professional interaction or bias in the learning environment.
(c) Copies of the concern form shall be included in the NEOMED compass and on the university website.
(4) Investigation process for a formal complaint
(a) The investigation shall be conducted by the dean of students or their designee, with the assistance of other university faculty or staff, as appropriate. In certain circumstances, the dean of students may delegate the investigatory duties set forth in this paragraph to appropriate personnel within the college. The dean of students (or designee) will consult the general counsel on all matters of evidence, rule interpretation and/or procedure.
(b) The dean of students (or designee) may, for good cause shown, exercise discretion in delaying the investigatory phase of a formal complaint if dealing otherwise would compromise the investigation or adversely affect the student's matriculation.
(c) The investigation process will include one or more of the following steps as appropriate:
(i) Confirm name, year, and college of the complainant;
(ii) Identify name, title and role of the respondent;
(iii) Develop a thorough understanding of the professional relationship, degree of control and amount of interaction between the complainant and respondent; and
(iv) Determine the frequency/severity and type of alleged mistreatment, inappropriate professional interaction or bias.
(5) Discipline and sanctions
(a) Failure to cooperate with the investigation or resolution of a formal complaint is considered a violation of this rule and may be grounds for discipline or sanctions.
(b) Disciplinary sanctions related to faculty will be undertaken in accordance with the faculty rules. In addition, the respondent may be required to participate in a special education or counseling experience.
(c) When criminal conduct is suspected or has occurred, the dean of students (or designee) will refer the matter to the general counsel as appropriate.
(d) If the investigation reveals that the allegation was frivolous, vexatious or malicious, the dean of students (or designee) may recommend sanctions against the complainant.
(e) Each party will be informed in writing of the final decision. The final decision and the report of the dean of students (or designee) will be placed in the appropriate personnel file or student file if the respondent is found to have violated this rule.
(6) Documentation of student complaints
(a) University is required by the higher learning commission ("HLC") to track all student formal complaints. The dean of students (or designee) will maintain all formal complaints, along with the final written discussion of such complaints as set forth below. Students should understand the university is required to share information about complaints with each college's respective accreditation agencies. Every effort shall be made to treat the information with discretion and privacy to protect the individual identities regarding such complaints.
(b) The dean of students (or designee) will maintain a database on formal complaints in accordance with the respective accreditation standards for each college.
(7) Discretion in releasing complaints or formal investigation records
(a) Other university personnel shall be made aware of the allegations, investigations, and outcome on a need-to- know basis. These persons may include, but are not limited to, the complainant, the respondent, and any witnesses or persons involved in the formal or informal investigation of the complaint.
(b) Records created as a result of any formal complaint or investigation will be maintained and released in accordance with state and federal law.
Last updated June 30, 2026 at 7:39 AM
History
- Effective: June 26, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-5-45 International travel.
(A) Scope
Students participating in international activities/educational experiences sponsored/approved and/or funded by northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED) must comply with all obligations set forth in this rule and its associated forms.
(B) Purpose
This rule is implemented in order to uphold the values of safety and education at NEOMED and in order to minimize the liability of the university regarding student international experiences.
(C) Body of rule
(1) A student's eligibility to participate in an international experience is conditional upon written approval of the individual international experience by the course director in collaboration with the dean of students, receipt by the office of all documentation as required by the procedures outlined in this rule, and verification by the registrar that the student is in good academic standing as determined by their individual degree program.
(2) International experience approval by the university
The international experience committee (or the committee) will include the following members:
(a) One faculty member with experience in international travel
(b) One representative from general counsel
(c) One faculty representative from each college (medicine, pharmacy and graduate studies)
(d) One representative fromthe office of the dean of students
(e) One representative from the office of the registar
(f) One representative from global engagement
(3) International travel for academic credit and/or funded by NEOMED to a country with a U.S. department of state level three or higher travel warning requires approval from the international experience committee.
(4) International travel for academic credit and/or funded by NEOMED to all other countries requires approval from the office of global engagement.
(5) Approval of an international experience for academic credit is the responsibility of the course director.
(6) Funding approval for extra-curricular international experiences is the responsibility of the NEOMED student council (NSC).
(7) The purpose of the international experience committee will be to assess the safety of an international experience and approve the experience for university student participation.
(8) The international experience committee will meet as needed based on the travel request submitted by students.
(9) Procedures to student international experience approval.
(a) All submissions to the committee must be turned in to the office of global engagement for distribution to the committee a minimum of two weeks prior to the next committee meeting.
(b) Committee meetings will be scheduled based on travel requests submitted by students that require the committee's approval.
(10) Faculty responsibility
Any university faculty who wish to organize an international experience that will include university students (for academic credit or extra-curricular activity funded by the university) must submit a written application, for review by the office of global engagement, fulfilling the requirements as outlined in the application available in the office of global engagement. Once a faculty member has received approval for his/her international experience, students who wish to participate in the international experience need not submit individual applications to the international experience committee for approval (students must still submit all required documents to the office of global engagement as required by this rule).
(11) Student responsibility
(a) Any student wishing to receive funding for an extra-curricular international experience (research, mission, conference) must adhere to the procedures for requesting student funding outlined by the NSC.
(b) If an international experience is currently approved by the committee through petition, the student need not submit individual applications to the committee for approval (students must still submit all required documents as required by this rule).
(c) If an international experience is not currently approved, it is the responsibility of the student wishing to participate to submit an application fulfilling the requirements available in the office of global engagement.
(12) Committee decision
(a) If the international experience is approved by the office of global engagement or the committee, the submitting student or faculty will be notified of approval status by an official letter from the office of global engagement within five business days after the committee meeting. Students should not make any travel arrangements prior to receiving written approval from the office of global engagement or the committee. Please note that although the student may receive informal communication regarding the status of the international experience acceptance, it is not official until the formal approval letter is received. Letters are sent to the student's NEOMED email address. It is important to remember that a student's eligibility to participate in an international experience is conditional upon both written approval by committee and receipt by the office of global engagement of all documentation as required by these rule procedures. Furthermore, a student must be in good academic standing as determined by his/her individual degree program.
(b) If an international experience is denied approval by the office of global engagement or the committee, the submitting student or faculty will be notified of international experience denial status by an official letter from the office of global engagement within five business days after the committee meeting. The denial letter will include a detailed explanation listing the reasons why the committee rejected approval of the international experience.
(13) Application for academic credit
In addition to IEC approval, if a student desires to be eligible to receive academic credit for his/her international experience, the student must submit written approval from the course director to the office of global engagement or the international experience committee. Refer to the complete international experience application form for additional requirements.
(14) Tracking students on international experiences
Responsibility for tracking students who are on international experiences is as follows:
(a) M4 electives - coordinator, registration and enrollment
(b) P4 APPES - director, experiential education
(c) NSC funded experiences - NSC advisor
(d) Graduate studies experiences - college of graduate studies
(e) All students' tracking will also reside under the office of global engagement
(15) Student requirements needed to receive committee review
The following documents must be submitted to the office of global engagement at least two months prior to the estimated travel dates:
Petition for implementation of student international experience with the following attachments:
(a) Documentation of approval for academic credit by course directors (if applicable)
(b) Methods of pre-departure and/or on-site orientation for students
(c) Copy of all information provided to the students/participants, including all orientation materials
(d) Description of procedures for an emergency evacuation plan
(e) Documentation of all relevant U.S. state department information and advisories
(f) Documentation of participant requirements and responsibilities
(g) Copy of letter accepting student into the international experience (from appropriate official)
(h) A completed risk assessment form (see application)
(16) Student requirements after committee approval
(a) The following documents must be submitted to the office of global engagement at least four weeks prior to their scheduled departure date:
Proof of global assistance insurance with a minimum required coverage as follows:
(i) Medical expense (accident/sickness) - one hundred thousand dollars per incident
(ii) Accidental death/dismemberment - ten thousand dollars
(iii) Emergency medical evacuation - fifty thousand dollars
(iv) Repatriation of remains - twenty five thousand dollars
(b) The student must work with the office of global engagement to obtain satisfactory global assistance insurance, which may be available through one of the following providers:
(i) CISI (www.culturalinsurance.com)
(ii) HTH worldwide insurance services (www.hthstudents.com)
(iii) CMI (www.studyabroadinsurance.com)
(iv) IMG (www.internationalstudentinsurance.com)
(c) Proof of travel health consult, vaccinations, and prophylaxis (each as recommended by the center for disease control)
(d) Photocopy of current passport (and proof of visa if applicable)
(e) Photocopy of current U.S. state department travel advisories (updated from original pre-meeting submission)
(f) Complete travel itinerary (including all transportation details to, from, and during the international experience)
(g) Emergency contact information (for both the international experience site and within the united states)
(h) Proof of registration with the U.S. department of state (can be done at https://travelregistration.state.gov - print confirmation page)
(i) A signed waiver and release agreement
(17) Required actions for student international experience preparation
(a) Gather information concerning any in-country political problems, safety concerns, or health hazards by consulting current U.S. state department announcements and publications, centers for disease control (CDC) information, and the international experience site.
(b) Investigate visa and other entrance requirements that may be enforced in the host country. Adhere to laws of the host country, standards of professional behavior, and standards of conduct determined by the international experience site. Stay current on U.S. department of state country information and communicate with local site regarding known risks.
(c) Complete orientation for study abroad through self-study or formal preparatory sessions. Such orientation will emphasize knowledge of personal health and safety precautions, universal precautions, infectious disease risks, cultural conditions, personal and professional behavior standards, emergency contact procedures and preparation for medical work (if applicable).
(18) Office of global engagement responsibility
Travel warnings and revocation
In the event of a U.S. state department issued travel warning for the location of a student's international experience prior to a student's departure, a student's eligibility to travel to the location of the international experience may be revoked at the consideration of the university. In the event a U.S. state department warning is issued while a student is abroad, determination of the appropriate action will be made on a case-by-case basis, with the university having the authority to require the student to return to the United States.
(19) Monetary/property loss
The university is not responsible for any monetary or property loss incurred by a student at any time during the planning, preparation or participation in an international experience.
(20) Student responsibility after return to the university
After completion of the international experience, the student must turn in a completed international experience evaluation form to the office of global engagement. This form does not replace the curricular feedback/evaluation form for curricular activities.
Last updated June 24, 2026 at 3:14 PM
History
- Effective: June 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-5-75 Student health initiatives.
(A) Purpose
To ensure that all students participating in student-led health fairs and related events are appropriately trained and supervised such that their activities are properly covered for purposes of liability and are compliant with any state and federal regulations and professional licensure requirements.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all students in the college of medicine and college of pharmacy who are engaging in university-sponsored student-led health fairs, screenings and other clinical or educational events.
(C) Definitions
(1) "CLIA" refers to the clinical laboratory improvement amendments, which is a document provided by the centers for disease control and prevention for the purpose of setting standards for the accredited laboratories.
(2) "Clinical Activities" refers to the provision of clinical services, such as administration of vaccines at a flu clinic or the review of medications in a medication therapy management consult.
(3) "OSHA" refers to the occupational safety and health administration, which governs workplace safety.
(4) "Screenings" refers to conducting or determining blood glucose levels, blood pressure levels, body fat analysis, body mass index, bone density testing, cholesterol testing and glaucoma screening.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Student health fairs and screenings
(a) The health fair or screening should be designed to meet an identified need within the community or to target an underserved population who is otherwise unable to obtain such services.
(b) Any student(s) or student organization(s) seeking to host a health fair or screening event must contact the office of student affairs in order to obtain an "application to host a student health event." The application must be completed and returned to the office of student affairs no less than fourteen days prior to the event.
(c) Consistent with the student health event application, the student(s) or student group(s) must document the following information about the event for review and approval:
(i) Type of activity being conducted during the event;
(ii) Type and amount of university clinical supervision that will be present at the event, which must provide for supervision of university pharmacy students in a one to two pharmacist to student ratio and university medical students in a one to four clinician to student ratio;
(iii) Whether CLIA and/or OSHA training is required for the screenings being conducted;
(iv) Consent form for participants; and
(v) Educational materials for participants.
(d) The dean of the college(s) in which the student(s) are enrolled or which has authority over the student organization(s) involved must review and approve of the event in order for the event to be considered an educational experience sanctioned by the university and therefore falling within the scope of the applicable professional liability coverage in place for students.
(e) The student(s) or student organization(s) are responsible for obtaining the requisite supplies necessary to conduct any testing or screening at the event. Student(s) can apply to one of the university's student organizations or university student council for funding to cover the supply costs for the event.
(f) The student(s) or student organization(s) are responsible for obtaining the requisite equipment necessary to conduct any testing or screening at the event. Student(s) can obtain blood pressure cuffs, bone density testing equipment, or glucometers for use at the event from the Wasson center.
(g) The office of student affairs shall maintain a calendar of events authorized under this rule.
(h) All students and clinical faculty participating in the event must have completed blood-borne pathogen and CLIA waiver training as indicated on the student health event application.
(i) Students must have a documented plan to address event participants who are identified as presenting with significant risk of an impending health event (e.g., extreme results related to blood pressure or blood sugar levels).
(j) No pediatric screening, risk assessment, or other pediatric services will be conducted at any university health fair. Any activities geared toward those under the age of eighteen must be designed solely for the purpose of entertainment or education; they cannot include any pediatric screening or assessment.
(k) Under no circumstances do the screenings or education materials provided by student(s) and student organization(s) at events governed under this section establish a doctor-patient relationship. Student(s) and student organization(s) must make this evident to all participants through their written materials and statements to participants.
(2) Other clinical events
(a) Any students or student organizations who engage in the provision of clinical services such as hosting a flu clinic, conducting a "brown-bag" medication review, or providing medication therapy management in a no-cost manner must complete a "student health event application" to ensure that they are adequately trained and supervised in providing the foregoing services.
(b) Under no circumstances do the clinical services provided by student(s) and student organization(s) at events governed under this paragraph establish a doctor-patient relationship. Student(s) and student organization(s) must make this evident to all participants through their written materials and statements to participants.
(3) Educational events
Students or student organizations who present health education and prevention information to the general public or a targeted audiences need to have their educational materials reviewed by their faculty advisor or course instruction before engaging in such activities. Faculty advisors should engage the assistance of library copyright staff to make determinations of appropriate use of materials.
(4) Volunteer activities
Students may participate in a wide array of volunteer activities that occur off campus and outside of the curricular requirements of their degree program. When students engage in such independent volunteer activities that fall outside of any approved event that is sponsored through and sanctioned by the university, they do so at their own risk. In these instances, the student will not be covered under the university's professional liability insurance for any situations that arise out of these volunteer activities.
(5) Research
Any data collected in conjunction with the events approved under this rule must be for evaluation purposes only, and not for purposes of research. Students wishing to utilize data from event participants for research purpose must first seek approval of their protocol from the university's institutional review board.
History
- Effective: February 14, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-5-76 Hazing.
(A) Purpose
All acts of hazing are prohibited at Northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED). The university strives to promote a safe environment in which its students can participate in experiences and activities without compromising their mental and physical health, well-being, dignity, and personal rights. Students are entitled to be treated with consideration, respect, and professionalism at all times, including when engaging in the activities of a student organization, as defined in this rule. To that end, the university has zero tolerance for acts of hazing that may occur related to the admission, initiation, pledging, joining, or continued membership in any student organization.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all students, student organizations and all employees or volunteers who advise or support a student organization. Preventing hazing from occurring is the responsibility of all members of the NEOMED community, including students, student organizations, employees, alumni and volunteers.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Hazing" refers to engaging in or coercing, pressuring, or soliciting another to engage in any act of initiation, or act required in order to obtain or maintain membership or affiliation in a student organizationthat causes or creates a substantial risk of physical or psychological harm or injury to any person.
(a) Hazing under this rule includes, but is not limited to the following, when performed in relationship to the foregoing purposes:
(i) Ingesting food, drinks (including alcohol), drugs or other substances;
(ii) Acts of a physical nature, such as: beating, bonding, branding, calisthenics, exposure to outdoor elements, paddling, striking, throwing items at or on a person, and/or whipping;
(iii) Acts that adversely affect the mental health or dignity of the individual, such as: social isolation, kidnapping, abandonment, verbal berating and/or food or sleep deprivation;
(iv) Acts that a reasonable person would view to be frightening, humiliating, intimidating or deceptive, such as: blindfolding, personal servitude, designating entrances/exits to public spaces, requiring individuals wear uncomfortable, scant, or no apparel at designated times;
(v) Acts that violate university policies, or federal, state, or local laws, regardless of whether charges are brought; and
(vi) Acts that endanger or have the potential to endanger a student's academic or personal life (e.g., preventing attendance to academic, employment, or family matters).
(b) Hazing does not include:
(i) Reasonable and customary student organization trainings, contests or other events that are explicitly relevant to the mission of the organization and performed by all members; and
(ii) Lawful expressive activities permitted under the first amendment of the United States constitution, section 11 of the article I of the Ohio constitution, or the NEOMED free speech rule.
(2) "Student organization" refers to any student association, group, club, or chapter whose members are primarily students or alumni of the organization or the university.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Prohibited conduct. The following conduct constitute a violation of this rule:
(a) Purposefully, knowingly, recklessly, or negligently hazing any person;
(b) Involvement in the planning of hazing and/or being present during hazing;
(c) Failing to intervene or stop hazing if the individual has knowledge of a planned or ongoing hazing activity;
(d) Failing to assist or seek assistance if the individual knows or reasonably should know that another person is in danger from the effects of hazing;
(2) Training on hazing
(a) All students are required to participate in training regarding hazing during orientation. Students are prohibited from participating in any activities, including being accepted or initiated as a member of a student organization until they complete the training.
(b) All employees and volunteers who advise a student organization and who have direct contact with students must complete hazing training.
(c) The foregoing training may occur on-line or in person, at the discretion of the university and will reflect the provisions of this rule as well as the related potential for criminal prosecution related to hazing activities.
(3) Reporting hazing. Any person with knowledge that hazing is scheduled to occur or has taken place is encouraged to immediately report the information to one or more of the following sources. Prompt reporting of hazing activities enables law enforcement and/or campus personnel to gather timely and relevant information related to the alleged activity. While reports can be made anonymously, without identifying the reporting party's name, it may limit the university's ability to investigate and take action. Reports can be made as follows:
(a) In writing or in person to the associate director of student conduct or the associate dean for the student affairs of the college;
(b) By contacting the NEOMED police at 330-325-5911 if the situation is non-emergent, or 911 if emergency personnel are required;
(c) By submitting online via a report of suspected incident of hazing;
(d) By contacting the employee serving as the student organization's advisor; or
(e) By contacting human resources.
(4) Investigation of hazing reports. The associate director of student conduct and/or the NEOMED police will investigate all reports of hazing. All students and employees are required to cooperate in the investigation of hazing allegations. Retaliating against or taking adverse action toward an individual who participates in the investigation of a hazing allegation will result in the filing of a student behavioral concern note (for students) or discipline (for employees).
(a) Students who are found to have been in violation of this rule will be addressed through the procedures set forth in the administration of student conduct rule, which may include implementation of interim safety measures. Sanctions for hazing may include the imposition of fines; revocation of permission to participate in the student organization or permission for the student organization to operate on campus; notification to the related national chapter organization; or discipline such as probation, suspension, dismissal or expulsion.
(b) Employees who fail to report hazing occurrences about which they have been notified or who have been reckless in permitting hazing of any student within a student organization will be subject to discipline, up to and including termination.
(c) Alumni and volunteers who have been reckless in permitting hazing of any student within a student organization may be excluded from future activities on campus and reported to the related national chapter of the student organization.
(d) Students, employees, volunteers and alumni may also face criminal prosecution for permitting or participating in hazing activities.
(5) Amnesty. Students who report hazing under this rule or who participate in an investigation of hazing will be granted amnesty from consequences tied to violations of other university policies that arose out of or are related to the hazing incident under investigation, so long as the student's conduct does not represent a threat to the health and safety of others (e.g., seeking medical assistance for overconsumption of drugs or alcohol).
Last updated May 11, 2026 at 7:54 AM
History
- Effective: May 10, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-5-77 Accommodations for student religious observations.
(A) Purpose
Northeast Ohio medical university respects the religious practices and beliefs of all students and seeks to provide a learning environment that reasonably accommodates its students' sincerely held religious beliefs, while simultaneously complying with the statutory requirements of section 3345.026 of the Revised Code.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all enrolled students who seek to be excused from academic requirements, including class attendance or examinations, based on a sincerely held religious belief. Student employees should refer to rule 3349-7-85 of the Administrative Code with respect to his/her employment obligations on days of religious observation.
(C) Definitions
"Academic semester" refers to the summer term, fall, and spring semesters as established by each individual college or degree program and published by the office of the registrar (also known as an "academic term"). Maymester is an intersession following spring semester.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Excused absences
(a) A student may be excused from class for up to three days of academic requirements or examinations per academic semester to take holidays for reasons of faith or religious or spiritual belief systems to participate in organized activities conducted under the auspices of a religious denomination, church, or other religious or spiritual organization.
(b) The university shall not impose any academic penalty as a result of utilizing an excused absence for the foregoing purposes and shall accept, without question, the sincerity of a student's religious or spiritual belief system.
(2) Requests for alternative accommodation
(a) The university shall keep requests for alternative accommodations authorized under this rule confidential, in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. The information regarding such requests and alternative accommodations will only be shared with those individuals and offices that have a need to know for educational purposes.
(b) Students requesting an alternative accommodation under this rule shall do so by completing an online request form. The university shall provide a student with alternative accommodations for examinations and other academic requirements that will be missed based upon the excused absence if the following requirements are met:
(i) The student's sincerely held religious belief or practice severely affects the student's ability to take an examination or meet an academic requirement; and
(ii) The request is submitted to the university not later than fourteen calendar days after the first date of instruction of the semester in which the excused absence will occur.
(c) The course director and/or testing services will be notified of the request and related approval and will accept without question the sincerity of a student's religious or spiritual belief system. All students will receive confirmation of the approval as well as specifics related to the alternative accommodation via email from the university identifying the time, date, and location for a make-up or alternative examination, which may be before or after the time and date the examination or other academic requirement was originally scheduled, but shall do so without prejudicial effect.
(3) Notification
(a) The syllabus for every course shall include the following information:
(i) A statement that religious accommodations are available to students and a hyperlink to this rule, located on the policy portal within the office of the general counsel's website;
(ii) A description of the general procedure for requesting alternative accommodations based on a sincerely held religious belief or practice; and
(iii) Contact information for the office of academic affairs and student services should a student need more information about this rule.
(b) A non-exhaustive list of major religious holidays or festivals for the next two years shall be posted with this rule, separately identified on the policy portal within the office of the general counsel's website. The list may not be used to deny accommodation to a student for a holiday or festival of the student's faith or religious or spiritual belief system that does not appear on the list.
(4) Complaints
Students may notify the university of any complaint under this rule by contacting:
(a) Office of academic affairs and student services;
(b) The vice president for academic affairs and provost; or
(c) By submitting a complaint online to compliance@neomed.edu.
Last updated September 27, 2024 at 9:40 AM
History
- Effective: September 25, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-85
(A) Purpose
To comply with federal and state laws and to provide employees with advance notice of the university's holiday schedule.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university employees, including, but not limited to, faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees. It does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Active Pay Status" includes regular hours worked, vacation leave, sick leave, compensatory time, personal leave, legal holiday leave, winter break leave, and civic duty leave.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university observes the following eleven state of Ohio legal holidays: the first day of January; the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February; Memorial day; the nineteenth of June; the fourth day of July; the first Monday in September; the second Monday in October; the eleventh day of November; the fourth Thursday in November; and the twenty-fifth day of December. The university will also observe any other holiday appointed and recommended by the governor of this state or the president of the United States. Employees shall be paid for these holidays unless otherwise specified by university rule.
(2) The board of trustees may designate alternate days for observance of the legal holidays otherwise observed on the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February, and the second Monday in October.
(3) If an employee observes certain religious holidays not observed by the state of Ohio, the immediate supervisor should allow the employee to take accumulated but unused vacation time or compensatory time earned to observe the holiday.
Last updated July 18, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: July 18, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-7 Human Resources - General
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-01 Definitions.
(A) Purpose
To promote clarity in the university's human resources rules.
(B) Scope
The definitions set forth in this rule have applicability to all university rules, unless an alternative definition is specified within the rule for specific application to the issue being addressed.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position within the university based on a delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code. For unclassified hourly employees and for classified civil service employees of the university, the appointing authority is the director of human resources. For administrative staff, the appointing authority is the division director in which a given department or other organizational unit is located. For faculty, the appointing authority is the dean of the respective college.
(2) "Board of Trustees" ("Board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(3) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(4) "College" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Dean" means the chief academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(8) "Department" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(9) "Educational Records" means those records, files, documents and other materials which contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by a college, school, department, office or other university organization, subdivision or by a person acting for the university or any of its subdivisions.
(10) "Full-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(11) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(12) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(13) "Part-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(14) "Persona Non Grata" means that a nonstudent has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any or specified university locations.
(15) "President" means the president of the university.
(16) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university that are located in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(17) "Senior Administration" or "Leadership Team" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(18) "Student" means any person admitted or enrolled at the university in any of its courses or programs.
(19) "University" is the state supported higher education entity organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code, the Administrative Code or university rule.
(2) The university hereby adopts the definitions set forth in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code and the Administrative Code, as it applies to the university, as may be amended from time to time, unless the university has specifically adopted another definition for the term within this rule or any other rule of the university. This rule and each specific rule of the university should be consulted as necessary to determine if the university has given the word or phrase specific meaning.
(3) The administration of the university is hereby delegated the authority to amend these definitions as necessary to the further purpose, goals and mission of the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-03 Academic faculty file.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to identify the offices responsible for maintaining the official files of NEOMED faculty, as well as the file's contents, the persons who are allowed to access the file and the process by which to obtain access.
(B) Scope
This rule is established under the general authority of the office of the provost and the office of human resources.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Academic faculty file" is a faculty academic file that is maintained in the university office of faculty affairs (within the office of the provost) and contains applications for appointment, promotion, tenure, letter of offer and amendments, notifications of appointment, notifications of promotion, letters of recommendation, leaves of absence, tenure development committee membership, tenure and promotion decisions, reappointment, performance evaluations, disciplinary documents and other related academic and employment matters addressed pursuant to the university faculty bylaws.
(2) "Affiliated faculty" are non-tenure track faculty members who are non-salaried or whose primary roles are not as faculty members.
(3) "Employment file" is a faculty employment file that is maintained in the office of human resources (for NEOMED-employed and co-funded (shared)) faculty. This file contains originals and copies of documents that relate to pre-employment, employment, benefits, payroll and separation matters.
(4) "Letter of offer" is a document initiated by the office of human resources and sets forth certain conditions of the offer of employment but does not constitute a contract. any previous experience to be counted toward a faculty member's time in rank may be negotiated prior to the offer and will be documented in the letter of offer. Any modifications to the letter must be in writing and agreed to by both parties.
(5) "Notification of appointment or promotion" is a written letter issued to all affiliated faculty upon final approval of their appointment or promotion by the NEOMED board of trustees. This notification confirms a faculty member's rank, the academic department in which rank is held, and the effective date of appointment or promotion.
(6) "Records under seal" are records that the faculty member waives the right to review, such as information pertaining to an appeal or letters from external evaluators, which are completed in conjunction with the appointment, tenure and promotion process.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) The academic faculty file is maintained in the university office of faculty affairs for all faculty in all colleges, whether full time, part time, affiliated, or co-funded (shared). All official documents concerning a faculty member's status as a faculty member, will to the extent practicable, be maintained in the faculty member's academic faculty file.
(2) The faculty member has the right to review the contents of his or her academic faculty file and employment file. files will be kept in strictest confidence to the extent allowed by Ohio law. The faculty member may authorize in writing access to his or her academic faculty file by a person not indicated in this policy.
(3) The academic faculty file is available on a need-to-know basis only to the president, general counsel, provost, director of administration (office of the provost) and staff, dean or vice dean of a college, the faculty member's department chair, the faculty member him/herself, and the director of human resources.
(4) Public records request for faculty academic or employment files should be referred to the university office of the general counsel for handling.
(5) Other than those records that are treated as records under seal, a faculty member is permitted to review or supplement their academic faculty file or employment file at any point in time.
(6) Academic faculty file. The faculty file maintained in the university office of faculty affairs (within the office of the provost) is the academic faculty file. This file includes original documents and copies. These documents may include, but are not limited to:
(a) Original documents:
(i) Notification of appointment including any special conditions/agreements at the time of initial appointment and any addenda;
(ii) Curriculum vitae;
(iii) Faculty planning and annual evaluation forms;
(iv) Tenure and promotion records;
(a) Tenure and/or promotion time in rank requirements;
(b) Listing of tenure advisory committee membership;
(c) Dossier and university tenure and promotion committee materials and decisions;
(d) Date of promotion(s) and tenure;
(v) Faculty ranks and the dates awarded;
(vi) Reappointment and non-reappointment records;
(vii) Faculty improvement leave materials;
(viii) Disciplinary actions by licensing boards, or criminal records that have bearing on faculty status;
(ix) Sanctions against the faculty member pursuant to the university faculty bylaws; and
(x) Post tenure review.
(b) Copies of documents
(i) Signed letter of offer including any special conditions/agreements at the time of initial appointment and any addenda;
(ii) Letter of resignation or termination;
(iii) Letters of recognition;
(iv) Acknowledgement of awards and achievements;
(v) Press releases;
(vi) Dean's correspondence on compensation related issues; and
(vii) Change in status forms.
(7) Employment file. The faculty employment file is maintained in the office of human resources for faculty who are employed or co-funded (shared) by NEOMED. This file includes originals and copies of documents that relate to pre-employment, employment, payroll, benefits, and separation matters. These documents may include, but are not limited to:
(a) Original documents
(i) Pre-employment materials:
(a) Degree verification
(b) Background check; or
(c) Resume or curriculum vitae.
(ii) Hiring information:
(a) Personal data information including employment eligibility
(b) Documents related to payroll and benefits
(iii) Signed letter of offer including any special terms or conditions/agreements at the time of initial appointment and any addenda;
(iv) Payroll change documents;
(v) Employee status changes;
(vi) Retirement Information; or
(vii) Termination sign-out information
(b) Copies of documents
(i) Notification of appointment letter;
(ii) Employment forms related to:
(a) Accident and injury reports;
(b) Sick and vacation time; or
(c) Tuition benefits.
Last updated October 2, 2024 at 9:04 AM
History
- Effective: September 25, 2023
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-05 Access to employee personnel records.
(A) Purpose
To provide guidelines for employees to access their personnel records; to provide criteria for the review by other management personnel; and to prescribe the information that may be contained in personnel records.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to the personnel records of all employees, including but not limited to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees, and student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Personnel Records" identify the employee, contain information used to populate the university's human resource database, and to document the employee's qualifications for employment, promotion, transfer, additional compensation, or disciplinary action.
(3) "Medical Records" refers to any documentation concerning the medical history, diagnosis, prognosis, or medical condition of an employee created and maintained in the process of medical treatment.
(4) "Intellectual Property Records" refers to a majority of research based documentation, other than financial and administrative data, that has not previously been publicly released, published, or patented.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Personnel records are maintained in the department of human resources and are available to the employee, or a person specifically authorized in writing by the employee to review or receive such information; and, to any management official who has a legitimate, verifiable need to know specific information about the employee. Telephone requests for information from outside the university shall be limited to verification of employment dates and job title.
(2) An employee's personnel record shall contain necessary job-related and personal information, including but not limited to, identifying information, such as the employee's name, address, and job title; any employment applications, position descriptions, compensation records, information pertaining to benefit enrollment, disciplinary records, attendance records, confidentiality agreement, performance appraisals, university sponsored employee certificates, acknowledgements of university rules and procedures, and any other job-related information. The following documents shall not be contained in an employee's personnel record: payroll records, medical records, intellectual property records, and attorney-client privileged communications.
(3) Some items in the employee's personnel record are subject to disclosure pursuant to a public records request. However, if the information contained in an employee's personnel file does not serve to document the activities of the university, the item in a personnel file is not public record and does not need to be disclosed. Before personnel records are disclosed pursuant to a public records request, the university's office of the general counsel shall review the public records request and respond accordingly.
(4) Each employee shall have only one personnel record. Personnel records will be retained by the university's department of human resources for six years from the date of separation. Employees may review their own personnel records one time per calendar year in the university's department of human resources at a mutually established time and place.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-10 Non-discrimination and harassment.
(A) Purpose
To establish a non-discrimination and harassment rule to promote compliance with state and federal laws as well as reinforce NEOMED's commitment to maintaining a professional and collegial work and learning environment in which all individuals are treated with respect and dignity. Every individual has the right to work and learn in a professional atmosphere.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all students, faculty, staff, employees and applicants for employment or admission to the university and its programs.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Abusive/bullying behavior" is the persistent repeated pattern of mistreatment from others in the workplace or the classroom that causes the victim physical, mental, or emotional harm. abusive/bullying behavior includes mistreatment that is abusive physically or verbally, and encompasses offensive conduct or behaviors, such as interference with completing or sabotaging work that has been done. Abusive or bullying behavior is different than that of constructive criticism or counseling to address and improve performance. Abusive or bullying behavior is unprofessional and inappropriate for the workplace or the classroom.
(2) "Applicant" is an individual who has applied for either a specific position at the university or who has applied for admission to the university.
(3) "Complainant" refers to any person who seeks recourse pursuant to this rule because they have reasonable cause to believe they experienced harassment or discrimination.
(4) "Complaint" refers to a statement by a complainant seeking recourse pursuant to this rule to address instances of harassment or unlawful discrimination. A complaint can be written or verbal when alleging harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, or discrimination.
(5) "Discrimination" occurs when an adverse employment or education action is taken that is based upon a protected class.
(6) "Equal education opportunity" means that all persons in a protected class shall have equal access to participate in educational activities.
(7) "Equal employment opportunity" means that all persons in a protected class shall have equal access to positions at the university, limited only by their ability to do their job.
(8) "Harassment" in the employment context is unwelcome verbal or physical conduct based on a protected class that unreasonably interferes with an individual's work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
"Harassment" in the education context is unwelcome verbal or physical conduct based on a protected class that interferes with, denies, or limits an individual's ability to participate in or benefit from the university's educational programs and activities.
Harassment can take two forms: power differentials (quid pro quo) or hostile environment:
(a) Quid pro quo harassment exists when:
(i) There are unwelcome requests or demands based on a protected class, which may include but are not limited to unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of sexual nature; and
(ii) Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for employment or academic decisions adversely affecting such individual.
(b) Hostile environment in the employment context includes any situation in which there is harassing conduct based on a protected class that is sufficiently severe or pervasive such that it unreasonably interferes with an individual's work performance or creates an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work environment.
(c) Hostile environment in the education context includes any situation in which there is harassing conduct based on a protected class that is sufficiently severe, persistent, or pervasive that it interferes with or denies educational benefits or opportunities, from both a subjective (the complainant's) and an objective (reasonable person's) viewpoint. The determination of whether an environment is "hostile" is based on a totality of circumstances. However, a single or isolated incident of harassment may be severe enough to create a hostile environment.
(d) This definition may include behaviors defined in rule 3349-10-75 of the Administrative Code when that rule lacks jurisdiction to investigate a complaint, as well as complaints of intimidation on any protected class basis.
(9) "Protected class" and "protected status" are defined by state and federal law to include age, color, disability, ethnicity or shared ancestry, gender identity or expression, genetic information, national origin, race, religion, sex, sexual orientation, transgender status, status as a parent during pregnancy and immediately after the birth of a child, status as a parent of a young child, status as a foster parent, or veteran status. This definition is meant to protect individuals who identify as Jewish and are subject to antisemitic behaviors, including but not limited to rhetorical and physical manifestations of hatred toward Jewish or non-Jewish individuals and/or their property, or toward a Jewish community institution or religious facility.
(10) "Respondent" refers to a person or persons against whom an allegation of harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, or discrimination has been made pursuant to this rule.
(11) "Investigator" refers to a university official who decides whether this rule has been violated and makes decisions regarding sanctions, if appropriate. The assistant director, student conduct and Title IX is designated the investigator for complaints that contain a student respondent. The senior human resources generalist is the investigator for complaints that contain an employee respondent. If those responsible for investigating such complaints are the subject of a complaint, the president will name an appropriate party to investigate. If the president is charged with harassment, Abusive/bullying behavior, or discrimination, the matter will come under the jurisdiction of the board of trustees, or their designees for handling.
(12) "Retaliation" refers to intimidation, threats, coercion, or other behaviors meant to interfere with the employment or educational right of a person or person(s) who reported alleged discrimination, harassment, or abusive/bullying behaviors, whether by the alleged or on behalf of the alleged.
(D) Policy statement
(1) The university is an equal education and employment institution operating under nondiscrimination provisions of Titles 33 and 41 of the Revised Code; Titles VI, VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; and Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, as amended; Vocational Rehabilitation Act section 504; Vietnam Era Veterans' Readjustment Act, as amended; Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended; Title II of the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008; state of Ohio Executive Order 2019-05D and 20226D; state of Ohio administrative policy HR-14; and Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended as related to admissions, treatment of students, programs and activities, and employment practices.
(2) NEOMED seeks to promote an environment in which all students, faculty and staff interact on the basis of individual strengths and characteristics, without having such interactions shaped by generalizations or stereotypes based on a person's protected status and to encourage constructive thoughtful and sensitive behavior. Harassment, discrimination, and abusive/bullying behaviors are serious offenses that may be cause for disciplinary action.
(3) Discrimination, harassment, and abusive/bullying behaviors as defined in this rule are prohibited in every aspect of employment, including hiring, layoff, termination, transfer, promotion, demotion, rate of compensation, and any matter directly or indirectly related to employment. Such acts are also prohibited in the development, delivery, and assessment of all educational experiences designed for students.
(a) All faculty, staff and students have a responsibility for ensuring that NEOMED's working and learning environment is free from harassment or unlawful discrimination.
(b) The university reserves the right to take measures to remedy all forms of harassment when reported, whether or not the harassment rises to the level of creating a hostile work or learning environment.
(c) Abusive/bullying behavior may be addressed through measures such as remedial action(s), conflict resolution mechanisms, coaching, discipline, and/or additional civility education trainings.
(4) Retaliation against persons who file complaints or cooperate with the investigation of a complaint of discrimination and/or harassment is a violation of this rule, as well as the law, and is strictly prohibited.
(5) Employees who believe they have experienced harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, discrimination or retaliation may report the incident using the online form, or by speaking to their supervisor or the senior human resources generalist.
(6) Students who believe they have experienced harassment, abusive/bullying behavior, discrimination, or retaliation may report the incident using the online form or by speaking to the associate director, student conduct and Title IX.
Faculty, staff and students share the duty to report all instances of discrimination or harassment of which they are aware directly to the senior human resources generalist or the assistant director, student conduct and Title IX.
An employee or applicant for employment may also file a complaint with human resources or with an external agency.
(7) The duties and responsibilities of all departments or division under this rule include:
(a) Ensuring the management practices prevent discrimination and support equal employment opportunity;
(b) Providing information and resources to supervisors, managers, and employees in support of equal employment opportunities and non-discrimination;
(c) Ensuring that instances of discrimination are promptly referred to the department of human resources or student services.
(d) Ensuring that corrective action steps are properly implemented; and
(e) Consulting with the department of human resources or student services to meet obligations under this rule.
(8) The duties and responsibilities of the division of human resources and student services, as appropriate, include:
(a) Providing equal employment opportunity and non-discrimination information and resources;
(b) Investigating complaints of discrimination, harassment, or abusive/bullying behavior under the reasonable person standard and issuing action steps for correction where necessary.
(i) If the investigation determines that a person intentionally falsely accused another of discrimination, harassment or abusive/bullying behavior, appropriate actions will be recommended against the person.
(ii) Allegations of harassment, discrimination and abusive/bullying behavior often involve the collection, use and disclosure of sensitive personal information. All reasonable measures will be taken to maintain confidentiality. Information concerning a complaint may be provided to appropriate NEOMED officials on a need-to-know basis. Any person knowingly, willfully or negligently breaching confidentiality may be subject to sanctions or other appropriate action.
(iii) Subject to any limitations or disclosure requirements imposed by law, all information, whether oral, written or electronic, created, gathered, received or compiled through the course of a complaint is to be considered confidential by both the complainant and respondent, their representatives and advocates, witnesses and other officials designated by this rule. All information will be treated as "supplied in confidence for investigatory purposes." All closed investigatory files will be retained by the general counsel in accordance with the university's record retention rule.
(9) This rule will not be interpreted, administered or applied to infringe upon the academic freedom of any faculty, staff or student. Speech or conduct protected by the First Amendment to the United States Constitution; Sections 3 and 11 of Article I of the Ohio Constitution; or the university's free speech on campus rule or faculty bylaws is not harassment for purposes of this rule. The frank discussion of controversial ideas, the pursuit and publication of controversial research and the study and teaching of material with controversial content do not constitute harassment, provided these activities are conducted in an atmosphere of respect.
(10) This rule is not to be interpreted, administered or applied in such a way as to detract from the right and obligation of those in supervisory roles to manage performance and behavior and subsequently discipline employees and students, subject to managerial and instructional rules and procedures.
(11) Investigation procedures
(a) When a faculty member is charged with harassment, discrimination or bullying/abusive behavior, this rule and the procedures promulgated hereunder will be employed in lieu of the procedures outlined in rule 3349-3-77 of the Administrative Code, including censure and dismissal for just cause.
(b) Informal procedures
(i) All members of the NEOMED community are permitted to resolve complaints informally. Students who feel they have been harassed or discriminated against should discuss the matter with the associate director, student conduct and Title IX. Employees who feel they have been harassed or discriminated against should discuss the matter with the senior human resources generalist. The associate director or senior human resources generalist will provide the complainant a confidential forum for expressing concerns and exploring options for addressing them; advise the complainant on both informal and formal procedures for addressing their concerns.
(ii) After receiving a detailed statement of the complaint, the investigator may, with the permission of the complainant, to attempt to resolve the complaint by informal resolution by discussing the complaint with the respondent to seek a mutually acceptable resolution. If no resolution is reached, the investigator will explain that the complainant may file a written complaint. Unless a written complaint is filed, no further action will be taken by the university except as authorized by the investigator.
(c) Formal procedures
(i) All members of the NEOMED community are permitted to file a written complaint using the online form at any time. Students should submit a formal written complaint with the senior human resources generalist or assistant director for student conduct and Title IX, who will investigate and adjudicate the matter.
(ii) Complaints must be filed within one hundred eighty days of the last alleged incident.
(iii) A complainant is permitted one support person to accompany them to investigatory or other meetings. The support person cannot be a family member or attorney, nor may it be a witness or party otherwise involved in the matter related to the complaint. The support person is not a participating party and may not speak on behalf of a party.
(iv) It may be necessary to place a faculty member, staff member or student on administrative leave/interim suspension during the investigation and resolution of a complaint. Such administrative leave/interim suspension will not be viewed as a disciplinary or punitive action. If the administrative leave involves a faculty member or staff member, the administrative leave will be with pay unless otherwise authorized by law.
(d) Investigation process includes the following steps
(i) The investigator will promptly notify the respondent of the formal complaint made against them including a general overview of the complaint details along with the rule under which the complaint was brought.
(ii) The investigator will interview the complainant, respondent, and other individuals with knowledge of the situation. The complainant and respondent may identify individuals with knowledge during their interview that the investigator may interview individuals at their discretion.
(iii) Following the investigation, the investigator will prepare a written report including the allegations, summary of information, findings, and recommendations to be implemented.
(iv) The written report will be released to the complainant and any other necessary parties, including the respondent. The report will also be placed in the appropriate personnel file or student file if the respondent is found to have violated this rule.
(e) Recommendations
(i) In making disciplinary decisions and recommendations, the investigator will take the following matters into consideration: the severity the offense; whether the offense was an isolated incident or involves repeated acts; presence of any mitigating and/or aggravating circumstances; and whether there was an imbalance of power between the parties.
(ii) Sanctions beyond education and training include, but are not limited to:
(a) Employee sanctions could include verbal reprimand, written reprimand, probation, suspension with or without pay, demotion and termination. The investigator may impose a sanction upon employees of up to, but no more than, a three-day suspension without pay, without consulting with the vice president of human resources.
(b) Student sanctions could include: informal reprimand, formal reprimand, probation, suspension or expulsion. The investigator may impose a sanction upon students of involuntary probation without consulting with the dean of the respective college.
(iii) If respondent is listed as key personnel on any federal award issued to university and is subject to discipline or removed from his/her position through either the informal or formal resolution process, the university will notify the funding source of any such action taken under this rule.
(f) Anonymous complaints will be investigated, to the extent possible, in a similar manner as is set forth in this rule, including the release of any written report or sanctions.
(12) All faculty, staff, and students will receive training on this rule and how to respond to incidents of harassment, including hate incidents that occur during a class or campus event.
(13) Campus security and university police will collaborate with state and local law enforcement or applicable student groups to provide a safe environment for student groups facing threats of terror attacks or hate crimes.
Last updated November 12, 2024 at 8:39 AM
History
- Effective: November 11, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-75
(A) Purpose
The university is committed to maintaining a safe, nondiscriminatory environment in which students and employees of the university can work, learn, and participate in activities free from sexual harassment. Title IX of the education amendments of 1972 and its associated regulations prohibit discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving federal funds. The conduct outlined in this rule, committed against any students or employees of the university, are prohibited conduct under federal law.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to acts committed by students, employees, or visitors/vendors of the university regardless of gender identity or expression or sexual orientation. This rule defines prohibited conduct as it relates to sexual harassment under Title IX of the education amendments of 1972. Students and employees of the university may be victims of sexual harassment by individuals unaffiliated with the university. For the purposes of this rule, employees are full or part time faculty or staff members; students are those who are enrolled in one or more programs at the university; and visitors are those who are not obtaining a degree, attending classes, or directly employed by the university. Student employees are considered students for the purposes of this rule.
Formal complaints of sexual harassment filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator will be resolved in accordance with the university's Title IX grievance procedures set forth in this rule. The Title IX grievance procedures have been developed to provide an equitable process for determining whether a violation of this rule has occurred, as well as to remediate the effects, and prevent the occurrence of, prohibited conduct in violation of this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Actual knowledge" refers to notice of sexual harassment or allegations of sexual harassment to the Title IX coordinator or any official with authority (OWA).
(2) "Complainant" refers to an individual who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment. Where the Title IX coordinator signs a formal complaint, the Title IX coordinator is not a complainant or otherwise a party in the matter.
(3) "Coercion" for the purposes of this rule refers to the intimidation, threats of the physical or psychological nature, or pressure used to force another to engage in sexual acts.
(4) "Consent" for the purposes of this rule, refers to permission or agreement to engage in sexual activity. Consent can be given by words or actions as long as those words or actions create mutually understandable permission and willingness to engage in sexual activity. Consent must be active; silence cannot constitute consent nor can consent to one form of sexual activity be implied as consent to another form of activity. Consent can be withdrawn at any time and previous consent for a sexual act cannot imply future consent. Consent for sexual activity is not present if an individual:
(a) Is in a state of incapacitation (from alcohol or drug use or mental or physical impairment) whereas another individual knows or should have reasonably known of the incapacitation;
(b) Is coerced;
(c) Is subjected to the use of force or the threat of force;
(d) Is unconscious or unaware the act is being committed; or
(e) Is unable to consent due to age.
(5) "Course of conduct," as it relates to stalking, means two or more acts, including, but not limited to, acts in which the stalker directly, indirectly, or through third parties, by any action, method, device, or means, follows, monitors, observes, surveils, threatens, or communicates to or about a person, or interferes with a person's property.
(6) "Education program or activity" refers to locations, events, or circumstances over which the university exercised substantial control over both the respondent and the context in which the sexual harassment occurred, including any building owned or controlled by a student organization that is officially recognized by the university.
(7) "Formal complaint" refers to a document filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator alleging sexual harassment against a respondent and requesting that the university address the allegation of sexual harassment.
(8) "Incapacitation" refers to the state of substantial impairment when an individual is unable to make reasonable, rational decisions because they lack the capacity to give knowing consent. For the purposes of this rule, incapacitation includes individuals whose impairment results from physical or mental disabilities, involuntary restraint, or the consumption of alcohol or other drugs. Incapacitation cannot be used in a defense for behavior that violates this rule.
(9) "Official with authority" refers to an employee who has authority to institute corrective measures for sexual harassment on behalf of the university. For the purposes of this rule, OWAs include the Title IX coordinator, vice president of human resources, senior executive director of academic affairs and student services, assistant dean of students in the college of medicine, assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy, and vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(10) "Reasonable person" means a reasonable person under similar circumstances and with similar identities to the victim.
(11) "Respondent" refers to the person alleged to have engaged in conduct that could constitute sexual harassment as defined in this rule. A respondent is presumed not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination is made in accordance with this rule.
(12) "Retaliation" refers to intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process.
(13) "Sexual harassment," for the purposes of this rule, refers to conduct on the basis of sex which occurs within the university's education program or activity against a person in the united states, and satisfies one or more of the following:
(a) "Sexual harassment by quid pro quo" is an employee of the university conditioning the provision of an aid, benefit, or service of the university on an individual's participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
(b) "Sexual harassment by hostile environment" is unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the university's education program or activity; or
(c) Conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(i) "Sexual assault" includes conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(a) "Rape" means the carnal knowledge of a person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity. "carnal knowledge" means the slightest penetration of vagina by the penis.
(b) "Sodomy" means non-consensual oral or anal sexual intercourse with another person, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(c) "Sexual assault with an object" means use an object or instrument (other than a person's genitalia) to unlawfully penetrate, however slightly, the genital or anal opening of the body of another person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(d) "Fondling" means the touching of the private body parts of another person for the purpose of sexual gratification, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(e) "Incest" means sexual intercourse between persons who are related to each other within the degrees wherein marriage is prohibited by law.
(f) "Statutory rape" means sexual intercourse with a person who is under the statutory age of consent.
(ii) "Dating violence" means an act of violence committed by a person who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature with the victim. The existence of such a relationship shall be determined by the length of the relationship, the type of relationship, and the frequency of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship.
(iii) "Domestic violence" refers to felony or misdemeanor crimes committed by a current or former spouse or intimate partner of the victim, by a person with whom the victim shares a child in common, by a person who is cohabitating with or has cohabitated with the victim as a spouse or intimate partner, by a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction receiving grant monies, or by any other person against an adult or youth victim who is protected from that person's acts under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction.
(iv) "Stalking" refers to engaging in a course of conduct directed at a specific person that would cause a reasonable person with similar characteristics under similar circumstances to:
(a) Fear for the person's safety or the safety of others; or
(b) Suffer substantial emotional distress.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Jurisdiction. To meet the jurisdictional conditions of Title IX, alleged conduct must occur in the university's education program or activity or within the scope of employment against a person in the United States. This includes alleged conduct which occurs on campus or as part of the university's operations, including computer and online platforms owned and operated by, or used in the operations of the university.
(a) Complaints of alleged conduct that does not fall under the jurisdiction conditions set forth in paragraph (D)(1) of this rule will be dismissed for the purposes of Title IX. In situations where a complaint is dismissed under Title IX, the parties will be notified in writing and given a period of five business days to appeal the dismissal, in writing, to the vice president for human resources and diversity (or designee). Allegations dismissed under Title IX may still constitute a violation of other university rule and may be addressed using separate conduct processes.
(b) The university may dismiss a formal complaint or any allegations therein, if at any time during the grievance process, prior to reaching an informal or formal resolution:
(i) The complainant notifies the Title IX coordinator in writing that the complainant would like to withdraw the formal complaint or any allegations it contains;
(ii) The respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the university; or
(iii) Specific circumstances prevent the university from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination as to the formal complaint or allegations it contains.
(2) Reporting. The university supports and encourages the campus community to report any and all instances of gender-based violence to the following resources:
(a) Title IX coordinator. Reports of sexual harassment should be made to the Title IX coordinator, whose contact information can be found at https://www.neomed.edu/diversity/title-ix/. Reports may be made at any time, including during non-business hours. The Title IX coordinator, or designee, will respond to the report with a request for an intake meeting within twenty-four business hours after addressing immediate supportive measures/safety.
(b) Law enforcement. Reports may be made to the NEOMED police department at 330-325-5911 or to the Portage county sheriff's office at 330-296-5100 if a person believes the sexual harassment he/she experienced may constitute a crime. A report can be made to both law enforcement and university employees designed in this rule. Reports made to the NEOMED police department are not confidential.
(c) Other reporting sources. Reports made to officials with authority are not confidential. These individuals are required to inform the Title IX coordinator of any such report made to them:
(i) Vice president of human resources;
(ii) Senior executive director of academic affairs and student services;
(iii) Assistant dean of students in the college of medicine;
(iv) Assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy; and
(v) Vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(d) Confidential reports. Reports made to one of the licensed counselors in the center for student wellness and counseling services (CSWCS) are confidential and will not be reported to the Title IX coordinator.
(e) Anonymous reports. Anonymous reports will be accepted; however, in these instances, the university's ability to provide supportive measures or investigate the alleged conduct may be compromised. The university will address anonymous complaints to the extent possible.
(f) Consolidation of formal complaints. The university may consolidate formal complaints as to allegations of sexual harassment against more than one respondent, or by more than one complainant against one or more respondents, or by one party against the other party, where the allegations of sexual harassment arise out of the same facts or circumstances.
(g) False complaints. Intentionally filing a false complaint of sexual harassment is a violation of this rule and could constitute a criminal act. Evidence of this nature will be referred to the university's general counsel.
(h) Retaliation. Neither the university nor any other person may retaliate against an individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process. Retaliation should be reported promptly to the Title IX coordinator. Evidence of retaliation is grounds for disciplinary action.
(i) Limited amnesty. Individuals who make a report of sexual harassment or participate in any sexual harassment grievance procedure may not be subject to disciplinary action by the university for behavior that is otherwise considered a violation of the student conduct code or terms of employment. This includes the personal consumption of alcohol or drugs at or near the time of the incident, provided that any such violations did not place the health or safety of any other person at risk.
(j) Minors. Upon receipt of a report of alleged sexual harassment or sexual violence committed by or upon a minor in a university affiliated program or activity, the Title IX coordinator or designee shall:
(i) Complete an immediate safety assessment to restore a safe environment;
(ii) Determine whether local law enforcement and/or children and family services have been notified and decide whether such notification is required or appropriate;
(iii) Notify the parents or guardians of the minor(s) involved; and
(iv) The Title IX coordinator or designee will review this rule with the guardian(s), provide available on and off campus resources to the minor, and explain the process to submit a formal complaint.
(3) Supportive measures
(a) Supportive measures are non-disciplinary, non-punitive individualized services offered by the Title IX coordinator as appropriate and as reasonably available, without fee or charge, to the complainant or respondent. Supportive measures may be offered before or after the filing of a formal complaint, or where no formal complaint has been filed.
(b) Supportive measures are designed to restore or preserve equal access to the university's education program or activity.
(c) Supportive measures may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Mutual no contact directives;
(ii) Counseling and health services;
(iii) Course-related adjustments;
(iv) Modifications of work or class schedules;
(v) Campus escort services;
(vi) Academic support;
(vii) Consideration of leave requests; and
(viii) Designated hours for use of shared facilities.
(4) Resources and support
(a) Confidential resources
(i) The CSWCS is an on-campus confidential resource and can be reached at 330-325-6757. Making a report to CSWCS licensed counselors will not result in a report to law enforcement or other university personnel, including the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Off-campus, twenty-four/seven local crisis resources include townhall II, which can be reached at 330-678-4357(help), and coleman professional services, which can be reached at 330-296-3555.
(b) Treatment. Any person who has experienced an act of sexual violence is encouraged to go to the nearest emergency room or hospital for evaluation, treatment, and counseling. St. Thomas hospital in Akron, Ohio, offers specialized services for victims of sexual violence. Though a person who has experienced an act of sexual violence may choose whether to notify law enforcement authorities about the offense, filing a police report near in time will:
(i) Ensure the person receives necessary medical treatment and tests at no expense;
(ii) Provide an opportunity for the time-sensitive collection of evidence helpful in the prosecution, such as collecting soiled clothes and advising the person to refrain from bathing or douching, washing his/her face, urinating, drinking liquids, eating, or brushing his/her teeth; and
(iii) Assure that the person has access to free confidential counseling from counselors specifically trained in the area of sexual assault crisis intervention.
(c) Advisors of choice. Both parties are permitted to be accompanied to any and all meetings and interviews related to the Title IX grievance process by an advisor that the party chooses. This can include but is not limited to: a parent, friend, lawyer, or colleague. A party can request to the Title IX coordinator that an advisor of choice be assigned to them, and the university will provide a trained advisor to the party free of charge. Advisors of choice are mandatory during the formal resolution live hearing process but are optional at other stages.
(5) Procedures for resolving formal complaints of sexual harassment
(a) Informal resolution
(i) Informal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant.
(ii) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule. The respondent will be given a minimum of three days to prepare for any informal resolution.
(iii) In order to proceed with an informal resolution, both parties must provide voluntary, written consent to the informal resolution process. In situations where neither party, or only one of the parties, agrees to an informal resolution, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(iv) In situations where the respondent is an employee of the university and the complainant is a student of the university, there is no option for informal resolution and the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(v) Any informal resolution will be conducted through a facilitator in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution.
(vi) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings as part of the informal process by an advisor of choice.
(vii) The complainant and respondent are not required to address the formal complaint directly with one another if they choose to pursue an informal resolution.
(viii) Both parties have the right to discontinue the informal resolution and initiate the formal resolution process at any time prior to both parties signing an informal resolution agreement.
(ix) Both parties have the right to request an informal resolution prior to any hearings as part of the formal resolution process; however, both parties must agree, in writing, to proceed with an informal resolution.
(x) Both parties will be asked to sign an informal resolution agreement within three business days of the conclusion of the informal resolution. If one or both of the parties does not sign the informal resolution agreement within the specified timeframe, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(xi) The case will be closed once both parties have signed an informal resolution agreement. There are no bases to appeal an informal resolution.
(b) Formal resolution
(i) Formal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Any formal resolution will be conducted in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution. Most formal resolutions will be resolved within a ninety-day window. The Title IX coordinator will notify the parties if this time frame will not be met and provide sufficient reasoning.
(iii) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings, interviews, or hearings as part of the formal process by an advisor of choice.
(iv) There is the presumption that the respondent is not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the conclusion of the formal resolution process.
(v) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule, along with a minimum of three days to prepare for any initial interview.
(vi) A formal investigation into the allegations will include interview(s) with the complainant, interview(s) with the respondent, and interviews with any witnesses believed to possess relevant evidence regarding the allegations.
(vii) Both parties will have an opportunity to examine a draft version of the investigatory report and any relevant evidence collected throughout the investigation and will have a period of ten business days to submit a written response.
(viii) The investigator(s) will compile a final investigatory report, which will be provided to both parties and their advisors of choice no less than ten business days prior to any hearings on the matter.
(ix) Live hearings will take place via video conference and will be closed to the public. During the live hearing, both parties will have the opportunity to cross-examine one another, as well as any witnesses, through an advisor of choice. If either party does not have an advisor of choice, an advisor will be provided by the university at no cost for the sole purpose of conducting the cross-examination.
If a party or witness does not submit to cross-examination at the live hearing, a decision-maker may consider any statements made by that party or witness when reaching a determination regarding responsibility, so long as the statements are otherwise permitted under Title IX regulations.
(x) The preponderance of the evidence standard will be applied in any formal resolution process initiated by a formal complaint of sex-based harassment. A "preponderance of the evidence" is met if it is determined to be more likely than not, based on the evidence available, that the respondent's behavior violated the sexual harassment under this rule.
(xi) At the conclusion of the live hearing, the decision maker(s) issue a written decision, which shall include the following:
(a) A statement of the allegations made to support a claim of sexual misconduct;
(b) A description of the procedures followed throughout the process, starting from the formal complaint through the determination;
(c) The findings of fact to support the determination;
(d) A conclusion regarding whether the university rule was violated based on the factual findings;
(e) A statement of the result as to each allegation, including the rationale for the statement and a determination of responsibility;
(f) A statement of any disciplinary sanctions imposed upon the respondent or remedies put in place in to restore or preserve; and
(g) The procedure and available bases for appeal.
(c) Appeals. Only formal resolutions may be appealed. Both parties have the right to submit a written appeal within five business days of receiving the written decision. Appeals should be submitted to the vice president for human resources and diversity or designee. Appeals can only be made on any one of the following grounds:
(i) Procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
(ii) New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could affect the outcome of the matter; and
(iii) The Title IX coordinator, investigator(s), or decision-maker(s) had a conflict of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or the individual complainant or respondent that affected the outcome of the matter.
(6) Disciplinary sanctions
Sanctions may only be imposed as the result of disciplinary proceedings and may not be imposed prior to informal resolution or a finding of responsibility at the conclusion of the formal process. Possible sanctions include:
(a) Suspension from or termination of further employment;
(b) Suspension or dismissal from further matriculation;
(c) Adjustments to work, living or learning situations;
(d) No-contact directives;
(e) Educational intervention; or
(f) Restrictions from participating in co-curricular activities.
(7) Emergency removal and administrative leave. The university may remove a respondent from the university's education program or activity on an emergency basis. Prior to removal, the university will conduct an individualized safety and risk analysis and must determine that an immediate threat to the physical health or safety of any student, employee, or other individual arising from the allegations of sexual harassment justifies removal. The university will provide notice of an emergency removal and give the respondent an opportunity to challenge the emergency removal decision immediately following the removal.
The university may place a non-student employee respondent on administrative leave while a grievance process is pending.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 8:42 AM
History
- Effective: October 18, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-3-77
(A) Purpose
(1) To provide for the enforcement of laws and regulations applicable to faculty in their education, research and services roles; the university faculty bylaws and rules governing the conduct of faculty.
(2) To provide for appropriate due process protections
(B) Scope
(1) The procedures of this rule do not apply to faculty non-reappointment or nonrenewal of a faculty contract.
(2) The waiver of any hearing or appeal rights by the accused or the resignation of the accused will not preclude the university from following any of the procedures outlined herein.
(3) This rule applies to faculty only in their capacity as faculty members in the fulfillment of their education, research and service responsibilities to the college and/or university. This rule does not apply to academic administrators in their capacity as academic administrators, even if they hold a faculty appointment.
(4) The university does not condone bullying, intimidation, harassment or unlawful discrimination. Allegations of such misconduct will be handled in accordance with university policies on bullying, harassment, or unlawful discrimination even if such misconduct was allegedly committed by a faculty member in his/her role as a faculty member.
(C) Definitions
Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning within their university faculty bylaws.
(1) Accused. Refers to the faculty member against whom allegations of conduct constituting just cause have been made.
(2) Censure. Official and public reprimand.
(3) Charge(s). A formal, written statement of the complaint(s) or allegations against a faculty member.
(4) Dismissal. An involuntary permanent severance of employment, enrollment or volunteer status.
(5) File. Official file for the faculty member.
(6) Funding agency. Any source which provides funds for the conduct of professional research.
(7) Hearing. An official meeting at which witnesses are heard and evidence is presented.
(8) Inquiry procedures. Procedures used to determine whether there is probable cause that misconduct has occurred.
(9) Investigatory procedures. Procedures employed to conduct a thorough evaluation of relevant evidence.
(10) Just cause. Includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Professional incopetence;
(b) Conduct not in accordance with the ethical standards of a faculty member of the university or the profession as defined in the university faculty code of conduct;
(c) Neglect of duty;
(d) Dishonesty in administration, teaching or in the conduct of research or breach of professional ethics;
(e) Conduct which significantly impairs the faculty member's ability, or that of others, to carry out their responsibilities to the university;
(f) Violation of the policies of the university and university faculty bylaws; or
(g) Conviction of a felony;
(11) Malfeasance. The doing of an act which a person ought not do at all.
(12) Misfeasance. The improper doing of an act which a person might lawfully do.
(13) Nonfeasance. The omission of an act which a person ought to do.
(14) Preponderance of the evidence. The greater weight of the evidence, superior evidentiary weight, though not sufficient to free the mind wholly from all reasonable doubt, is still sufficient to incline a fair and impartial mind to one side of the issue rather than the other.
(15) Probation. A defined period of time during which a faculty member must meet a set of goals and expectations or face termination.
(16) Reprimand. Formal written disciplinary documentation by an administrative superior not requiring a hearing or other due process protections. A reprimand constitutes a final, non-appealable resolution of a given charge.
(17) Sanction. A penalty imposed. All sanctions will be noted in the faculty member's file. The available sanctions include, but are not limited to:
(a) Reprimand;
(b) Removal from a particular project;
(c) special monitoring of future work;
(d) Censure
(e) Suspension
(f) Salary reduction;
(g) Probation; or
(h) Termination of appointment and/or employment.
(18) Scientific misconduct, misconduct in ccience. fabrication, falsification, plagiarism or other practices that seriously deviate from those that are commonly accepted within the scientific community for proposing, conducting, or reporting research. It does not include honest errors or honest differences of interpretations or judgments of data (42 CFR 50.102). This definition also includes "research misconduct" that is defined as fabrication, falsification, or plagiarism in proposing or performing research funded by national science foundation (NSF), reviewing, research proposals submitted to NSF, or in reporting research results funded by NSF (45 CFR 689.1).
(19) Suspension. An immediate, interim action employed by the dean of the college or the provost of the university pending a full investigation and disposition of charges brought against a faculty member. The suspension may result in the faculty member being relieved from some or all of his/her duties. Suspension may be automatic or discretionary.
(D) General considerations
(1) Public statements
Public statements on behalf of the university may be made only under the authority of the president.
(2) Confidentiality
The university will conduct all inquiries into charges of misconduct discreetly. This information will be held in confidence to the extent permitted by law. All committee meetings and hearings will be closed.
(3) Protection for wistleblowers
The university will, to the maximum extent permitted by law, protect the privacy of and will not take any adverse action against an individual who, in good faith, makes allegations of misconduct. The university will not tolerate any retaliation by the accused.
(4) Conflicts of interest
The university shall take precautions against real or apparent conflicts of interest on the part of those involved in any investigation or inquiry proceeding. Any person having a conflict of interest must disclose the conflict to the individual responsible for that phase of the proceedings. Objections by the accused to the appointment of a specific inquiry committee or review committee members will be honored if the university concludes that the committee or its member(s) cannot be fair and impartial.
(5) Duty to cooperate
All university employees are required to cooperate in good faith with investigations of possible misconduct.
(6) General counsel
The university's general counsel will assist during all proceedings (including hearings) by securing, reviewing and maintaining the integrity of evidence, necessary relevant records and materials; and providing consultation to all committees as needed. All final reports will be maintained by the general counsel in a secure manner for at least five years after the termination of the proceedings.
(E) Informal procedures for non-scientific misconduct
(1) If an allegation of conduct constituting just cause that does not involve scientific misconduct has been made against a faculty member, the faculty member's department chair or his or her designee shall investigate the matter within thirty calendar days of the report. The department chair or designee will document the allegation and the results of the investigation.
(2) At the conclusion of his/her investigation, the department chair shall provide the faculty member with a written report outlining the allegation and the results of the investigation. The faculty member may submit a written response to the allegation and the results of the investigation to the department chair no later than ten business days from the date the faculty member receives a copy of the written report.
(3) Upon receipt of the faculty member's written response or upon expiration of the time period for a faculty member to submit a written response, the department chair will confer with the dean or the dean's designee of the respective college to review the allegation, investigation findings and faculty member's response, if applicable, to determine if any further investigation or action is required.
(4) If appropriate and after consultation with the dean or the dean's designee, the department chair may issue a reprimand to the faculty member. A reprimand may properly be issued if the violation is relatively minor and correctable and if the violation does not pose a threat to public well-being or the university resources. A reprimand will constitute a final, non-appealable resolution of the matter.
(5) If the dean determines that a sanction beyond a reprimand should be considered, an inquiry committee will be convened to undertake a formal investigation and hearing as outlined in paragraph (F) of this rule.
(6) If the faculty member charged with misconduct is a department chair or in the decanal line, the dean or the dean's designee will conduct the investigation and make a determination if further action as set forth herein is required.
(F) Formal proceedings
(1) Preliminary inquiry for allegations of scientific misconduct
(a) Allegation(s) of scientific misconduct must be submitted in writing to the dean as soon as possible. Upon such notification, the dean shall provide written notice to the provost of the university and the accused of the charges and a summary of the supporting evidence or investigative reports, if any, no later than five business days after the dean's receipt of the allegation(s).
(b) No later than five business days from the date the provost receives the written allegation, he/she shall appoint a three-person inquiry committee from within the university to advise the dean. The inquiry committee will consist of associate professors and professors from outside the department of the accused. committee members cannot be co-investigators of the accused.
(c) The inquiry committee may consult experts without revealing the name of the accused.
(d) The inquiry committee shall complete the preliminary inquiry, including preparation of a written report, no later than thirty calendar days from the date of the inquiry committee appointment. The report shall summarize what evidence was reviewed, relevant interviews and include the conclusions and recommendations of the inquiry committee.
(e) The accused shall be given a copy of the report and may submit a written response to the report within five calendar days of receipt of the report.
(f) If the preliminary inquiry cannot be completed within thirty calendar days from the date of appointment, the record shall include documentation of the reasons for delay and indicate when the inquiry will be completed. However, the preliminary inquiry must be concluded within forty-five calendar days.
(g) The inquiry committee will make a finding on each charge and will document the reasons for that finding. The committee may recommend in writing to the dean that:
(i) No further proceedings are necessary; or
(ii) Phase II formal proceedings should be initated.
(h) The inquiry committee report, signed by the inquiry committee members, will be submitted to the dean, who will review it with the provost.
(i) The dean will provide written notice to the accused of the outcome of the inquiry and will consider the matter closed or request that the provost convene a review committee within thirty calendar days of the completion of the inquiry.
(j) If the inquiry committee discovers any reason, as outlined in paragraph (B)(7) of this rule, which indicates that the office of research integrity (ORI), national science foundation (NSF), or other appropriate funding agency should be notified, the committee chair must immediately notify the provost and the dean.
(2) Notification of funding agencies
The provost, or designee, will notify the ORI, NSF or other appropriate funding agency if, at any stage of the inquiry or investigation, it becomes apparent that any of the following conditions exist:
(a) There is an immediate health hazard involved;
(b) There is an immediate need to protect federal funds or equipment;
(c) There is an immediate need to protect the interests of the person(s) making the allegations or of the indivicual(s) who is the subject of the allegations as well as his/her co-investigators and associates, if any;
(d) It is probable that the alleged incident will be reported publicly;
(e) There is reasonable suspicion of possible criminal violation; if criminal activity is suspected, the university must inform the funding agency within twenty-four hours of obtaining that information; or
(f) Disclosure of facts that may affect current or potential funding for the individual(s) under investigation or that may compromise the funding agency's ability to ensure appropriate use of federal funds and otherwise protect public interest.
(3) Notification of investigation
If a review committee is convened to consider allegations of scientific misconduct, the provost or his/her designee will notify the appropriate funding agency, in writing of the investigation on or before the date formal proceedings begin. Such notification shall include the name of the person(s) accused, the general nature of the allegations, and the application or grant number(s) involved.
(G) Formal proceedings - review committee
(1) Notification of charges
(a) Within five business days of the decision to convene a review committee, the dean will notify the individual(s) involved, in writing, of the:
(i) Charge(s);
(ii) Names of the review committee members;
(iii) Right to a hearing and the date, time and place of said hearing; and
(iv) Right to attend the hearing; to call witnesses; and to have an individual present designated as counsel who may advise the accused but not address the committee. The accused is responsible for his/her own legal expenses.
(b) Notification will be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested.
(c) Failure of the accused to attend or participate constitutes a waiver of the right to do so and will not delay or impede the process as outlined herein.
(d) The dean may suspend the accused from some or all of his/her duties for the duration of the review. Suspension during this period will be with full pay and benefits unless the law forbids.
(2) The review committee
(a) The provost shall appoint an ad hoc review committee consisting of three members from the ranks of associate professor and full professor. The faculty on the review committee may be drawn from any college of the university.
(b) The committee shall elect its own chair.
(3) Duties of the review committee
(a) The review committee shall conduct an investigation, which shall include examination of documentation it deems necessary to carry out its responsibilities, in whatever format, including, but not limited to: relevant research data and proposals, publications, correspondence, memoranda, records of telephone calls, research notebooks and the inquiry committee's report.
(b) The review committee will provide a receipt acknowledging possession of the materials to the inquiry committee. When requested by the accused, photocopies of written materials taken shall be provided to the accused. Other evidence will be made available for review under controlled conditions.
(c) The review committee may request supplemental written material and seek the advice of content expert consultants.
(d) The committee must carry its investigation through to completion and pursue diligently all significant issues. (In cases of scientific misconduct, if for any reason the investigation is terminated prior to its completion, the funding agency must be notified.)
(4) Hearing procedures
(a) The review committee shall conduct hearing(s) that are closed to the public at which the review committee chair shall:
(i) Call witnesses who will present any relevant information and evidence (prior to the hearing, the accused will be provided with a list of known witnesses);
(ii) Allow the Accused to present any relevant information and evidence including necessary witnesses and physical evidence, and cross-examine witnesses;
(iii) Allow for the committee members to question the accused, witnesses and review evidence presented; and
(iv) Cause a verbatim transcript to be kept.
(b) The accused may have counsel present to advise his or her client at a hearing, but counsel may not participate in the presentation or questioning of witnesses.
(c) The dean has the right to attend the hearing but not the committee deliberations.
(d) The verbatim transcript of the hearing will be available for review by the committee and the accused. A copy will be made available to the accused upon request.
(5) Deliberations by the review committee
(a) The review committee shall meet in executive session to consider all relevant information obtained during the investigation as outlined in paragraph (G)(8) of this rule including evidence obtained at the hearing, if one was held, and any written response to the charge(s) by the accused. The review committee may invite content experts, scientific consultants, general counsel, and appropriate support staff to attend the deliberations as necessary.
(b) Each of the charges will be considered separately. One of two findings is possible:
(i) The evidence does not support the allegations(s); or
(ii) The evidence does support the allegations(s).
(c) The standard of proof on each of the charges will be the preponderance of evidence standard. The review committee will attempt to reach a consensus on each of the charges, and where consensus is not achieved, the decision will be made by majority vote, and an anonymous record of the vote will be kept.
(d) The review committee must maintain documentation to substantiate its findings.
(e) The review committee shall take no more than ninety calendar days from the date of appointment to complete the investigation, conduct the hearing, prepare a report of its findings, and report its findings and any recommendations to the provost and the dean. All review committee members shall sign the report.
(f) Within five business days, the dean or designee shall consider the review committee's report and determine what sanction, if any, is appropriate.
(g) The provost and the accused will receive a copy of the dean's decision.
(h) The decision of the dean is final unless appealed as outlined herein.
(6) Extensions and progress reports
If the provost determines at the end of the ninety calendar days that the review committee cannot complete its work to allow a decision within a one hundred twenty calendar day period:
(a) The provost must submit to the funding agency a written request for an extension and an explanation for the delay that includes an interim report on the progress to date and an estimate of the date of completion.
(b) If the extension is granted, the provost must file periodic progress reports as requested by the funding agency.
(7) Final report
The final report by the provost to the funding agency, due within one hundred twenty calendar days from the day the investigation begins, must describe:
(a) The policies and procedures under which the investigation was conducted;
(b) How and from whom information was obtained relevent to the investigation; and
(c) A description of any sanctions applied by the university.
(8) Appeal procedure for scientific misconduct
(a) If a sanction other than a reprimand is applied, a faculty member may appeal the decision(s) in writing to the provost within ten business days of receipt of the report from the dean.
(b) In case of an appeal, the provost may appoint a committee to assist him/her in considering the appeal.
(c) The provost shall within thirty calendar days:
(i) Consider all relevant reports;
(ii) Sustain, overturn or modify the decision of the dean and so notify the accused and the dean; and
(iii) File the final report with the funding agency if appropriate.
(d) The decision of the provost is final.
(H) Suspension of faculty
(1) Automatic suspension
A faculty member will be automatically suspended by the dean if the:
(a) Faculty member's narcotics license has been revoked for inappropriate use;
(b) Faculty member is convicted of or pleads guilty to a felony; or
(c) Faculty member's license to practice has been permanently revoked.
(2) Discretionary suspension
A faculty member may be suspended by the dean if the:
(a) Faculty member's license to practice is suspended, revoked, limited, or if the faculty member is placed on probation by the state licensing board;
(b) Faculty member's hospital privileges, if applicable, to practice have been suspended, revoked, or he/she is placed on Probation, with the exception of medical records deficiencies; or
(c) Faculty member has been accused of conduct that, if true, would constitute grounds for the suspension, revocation or limitation of the faculty member's license to practice and if in the dean's judgment, there appears to be sufficient grounds to support such an accusation.
(3) Suspensions lasting over a year
If the suspension of a nontenure-track faculty member exceeds a year in length, the faculty member's appointment will be withdrawn.
Last updated February 5, 2024 at 5:50 AM
History
- Effective: February 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-20 Compensation program.
(A) Purpose
(1) To establish a compensation program rule.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, and classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Classification system" is a method of systematically organizing job families.
(3) "Compensation program" is a method of systematically organizing the pay grades.
(4) "Job families" are groups of positions with similar duties with varying levels of responsibility, authority, qualifications and pay grades.
(5) "Compensation plan" (the "plan") is a method of systematically determining employee compensation.
(6) "Pay grades" are a continuum of salaries from minimum to maximum. Assignment within a pay grade is the responsibility of the compensation specialist and the executive director of human resources.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Compensation program
(a) Employee compensation is a human resources function. Design and administration of staff compensation systems will be conducted by human resources.
(b) The factors used to determine the assignment of a position to a given pay grade and placement within that pay grade include, but are not limited to:
(i) Knowledge and experience;
(ii) Complexity and creativity;
(iii) Impact on the university's mission;
(iv) Budget management and responsibility;
(v) Supervisory responsibility;
(vi) Amount of independent judgment exercised; and
(vii) Physical demands and working conditions.
(2) Annual review of pay grades
(a) The executive director of human resources will annually review the pay grades and determine if revisions are necessary. If revisions are necessary, the executive director of human resources will consult with the executive management team to make appropriate revisions. The executive director of human resources will notify the university of these revisions.
(b) Human resources will periodically review job placements within applicable pay grades to ensure continued alignment, as needed.
(3) Compensation plan administrator
(a) The compensation plan administrator is the executive director of human resources, who will:
(i) Evaluate positions for accurate placement within job families and pay grades;
(ii) Maintain a master set of position descriptions;
(iii) Maintain the classification system and compensation program; and
(iv) Periodically review and update the classification system and compensation program and recommend revisions to the university.
(4) New appointments and new hire offers
(a) Only the office of human resources may issue a binding written offer of employment that includes a compensation amount and a start date. Employment offers may be recommended by the immediate supervisor, but all compensation provided in the offer must be approved by the immediate supervisor, but all compensation provided by the offer must be approved by the executive director of human resources and the vice president or senior vice president of the applicable division.
(b) Requests to evaluate newly created positions will be processed as needed by human resources and as approved during the zero-based budget cycle.
(c) An employee who is appointed to a new position in a higher pay grade must be brought up to the minimum of the new pay grade. The amount of the increase will be determined by the compensation specialist, who will consider budget, qualifications, experience, and internal equity.
(d) Employees will be notified of the effective date of transfer, new appointment, and rate of compensation by the hiring manager.
(5) Lateral transfer increase
(a) If an employee makes a lateral transfer from one position to another within the same pay grade, the compensation specialist will consider budget, qualifications, experience, and internal equity to determine if a pay increase is appropriate and in what amount.
(b) Employees will be notified of the effective date of transfer, new appointment and rate of compensation by hiring manager.
(6) Annual compensation increases
(a) The president will, if appropriate and as part of the annual budget for the university, recommend to the board of trustees a compensation adjustment to base compensation and/or a one-time payout for all eligible employees as applicable and as defined in the current compensation plan, based on the employee's classification. Annual merit increases will be based on individual performance and any employee who is on a written performance improvement plan will not be eligible for a merit increase.
(b) Employees who have received a compensation increase for any reason within ninety days of the effective date of the merit increase are not eligible for any additional increase.
(c) New hires with a start date on or after January first are not eligible for merit increases in the fiscal year beginning on July first of that same year.
(d) Employees whose positions are grant or external contract funded, may not be eligible for such increases based upon available funding.
(e) Employees will be notified of the amount of compensation increase and the effective date of the increase by the office of human resources.
(7) Reduction in compensation related to demotion
Employees who are demoted may have their compensation reduced. The amount of reduction will be determined by the immediate supervisor in consultation with the executive director of human resources. The employee will be notified of the amount of compensation reduction and the effective date of the reduction by the executive director of human resources.
(8) Position reclassification
(a) When the existing duties and responsibilities of a position are significantly expanded or reduced, the executive director of human resources, in consultation with the immediate supervisor, will review an amended position description and determine if an employee's rate of compensation or pay grade should be adjusted. The employee's performance level and date of last or next scheduled increase will be considered. human resources will notify the employee of any change in the rate of compensation or pay grade.
(b) On rare occasions and due to a reorganization of a department, occupied or vacant positions may be reclassified if supported by the department structure and body of work. A demonstrated increase or decrease to the scope and complexity of the primary duties will be required.
(c) Any request for reclassification should be completed by the immediate supervisor, approved by the vice president/department head/dean, and approved by the senior vice president of operations and finance and/or the provost prior to submission to human resources.
(d) The updated job description will be reviewed, and human resources will determine whether a reclassification is appropriate based on the duties and responsibilities. If so, the new pay grade will be based on the change in duties and responsibilities. As appropriate, the job may be assigned a new job title. Compensation for the reclassification will be determined by the compensation specialist, who will consider budget, qualifications, experience, and internal equity. All proposed reclassifications will be reviewed and approved by the executive director, human resources. Following approval, human resources will be responsible for communicating the new information to the job incumbent(s).
(9) Compensation concerns
Employees with questions or concerns regarding their rate of compensation should discuss the matter with their immediate supervisor and department head .
Last updated February 19, 2026 at 7:49 AM
History
- Effective: February 19, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-25 Disability and accommodation.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that a qualified applicant for employment or an employee with a disability receives reasonable accommodation in the work place as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and state and local requirements regarding persons with disabilities. The university is enriched by persons with disabilities in its student body and employees, it is important to also understand and support the needs and rights of these individuals.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all applicants for employment and to all employees of the university including but not limited to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees, and student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Disability" refers to:
(a) A physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual;
(b) A record of physical or mental impairment; or
(c) Being regarded as having a physical or mental impairment.
(d) "Disability" does not include a substance abuse disorder resulting from current alcohol abuse or current illegal use of any drug.
(3) "Direct threat" refers to a significant risk to health or safety of others that cannot be eliminated by reasonable accommodation.
(4) "Reasonable accommodation" includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Making existing facilities used by employees readily accessible to and usable by employees with disabilities; and
(b) Job restructuring, modified work schedules, acquisition or modification of equipment or devices, the provision of qualified readers or interpreters and other similar accommodations.
(5) "Qualified individual with a disability" refers to an individual with a disability who, with or without reasonable accommodation meets the essential eligibility requirements for the receipt of services or participation in programs or activities provided by the university.
(6) "Major life activities" include but are not limited to caring for oneself, performing manual tasks, seeing, hearing, eating, sleeping, walking, standing, lifting, bending, speaking, breathing, learning, reading, concentrating, thinking, communicating, and working.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university's rule is to comply with the provisions of federal and state of Ohio law regarding persons with disabilities in the workplace. Under those laws, no otherwise qualified individual with a disability will be denied access to participation in services, programs, or activities of the university solely by reason of his or her disability. All employees will be held to the same performance standards and must be able to carry out the essential functions of their positions or programs with or without reasonable accommodation.
(2) The university strictly prohibits any form of retaliation against any employee who requests an accommodation, reports or participates in the investigation of a complaint, or otherwise exercises rights secured by this rule.
(3) Disclosure of disability and documentation.
(a) Disclosure is a matter of choice. An employee with a disability may choose not to request reasonable accommodations unless the disability presents a direct threat to the health or safety of others.
(b) Upon request of employees with disabilities, the university will make efforts to provide reasonable accommodations; however, the university is unable to make accommodations that impose an undue burden, present a direct threat to the health or safety of others, or fundamentally alter the nature of its programs, services, or activities.
(c) However, employees who choose to request an accommodation must disclose the underlying disability and provide documentation as required under this rule.
(d) Request for reasonable accommodation forms may be obtained from, and upon completion should be returned to, the department of human resources.
(e) Review
(i) The director of human resources or his/her designee will review the request for reasonable accommodation forms. An employee may be required by the director of human resources to provide further information or documentation.
(ii) The director of human resources or his/her designee will notify the applicant or employee in writing of the decision concerning the requested accommodation, and a copy will be sent to the employee's department head.
(f) Professional verification of disability
(i) Employees with a disability who request reasonable accommodations may be required to provide current written verification of the disability certified by a licensed physician, psychologist, audiologist, speech pathologist, rehabilitation counselor, physical therapist, occupation therapist or other health care provider who is qualified to diagnose or treat the disability in the state of Ohio. Further documentation may be required. Documentation should reflect the employee's present level of functioning in the major life activity affected by the disability and the effect the disability has on the employee's role at the university.
(ii) Responsibility for the cost of the initial professional verification of a disability and any supplemental assessments will be borne by the employee requesting accommodation. Responsibility for the cost of obtaining additional professional opinions requested by the university will be borne by the university.
(g) Records and retention
All information regarding the disability and any reasonable accommodations will be maintained by the department of human resources in accordance with the records retention schedule will maintain the files of applicants who are not hired who have made an accommodation request.
(4) Confidentiality
All information must be treated as confidential within the limits of federal and Ohio law.
History
- Effective: May 17, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-35 Mood-altering or consciousness altering substances (drug free workplace).
(A) Purpose
To provide a rule that will promote the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors, the university supports and will maintain a drug-free working, living and learning environment.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all employees, students, volunteers and any individuals who conduct business for the university. This rule provides a minimum standard for engaging in employment or educational activities. University departments or contracts may impose stricter standards in certain circumstances. The prohibited use of alcohol stated in this rule does not apply to private events or private residences that are located on university premises.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Controlled substance" refers to substances or drugs classified Schedules I through V of Section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act, 21 U.S.C. 812 (1970) which include, but are not limited to:
(a) Narcotics, such as opium, heroin, morphine and synthetic substitutes;
(b) Depressants, such as chloral hydrate, barbiturates, and methadone;
(c) Stimulants, such as cocaine (and any derivatives) and amphetamines;
(d) Hallucinogens, such as LSD, mescaline, PCP, peyote, psilocybin, Ecstasy, and MDMA;
(e) Cannabis, such as marijuana and hashish; and
(f) Any chemical compound added to federal or state regulations and denoted as a controlled substance or so governed 21 U.S. Code 813.
(2) "Criminal drug statute conviction" refers to situations when an employee is convicted of or pleads guilty to a violation of a drug statute as defined in the Revised Code.
(3) "Illegal drugs" refers to a substance whose use or possession is controlled by federal or state law but that is not being used or possessed under the supervision of a licensed health care professional.
(4) "Reasonable suspicion" refers to situations where a person believes, based on the combination of facts and circumstances available at the time, there is evidence suggesting the use or the influence of drugs or alcohol, or that their performance is impaired by drugs or alcohol while at work or in the educational setting.
(5) "Safety-sensitive job classifications" refers to a job in which the employee is responsible for his or her own or other people's safety. These positions currently include, but are not limited to, positions in public safety, environmental and occupational health and safety and campus operations.
(6) "University premises" refers to any building or land owned, leased, or used by the university.
(7) "University vehicle" refers to any vehicle owned, leased or operated by the university.
(D) Rule statement
(1) General prohibitions
(a) Employees may not engage in workplace activities and students may not participate in coursework or clinical work while under the influence of alcohol or cannabis, while unlawfully using controlled substances, or while using illegal drugs. The presence (at established testing levels) of any prohibited substance in the employee or student's system while engaging in any workplace or curricular activity shall constitute a violation of this policy.
(b) The university prohibits the consumption of alcohol on university premises unless authorized on a university event-specific basis, regardless of the legal drinking age. The university prohibits the possession or use of cannabis, in any form (e.g., smoking, vaping, consuming through edible products) by a person of any age, while on university premises.
(c) The university prohibits its employees and students from the unlawful use, misuse, possession, dispensation, distribution, or manufacture of any controlled substances or illegal drugs anywhere on university premises,
(i) As a recipient of federal funding, such as student financial aid and federal research grants, the university is required to follow federal law including the Safe and Drug Free Schools and Communities Act of 1989 and the Drug Free Workplace Act of 1988. In order to comply with these laws, the university prohibits the manufacture, dispensation, possession, use, or distribution of cannabis in any form on any university-owned property, in the conduct of university business or as part of any university activity even when the possession and use would be legal under the laws of the state of Ohio.
(ii) This prohibition does not extend to research related to marijuana that is approved or funded by a federal agency including but not limited to:
(a) The national institutes of health;
(b) The Drug enforcement administration; or
(c) The food and drug administration..
(iii) Employees or students who are legally authorized Ohio medical marijuana users may request to be released from their housing obligation with the village.
(2) Sanctions
(a) Any employee who violates any provision of this policy will be subject to disciplinary sanctions up to and including termination of employment based on the circumstances of the violation. Additional sanctions or actions may include:
(i) Work restrictions;
(ii) Required participation in an evaluation by the employee assistance program or an external substance abuse professional;
(iii) Mandatory follow through with substance abuse education/rehabilitation program if recommended by the evaluating employee assistance program; or
(iv) Entering into a government-approved drug rehabilitation program.
(b) Any student who violates any provision of this policy will be referred to the committee on academic and professional progress (CAPP) in accordance with the procedures set forth in the NEOMED compass. Students will be subject to sanctions up to and including dismissal from the institution based on the circumstance of the violation.
(3) Employee and student responsibility to report convictions for alcohol or drug-related offenses
(a) Any employee who is convicted of a drug offense must report the conviction to his/her immediate administrative supervisor and human resources within five days of such conviction.
Employees in "safety-sensitive" positions at the university, or those who drive a university leased or owned vehicle, must report any alcohol-related convictions to his/her immediate administrative supervisor and human resources within five days of such conviction.
(b) Any student who is convicted of a drug or alcohol related offense must report such conviction to the senior executive director, academic affairs and student services with five days of such conviction.
(c) The failure to report any drug or alcohol related conviction covered under this policy within five days may subject the employee or student to additional sanctions.
(d) The university shall make notification to any granting agencies within ten days of such report, as required.
(e) Within thirty days of notification of a drug or alcohol conviction, the immediate supervisor, in consultation with the director of human resources, will take appropriate action with the employee and administer any sanctions.
(4) Drug or alcohol testing
All federal, state or local regulations regarding drug testing and monitoring will be followed. All information pertaining to an individual's drug tests or results will be kept as confidential, with only individuals who have a need-to-know being provided information or as required by law. All testing conducted under this rule will be done in accordance with standards established by the university department of human resources in conjunction with the offices student affairs and environmental and occupational health and safety. Drug or alcohol testing can occur in any of the following situations:
(a) For employees
(i) Post-offer / pre-employment testing. All applicants in safety-sensitive job classifications will be drug tested after receiving a final offer of employment and prior to beginning work. Applicants will be notified at the time of application that drug testing is required for the position. Offers of employment are contingent upon successfully passing a drug test.
Safety-sensitive job classifications shall include, but are not limited to, positions in public safety, environmental and occupational health and safety and campus operations.
(ii) Testing for reasonable suspicion for employees. Drug and/or alcohol testing may be conducted if there is reasonable suspicion of working under the influence of alcohol or drugs, or that the employee's performance of their duties is impaired by drugs or alcohol. Testing will be based upon objective observations or circumstances including but not limited to, aroma of alcohol on breath, directly observing use of drugs or alcohol, erratic/strange behavior in the workplace, self-disclosure of selling/taking illicit drugs/alcohol, diversion of medications or upon verification of a drug or alcohol related conviction.
(iii) Reasonable suspicion testing may be requested by an immediate supervisor, department chair, or other university administrator in accordance with the university reasonable suspicion procedures. The director of human resources should be notified as soon as possible of any suspected reasonable suspicion. If, in accordance with the reasonable suspicion procedures, confirmation is obtained, arrangements will be made for the employee to be drug and/or alcohol tested. Drug testing shall occur at an approved test site and be as proximate to the documentation of reasonable suspicion as possible.
(a) An employee who tests positive for drugs or alcohol will be subject to sanctions.
(b) Refusal of a drug and/ or alcohol test may subject the employee to sanctions.
(c) Refusal to present for a drug/ alcohol related test within the allotted time shall constitute a refusal to test and may subject the employee to sanctions.
(d) Failure to cooperate with the test collection procedure shall constitute a refusal to test and may subject the employee to sanctions.
(e) Individuals who test positive will be referred to the university employee assistance program or a substance abuse professional if an external expert is used for evaluation. The evaluation will determine and recommend if substance abuse treatment or education is appropriate and/or necessary.
(f) The director of human resources, in consultation with the chief institutional safety official, will review the recommendation and may determine that rehabilitation is a requirement for any current employee who has an alcohol or drug problem that affects job performance.
(b) For students
(i) In accordance with the student drug/toxicology screening rule.
(ii) Reasonable suspicion testing for students may be ordered by the senior executive director, academic affairs and student services if there is a reasonable suspicion of being in a class or a clinical setting while under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs. All students with positive results will be referred for further action in accordance with university rules and the student code of conduct.
(iii) Result of self-disclosure.
(5) Notification of university law enforcement
Any individual observed unlawfully manufacturing, distributing, dispensing, using, or possessing alcohol, cannabis or illegal drugs on university premises is to be reported immediately to the NEOMED police department.
(6) Education, resources and training
(a) The university will inform all employees and students of the drug free campus rule through either the employment website upon employment or the NEOMED compass, and annually through the annual security report.
(b) Human resources will provide access to reasonable suspicion and alcohol and drug abuse awareness training for all employees.
(c) Human resources will refer and provide appropriate support for employees after drug or alcohol testing and/or substance abuse treatment or education, facilitate arrangements for testing when there is reasonable suspicion, and consult with supervisors on return to work agreements for employees.
(d) Student services will refer and provide appropriate support for students after drug or alcohol testing and/or substance abuse treatment or education, facilitate arrangements for testing when there is reasonable suspicion, and consult with the student and any necessary university individuals to determine the student's eligibility to return to the educational setting.
(7) Supervisor's responsibilities
(a) Supervisors with reasonable suspicion that a substance abuse problem may be resulting in unsatisfactory work performance should document the facts and circumstances that have occurred and review this information with their department chair or division head and the director of human resources. This referral would be kept confidential. Workplace performance issues should be documented.
(b) Supervisors will take corrective personnel action as appropriate after consultation with the office of human resources.
(c) When there is a suspension of responsibilities directly related to drug or alcohol use, upon authorization to return to work, a return to work agreement should be written in consultation with the director of human resources, the supervisor and the chief institutional safety officer (if necessary).
(d) The supervisor shall provide appropriate supervision for employees in accordance with return to work agreements.
Last updated February 5, 2024 at 12:02 AM
History
- Effective: February 5, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-45 Educational benefits.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for educational benefits provided by the university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to full-time faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees who have been continuously employed by the university for a period of six months. This rule does not apply to student employees or employees leased to affiliated entities of the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Graduate degree" for the purposes of this rule, refers to master's level coursework. Graduate degree does not include the pursuit of a doctorate of philosophy or any professional degree (i.e., J.D., M.D., Pharm.D.).
(2) "Partner universities" refers collectively to Cleveland state university, Kent state university, the university of Akron and Youngstown state university and their branch campuses.
(3) "Dependent child" refers to the biological child or adopted child of an employee. The child must have completed high school, and, at the time that the semester begins, must be under the age of twenty-four. If a legal ward or a step child of the employee, the child must have been claimed as a dependent on the employee's latest tax return.
(4) "Instructional fees" refers to tuition expenses only.
(5) "Normal working hours" for unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees are from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor. Normal working hours for faculty and administrative staff will be established by the immediate supervisor in consultation with the department head.
(6) "Terminal degree" is the highest academic degree typically granted in a given field of specialization, such as a doctorate of philosophy or any professional degree (i.e., J.D., M.D., PharmD).
(D) Rule statement
(1) General information
(a) Educational benefits are available to full-time employees who normally work a minimum of forty hours per week on a regularly scheduled basis and who have an expectation of a minimum of nine months of continuous employment each year. Employees are eligible for payment of instructional fees for themselves or their dependents in the first enrollment period after having been continuously employed by the university for a period of six months.
(b) The university will pay for instructional fees at one of the partner universities for employees or their dependents who are pursuing a degree in an identified field of study.
(c) All employees seeking to utilize educational benefits for themselves or their dependent must submit an itemized invoice for all tuition expenses and disclose any scholarships received, public or private, from any entity, including but not limited to the state foundations, civic groups, agencies, religious entities, educational institutions or labor unions.
(d) Employees are required to apply for, accept and disclose any institutional scholarships award. Failure to do so may result in disqualification from receipt of future educational benefits.
(e) Educational benefits will not be decreased when other sources of financial aid are eligible to be used for expenses other than instructional fees (i.e. general fees, other fees, room and board). If other forms of financial assistance such as scholarships, apply to instructional fees only, education benefits from university will be decreased accordingly.
(f) Educational benefits cannot be transferred to any non-partner university nor received in any manner other than what is set forth in this rule.
(g) All other fees, including but not limited to, general, overload, admission, matriculation, parking, bus, dissertation, graduation and special course fees are the responsibility of the employee. Books, room and board and all other educational expenses are the responsibility of the employee.
(h) Non-resident/out-of-state surcharges are the responsibility of the employee. It is the responsibility of the employee to contact the partner university the student is attending to establish permanent residency.
(i) The university will reimburse employees for fees paid to receive course credit by examination through the college level examination program CLEP, or other authorized examinations for course work for which the university otherwise would have been charged.
(j) Educational benefits will not be paid for continuing education or other non-credit or non-degree courses under this rule. Job-related, non-credit courses may be paid for separately by the employee's department.
(k) Accelerated programs will be reimbursed at the normal program rate (i.e. an executive master's degree program will be reimbursed at the standard program rate for the university).
(l) No educational benefits will be paid for courses taken by anyone holding a graduate degree or terminal degree.
(m) Employees who have resigned, been laid off, or are otherwise terminated from employment at the university are not eligible for educational benefits and may be required to repay the educational benefit at the point of separation based on the mutual decision of human resources and the employee's department head.
(n) Instructional fees are paid for employees and dependents for any fall or spring enrollment sessions. Instructional fees for summer enrollment sessions are payable for employees only.
(o) In some instances, the receipt of educational benefits under this rule may have tax implications to the employee.
(2) Educational benefits for employees
(a) Educational benefits are limited to payment of instructional fees for up to six credit hours per semester for either undergraduate or graduate courses.
(b) Undergraduate educational benefits
Educational benefits are limited to the hours required by the attending university for one baccalaureate degree or a maximum of one hundred fifty hours, whichever is less.
(c) Graduate benefits
(i) Effective fall semester 2025, educational benefits are limited to fifty per cent of the instructional fees for one graduate degree program.
(d) Class attendance during normal working hours
In exceptional circumstances, an employee may be permitted to take one course per semester during normal working hours, provided that satisfactory arrangements to cover the time lost from the normal forty hour week (for both class time and travel) have been authorized by the immediate supervisor, department head, and human resources.
(3) Benefits for dependent children
(a) Limitations on instructional fees
(i) Graduate and undergraduate educational benefits for dependent children's instructional fees are subject to the following maximums per academic year (i.e., one fall and one spring semester):
(A) Six thousand seven hundred fifty dollars for employees whose base salary on July first immediately preceding the start of the semester is between fifty-nine thousand dollars and seventy-six thousand nine hundred ninety-nine dollars;
(B) Six thousand dollars for employees whose base salary on July first immediately preceding the start of the semester is between seventy-seven thousand dollars and one hundred one thousand nine hundred ninety-nine dollars;
(C) Five thousand six hundred twenty-five dollars for employees whose base salary on July first immediately preceding the start of the semester is between one hundred two thousand dollars and one hundred fifty-one thousand nine hundred ninety-nine dollars;
(D) Five thousand two hundred fifty dollars for employees whose base salary on July first immediately preceding the start of the semester is in excess of one hundred fifty-two thousand dollars.
(b) Undergraduate educational benefits
(i) Educational benefits for each dependent child are limited to payment of instructional fees for part-time or full-time study up to the annual maximums set forth in paragraph (D)(3) of this rule.
(ii) This educational benefit is limited to the number of hours required by the respective partner university for one baccalaureate degree or a maximum of one hundred fifty hours, whichever is less.
(c) Graduate educational benefits
Educational benefits are limited to fifty per cent of the instructional fees for one graduate degree per dependent child subject to the annual maximums set forth in paragraph (D)(3)(a) of this rule.
(4) Benefits for dependent children of deceased employees
(a) Eligibility
Dependent children of employees who were actively employed on or before June 30, 2018 and died after having at least ten years continuous service to the university prior to their death, are eligible to receive educational benefits as set forth herein. Dependent children of employees hired July 1, 2018 or after are not eligible for educational benefits after the employee's death.
(b) Undergraduate educational benefits
(i) Educational benefits for each dependent child are limited to payment of instructional fees for part-time or full-time study up to a maximum cost of the amount charged for a normal full-time course load, as established by the respective partner university.
(ii) This educational benefit is limited to the number of hours required by the respective partner university for one baccalaureate degree or a maximum of one hundred fifty hours, whichever is less.
(c) Graduate educational benefits
Educational benefits are limited to fifty per cent of the instructional fees for one graduate degree per dependent child.
(5) Program administration
(a) Eligibility
Human resources will administer this program and be responsible for determining eligibility, in accordance with the rule. The department of human resources may monitor eligibility and may request proof of eligibility at any time. Decisions made by human resources regarding eligibility may be appealed to the employee's supervisor. If the employee's supervisor determines that the eligibility decision presents an issue of inequity or fundamental unfairness, the supervisor will forward the appeal to the chief of staff and vice president for operations and finance for a final determination on eligibility.
(b) Grade reports
(i) At the end of each term, the employee must provide the department of human resources with the appropriate grade reports for the semester within fourteen calendar days of grade release for that class.
(ii) If grade reports are not received within the specified time frame, the employee may be denied educational benefits for the subsequent semester. The employee will be required to seek a subsequent semester of enrollment. The ongoing failure to timely submit grade reports may result in the denials of educational benefits in full.
(c) Reimbursement and payroll deductions
(i) Employees who voluntarily or involuntarily separate from the university within one year of degree completion are required to reimburse the university one hundred per cent of any educational benefits paid on the employee's behalf (to include any educational benefit payments for dependent children) within the most recent twelve month period prior to the date of separation. Reimbursement is not required for any employee who is laid off by the university.
(ii) Employees are required to reimburse the university for any instructional fees for any course in which a grade of "D" or a grade of "F" (or equivalent) has been recorded or if no grade report was submitted to the department of human resources.
The first semester of the first year of undergraduate education is subject to "freshman forgiveness", that is, grades of "D" earned during the first semester of the first year of undergraduate education are exempt from the requirement set forth in paragraph (D)(6)(c)(iii) of this rule. Freshman forgiveness does not extend to the grade of "F."
(iii) Employees are required to reimburse the university for any grade of "incomplete" that is not cleared from the transcript within the year. No further educational benefits will be approved until the employee has reimbursed the university for the instruction fees for the credit hours of the course in which the "incomplete" grade was received. A grade of "in-progress" for research hours is not considered an "incomplete."
(iv) The university will not pay for any course that is being repeated.
(d) It is the responsibility of the employee to inform the department of human resources of any dropped courses. If an employee or dependent child drops a course after the full refund date, the employee is responsible to reimburse the university for the amount not refunded to the university by the partner university.
(e) Failure to pay any amount owed in full to the university within thirty days of an employee's receipt of an invoice from the university will result in automatic payroll deduction as individually established with accounting. For amounts owed that are less than one thousand two hundred dollars, employees will have a maximum of six months to reimburse the university. For amounts more than one thousand two hundred dollars, employees will have a maximum of twelve months to reimburse the university.
(f) If an employee owes the university any outstanding balance of two hundred fifty dollars or more at the time an application for instructional fees is submitted, the university will not prepay instructional fees for that semester. In such cases, an employee shall be required to pay all instructional fees for that semester at the time of registration. An employee will receive reimbursement of such instructional fees minus any outstanding balance upon submitting passing grades and a paid invoice to the university at the conclusion of that semester. Once the employee's outstanding balance above two hundred fifty dollars has been paid, the university will resume prepaying instructional fees as provided herein.
(g) Upon separation from the university, the university shall automatically deduct any balance owed to the university from an employee's last paycheck, before issuing such paycheck.
(i) The employee has thirty days from the date of separation to pay in full any balance remaining to avoid automatic deduction from their last paycheck.
(ii) Any remaining balance owed to the university may be submitted for collection to a collection agency.
Last updated March 29, 2025 at 7:37 PM
History
- Effective: March 29, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-60 Family and medical leave.
(A) Purpose
The university promotes a work environment that supports its employees in balancing the demands of the workplace with the needs of their families. In accordance with the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. Section 2601; 29 CFR 825 (FMLA), eligible employees are permitted up to either twelve or twenty-six work weeks of unpaid leave during a defined twelve month period for qualified leave entitlements.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all eligible university employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Child" refers to a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person who is standing in loco parentis, who is:
(a) Under eighteen years of age; or
(b) Eighteen years of age or older and incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.
(3) "Eligible Employees" refers to any employee who has been employed by the university for at least twelve months, and who has worked at least one thousand two hundred fifty hours during the twelve-month period prior to the start of the leave.
(4) "Health Care Providers" refers to doctors of medicine and osteopathy, podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, chiropractors, nurse practitioners, nurse midwives, clinical social workers, licensed professional clinical counselor and physician assistants in so far as they perform within the scope of their practice under state law; and Christian science practitioners listed with the "First Church of Christ, Scientist" in Boston, Massachusetts.
(5) "Intermittent Leave" is leave taken in a block of time or by reducing the normal weekly or daily work schedule. Intermittent leave must be taken in no less than one hour increments.
(6) "Next of Kin" is the nearest blood relative of the covered service member other than the service member's spouse, parent, son or daughter.
(7) "Parent" refers to a biological, adoptive, step or foster parent of an employee or an individual who stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child. This term does not include parents in-law.
(8) "Serious Health Condition" refers to an illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:
(a) Any period of incapacity or treatment connected with inpatient care (or overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility; or
(b) Continuing treatment by a health care provider.
(9) "Spouse" refers to individuals who are recognized as lawfully married under the law of any state, or who have an affidavit of domestic partnership on file in human resources..
(D) Rule statement
(1) Leave entitlements
(a) An employee is entitled to a maximum of twelve unpaid work weeks of leave in any twelve-month covered period for one or more of the following reasons:
(i) To care for a child during the first year following birth, adoption, or foster care placement;
(ii) To care for a spouse, child or the employee's parent who has a serious health condition;
(iii) Because of a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the functions of the position of such employee; or
(iv) An employee's spouse, child, or parent is on active military duty or has been notified of an impending call to active duty status, in support of a contingency operation.
(b) An employee is entitled to a maximum of twenty-six unpaid work weeks of leave in any twelve-month covered period for the following reason:
To care for a spouse, child, parent, or next of kin service member who is recovering from a serious illness or injury sustained in the line of duty while on active duty.
(c) Employees who are spouses are jointly entitled to:
(i) A combined total of twelve weeks of "FMLA" leave for the birth, or placement of a child for adoption or foster care, or to care for a child or parent who has a serious health condition.
(ii) A total of twenty-six work weeks of "FMLA" to care for a military family member with a serious injury or illness; and
(iii) Each use a total of twelve work weeks of "FMLA" leave in a leave year for:
(a) Their own serious health condition;
(b) To care for a spouse or child with a serious health condition; or
(c) Due to a qualifying exingency.
(2) Covered period
Employees may take up to twelve or twenty-six weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave in a twelve-month period for the reasons specified in this rule depending on leave entitlement. The twelve-month period is for a "rolling" twelve-month period measured forward from the date the employee returns to work from FMLA leave.
(3) Reduced or intermittent leave
(a) Under some circumstances, an employee may take FMLA leave intermittently. Employees who require intermittent leave or reduced schedule leave for a foreseeable medical treatment (for the employee, spouse, child or parent) must notify their immediate supervisor, and/or human resources, and their health care provider to schedule the leave so that it is not unduly disruptive to the operation of the university.
(b) "FMLA" leave may be taken intermittently whenever it is medically necessary to care for a seriously ill spouse, child, parent, or because the employee is seriously ill and unable to work. Employees must follow the notification and certification provisions set forth in this rule.
(c) "FMLA" leave to care for a child during the first year following birth, adoption, or foster care placement shall not be taken by an employee intermittently or on a reduced leave schedule without the approval of the immediate supervisor and human resources.
(d) The taking of FMLA leave intermittently or on a reduced leave schedule shall not result in a reduction in the total amount of FMLA leave to which the employee is entitled beyond the amount of FMLA leave actually taken.
(e) The university permits "FMLA" leave in increments of one hour.
(4) Relationship to paid or unpaid leave policies
(a) Employees are required to take accrued but unused sick leave, vacation leave, compensatory time, personal leave, or other paid time before taking unpaid leave for the twelve or twenty-six week period. Time taken will be counted concurrently toward both FMLA leave and the appropriate paid or unpaid leave. If paid leave balances are insufficient to cover the twelve or twenty-six work weeks, the additional amount of FMLA leave necessary to attain the twelve or twenty-six work weeks of leave will be unpaid.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (D)(4)(a) of this rule, employees may request to reserve up to eighty hours of paid vacation leave. The request must be made in writing prior to taking FMLA leave, if foreseeable, and submitted to human resources. Human resources may approve the request after consultation with the immediate supervisor.
(5) Notice and certification
(a) Employees seeking to use FMLA leave must provide:
(i) Thirty-day advance notice of the need to take FMLA leave when the need is foreseeable;
(ii) Medical certification supporting the need for FMLA leave due to a serious health condition affecting the employee, spouse, child or parent;
(iii) Second or third medical opinions at the university's expense if required by the university and periodic re-certifications; and
(iv) Periodic reports, if requested by human resources, during FMLA leave regarding the employee's status and intent to return to work.
(b) Human resources will respond to all FMLA leave requests in writing.
(6) Continuation of benefits
(a) The university will maintain group health insurance coverage for an employee on FMLA leave whenever such insurance was provided before the leave was taken, under the same terms as if the employee had continued to work. Employees will continue to be responsible for their share of health care insurance premiums while on FMLA leave. If the employee is in paid leave status while on FMLA leave, appropriate deductions will be taken from the employee's earnings.
(b) If an employee is on unpaid leave status, and the university pays for the employee's share of health care insurance premiums, the cost of such premiums will be calculated for the first and any subsequent pay periods. An invoice will be sent to the employee outlining the outstanding amount, payment instructions, and the due date.
(7) Reinstatement
Upon return from FMLA leave, employees will be restored to their original jobs, or to equivalent jobs with equivalent pay, benefits, and other terms and conditions of employment, as required by FMLA.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-61 Abuse of sick leave.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule to identify and address the abuse of sick leave.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Abuse of Sick Leave" is defined as the use of sick leave for purposes other than those set forth in the applicable sick leave rule, or the legitimate use of sick leave when it negatively impacts the employee's work performance or the operations of the university.
(2) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) "Immediate Family" means an employee's spouse or domestic partner where an affidavit of domestic partnership is on file in human resources, parents, children, grandparents, siblings, grandchildren, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, step-parents, step-children, step-siblings, or a legal guardian or other person who stands in loco parentis.
(4) "Licensed Practitioner" refers to a person who is licensed to practice medicine, surgery or psychology in the state of Ohio.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Immediate supervisors should regularly monitor and manage all of the sick leave used by the employees under their supervision.
(2) The immediate supervisor should consider the following factors to identify sick leave abuse:
(a) The frequency of and the reasons for sick leave use. absences necessitated by documented chronic long-term illness/disabilities will not be considered inappropriate use,
(b) The balance between an employee's number of years of service and hours of unused sick leave,
(c) Repeated Monday and Friday absences.
(d) Absences when a vacation request has been denied.
(e) "Seasonal Absences" associated with given times of the year (e.g. hunting season) or paid holidays.
(f) Excessive use of sick leave during periods of progressive discipline or immediately prior to retirement.
(g) Failure to notify the university in accordance with the applicable sick leave rule when the employee will be absent.
(h) The impact of the employee's absences on the workplace (e.g. disruptions in work schedules, overtime costs, student learning).
(3) If the immediate supervisor suspects that sick leave abuse is occurring then the immediate supervisor shall:
(a) Consult with human resources.
(b) Counsel the employee on his/her use of sick leave.
(c) Require the employee to provide doctors' statements for a sick leave use for a fixed time period to verify legitimate use of sick leave if the immediate supervisor has reason to suspect that an employee is abusing sick leave.
(d) Consider referring the employee to the employee assistance program, if appropriate.
(e) Document all of the foregoing actions. The immediate supervisors should also reflect how the employee's attendance has affected the employee's ability to complete the tasks on the employee's performance review.
(4) Sick leave recorded on the time card should not be approved by the immediate supervisor if there is evidence of or a reasonable belief that abuse has occurred unless the employee provides satisfactory evidence of legitimate use of sick leave.
(5) If sick leave abuse continues, the immediate supervisor shall consider its effect on the employee's performance and the operations of the department or institution. When the absences negatively affect the employee's performance, or the operation of the department or institution, discipline up to and including termination may be imposed. Such discipline may be imposed even when the reasons for sick leave use have been legitimate, unless taken as part of a Family Medical Leave Act, leave of absence, or an organ donor leave of absence.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-65 Garnishment of wages.
(A) Purpose
To guide the university in abiding by court ordered garnishments.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university employees, including but not limited to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees, and student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Garnishment" is an order issued by a court attaching an employee's earnings to satisfy a debt incurred by the employee.
(D) Rule statement
The university will comply with all lawful court orders respecting garnishments. Payments in compliance with applicable child support laws are not considered a garnishment. More than one garnishment in a twelve month period may subject the employee to discipline, up to and including result in discharge from the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-70 Group insurance benefits.
(A) Purpose
To promote the health and wellbeing of a quality workforce, through the provision of competitive group insurance benefits.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all full-time employees of the university, including but not limited to, faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly staff and classified civil service employees. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Dependent Child" under federal law refers to the biological child, stepchild, or adopted child of an employee who is under the age of twenty-six and does not have their own insurance coverage through an employer. Pursuant to state law, a dependent child can also include the biological child, stepchild, or adopted child of an employee who is under the age of twenty-six.
(3) "Eligible Dependent" includes the spouse of an eligible employee, who has a completed spousal affidavit on file in human resources or as specified in a lawful separation agreement or divorce decree, and all dependent children as defined in this rule.
(4) "Eligible Employee" includes full time employees of the university including faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employee and classified civil service employees. Part-time employees who work thirty hours or more are eligible for group insurance benefits. Employees who work less than thirty hours and student employees are not eligible.
(5) "Group Insurance Benefits" are a selection of benefits received by an eligible employee provided in accordance with the financial resources and priorities of the university, which include medical, prescription, vision, dental, disability and life.
(6) "Spouse" refers to individuals who are recognized as lawfully married under the law of any state.
(D) Rule statement
Group insurance benefits, full-time employees
(1) The university may allow for a number of different group insurance benefit options. Information concerning these options are contained in separate provider publications.
(2) If an employee starts on the first day of the month, elected group insurance benefits are effective on the employee's first date of employment. If an employee starts anytime after the first day of the month, elected group insurance benefits are not effective until the first of the month following the hire date.
(3) Coverage for each dependent will be effective with the latter of:
(a) The effective date of full-time appointment for the eligible employee; or,
(b) The date on which a person became an eligible dependent.
(4) The eligible employee must notify the human resources department of any changes in eligibility status for all dependents.
(5) Eligibility for group insurance benefits terminates based on any of the following events:
(a) The employee is no longer a full-time employee of the university;
(b) A dependent no longer meets the definition of "eligible dependent"; or
(c) The death of an employee. All group insurance benefits for the surviving spouse and dependent children terminate on the last day of the month following the month in which the death of an eligible employee occurs;
(d) A group rule terminates; or
(e) The university elects to terminate coverage for a given benefit.
(6) Employees on approved leaves of absence without pay may continue group insurance benefits for up to one year at their expense.
(7) Group insurance benefits remain in effect while an employee is on active military duty for up to thirty-one days. Employees are responsible for their contribution for any health insurance premiums during this thirty-one day period. Employees with longer periods of active military service may elect to continue group insurance benefits for up to twenty-four months under COBRA at their expense.
(8) Human resources will provide information on continuation of group insurance benefits for the eligible employee or eligible dependents as required under COBRA.
Last updated May 1, 2025 at 7:49 AM
History
- Effective: May 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-75 Jury/civic duty leave.
(A) Purpose
To encourage employees to contribute to the community by fulfilling civic duties.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all institution employees, including but not limited to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, and classified civil service employees. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Jury Duty" or "Civic Duty" is service that requires time spent away from the institution as the result of a lawfully issued summons or subpoena.
(3) "Normal Working Hours" are hours specified by the immediate supervisor of an employee regarding when the employee will generally perform work for the institution.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Except as otherwise provided by law, employees will be granted leave with full pay if they are:
(a) Summoned for jury duty by a court of competent jurisdiction;
(b) Subpoenaed or summoned to appear before any court, commission, board or other legally constituted body authorized by the law to compel the attendance of witnesses, where the employee is not a party (plaintiff or defendant) to the action; or,
(c) Required to participate in any action, as an appellant or subpoenaed witness, before the state personnel board of review and are in active pay status at the time of the scheduled hearing.
(2) An employee who is appearing before a court or other legally constituted body in a matter in which the employee is a party may be permitted to use vacation time or granted leave of absence without pay. Such instances would include, but are not be limited to, criminal or civil cases, traffic court, divorce or custody proceedings, or when they are appearing because they are directed to appear as a parent or guardian of a juvenile. proof of appearance may be required.
Last updated July 18, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: July 18, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-85 Legal holidays and religious observances.
(A) Purpose
To comply with federal and state laws and to provide employees with advance notice of the university's holiday schedule.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university employees, including, but not limited to, faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees. It does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Active Pay Status" includes regular hours worked, vacation leave, sick leave, compensatory time, personal leave, legal holiday leave, winter break leave, and civic duty leave.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university observes the following eleven state of Ohio legal holidays: the first day of January; the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February; Memorial day; the nineteenth of June; the fourth day of July; the first Monday in September; the second Monday in October; the eleventh day of November; the fourth Thursday in November; and the twenty-fifth day of December. The university will also observe any other holiday appointed and recommended by the governor of this state or the president of the United States. Employees shall be paid for these holidays unless otherwise specified by university rule.
(2) The board of trustees may designate alternate days for observance of the legal holidays otherwise observed on the third Monday in January, the third Monday in February, and the second Monday in October.
(3) If an employee observes certain religious holidays not observed by the state of Ohio, the immediate supervisor should allow the employee to take accumulated but unused vacation time or compensatory time earned to observe the holiday.
Last updated July 18, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: July 18, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-95 Military leave.
(A) Purpose
To establish a uniform rule for military leave that complies with the federal and Ohio law as it pertains to permanent employees at the university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all permanent employees at the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Military" refers to any branch of the state or federal uniformed services.
(3) "Permanent Employee" refers to any person holding a position at the university that requires working a regular schedule of twenty-six consecutive bi-weekly pay periods, or any other regular schedule of comparable consecutive pay periods, which is not limited to a specific season or duration. "permanent employee" does not include student employees; intermittent, seasonal, or external interim employees, or individuals covered by personal services contracts.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Military leave with pay
(a) Employees who are members of the Ohio national guard, the Ohio defense corps, the Ohio naval militia, or members of other reserve components of the armed forces of the united states are entitled to a military leave of absence from their duties without loss of pay, for such time as they are in the military service on field training or active duty for a period not to exceed thirty-one days in any one calendar year. The maximum number of hours for which payment can be made in any one calendar year is one hundred seventy-six hours.
(b) Employees shall receive compensation they would have received for up to one hundred seventy-six hours even though they served for more than thirty-one days of such year on field training or active duty. There is no requirement that the service be for one continuous period of time.
(c) Employees are required to submit to the director of human resources an order or statement from the appropriate military commander as evidence of military duty before military leave with pay will be granted.
(2) Military leave without pay
(a) Employees shall be granted a leave of absence to serve in the military upon giving notice to their immediate supervisor and the department of human resources. This leave shall be without pay and shall be considered as a leave of absence from the university with reinstatement rights. No single leave of absence or combination of military leaves of absence may exceed five years or a single, longer period required to complete an initial period of obligated service.
(b) If an employee is on military leave without pay the employee will be given the option of making direct payments of the employee's share of the health insurance premium for up to thirty-one days. Employees with longer periods of service will be given the option of continuing health care coverage and related benefits for up to eighteen months. Such continuation shall be at the employee's expense, and the employee may be required to pay up to one hundred two per cent of the entire health insurance and related benefits premium costs.
(c) An employee returning from military leave without pay must apply for reinstatement. The application must be submitted to human resources. Timelines for applying for reinstatement at the university are based on the length of the military leave. Return to work parameters and timelines for applying for reinstatement are as follows:
(i) For leave of less than thirty-one days: immediately upon release from military leave, the university will allow for travel time and eight hours of rest;
(ii) For leave of thirty-two to one hundred eighty days: application to return must be made within fourteen days of completing military service requirement; or
(iii) For leave of more than one hundred eighty days: application to return must be made within ninety days of completing military service requirement.
(iv) If the military leave of absence was for more than ninety days, human resources may require evidence with the application showing it is timely, that the duration of all such leaves of absence does not exceed five years or the time to complete the initial period of obligated service, and that the employee's entitlement to reemployment has not terminated according to the circumstances described in the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, 108 Stat. 3149 (1994), 38 U.S.C.A. 4301 and 4304, as amended.
(d) Upon return from a period of duty in the military lasting ninety calendar days or less, the employee shall be returned to the same or similar position within the employee's former classification. If the period of duty lasts more than ninety days, the employee may be placed in any position of equivalent status, seniority, and pay. Regardless of the duration of duty, if human resources demonstrates that reinstatement is impossible or would impose undue hardship on the university, the employee may be assigned to another position with like seniority, status, and pay or the nearest approximation thereof consistent with the circumstances of the case.
(e) If the employee is unable to perform the duties of their former position by reason of injury or illness incurred or aggravated during military service, human resources shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate the employee's disability in accordance with the university's rule on disabilities and accommodations. These efforts shall include placing the employee in another position in which the employee is qualified and able to perform the essential duties that will provide similar status, seniority, and pay.
(f) If an employee who is entitled to reinstatement under this rule is unable to report for or perform the duties of their position at the date of their application for reinstatement because of an injury or illness incurred or aggravated during uniformed service, the employee shall have up to two years to recover from that illness or injury before being required to report or reapply.
(g) A reinstated employee shall receive all rights and benefits generally available to employees in a comparable leave of absence without pay, including the following:
(i) All sick leave, vacation leave, and personal leave which had been accumulated at the time of entering service;
(ii) All seniority which would have accrued had the employee been on the job;
(iii) Automatic salary adjustments associated with the position and due the employee had the employee been on the job;
(iv) Any change in classification or pay range which would be due the employee had the employee been on the job; and
(v) Reinstituted health insurance and related insurance benefits with no waiting periods.
(h) Termination
(i) Employees reinstated after military leave without pay lasting from thirty-one to one hundred eighty days shall not be terminated from their position within one hundred eighty days of reinstatement without cause.
(ii) Employees reinstated after military leave lasting one hundred eighty-one days or more shall not be terminated from their positions within one year of reinstatement without cause.
(i) The provisions of this rule do not apply to an employee who accrues more than five years of cumulative, military service, except as provided in 38 U.S.C. 4312, as amended.
Last updated May 1, 2025 at 7:50 AM
History
- Effective: May 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-100 Nepotism.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule to ensure that the hiring and supervision of employees is conducted in a manner that enhances public confidence and avoids situations that give the appearance of partiality, preferential treatment, improper influence, or conflict of interest; and to promote the recruitment of a diverse and qualified workforce.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university employees, including but not limited to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees, and student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Business Associates" refers to parties who are joined together in a relationship for business purposes or who act together to pursue a common business purpose or enterprise.
(3) "Family Member" is defined to include, but is not limited to spouse (including individuals who are recognized as lawfully married under the law of any state), children (whether dependent or independent), parents, grandparents, siblings, aunts, uncles, nieces, nephews, in-laws, step-children, step-parents, step-grandparents, step-siblings, step-aunts, step-uncles, and other persons related by blood, marriage, or adoption.
(4) "Significant Relationship Partner" refers to people living together as a spousal or family unit when not legally married or related where the nature of the relationship may impair the objectivity or independence of judgment of one individual working with another.
(D) Rule statement
The criteria for appointment and promotion of all employees of the university are appropriate qualifications and performance. More than one family member, significant relationship partners or business associates may be employed at the university. However, a family member, significant relationship partner, or business associate may neither initiate nor participate in decisions which involve a direct benefit or detriment to the other; nor supervise, evaluate or direct the work of the other.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-120 External professional commitments by faculty and professional staff.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule governing external professional commitments by covered university employees, as defined herein.
Participation by covered university employees of university in activities of government, in industry and in other private institutions commonly serves the academic interest of the university. The public benefits from the dissemination of knowledge and technology developed within the university. Students benefit by learning from faculty who bring knowledge and skills derived from these experiences to the classroom. Moreover, the professional experience and recognition that such participation brings to the faculty member will be shared with the university.
(B) Scope
(1) This rule applies to covered university employees (as defined below) who hold appointments of .75 full time equivalent "FTE" or greater. Unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees and student employees are not eligible to consult or to engage in other commitments outside the university during normal working hours.
(2) This rule establishes guidelines and reporting requirements for external professional commitments, external to the university, for which covered employees receive compensation or in which the covered employee holds an equity interest. The following activities are not subject to this rule's guidelines and reporting requirements:
(a) External professional commitments that reflect normal and expected public service activities of covered university employees that do not entail compensation beyond reimbursement for expenses and/or a nominal honorarium. These activities include service to governmental entities and boards such as peer review panels and advisory bodies to other universities; presentations to either professional or public audiences in such forums as professional societies, libraries, and other universities; and peer review activities undertaken for either for-profit or nonprofit publishers.
(b) Healthcare activities that are explicitly a term of the covered university employee's employment (e.g. co-funded faculty positions).
(c) Covered university employees are strongly encouraged to discuss all anticipated external professional commitments with their direct administrative supervisor before engaging in the activity in order to accurately determine whether an activity is exempted from or covered by this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Compensation" refers to direct or indirect receipt of money or its equivalent for services rendered, includes salary and any payment for services not otherwise identified as salary (e.g. consulting fees, honoraria and paid authorships).
(2) "Conflict of Interest" refers to a relationship between a covered university employee's external professional commitments and the covered university employee's expertise and responsibilities at the university such that an independent observer might reasonably question whether the covered university employee's objectivity in the performance of his or her university responsibilities could be compromised by considerations of personal gain.
(3) "Conflict of Commitment" occurs when the time or effort that a covered university employee devotes to an outside professional commitment interferes with the employee's fulfillment of his or her university responsibilities, or when an employee makes unauthorized use of university resources in the course of fulfilling a outside professional commitment.
(4) "Covered University Employees" refers to faculty and professional staff as defined in this rule.
(a) "Faculty" refers to employees appointed to that status by the board of trustees who are employed at least .75 "FTE" by the university.
(b) "Professional staff" includes, but is not limited to, those employees who are employed at least .75 "FTE" by the university and provide leadership for academic programs, personnel, and academic support units; provide professional support to senior university or college administrators both academic and non-academic; or are senior university administrators or those who possess independent decision making and discretionary authority within the university.
(5) "Direct Administrative Supervisor" is the person to whom the covered employee reports within the university. In the case of faculty, the direct administrative supervisor is, generally, the department chair. In the case of department chairs, the direct administrative supervisor is, generally, the dean. In the case of professional staff the direct administrative supervisor is the department manager, the division director or the department chair.
(6) "External Professional Commitment" is a professional engagement, undertaking or obligation that is generally linked to the covered university employee's university responsibilities, but occurs outside of the context of the employee's expected duties to the university.
(7) "Normal Working Hours" are eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise established by the covered university employee's supervisor.
(8) "REPC" refers to the request for approval of external professional commitments form.
(9) "EPCR" refers to the external professional commitments report form.
(10) "Unclassified Hourly Employee" is an hourly employee who is not a classified civil service employee and who is subject to appointment, removal, promotion, transfers or reductions by the appointing authority.
(11) "Unit" may be the university or a college department, office or division.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Covered university employees are encouraged to engage in external professional commitments to the extent that these activities are clearly related to the mission of the university and the expertise of the covered university employee; provide direct or indirect benefits to the university: and do not entail a conflict of interest as defined herein. As a general rule, the proportion of a covered university employee's professional effort devoted to external professional commitments should not exceed one business day per week. Prior approval must be obtained as outlined below. Covered university employees should avoid any conflict or appearance of conflict between external professional commitments and his or her university responsibilities. In particular, covered university employees should avoid any interruption to their formal instructional activities because of an external professional commitments.
Under Ohio law, the university owns any intellectual property that is a product of university research. When engaged in external professional commitments, a covered university employee must not assign to other entities the rights to a product of university research.
(2) No external professional commitment may interfere with the performance of regular university duties; compete with course work offered by the university; or compete with services offered by the employee's unit.
(3) All covered university employees are permitted to engage in external professional commitments up to three days per calendar year without prior approval. However, this activity must be reported annually.
(4) Reporting of professional commitments. Covered university employees are required to report their external professional commitments as follows based on the duration of the commitment:
(a) External professional commitments of less than three days per calendar year do not require prior approval.
(b) External professional commitments of more than three days but less than thirteen days per calendar year do not require prior approval, but must be reported annually on an "EPCR" form.
(c) External professional commitments of more than thirteen days per calendar year or three days in a given month; or an activity likely to attract public attention to the university require approval prior to engaging in the activity. All prior approvals expire at the end of the performance review cycle or no later than June thirtieth. Covered employees intending to continue external professional commitments in a subsequent review cycle must re-submit a 'REPC.'
(5) Covered university employees with external funding must comply with all time and effort reporting requirements established by the university or funding agency.
(6) Unit review of requests
(a) The direct administrative supervisor reviews the information submitted on the "REPC" to evaluate whether or not the activity represents a conflict of commitment or a potential conflict of interest. Consideration shall be given to whether the activity:
(i) May interfere with the covered university employee's primary university activities. Generally, the employee should be able to continue his or her normal teaching, research, service and departmental participation or regular job responsibilities;
(ii) May involve an excessive time commitment. Generally, the time commitment to the activity should be no more than one day per week, on average, for the term of the external appointment;
(iii) Involves teaching at another school or teaching an online course. Generally, the activity should not compete with university services in terms of subject matter, level of education and availability within the local geography;
(iv) Involves conducting research through an outside entity. Generally, the outside commitment should not compete with contract or research opportunities for the university; or
(v) Involves serving as an officer of a professional society or an editor of a professional journal. Generally, the direct administrative supervisor needs to weigh the benefits of assuming professional leadership responsibilities for institutional reputation and personal career development with the extent and duration of any relief from normal job responsibilities that the activity will require.
(b) Decision to approve or deny an outside professional commitment.
(i) The direct administrative supervisor reviews the request and forwards a recommendation to the dean or the division director (or their designee), for consideration. The dean or division director (or their designee), may grant or deny the request as set forth on the "REPC." This recommendation should, generally, be made no later than two weeks from the receipt of the request or as soon as practicable. Decisions by the dean or division director (or their designee) should generally be made no later than two weeks from receipt of the recommendation or as soon as practicable.
(ii) The dean or the division director (or their designee) will notify the individual and the direct administrative supervisor of the decision. If the request is not approved, a written statement of the reason(s) for denying the request will be provided. Decisions by the dean or division director (or their designee) are final. The office of the dean or the division director will retain all associated documentation.
History
- Effective: August 26, 2016
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-131 Sick leave and bereavement leave.
(A) Purpose
To establish a sick leave rule for faculty and administrative staff.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all faculty and administrative staff.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Immediate Family" is limited to the employee's spouse (including individuals who are recognized as lawfully married under the law of any state or who have an affidavit of domestic partnership on file in human resources), parents, children, grandparents, siblings, grandchildren, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, mother-in-law, father-in-law, stepmother, stepfather, stepchildren, stepsiblings, or a legal guardian or other person who stands in loco parentis.
(3) "Licensed Practitioner" refers to a person who is licensed to practice medicine in the state of Ohio.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Accrual
Faculty and administrative staff accrue sick leave benefits in accordance with the following formula: number of hours worked per month x .0577. Sick leave hours do not accumulate while on an unpaid leave of absence or while receiving paid hours under the emergency sick leave donation rule.
(2) Sick leave notification
(a) Employees who are unable to report for work, and who are not on a previously approved day of vacation or other leave, shall be responsible for notifying the immediate supervisor that they will be unable to report for work. The notification must be made within thirty minutes after the time the employee is scheduled to report for work, unless emergency conditions prevent such notification. If operational needs require a different notification time, the immediate supervisor may establish a reasonable notification time requirement. If a condition exceeds five consecutive business days, a statement from a licensed practitioner specifying the employee's inability to report to work and the probable date of return to work is required and the following shall apply:
(i) If hospitalization is required, the employee shall be responsible for notifying the immediate supervisor upon admission to such hospital, unless emergency conditions prevent such notification.
(ii) When convalescence at home is expected to exceed five consecutive business days, the employee shall be responsible for notifying the immediate supervisor and for securing a statement from a licensed practitioner stating that the employee is unable to report for work and the expected date of return to work.
(b) Employees taking care of immediate family for a period exceeding five consecutive business days must submit a statement from a licensed practitioner stating that the immediate family member requires care by the employee.
(3) Sick leave paid at retirement
(a) An employee, upon initial disability retirement or initial service retirement, is entitled to a one-time payment of accrued but not used sick leave credit in accordance with this rule.
(b) The employee must have, at the time of initial retirement, ten or more years of actual service with the state of Ohio or any political subdivision of the state of Ohio, or any combination thereof for sick leave payout. Service time purchased toward retirement does not count toward the ten year requirement for sick leave payout. All accrued but unused sick leave shall be eliminated at the time of sick leave payment, and shall not be re-credited to the employee for any reason.
(c) Payment shall be made for one fourth of the value of any accrued but unused accumulated sick leave up to a maximum of the value of two hundred forty hours. The payment shall be in a single lump-sum based upon the employee's regular rate of pay at the time of initial retirement and shall occur only once during the employee's lifetime.
(4) Sick leave usage
(a) Employees may use sick leave, upon approval of the immediate supervisor, for:
(i) Illness, injury, or pregnancy-related condition of the employee.
(ii) Exposure of an employee to a contagious disease which could be communicated to, and jeopardize the health of other employees.
(iii) Examination of the employee, including medical, psychological, dental, or optical examination, by an appropriate licensed practitioner.
(iv) For bereavement leave upon the death of a member of the employee's immediate family for a period not to exceed five business days.
(v) Illness, injury, or pregnancy-related condition of a member of the employee's immediate family where the employee's presence is reasonably necessary for the health and welfare of the employee or affected family member.
(vi) Examination, including medical, psychological, dental, or optical examination of a member of the employee's immediate family by an appropriate licensed practitioner where the employee's presence is reasonably necessary.
(vii) Donation of leave to a sick leave bank in accordance with the emergency sick leave donation rule.
(b) Unused sick leave shall be cumulative without limit.
(c) The use of sick time shall be documented on the employee's time sheet.
(d) Falsification of information on the time sheet or on any written statement or certification regarding sick time use shall be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
(5) Transfer of sick leave
(a) Any accumulated but unused sick leave is maintained by the university for a period of ten years when an employee separates from the university for reasons other than retirement.
(b) If an employee is subsequently employed by another eligible Ohio public employer, the balance of accumulated but unused sick leave will be transferred to that employer.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-145 Emergency sick leave donation rule.
(A) Purpose
To establish an emergency sick leave donation rule.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees. The rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Active Pay Status" for purposes of this rule includes regular hours worked, vacation leave, sick leave, personal leave, compensatory time, legal holiday leave, winter break leave, and civic duty leave.
(3) "Legal Holiday Leave" is a day of paid leave that is designated by the state of Ohio and approved by the board of trustees.
(4) "Parental Leave" is the period of time taken after birth or adoption of a child by a parent, legal guardian or person standing in loco parentis.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Eligibility and payments
(a) Employees may apply for funds through the emergency sick leave donation program if they are in critical need of paid leave due only to the personal medical necessity of the employee. The human resources department will consider whether to approve the payment of funds under the emergency sick leave donation program on a monthly or bi-weekly basis. Employees may not apply to the emergency sick leave donation program to cover unpaid absences due to the care of family members.
(b) The department of human resources determines eligibility for any amount of hours requested up to the life-time maximum. There is no appeal from this decision.
(c) Employees must have one year of service at university and must have exhausted all sick leave, vacation leave and compensatory time before they are eligible to apply for the emergency sick leave donation program.
(d) Employees must have an unexpected illness or injury that will require the employee to be absent from the worksite for a period of time exceeding eighty consecutive scheduled work hours and their absence will result in the loss of income due to the lack of accrued sick leave, vacation leave and compensatory time. Employees who have a scheduled surgery, maternity leave, or parental leave are not eligible for emergency sick leave donation.
(e) If an employee is eligible, but unable to apply due to a physical or mental disease or disability, a family member or other authorized representative may apply on behalf of the employee.
(f) Payments under this rule will terminate when the employee receives funds from any other benefit source, including sources such as short or long-term disability. If any payments from other sources are received for the same period of time in which emergency sick leave is paid, the funds paid by the university must be refunded.
(g) The employee's right to privacy regarding the nature of the qualifying illness or injury will be maintained to the extent allowed by law.
(h) An employee is limited to a lifetime maximum number of paid hours under the sick leave donation program. The lifetime maximum is five hundred paid hours.
(i) If a legal holiday or winter break leave occurs while the employee is receiving paid hours under the emergency sick leave donation program the employee will not be eligible to receive legal holiday leave compensation or winter break leave compensation.
(2) Donations
(a) Employees who donate must:
(i) Be in active pay status;
(ii) Have five years of service at the university and must retain a minimum of four hundred eighty hours of paid sick leave for their own use;
(iii) Do so voluntarily; and
(iv) Donate in increments of eight hours.
(b) The maximum donation per employee per year is one hundred twenty hours.
(c) Donations will be accumulated in a pool and will not be returned to the employee.
(d) The identity of the donors will remain anonymous.
(e) Donations cannot be designated to go to any one specific employee.
(3) Accrual of sick and vacation leave hours during use of sick leave donation pool hours.
Sick leave and vacation leave hours do not accrue while on an unpaid leave of absence or while receiving paid hours from the emergency sick leave donation pool.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-151 Flexible work arrangements.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule to permit employees to request flexible work arrangements, which may vary their daily work schedule or location in a way that balances the operational and educational demands of the university with the preferred work arrangement of its employees. The goal of flexible work arrangements is to improve employee wellness by creating better work-life balance and increasing employee recruitment and retention while maintaining a productive, efficient work environment.
Flexible work arrangements should be implemented in a fair and equitable manner throughout the university, which may result in differing arrangements depending on job responsibilities, service obligations and departmental needs. Flexible work arrangements are a discretionary benefit to eligible employees based on the needs of the university; such arrangements should not be viewed automatic or permanent in light of the varying roles and responsibilities of employees and changing needs of the university over time.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all full-time employees of the university, unless specifically excluded based on job duties or scheduling demands of the university. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Alternate work location" refers to an approved work site, which can include an employee's home or other approved location away from an employee's designated workplace.
(2) "Flexible work arrangements" is a collective term that refers to approved adjustments to work schedules (i.e. flextime, as defined in this rule) or work locations (i.e., telework, as defined in this rule).
(3) "Flextime" refers to the ability to modify normal working hours for an employee. Flextime requires an employee work eight hours in a day and does not allow for extended or compressed workdays or workweeks. Permitted flextime arrangements are:
Alternative arrival/departure time, which permits a variation from normal working hours in order to complete an employee's eight-hour workday by adjusting starting or departure times (e.g., seven a.m. to three-thirty p.m. with half an hour lunch).
(4) "Normal working hours" refers to the standard hours of university activity, which are from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(5) "Telework" refers to a work arrangement that allows employees to work part of the week, not to exceed two days per week, at an alternate work location. Employees are expected to perform their usual job duties away from their designated workplace, in accordance with the same performance expectations and their conditions as set forth in the flexible work agreement. Telework does not include or apply to work performed at home beyond normal working hours at the designated workplace or other professional activities pursued at home or on personal time.
(6) "Flexible work agreement" (or "agreement") refers to a written agreement that details the hours, terms and conditions of an employee's flextime or telework arrangement as agreed upon with the employee's immediate supervisor.
(7) "Flexible work arrangement request form" is the form completed by an employee and submitted to the employee's immediate supervisor in which the employee requests permission to engage in flextime or telework for a specified period of time or project.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Flexible work arrangements do not in any way alter an employee's duties, obligations and responsibilities. Employees shall comply with all university policies, procedures, and federal and Ohio laws and regulations while working at their designated workplace or alternate work location.
(2) Flexible work arrangements do not in any way alter an employee's rate of pay, benefit eligibility, or sick and vacation accruals and utilization.
(3) Flextime eligibility
All full-time employees are eligible for flextime upon successful completion of their probationary period, if any, or upon approval by the immediate supervisor through an agreed upon flexible work agreement.
(4) Telework eligibility
(a) Employees must be continuously employed by the university on a full-time basis for a period of six months to be eligible to engage in telework. For employees who transfer to a new role/department within the university, managers have the discretionary authority to reduce the probationary period to ninety days before a flexible work arrangement may be permitted.
(b) Immediate supervisors, in conjunction with human resources, are responsible for determining whether an employee's job duties allow for telework. Employees whose job duties can only be performed on campus at their designated worksite are not eligible for telework.
(c) Employees must be free from any attendance concerns or disciplinary action (verbal, written, or otherwise) to be eligible to telework.
(d) Employees must have met or exceeded expectations on the most recent performance review or have demonstrated similar abilities if a performance review has not yet been completed, to be eligible to telework.
(e) Employees must have demonstrated the ability to work independently and provide timely deliverables while managing time effectively to be eligible to telework.
(5) Flexible work arrangement request form and agreement
(a) Employees seeking approval of a flexible work arrangement must submit a flexible work arrangement request form to their immediate supervisor, which shall include the following information, at a minimum:
(i) Proposed start date and duration;
(ii) Proposed flextime work hours and days and/or proposed telework days;
(iii) Proposed plans for accessibility in terms of frequency and form (i.e., phone, email, videoconference);
(iv) Proposed protocol for routine communication with colleagues and immediate supervisor and associated response/turnaround time;
(v) Proposed manner for monitoring/measuring performance and productivity;
(vi) Identification of the expected alternate work location; and
(vii) A description of the resources, including equipment or other items, necessary to engage in telework.
(b) An employee's immediate supervisor, in consultation with the department head and human resources, shall make the final determination regarding the request. Any modifications to the proposed plan, initially or thereafter, will be submitted in an updated flexible work arrangement request form. A flexible work arrangement request form signed by both the immediate supervisor and the employee constitutes the final agreed upon flexible work agreement. Any modifications to a flexible work agreement requires no more than thirty days' notice before becoming effective, unless mutually agreed upon by the employee and the immediate supervisor.
(c) Human resources will conduct an audit of flexible work agreements on a regular basis to ensure compliance with this rule, as well as assess issues of equity and fairness across the university.
(d) Flexible work arrangements shall never result in an employee working less than eight hours per day or forty hours per week and do not allow for compressed workweeks. Any classified civil services employees are required to take a minimum thirty minute lunch break during the eight hour workday.
(e) In the event of an operational interruption requiring remote work, employees must consult with their immediate supervisor to determine if/how any flexible work agreement would be affected.
(f) Flexible work arrangements are not appropriate nor required for occasional, non-routine flexibility in work hours or location.
(g) Flexible work arrangements serve as the basis for identifying the amount of local tax withholdings based on an employee's home address. Employees on an approved flexible work arrangement who have a change in their home address are required to complete an updated flexible work arrangement request form.
(6) Immediate supervisors will review the flexible work agreement with their employee every three months to determine if any modifications need to occur based on performance, productivity, university needs, or other relevant factors. A flexible work agreement can be temporarily suspended or permanently discontinued at any point by the employee's immediate supervisor.
(7) Expectations specific to telework
(a) Employees are not permitted to telework more than two days per week.
(b) Employees engaged in telework shall use university provided resources only for business purposes and shall immediately notify the university when there is a malfunction.
(c) Employees engaged in telework shall be required to make arrangements for dependent care during the specified work hours. Employees may be asked by their immediate supervisor or the director of human resources to provide information regarding dependent childcare arrangements.
(d) Employees engaged in telework are expected to perform work during the normal working hours or other approved flextime arrangements. Employees shall immediately notify their immediate supervisor of any situations which interferes with the employee's ability to perform their job during normal working hours while at their alternate work location.
(e) While at their alternate work location, employees shall practice the same safety habits that they would use while working at their central workplace and maintain safe work conditions. Employees shall immediately notify the office of environmental and occupational health and safety of any injury that occurred while teleworking.
(f) Employees engaged in telework shall not be entitled to reimbursement for travel mileage to attend meetings at their designated workplace when working at their alternate work location.
(g) Employees engaged in telework are prohibited from performing personal business or activities during normal working hours or approved flextime arrangements.
(h) Employees must maintain a designated workspace at their alternate work location that is quiet, free of distractions and kept in a clean, professional and safe condition with adequate lighting and ventilation. The university is not responsible for operating costs, home maintenance, property or liability insurance or other incidental expenses (utilities, cleaning services, etc.) Associated with the use of an employee's alternate work location.
(i) Employees opting to telework will not be provided with supplemental equipment other than what is provided at the employee's designated worksite (i.e., laptop computer/monitor). Employees must return such equipment in the same condition in which it was originally received, other than normal wear and tear when/if the flexible work arrangement ends. Employees are personally liable for missing or damaged resources that result from teleworking.
(j) Employees are expected to provide their own access to the internet and telephone and other office supplies/equipment if they wish to telework.
(k) Computers, printers, software, and services provided on loan by the university remain the property of the university while on loan and must be returned upon termination of the telecommuting agreements.
(l) An employee shall protect the university's information from unauthorized disclosure or damage and shall comply with the university's policies and procedures, and federal and Ohio laws and regulations, regarding disclosure of public and official records and the use, storage and transmission of confidential information while teleworking.
(8) Temporary flexible work arrangements
The university may permit variations of flexible work arrangements that may modify the provisions set forth in this rule in response to a short- or long-term university declared emergency or other operational or educational needs. Any such declaration or need will be communicated to the affected employees, as well as any permitted variations, depending on the nature of the emergency or university need.
Last updated May 1, 2025 at 7:50 AM
History
- Effective: May 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-152 Termination and notice of termination.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for notice of termination of administrative staff and unclassified hourly employees.
(B) This rule applies to all administrative staff and unclassified hourly employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3347-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Appointing Authority" is the appointing authority for the administrative staff is the employee's division director; the appointing authority for unclassified hourly personnel is the director of human resources.
(3) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(4) "Notice" is formal notification of termination of employment at the university.
(5) "Service Date" is the first day of the employee's service at the university.
(D) Rule statement
(1) All administrative staff and unclassified hourly employee appointments must be approved or ratified by the board of trustees in order to be effective. The service date may be different than the approval or ratification date. All administrative staff and unclassified hourly employees are "at will" employees of the university.
(2) Administrative staff and unclassified hourly appointments are ordinarily made with the expectation that they will continue during good behavior and efficient service until notice is given by either the employee or the university except as described in paragraph (D)(3) of this rule.
(3) Administrative staff and unclassified hourly appointments for specific periods may be issued with the approval of the appointing authority. All employees who are fully funded on grants are appointed for a specified term. An appointment for a specified term will terminate on the last day of the term. No notice is required to terminate the appointment.
(4) Termination may be initiated by the employee through resignation or retirement with reasonable notice. Reasonable notice by the employee is considered thirty calendar days unless an earlier date is negotiated with the immediate supervisor.
(5) In the case of the termination of employment of an employee holding faculty rank in an academic department, the employee's faculty rights and privileges are preserved, unless proceedings to terminate the faculty appointment are undertaken in accordance with the faculty bylaws. Salary and benefits will be reviewed on a case by case basis.
(6) Notice of termination for terminations without cause
(a) If the university intends to terminate the employment of an employee, without cause, the appointing authority will issue notice in accordance with the following schedule. This schedule, including weekends and holidays, establishes the last date of the employee's employment. The appointing authority may exercise discretion when determining the last day on campus or at the work site.
| Completedyears of continuous service | Calendardays of notice | | --- | --- | | 1 - 4.99years | 30days | | 5 - 9.99years | 60days | | 10 - 19.99years | 90days | | 20years | 120days |
(b) The immediate supervisor and a human resources representative will meet with the employee and provide the employee with a copy of the notice. If the employee is unable or unwilling to attend the meeting, notice may be sent to the employee's last known address via U.S. mail.
(c) Pay and benefits
(i) The date used for the calculation of notice under this rule is the employee's service date.
(ii) Current salary, group health insurance and other fringe benefits continue during the notice period subject to all usual deductions including applicable taxes and employee contribution for benefits.
(iii) Salary and benefits will be paid in accordance with this rule until the last day of employment, even if the appointing authority exercises its discretion and sets the last day on campus or at the work site at a time prior to the last day of employment.
(7) Suspension and termination for cause
(a) An employee who has not received a notice may continue employment during good behavior and efficient service, but may be removed without notice or be reduced in position, suspended, or removed for any of the following: incompetency, inefficiency, dishonesty, drunkenness, possession or use of illegal drugs, immoral conduct, insubordination, discourteous treatment of the public, neglect of duty, or any acts of misfeasance, malfeasance, or nonfeasance.
(b) In the event of conduct outlined in paragraph (D)(7)(a) of this rule, the immediate supervisor after consultation with human resources, may elect to terminate employment or may require a performance improvement plan be enacted. In the case of a termination, the university will not be obligated to pay salary and benefits to the employee after the issuance of notice of termination.
Last updated January 27, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: January 24, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-155 Rule governing persons who travel to areas that are identified by the cdc as having serious infectious disease outbreaks.
(A) Purpose
To protect the members of the university from unnecessary exposure to possible infectious agents that might be spread by members of the university that travel for business or pleasure to areas that are included in the center for disease control's (CDC) travel warning list.
(B) Scope
Applies to all members of the university community including faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees, students and volunteers.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Licensed Practitioner" refers to a person who is licensed to practice medicine, surgery or psychology in the state of Ohio.
(D) Rule statement
(1) All members of the university community are required to consult CDC's travelers' health website at http://www.CDC.gov/travel to educate themselves and others who may be traveling with them about any disease risks and CDC health recommendations for international and domestic travel to areas that are identified by the CDC as having serious infectious disease outbreaks in the areas they plan to visit or they may consult their local health department for guidance.
(a) Before travel, update all routine vaccinations (i.e., tetanus/diphtheria, polio, measles/mumps/rubella, and seasonal influenza vaccine if it is available), and see a licensed practitioner to get any additional vaccinations, medications, or information you may need.
(b) Consult a licensed practitioner to determine what vaccinations will be needed to provide protection (this will vary depending on travel destination, personal health and immunization history, and planned activities).
(c) If traveling for business purposes, documentation from the employee's physician or other qualified healthcare provider must, upon request, be provided to the university's health and safety administrator. This documentation must include a statement that the traveler has received the recommended vaccinations or the traveler may be considered to be acting outside the course and scope of his/her employment with the university.
(d) Students traveling under the auspices of the university must receive recommended vaccinations in order to be eligible to receive academic credit or any allowable expense reimbursement or payment.
(2) After a member of the university community returns from international travel or domestic travel to areas that are identified by the CDC as having serious infectious disease outbreaks, he/she must consult with the university's health & safety administrator prior to returning to the workplace, classrooms, laboratories, clinical placement or attending any university related events. The university's health and safety administrator will refer to the CDC website to determine if any precautions should be taken prior return. If the university has concerns about the possibility of infectious diseases based on the location of travel or the activities performed during the trip, the university can require the individual to submit to an examination by a physician or other healthcare provider prior to returning to the university setting, clinical placements, or university events. Prior to returning, a licensed practitioner should document that the person does not pose a risk of serious infection. Such documentation will be placed in the individual's medical file at the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-160 Vacation leave.
(A) Purpose
To provide a standard vacation rule for all employees of the university in order to ensure that employees maintain a healthy balance between personal life and work related obligations.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to full and part time faculty; administrative staff, unclassified hourly staff, and classified civil service employees. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Regular rate of pay refers to the employee's base rate of pay.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Vacation leave accrual
(a) Unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees
(i) Each unclassified hourly employee and classified civil service employee shall earn vacation leave in accordance with the following formula.
| Years ofService | AccrualFormula | | --- | --- | | 1 -4 | .03875 x hourspaid | | 5 - 9 | .05750 x hours paid | | 10 - 20 | .07750 x hours paid | | 21 or more | .09625 xhours paid |
Vacation leave does not accumulate while on an unpaid leave of absence or while receiving paid hours from the sick leave donation pool.
(ii) The employee will be permitted to take accrued vacation leave after completing the probationary period.
(iii) A full-time unclassified hourly employee or classified civil service employee earning vacation credits is entitled to have any service with former state of Ohio public employers (state or any political subdivision of the state) counted as service, for the purpose of computing the amount of vacation leave in the formula specified in this paragraph. Documentation of former service must be received by human resources within ninety days from the date of hire.
(b) Faculty, monthly administrative and bi-weekly administrative staff
All and part time faculty and full and part-time administrative staff shall earn vacation leave in accordance with the following formula.
.085 x hours paid per pay period
(2) Vacation leave usage
(a) Unclassified hourly employee and classified civil service employee
Employees are expected to use their accrued vacation leave annually. Employees may accrue vacation leave up to a maximum of three times the amount earned annually. Once the maximum is earned; no further vacation leave may be earned until vacation leave is used.
(b) Faculty and administrative staff
(i) Employees are expected to use their accrued vacation leave annually. Any accrued and unused vacation leave up to a maximum of three hundred fifty-two hours may be carried forward to the following fiscal year. Any accrued and unused vacation leave in excess of three hundred fifty-two hours must be used by the end of the fiscal year or will be forfeited.
(ii) The use of vacation leave may be authorized in advance of accrual upon approval of the immediate supervisor.
(c) If an employee takes vacation leave during a week in which there is a paid holiday, the employee need not record the holiday as vacation leave.
(d) Vacation leave shall be subject to approval of the immediate supervisor to minimize interruption of service.
(3) Vacation payout
(a) At the point of separation from the university or upon the death of the employee, accrued but unused vacation will be paid in the next bi-weekly or monthly pay following separation in a lump sum at the employee's regular rate of pay subject to the following maximum amounts:
(i) Faculty and administrative staff are subject to a vacation payout maximum of one hundred seventy-six hours of accrued but unused vacation hours.
(ii) Classified and unclassified hourly employees are subject to a maximum vacation payout equivalent to the maximum amount of hours accrued per year based on their years of service.
(b) In the event of an employee's death, the vacation leave payout will be made to the employee's estate.
(c) The payout for accrued but unused vacation for employees will be made at the next regularly scheduled by-weekly or monthly paycheck following the employee's death or separation from the university.
(d) Employees are not permitted to use vacation time to extend their retirement or resignation dates.
Last updated March 4, 2025 at 7:55 AM
History
- Effective: March 3, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-165 Whistleblower protection.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to protect members of the university community from disciplinary or retaliatory action when they engage in good faith disclosures of alleged wrongful conduct to a designated university official or office, a public entity charged with investigating such alleged wrongful conduct, or through the university's third-party ethics and compliance reporting service; and from false or reckless claims of wrongful misconduct.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all members of the university community, including employees, students, and volunteers.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Good faith disclosure" means communication about actual or suspected wrongful conduct engaged in by a university employee, student, volunteer, or contractor (who is not also the disclosing individual) based on a good faith and reasonable belief that the conduct has both occurred and is wrongful under applicable law and/or university rule.
(2) "Retaliation" refers to adverse action against a whistleblower or an individual that has participated in an investigation, proceeding or hearing involving a good faith disclosure. These adverse actions include harassment or negative employment consequences, such as compensation reductions, poor work assignments, or threats of physical or mental harm.
(3) "Student conduct officer" or "administration of student conduct," refers to the university official or designee who reviews a wide range of reported misconduct, may resolve misconduct cases, or may refer them to another university official for adjudication.
(4) "Whistleblower" refers to any member of the university community (i.e., student, employee or volunteer) who makes a good faith disclosure.
(5) "Wrongful conduct" means illegal, dishonest, discriminatory, or fraudulent activity that constitutes a serious violation of university rule, a violation of applicable state or federal law, or the misuse of university resources, authority, or property, including the use of university resources for personal gain.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Overview
(a) NEOMED values the ability to foster a positive, ethical, and productive environment where members of the university community are encouraged to communicate, in good faith, actual or suspected wrongful conduct.
(b) If a member of the university community has knowledge of or belief that wrongful conduct has occurred, the disclosing individual (the whistleblower) must make a reasonable and good faith effort to determine the accuracy of any information reported under this rule.
(c) Any information report that proves to have been both unsubstantiated and made with malice or with knowledge of its falsity is not protected by this rule and may subject the whistleblower to discipline.
(2) Retaliation and confidentiality protections
(a) Retaliation by a member of the university community against a whistleblower is prohibited. The right of a whistleblower for protection against retaliation does not include immunity for any personal wrongdoing of the whistleblower that is found to exist following an investigation.
(b) Any member of the university community who retaliates against any whistleblower who makes a good faith disclosure is subject to disciplinary action, up to and including suspension, termination, or expulsion.
(i) Employees or volunteers who believe they have been retaliated against should contact the office of human resources to file a written complaint.
(ii) Students who believe they have been retaliated against should contact the office of student services to file a written complaint.
(c) Members of the university community may not directly or indirectly use or attempt to use the official authority or influence of their positions or offices for the purpose of interfering with the right of an individual to make a good faith disclosure to the appropriate university official(s) regarding matters within the scope of this rule.
(d) Good faith disclosures may be made on a confidential basis by the whistleblower and may be submitted anonymously by completing the whistleblower reporting form.
(e) Good faith disclosures and investigatory records will be kept confidential to the extent feasible, consistent with the need to conduct an adequate investigation and in accordance with university policies and applicable federal, state, and local laws such as the Ohio Public Records Act.
(3) False or reckless claims
(a) Members of the university community must exercise sound judgment to avoid false, reckless or baseless claims.
(b) Any individual who reports recklessly or with a willing disregard for the facts, such that the report is found to be lacking in good faith, such that the report is found to be lacking in good faith, they may be subject to criminal charges and disciplinary action, up to and including suspension, termination, or expulsion as determined by the employee's appointing authority or the student conduct officer.
(4) Communicating good faith disclosures
(a) Individuals who wish to be protected by state of Ohio regulations and this rule must provide sufficient detail to identify and describe the violation by completing the whistleblower reporting form.
(b) If a member of the university community has knowledge of or information that wrongful conduct has occurred, that individual is encouraged to immediately report such conduct to the department designated in paragraph (D)(4)(c) of this rule for investigation.
(c) If an individual is not comfortable speaking with their supervisor, appointing authority, or student conduct officer, or is not satisfied with the response they receive, individuals should direct their concerns to the following office, as appropriate:
(i) Academic and student matters - office of student services, 330-325-6735
(ii) Criminal matters - university police department, 330-325-5911
If a whistleblower reasonably believes that the wrongful conduct is a criminal offense, the whistleblower may make a report to a prosecuting attorney or police authority, in addition to or instead of filing a written report in accordance with this rule.
(iii) Employment matters
- office of human resources, 330-325-6729
(iv) Environmental and occupational health and safety matters - office of environmental and occupational health and safety, 330-325-6494
(v) Title ix matters - title ix coordinator, 330-325-6736
(vi) Financial and purchasing matters - accounting and budget office, 330-325-6399
(vii) Legal matters - office of the general counsel, 330-325-6354
(viii) Grant and research matters - office of research and sponsored programs, 330-325-6499
(ix) Information technology matters - information technology department, 330-325-6911
(d) Supervisors or approval authorities who receive good faith disclosures are required to contact the appropriate office(s) based on nature of the good faith disclosure.
(e) An alternative method to make a good faith disclosure specific to accounting, financial, information technology, research, risk, and safety matters is to utilize the university's anonymous third-party reporting service found online.
While such reports can be made anonymously, the effectiveness of doing so may be limited when an individual has chosen to not be identified.
(f) External avenues for good faith disclosures include the following:
(i) The Ohio auditor of state - public integrity assurance team;
(ii) The Ohio civil rights commission;
(iii) The Ohio ethics commission;
(iv) The Ohio inspector general;
(v) The United States department of education;
(vi) The United States department of labor;
(vii) The United States equal employment opportunity commission;
(viii) National institutes of health; and
(ix) National science foundation
(5) Handling good faith disclosures
(a) Offices listed in paragraph (D)(4)(c) of this rule that receive good faith disclosures will notify the disclosing individual (if their identity is known) and acknowledge receipt of the reported disclosure within ten working days for most issues and within twenty-four hours for alleged criminal or environmental violations.
(b) All reports will be promptly investigated within ninety calendar days and appropriate corrective action will be taken if warranted by the investigation.
Last updated March 4, 2025 at 7:55 AM
History
- Effective: March 3, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-170 Winter break leave.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for winter break leave.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to full-time and part-time faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, and classified civil service employees. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "On Call Employees" refers to those employees who are not assigned a regular work schedule; rather they are scheduled on an "as needed basis" and are compensated at an established hourly rate based upon the job assignment.
(3) "Regular Rate of Pay" refers to the employee's base rate of pay. Part-time faculty and staff will receive winter break leave in an amount commensurate with their part-time status for any days that are so designated.
(4) "Winter Break Leave" are paid personal leave days designated at the discretion of the president of the university under the authority delegated to the president by the board of trustees.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Winter break leave is designated at the discretion of the president. Winter break leave days may not be rescheduled nor may they be substituted for other leave days or holidays by the employee.
(2) The university is officially open in order to assure the performance of time sensitive or essential functions.
(3) Faculty and administrative staff will be compensated at their regular rate of pay.
(4) Only the unclassified hourly and classified civil service employees who have the prior approval of their immediate supervisor to work during winter break leave will be eligible to receive overtime compensation. These employees will be compensated in accordance with the university's overtime compensation and compensatory time rule.
(5) On call employees will not be compensated for winter break leave unless they are scheduled to work by their immediate supervisor. If they are scheduled, they will be paid in accordance with the university's overtime compensation and compensatory time rule.
Last updated May 1, 2025 at 7:50 AM
History
- Effective: May 1, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-171 Suicide prevention.
(A) Purpose
To protect the health and well-being of northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED) students and employees, NEOMED has established procedures to prevent, assess the risk of, intervene in, and respond to suicide on campus or situations where suicide affects the lives of its students and employees. The purpose of this rule is to provide students and employees with information on suicide prevention, crisis intervention, mental health programming, and other educational and outreach activities aimed at suicide prevention.
Toward this end, the rule is meant to be paired with other programs that support the emotional and behavioral health of students and employees at NEOMED.
(B) Scope
This rule includes resources for students and employees on and off of the NEOMED Rootstown campus, including the on-campus residences and off campus clinical training sites.
(C) Suicide prevention programs available on and off campus
(1) Crisis intervention access for students and employees is as follows:
(a) Students and employees are advised to call 911 if they:
(i) Believe someone has or is about to engage in a suicide attempt; or
(ii) Needs emergency care as a result of a suicide attempt.
(b) Students and employees are advised to utilize the following resources if they or someone they know have thoughts of suicide or are experiencing depression or emotional distress.
(i) Call or text the national suicide prevention lifeline at 988 or call 1-800-273-talk (8255) or text home to 741-741 to reach the national text line.
(ii) Call the Ohio careline at 1-800-720-9616 to connect to a behavioral health professional twenty-four hours a day seven days a week for confidential support.
(iii) Area crisis/suicide prevention lines include:
(a) Portage 330-678-4537 or 330-296-3555
(b) Mahoning 330-747-2696
(c) Summit 330-434-9144
(d) Stark 330-452-6000
(e) Cuyahoga 216-623-6888
(iv) Student counseling services at 330-325-6757 during normal business hours. After normal business hours, this phone number will be forwarded to impact solutions.
(2) Mental health program access, including information on the availability of local mental health clinics, student health services, and counseling services is as follows:
(a) Students who have thoughts of (or are concerned about others who may have thoughts of) suicide, or are experiencing depression, or emotional distress, are advised to utilize the NEOMED local mental health resources, which are located on the web at: http://www.suicide.org/hotlines/ohio-suicide-hotlines.html, along with any of the resources listed in this rule.
(b) Additionally, students may contact student counseling services at 330-325-6757 or by emailing counseling@neomed.edu. Additional resources are also available on their webpage, located at https://www.neomed.edu/cswc/. Students can also visit student counseling services, which is located on the second floor of the new center.
(c) Employees who have thoughts of (or are concerned about others who may have thoughts of) suicide, or are experiencing depression, or emotional distress, are advised to utilize the employee assistance program (the "EAP") offered through impact solutions. Resources at the EAP are available twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week at 800-227-6007 or http://www.impact.mylifeexpert.com, (member login: NEOMED). Employees and their dependents are eligible for services through the EAP, who provides live confidential access to professional counseling, guidance, and support. Unlimited phone support as well as up to three complimentary face-to-face counseling sessions per person per occurrence are available as a resource for personal and/or work-related issues. Further information can be found on the NEOMED web at: https://www.neomed.edu/hr/benefits/eap/.
(d) Local mental health centers offer support services to both students and employees. Area mental health center resources include:
(i) Portage county: coleman professional services available at: www.colemanservices.org or 330-673-1347.
(ii) Mahoning county: compass family and community services available at: https://compassfamily.org or 330-782-5664.
(iii) Summit county: portage path behavioral health available at: www.portagepath.org or 330-253-3100.
(iv) Stark county: stark community support network available at: https://starkcommunitysupportnetwork.com/#services or 330-455-2260
(v) Cuyahoga county: centers for families and children available at: http://www.thecentersohio.org/ or 216-432-7200.
(vi) Additional resources can be found at: http://www.neomed.edu/campuslife/studentaffairs/student-wellness/hotlines-and-local-resources.
(e) Additional resources
Ohio program for campus safety and mental health (OPCSMH): https://www.neomed.edu/csmh/
(D) Multimedia applications
NEOMED has promoted the use of the multimedia application offered by therapy assistance online (TAO), entitled "TAO Connect," for use by its students and employees who may be suffering a mental health crisis. The multimedia application is free of charge and includes evidence-based interactive modules and related tools for mental health and well being. It includes information on suicide warning signs, contact information for crisis providers, and other resources for students or employees in distress.
(E) Student outreach and educational activities
(1) NEOMED provides all incoming students with information about mental health topics, including depression and suicide prevention, as part of a curricular course and co-curricular education.
(2) The information provided includes available mental health services and other support services, including student-run organizations for individuals at risk of or affected by suicide (e.g., national alliance on mental illness on campus).
(F) Postvention plan
(1) NEOMED has developed and maintains a suicide postvention plan, consisting of a strategic plan to communicate effectively with students, employees, and family after the loss of a person to suicide (see appendix to this rule).
Key features of the plan include provisions that address the following:
(a) Immediate responses to the death
(i) Internal notifications at NEOMED
(a) The first person to learn of the death should contact public safety at ext. 5911 or 330-325-5911.
(b) Public safety will notify the chair of the mental health committee, along with the provost and senior vice president for academic affairs and senior vice president for operations and finance.
(c) The chair of the mental health committee will convene a meeting with a subset of committee members to outline future activities.
(d) The provost and senior vice president for academic affairs and senior vice president for operations and finance, will notify the university president, chief marketing officer, senior executive director for academic affairs and student services, and director of human resources, as appropriate.
(ii) Contact with the family
(a) The chief of police will notify law enforcement in the next of kin's jurisdiction and ask them to make notification.
(b) Once verification of initial notification is made, key university personnel will contact next of kin to offer the university's condolences and support, and advise them of expected follow up contacts from the university, namely a representative from an academic or human resources division.
(iii) University communications
(a) The university will notify roommates, friends, faculty, and university employees of the death as appropriate based on circumstances and knowledge available at the time. NEOMED will make its counselors available to offer support and resources to those who worked or attended classes with the deceased.
(b) The broader university community will be notified by email. Suicide will only be mentioned with family's permission.
(iv) External communications
The chief marketing officer handles all on and off campus media inquiries. The department of marketing and communications discourages students, parents, faculty, and staff from making comments or giving interviews to the media. All communications will meet the guidelines for safe messaging provided by the suicide prevention resource center (see appendix to this rule).
(b) Memorials
All requests for campus memorial services will be reviewed by a subset of the mental health committee (the "subcommittee"). Memorial services will be discouraged unless there is judged to be therapeutic benefit to the campus. If a memorial is held, the subcommittee will advise those involved of the appropriateness of memorial service activities. Physical memorials are also discouraged but will be managed by the subcommittee if such events occur.
(c) Ongoing response
(i) The university will facilitate postvention discussion groups designed to provide education, support, and guidance in dealing with the grief in the aftermath of a tragic loss, as well as an additional screening opportunity to identify other members of the university community who may be emotionally at risk.
(ii) The mental health committee will engage in a comprehensive review of the postvention response to determine if changes to the suicide postvention plan are necessary.
(G) General information available through NEOMED
(1) NEOMED posts information about mental health topics and suicide prevention resources to the university's website about all of the foregoing topics, including crisis intervention access, mental health program resources, access to suicide prevention, mental health multimedia applications, and student communication plans. In addition, throughout its communications, NEOMED:
(a) Encourages students and employees to seek help or treatment that they may need;
(b) Develops and maintains communication plans, including the creation of outreach plans regarding educational and outreach activities on suicide prevention;
(c) Develops and maintains its suicide postvention plan to effectively communicate with students, employees, and family after a loss of a person to suicide;
(d) Ensures that personal information is kept confidential;
(e) Allows students to return to the curriculum as appropriate; and
(f) Prohibits any form of discrimination against students or employees with mental illness, including taking any punitive actions toward those in crisis.
(2) NEOMED promotes awareness around signs of depression and suicidal thoughts, which may include, but are not limited to the following:
(a) Personality change;
(b) Agitation;
(c) Withdrawal;
(d) Poor self-care; or
(e) Hopelessness.
Last updated February 20, 2025 at 8:02 AM
History
- Effective: February 20, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-172 Operational interruptions requiring remote work.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for circumstances when the university determines that engaging in regularly scheduled on-campus operations could create a health or safety risk, and therefore requires employees to engage in remote work for a specified period of time.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, and classified civil service employees at the university. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Regular rate of pay" refers to the employee's base rate of pay.
(2) "Remote work" refers to work that employees perform off-campus at an alternative work location.
(D) Policy statement
(1) The university may determine it is in the best interest of its students and employees to continue to conduct its operational activities, but to do so by engaging in remote work instead of having all regularly scheduled employees report to the Rootstown campus. Circumstances that may require employees to engage in remote work include, but are not limited to:
(a) Disease epidemic;
(b) Hazardous weather conditions;
(c) Law enforcement emergencies;
(d) Damage to a building or property;
(e) A utility failure rendering a significant portion of campus unfit for use; or
(f) Any other natural disaster or emergency that threatens the health or safety of the campus or the surrounding community.
(2) Remote work notification
(a) When remote work is required, the university will notify employees utilizing the emergency notification system in place at the time (rave alert or similar system). Employees' emails are automatically entered into the emergency notification system, but they must sign up to receive alerts via text or phone calls.
(b) If time permits, the university will issue an email to all employees, outside of the emergency notification system, to communicate the requirement for remote work and any other necessary information related to the interruption of regularly scheduled on-campus operations.
(3) Compensation
(a) Employees will receive their regular rate of pay while engaged in remote work. If an employee is unable to engage in remote work on a day that remote work is required, the employee must utilize vacation leave or compensatory time in order to be paid. If the employee does not have vacation leave or compensatory time available, the employee is required to take leave without pay.
(b) Hourly employees who are required to report to campus when remote work is required will be compensated at one and one-half times their regular rate of pay for the number of hours worked. Compensatory time may be elected in lieu of overtime compensation. If the circumstances requiring remote work are expected to be lengthy in duration, hourly employees will be notified when they will be returned to their regular rate of pay.
(4) When the university requires an employee to engage in remote work, it is considered to be in addition to any remote work that has been previously approved through the flexible work arrangement rule. Employees who do not have an approved flexible work arrangement should consult their immediate supervisor for direction on what work they are to perform when remote work is required.
(5) The dean of each college, in collaboration with the senior vice president and provost, will determine for their respective college, and communicate to their students, whether classes will be cancelled or held remotely on a day when remote work is required.
Last updated March 30, 2025 at 12:26 AM
History
- Effective: March 30, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-8 Human Resources - Hourly
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-10 Applications for employment.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for employment applications for unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees at the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Applicant" refers to one who makes a request to be considered for a position at the university.
(2) "Application" refers to the completion of an online form that requests applicant information and may include a requirement to submit a cover letter or other revelant work materials based on the duties of the position.
(3) "Human resources" means the office of human resources at the university.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Formal application.
(a) Human resources shall require persons applying for an original appointment at the university to file a formal application through the applicant portal, in which the applicant shall state the applicant's name, address, and such other information as may reasonably be required concerning the applicant's education and experience. No inquiry shall be made as to religious beliefs or political affiliations. Information about an applicant's race or ethnicity may be supplied at the discretion of the applicant. Information on race and ethnic origin may also be requested to allow the university to comply with federal equal opportunity employment reporting regulations.
(b) Human resources will require references as appropriate. Human resources may refuse to appoint an applicant who is found to lack any of the established preliminary requirements for the position, who is addicted to the habitual use of intoxicating liquors or drugs to excess, who has a pattern of poor work habits and performance with previous employers, who has been convicted of a felony, who has been guilty of infamous or notoriously disgraceful conduct, who has been dismissed from the civil service for delinquency or misconduct, or who has made false statements of any material fact, or practiced, or attempted to practice, any deception or fraud in the application, in establishing eligibility for employment, or securing an appointment.
(2) Character and fitness of the applicant
Satisfactory information produced at any time to human resources that an applicant has committed acts which demonstrate character traits which would be detrimental to successful performance of the employment sought, or of the applicant's dismissal for good cause from any branch of public service, or of his or her conviction of a job related felony, or an established pattern of poor work habits and performance by the applicant with previous employers, shall be sufficient to exclude the applicant from consideration. All documentation submitted by applicants shall be subject to investigation by human resources.
(3) False statements
Fraudulent conduct or false statements by the applicant, or by others with his connivance, in any application shall be deemed cause for exclusion of said applicant from any employment or for discharge once employed.
Last updated July 14, 2025 at 8:01 AM
History
- Effective: July 12, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-20 Classification program.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish an appropriate classification plan for all classified civil service employees at the university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees at the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the university officer having the power of appointment to, or removal from positions at the university. The appointing authority for the classified civil service employees of the university is the executive director of human resources.
(2) "Classified Civil Service employee" refers to a university employee who has completed the required probationary period and who holds a position within the classified civil service classification plan set forth in this rule.
(3) "Classification Plan" is an organized system of job groups, job titles and pay grades.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) General
(a) The board of trustees of the university is authorized by Chapter 124. of the Revised Code, to establish and administer compensation and classification plans for all classified civil service employees at the university, and to assume the duties of the director of administrative services with regard to these employees.
(b) The board of trustees has delegated its authority to administer all matters pertaining to classified civil service employees to the senior vice president of operations and finance, who has, in turn, appointed the executive director of human resources to serve as the appointing authority for the classified civil services employees of the university.
(2) Duties of appointing authority include, but are not limited to the duty to:
(a) Establish, modify or repeal a classification plan for all classified civil service positions in the university;
(b) Classify positions with similar duties and responsibilities within job families and job groups and assign job titles and pay grades to positions within the job families and job groups; and
(c) Describe the duties, responsibilities and qualifications of each position.
(3) Certification in the Ohio civil service and salary at the time of appointment
(a) New employees after serving the original one hundred twenty day probationary period will become certified in the Ohio civil service.
(b) New employees will usually be appointed at a starting salary within the first third of the assigned grade. Appointments above the minimum shall only be made when the applicant clearly exceeds the minimum qualifications for the specific position as determined by the appointing authority.
(4) Job groups for classified civil service positions at university revised and updated January 2025.
| JobFamily | Job Group | Pay Grade | | --- | --- | --- | | Academic Learning Technical Family | Simulation Center Specialist | 4 | | AcademicSupport/Academic Affairs Family | Proctoring Assistant | 1 | | | AssessmentAssistant | 4 | | | Educational Data Coordinator, Assessment | 4 | | | EnrollmentSpecialist | 5 | | | ProgramAssistant | 5 | | | Registrar Specialist | 5 | | | AdministrativeAssistant | 6 | | | Administrative Coordinator | 6 | | AcademicSupport/COM Family | ProgramAssistant | 5 | | | Administrative Coordinator | 6 | | Accounting and Finance Technical Family | Accounts Payable Specialist | 5 | | Administrative Support Family | Administrative Coordinator | 6 | | Advancement Family | Advancement Services Coordinator | 7 | | AnimalCare Family | LaboratoryAide | 2 | | | Laboratory Technician, CMU | 4 | | BookDepository Family | LibraryParaprofessional | 5 | | BookstoreFamily | Bookstore Clerk | 2 | | Building Maintenance Family | Maintenance Repair Worker 1 | 5 | | | Maintenance RepairWorker 2 | 6 | | | Maintenance Repair Worker 3 | 6 | | | Lead MaintenanceRepair Worker | 7 | | BuildingTrades Family | GeneralLaborer | 2 | | Electronic Data Processing ClericalFamily | Administrative &Technology Coordinator | 4 | | EquipmentOperator Family | Lead Shipping andReceiving Specialist | 3 | | | EquipmentMechanic | 5 | | Executive Support Family | Executive Administrative Assistant | 7 | | Grants and Sponsored Program Family | Grants Accounting Specialist | 6 | | GroundMaintenance Family | Groundskeeper | 3 | | | LeadGroundskeeper | 5 | | PayrollFamily | PayrollSpecialist | 6 | | PublicSafety and Security Family | PoliceOfficer I | 8 | | | PoliceOfficer II | 9 |
Last updated March 10, 2025 at 7:53 AM
History
- Effective: March 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-25 Compensatory time.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule regarding compensatory time for unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) An employee may accrue compensatory time to a maximum of two hundred forty hours.
(2) Compensatory time is not available for use until it appears on the employee's earnings statement and the compensation described in the earnings statement is available to the employee.
(3) An employee may use compensatory time earned in accordance with the overtime and holiday compensation rule at a time mutually convenient to the employee and their immediate supervisor prior to the end of the fiscal year.
(4) An employee shall be paid for compensatory time earned in accordance with the overtime and holiday compensation rule.
(5) When payment is made for compensatory time not used, it shall be paid at the overtime rate which was effective for the employee at the time the compensatory time was earned.
(6) All compensatory time must be used before an employee is granted a leave of absence without pay, except as otherwise permitted under state or federal law.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-01
(A) Purpose
To promote clarity in the university's human resources rules.
(B) Scope
The definitions set forth in this rule have applicability to all university rules, unless an alternative definition is specified within the rule for specific application to the issue being addressed.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position within the university based on a delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code. For unclassified hourly employees and for classified civil service employees of the university, the appointing authority is the director of human resources. For administrative staff, the appointing authority is the division director in which a given department or other organizational unit is located. For faculty, the appointing authority is the dean of the respective college.
(2) "Board of Trustees" ("Board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(3) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(4) "College" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Dean" means the chief academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(8) "Department" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(9) "Educational Records" means those records, files, documents and other materials which contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by a college, school, department, office or other university organization, subdivision or by a person acting for the university or any of its subdivisions.
(10) "Full-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(11) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(12) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(13) "Part-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(14) "Persona Non Grata" means that a nonstudent has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any or specified university locations.
(15) "President" means the president of the university.
(16) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university that are located in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(17) "Senior Administration" or "Leadership Team" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(18) "Student" means any person admitted or enrolled at the university in any of its courses or programs.
(19) "University" is the state supported higher education entity organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code, the Administrative Code or university rule.
(2) The university hereby adopts the definitions set forth in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code and the Administrative Code, as it applies to the university, as may be amended from time to time, unless the university has specifically adopted another definition for the term within this rule or any other rule of the university. This rule and each specific rule of the university should be consulted as necessary to determine if the university has given the word or phrase specific meaning.
(3) The administration of the university is hereby delegated the authority to amend these definitions as necessary to the further purpose, goals and mission of the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-37 Corrective action.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for corrective action.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees who have completed the new-employee probationary period. This rule does not apply to student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the director of human resources or his or her designee based on the designation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code, which states that the powers, duties, and functions of the administrative services and the director of the administrative services are assigned to the university's board of trustees, excluding the powers of the state personnel review board.
(2) "Corrective Action" are those actions taken by the university to correct or improve job-related performance or behavior.
(3) "Demotion" means the movement of an employee at the direction of the appointing authority to a position in a lower salary range, classification or grade.
(4) "Oral Warning" is an oral notification of a specific problem requiring corrective action or improvement.
(5) "Probation" is a step in the corrective action process that is employed when the reason for corrective action is not serious enough to warrant suspension or termination, or if prior progressive corrective action has not been successful.
(6) "Reasons for Corrective Action" include, but are not limited to:
(a) Incompetence,
(b) Inefficiency,
(c) Dishonesty,
(d) Coming to work under the influence of alcohol or drugs,
(e) Sexual harassment or lewd behavior,
(f) Insubordination,
(g) Discourteous treatment of public,
(h) Neglect of duty, and
(i) Failure of good behavior.
(7) "Progressive Corrective Action" usually involves five steps. The five steps are usually implemented in the following order: oral warning, written warning, probation, suspension and termination. If the reason for corrective action is severe and/or repetitive, a step or steps in the process may be skipped or combined.
(8) "Suspension" is a step in the corrective action process that is used if the reason for corrective action is not serious enough to warrant termination, or if prior progressive corrective action has been unsuccessful.
(9) "Termination" of employment is the final step in the corrective action process; it is used if the reason for corrective action is severe or repetitive or if prior progressive corrective action has been unsuccessful.
(10) "Written Warning" is a written notification of a specific problem requiring corrective action.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Most workplace performance problems are handled by informal discussion or counseling between the immediate supervisor and employee. The corrective action rule is applied where more formal action is required.
(2) It is the university's rule and practice that corrective action be progressive in nature, begin with the least severe action necessary to correct the undesirable situation, and increase in severity if the condition is not corrected. The steps in increasing order of severity are oral warning, written warning, probation, suspension and termination from employment.
(3) In addition to being progressive in nature, it is important that the degree of corrective action be directly related to the seriousness of the offense and the employee's record; therefore, it is possible for steps to be skipped, repeated, or combined.
(4) During the probationary period for new employees, progressive corrective action need not be employed and more severe corrective action including immediate termination may be applied.
(5) The corrective actions of oral warning and written warning may be taken by the immediate supervisor. Documentation of such actions should be placed in the employee's personnel file in human resources. Further steps may only be implemented by the action of the appointing authority.
(6) Steps in the corrective action progression
(a) Oral warning is generally the first notification of a specific problem. This corrective action shall be delivered as soon as possible after the occurrence which initiated the action.
Documentation should include:
(i) The time and date of the oral warning;
(ii) The specific violations or work performance problems that resulted in the oral warning;
(iii) The date of the incident, if applicable;
(iv) The actions to be taken to correct the problem(s); and
(v) The consequences of failure to correct the problem(s) and the consequences of additional violations of university or departmental rules or rules.
(b) Written warning is generally the next step in the corrective action process. It is used in a case where acceptable progress toward correcting a problem has not been made, or in a case where the problem or job-related conduct is more severe or repetitive.
Documentation in the written warning should include:
(i) The time and date of the warning;
(ii) The specific violations or work performance problems that resulted in the written warning;
(iii) The date of the incident, if applicable;
(iv) The action to be taken to correct the problem(s); and
(v) The consequences of failure to correct the problem(s) and the consequences of additional violations of university or departmental rules or rules.
(c) Probation generally follows a written warning if an offense is not serious enough to warrant suspension or termination, or if prior progressive corrective action has not been successful.
(i) Probation shall not normally be greater than ninety calendar days.
(ii) Documentation of the probation shall include:
(a) The dates of the probationary period;
(b) The specific violations or work performance problems that resulted in the probation;
(c) The date of the incident, if applicable;
(d) The action to be taken to correct the problem(s); and
(e) The consequences of failure to correct the problem(s) and the consequences of additional violations of university or departmental rules or rules.
(iii) At any point during probation, if the employee is not improving or commits another offense(s), additional corrective action may be taken.
(iv) At the end of probation, a written statement should be completed by the appointing authority advising the employee of satisfactory performance and removal from probation or the need for additional corrective action.
(v) If paid leave is authorized for more than one week during probation, the probation will be adjusted by that length of time. No unpaid leave will be granted during a period of probation.
(d) Suspension is generally the next step in the corrective action process if an offense is not serious enough to warrant termination from employment, or if prior corrective action has not been successful. The corrective action of suspension may only be taken by the appointing authority.
(i) Suspension without pay is generally for a period of one to five working days. The length of suspension is typically dependent upon the nature and severity of the infraction or violation. Suspension without pay for three or more days requires that notification be sent to the state personnel board of review.
(ii) In cases of suspension required pending further investigation, the suspension may be of undetermined length depending upon the complexity of the case. In such cases, the suspension shall be termed an administrative leave and the administrative leave shall be with pay unless prohibited by law.
(iii) Documentation of the suspension shall include:
(a) The date(s) of suspension;
(b) The specific violations or work performance problems that resulted in the suspension;
(c) The date of the incident, if applicable;
(d) The consequences of failure to correct the problem(s) or additional violations of university or departmental rules or rules;
(e) Date, time and place of the pre-suspension meeting if the suspension is for more than three days;
(f) Consequences of failure to attend pre-suspension meeting.
(iv) Prior to suspension of three days or more, the appointing will schedule and hold a pre-suspension meeting. Human resources will notify the employee and the immediate supervisor and department head of the date, time and location. During the meeting, the immediate supervisor should be prepared to discuss the reasons and the basis for requesting corrective action. The employee will have an opportunity to explain and present evidence as to why the action should not be taken. If the situation warrants, the appointing authority may immediately suspend an employee, with or without pay pending the pre-suspension meeting.
(v) The appointing authority may conduct an investigation prior to the pre-suspension meeting if the appointing authority determines there is a need for, such an investigation.
(vi) After the pre-suspension meeting, the person who held the meeting will recommend appropriate action to the appointing authority. The appointing authority will notify the immediate supervisor and employee of the action to be taken.
(e) Termination is the final step in the corrective action process. In case of a serious offense, the university may proceed directly to termination.
(i) Prior to termination, the appointing authority will schedule and hold a pre-termination meeting. The appointing authority will notify the employee and the immediate supervisor and department head of the date, time and location of the meeting. During the meeting, the immediate supervisor should be prepared to discuss the reasons and the basis for requesting corrective action. The employee will have an opportunity to explain and present evidence as to why the action should not be taken.
(ii) The appointing authority may conduct an investigation prior to the pre-termination meeting if the appointing authority determines there is a need for such an investigation.
(iii) After the pre-termination meeting, the person who held the meeting will recommend appropriate action to the appointing authority. The appointing authority will notify the immediate supervisor and employee of the action to be taken.
(7) All corrective action memos shall be reviewed with the employee and signed by the immediate supervisor and employee. If the employee refuses to sign, this shall be noted in place of the employee's signature. Documentation of corrective action, shall be forwarded to human resources for retention in the employee's personnel record. A copy shall also be given to the employee.
(8) Appeals
Only classified civil service employees may appeal the following corrective actions to the state personnel board of review:
(a) Terminations, except during the initial probationary period and for conviction of a felony.
(b) Demotions, except during the promotional probationary period.
(c) Suspensions, greater than three days.
(9) Return of university property
Employee must return all university property on or before the last work day, or when commencing administrative leave, at a time determined by the immediate supervisor or human resources.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-45 Layoff.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule to govern situations in which a reduction in the classified civil service workforce is necessary.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Abolishment of Position" is the elimination of a position for any of the following reasons: reorganization for the efficient operation of the university, economy, or lack of work which is expected to last more than one year.
(3) "Appointing Authority" refers to the director of human resources, or designee, based on the delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code.
(4) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Displacement" for purposes of this rule is the process by which an employee with more retention points exercises the right to take the position of another employee with fewer retention points. Displacement occurs on the date an employee is notified that another employee has exercised the right of displacement and that the employee with fewer retention points is to be displaced.
(8) "Economy" shall be determined at the time the appointing authority proposes to abolish the position. Reasons shall be based on the appointing authority's estimated amount of savings with respect to salary benefits and other matters associated with the abolishment of the position.
(9) "Employee(s)" for the purposes of this rule refers only to those employees in the classified civil service.
(10) "Equivalent or Lower Position" for purposes of displacement rights, is a position with an equivalent or same salary range or a position with a lower salary range within a job family.
(11) "Job Group" is a cluster of positions sufficiently similar with respect to duties, responsibilities, qualifications and salary ranges which appear within the same job family.
(12) "Job Family" is a cluster of positions with similar duties with varying levels of responsibility, authority, qualifications, and salary ranges.
(13) "Lack of Funds" is a current or projected deficiency of funding required to maintain a position that requires a reduction in current or projected staffing levels.
(14) "Lack of Work" is a current or projected decrease in the workload or work requirements of a position that requires a reduction in the current or projected work force.
(15) "Layoff" is a termination by the appointing authority from a position within the university's classified civil service ranks.
(16) "Reduction in Force" is a reduction in the number of employees at the university.
(17) "Salary Grade" is a level of the pay schedule assigned to each position.
(18) "Salary Range" is a continuum of salaries from minimum to maximum within each salary grade.
(19) "Senior Administration" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Layoffs
(a) Employees may be laid off whenever a reduction in force is necessary due to a lack of funds, lack of work or the abolishment of positions.
(b) If a reduction in force is necessary, the appointing authority shall devise and carry out a plan that may include the layoff and displacement of employees or the abolishment of positions.
(2) Determination of lack of funds or lack of work
(a) The determination of a lack of funds or a lack of work shall be made by the senior administration. The appointing authority will be so informed by the president or designee.
(b) A statement of rationale and any supporting documentation shall be maintained by the appointing authority for a period of one year.
(3) Abolishment of positions in the classified service
(a) The determination to abolish positions shall be made by the senior administration. The appointing authority will be informed by the president or designee.
(b) A statement of rationale and any supporting documentation shall be maintained by the appointing authority for a period of one year.
(4) Determination of job families affected by a reduction in force
(a) Whenever a reduction in force is necessary due to lack of work or lack of funds, the senior administration shall determine the job family or job families in which the layoff or layoffs will occur, and the number of employees to be laid off within each job family.
(b) Whenever a reduction in force is necessary due to the abolishment of positions the senior administration shall determine the job family or job families in which positions will be eliminated.
(c) When the determination has been made, the appointing authority will be advised by the president or designee.
(5) Order of layoff of employees
(a) For purposes of this rule, the order of layoff of employees is as follows: part-time probationary, part-time permanent, full-time probationary and full-time permanent.
(b) Within these categories, the employee having the fewest retention points will be laid off first and continue to the employee with the most retention points. Retention point lists shall be complied in descending retention point order. In cases where two or more employees have identical retention points the tie shall be broken in accordance with this rule.
(6) Retention points, general
(a) The appointing authority shall compute the total retention points for each employee in the job family affected by a layoff due to lack of work, lack of funds or position abolishment.
(b) Retention points shall be calculated as of the ending date of the pay period in which the reduction in force will occur.
(c) Once the appointing authority has published the list of retention points, the appointing authority may not hire into or move employees into or out of affected job families by means of promotions, intra-transfers, voluntary demotions, position control number change, lateral or job family changes or reassignments.
(7) Computation of employee retention points
(a) Employees shall be assigned a base of one hundred retention points at the time of hire. Computation of retention points for continuous full-time service shall be made by crediting each employee with one retention point for each bi-weekly pay period of continuous service. For the purposes of calculating retention points, full-time service shall include service as a full-time permanent, or a full-time temporary employee. Service during the probationary period will be included for purposes of calculating retention points. For full-time temporary service, credit will be given only for those pay periods in which the employee was scheduled to work. If an employee is in a full-time position at any time during a pay period, they are considered full-time for the entire pay period.
(b) Retention points for continuous service for other than full-time service shall be calculated on the basis of one-half point for each bi-weekly pay period of continuous service. Service during the probationary period will be included for purposes of calculating retention points.
(c) Retention points computed for full-time continuous service and other than full-time continuous service, whenever applicable, shall be combined to determine an employee's total retention points. Overtime shall not be considered for purposes of computation of retention points for continuous service.
(d) In the event two or more employees have identical retention points as calculated by this rule, the tie shall be broken by the following method:
(i) Employees having most recent date of continuous service from which no break in service has occurred shall be laid off or displaced first;
(ii) If the tie remains unbroken, the appointing authority in consultation with the immediate supervisor, shall determine the employee to be laid off or displaced first after consideration of the entire employment record of both employees and the needs of the university.
(e) In the event an employee transferred to the university, the employee's length of continuous service will be deemed unbroken so long as no break in service occurs from one Ohio civil service employer to another.
(8) Notification of layoff or displacement
(a) Each employee to be laid off shall be given advance written notice by the appointing authority after the employee's retention points have been calculated and posted. Such written notice shall be hand-delivered to the employee at least fourteen days before the effective date of layoff or displacement and the day of hand-delivery shall be the first day of the fourteen day period. If the notice is to be mailed, it shall be by certified mail. Such notice shall be mailed at least seventeen days before the effective date of the layoff or displacement. The day the letter is mailed shall be the first day of the seventeen-day period.
(b) Each notice of layoff or displacement shall contain the following information:
(i) The reason for layoff or displacement;
(ii) The effective date of the layoff or displacement;
(iii) The employee's accumulated retention points;
(iv) The right of the employee to appeal a layoff or displacement to the state personnel board of review and that the appeal must be filed or postmarked within ten days after the employee is notified of the layoff or displacement;
(v) A statement advising the employee of the right to displace another employee with fewer retention points; and a statement that the employee has five days from the date of notification to exercise displacement rights or be laid off;
(vi) A statement advising the employee of the right to reinstatement or reemployment in accordance with this rule;
(vii) A statement that, upon request by the employee, the appointing authority will make available a copy of the layoff rule;
(viii) A statement that the employee is responsible for maintaining a current address with the appointing authority; and
(ix) A statement that the employee will receive compensation for accrued unused vacation leave and accrued but unused compensatory time, up to the maximum accrual amounts specified in those rules. This compensation will be paid at the time of the layoff.
(9) Displacement and appeal rights of employees
(a) Each employee laid off, or displaced as a result of a layoff, shall only have the right to displace another employee with the fewest retention points as specified in this rule.
(b) An employee who is to be laid off may exercise displacement rights under the provisions of this rule or be laid off. Displacement occurs on the date an employee is notified that another employee has exercised the right of displacement and that the employee with fewer retention points is to be displaced. A displaced employee may exercise the right to displace another employee if such right to displace exists. If the displaced employee does not have the right to displace another employee, then the displaced employee shall be laid off.
(c) Employees shall notify the appointing authority, in writing, of their intention to exercise their displacement rights within five days after receipt of notice of layoff or displacement.
(d) No employee shall displace an employee unless the employee possesses the requisite minimum qualifications or bona fide occupational qualifications for the position. These qualifications are established by the position description. The appointing authority shall be responsible for verifying the necessity of these qualifications.
(e) An employee exercising displacement rights, or an employee displaced as a result of a layoff or abolishment, shall be paid according to the salary range assigned to the position into which the employee displaced or was displaced. The employee shall be assigned a salary in the salary range assigned to the new position not exceeding the salary the employee was paid in the prior position. If the salary the employee was assigned in the prior position exceeds the highest salary in the salary range assigned to the new position, the employee will be assigned the maximum salary for the salary range of the new position.
(f) An employee may appeal a layoff, or a displacement which is the result of a layoff, to the state personnel board of review. Such an appeal must be filed or postmarked no later than ten days after the employee receives notice of the layoff or the date the employee is displaced. An employee shall be considered displaced the date the employee is notified by the university that another employee has exercised the right to displace the employee from the employee's position. An appeal may be made in accordance with the rules promulgated by the state personnel board of review.
(10) Laid-off employees and employees displaced as a result of a layoff who have the right to displace shall exercise their displacement rights in the following order:
(a) An employee who is to be laid off or displaced may fill an available vacancy, or if no vacancy exists, displace within their job family as set forth in this rule.
(b) An employee who is to be laid off or displaced may fill an available vacancy, or if no vacancy exists, displace the employee with the fewest retention points in the same and then successively lower job group in the job family. This process shall continue, if necessary, until the employee with the fewest retention points in the lowest job group of the job family has been reached and, if necessary, laid off.
(c) An employee who is to be laid off or who is displaced may fill an available vacancy, or if no vacancy exists, displace the employee with the fewest retention points in the job family the laid-off or displaced employee held immediately prior to their current job family, provided the job group is lower than or equivalent to the employee's current job group.
(i) A laid off or displaced employee may displace into a job family previously held if:
(a) The laid off or displaced employee held a position in the previous job family within the three years preceding the date an employee was laid off or displaced; and
(b) The laid off or displaced employee still meets the minimum qualifications or bona fide occupational qualifications of the previous job family; and
(c) The laid off or displaced employee has successfully completed the original probationary period.
(ii) If a position does not exist in that job family held by the employee immediately prior to the current job family, or if a laid off or displaced employee is prevented from displacing in a previously held job family because the employee does not meet the minimum qualifications or bona fide occupational qualifications of the previously held position, the employee may displace in the job family next previously held, and in successive previously held job families, subject to the provisions of this rule.
(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of this rule, an employee shall not be required to accept a position with a lesser appointment type until the employee has had the opportunity to exercise displacement rights as provided in this rule.
(iv) If, after an employee has exercised displacement rights, the employee is to be laid off or displaced due to a subsequent layoff, the employee's displacement rights shall be in accordance with the job family from which the employee was first displaced; provided however, the employee has rights to reinstatement or reemployment in the previous job family. The employee's displacement rights from a previously held job family shall exist for a one-year period beginning with the date of the original layoff or displacement or until such time as the employee is removed from a layoff list.
(11) Reinstatement rights
The appointing authority shall prepare recall lists of the names and appointment types of the employees laid off. The recall lists shall be compiled by the job families in which the employees were laid off. The names shall be listed in descending retention point order in each appointment category. These lists shall be in reverse order of the order of layoff as established in this rule.
(a) The recall lists shall contain the employee's name, type of appointment, number of retention points, and date of commencement of continuous service. In cases of identical retention point ratings, the order of recall shall be the reverse order of the layoff. Any ties of retention points shall be broken in accordance with the procedure established in this rule.
(b) An employee's name shall remain on the appropriate recall list for a period of one year from the date the employee was first laid off or displaced from the original job family.
(c) Vacancies that occur in a job family for which a recall list exists must be accepted or declined in writing within ten days by the first person on the recall list for that job family before the next person on the recall list may be offered the position.
(d) If a position has specific minimum qualifications or bona fide occupational qualifications, the first person on the recall list who meets these qualifications, must accept or decline the position in writing within ten days before the next person on the recall list may be considered for reinstatement.
(e) Employees on the recall list shall be offered a position in a job family or job group with the same or lower salary range assignment or appointment category than that of the job group or job family from which the employee was laid off or displaced.
(f) A laid off or displaced employee who chooses not to exercise the option to displace shall only be entitled to reinstatement to the job group from which the employee was laid off or displaced.
(g) If the appointing authority has any employee on a recall list, the appointing authority shall only hire, or promote into the job family or the job group subject to the recall list.
(h) Any employee reinstated under this rule shall not serve a new probationary period when reinstated; except, any employee laid off or displaced while serving an original or promotional probationary period shall begin a new probationary period upon reinstatement.
(12) Notification of reinstatement or reemployment
(a) Each employee recalled from layoff shall be notified of the offer of reinstatement by certified letter.
(i) The notice of reinstatement shall contain a statement that refusal of reinstatement shall result in removal of such person's name from the appointing authority's recall list in accordance with this rule.
(ii) For vacancies with specific minimum qualifications or bona fide occupational qualifications, the notice of reinstatement shall contain a statement that these qualifications exist. The notice shall also state that failure to meet these qualifications will result in disqualification for that vacancy, and the person's name will remain on the recall list.
(b) Each recalled employee shall be allowed ten days from the date of receipt of the letter to return to work, and such time limit shall be included in the employee in the notification of recall letter.
(i) In the event of extenuating circumstances (including, but not limited to illness, injury, or absence from city or state) preventing the employee from returning within the above time limit, the employee shall be granted a reasonable extension, not to exceed sixty days to report for work.
(ii) In the absence of extenuating circumstances, an employee not accepting reinstatement within ten days shall be deemed to have declined reinstatement and the employee's name shall be removed from consideration for reinstatement in accordance with this rule.
(c) The employee is responsible for keeping a current address and phone number on file with the appointing authority.
(13) Removal from recall list
(a) Any employee accepting or declining reinstatement to the same job family and appointment type from which the layoff or displacement initially occurred shall be removed from the reinstatement and recall list. Any employee declining reinstatement to a different appointment category than that from which the employee was laid off or displaced or declining reinstatement for reasons of hardship, as approved by the appointing authority, shall not be removed from the recall list as set forth in this rule.
(b) Any employee declining reinstatement to a position with a salary range lower than the job group from which the layoff initially occurred shall not be removed from the appointing authority recall list, however such employee shall thereafter only be offered reinstatement to a job group with a salary range higher than the position declined, up to and including the job group from which the employee was laid off.
(c) If not otherwise removed, the name of any laid off employee shall be removed from the appointing authority's recall list one calendar year after the employee was first laid off or displaced from the original job family. In the event any displaced employee is subsequently laid off, such employee's name shall be removed from the recall list one calendar year after the subsequent layoff.
(14) Inspection of layoff lists
(a) On the date of any layoff, the appointing authority shall post for inspection in a conspicuous and public place accessible to affected employees a list containing the name, continuous service date, type of appointment, job family, and number of retention points of all employees in that job group and lower job groups in the job family. The list will be posted for a period of ten days.
(b) The appointing authority's layoff list and copies of the rule regarding layoff shall, upon request, be made available for inspection and copying by anyone during normal working hours. A reasonable charge for reproduction may be made.
(15) Layoff of employees on sick leave, leave without pay, or receiving disability leave benefits.
(a) Employees who are on sick leave at the time a layoff is effective shall be subject to layoff, under the provisions of this rule. The effective date of layoff or displacement of an employee may not be extended on the basis that an employee is on sick leave or fmla leave.
(b) An employee who is on a leave of absence without pay at the time a layoff is effective shall be subject to layoff under the provisions of this rule. The effective date of a layoff or of displacement for an employee may not be extended on the basis that an employee is on a leave of absence without pay.
(c) An employee who is receiving disability leave benefits under the provisions of the university's disability leave rule at the time a layoff is effective shall be subject to layoff under the provisions of this rule. An employee who is to be laid off while receiving disability leave benefits shall continue to receive disability leave benefits until the period of disability is over and the employee would otherwise be able to return to work. The receipt of disability leave benefits shall be subject to the provisions of the university's rule on disability leave.
(16) Cash conversion of accrued leave at layoff, and restoration of leave credit
(a) Any employee who has accumulated but unused balances of vacation leave and compensatory time at the time of layoff shall have such balances converted to a cash benefit according to the following:
(i) Any accumulated but unused balances of compensatory time shall be converted to a cash payment at the time an employee is laid off; and
(ii) any accumulated unused balance of vacation leave up to the maximum amount specified in the university's rule shall be converted to a cash payment at the time an employee is laid off.
(b) Employee's leave balances may only be reinstated if the employee's layoff is disaffirmed by the state personnel board of review and the employee submits a reimbursement for the entire amount of the leave balance previously converted.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-50 Leave of absence without pay.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for granting leaves of absence that complies with the federal and Ohio law.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified staff.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" is the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position. For purposes of this rule, the appointing authority is the division director.
(2) "Division Director" is the administrative head of a major organizational unit of the university as designated by the president.
(3) Leave of absence without pay" refers to a temporary separation from active pay status, authorized by the appointing authority during which no compensation from the university is paid.
(4) "Licensed Practitioner" means a person who is licensed to practice medicine, surgery, or psychology.
(D) Rule statement
(1) All leaves of absence without pay must be requested in writing. The request shall be submitted to the employee's immediate supervisor and the director of human resources. The request shall state the reasons for the leave absence and the dates for such leave. The appointing authority in consultation with the director of human resources, with the approval of the immediate supervisor may grant or deny the request in writing.
(a) Leaves of absences without pay may be granted for a maximum of six months.
(b) If a leave is not used for the purpose(s) for which it was granted, the director of human resources may cancel the leave and direct the employee, in writing, to report for work.
(c) An employee, who fails to return to work within three working days of the completion of a leave of absence without pay, or a cancellation of a leave of absence without pay, without explanation to the director of human resources and the immediate supervisor, may be terminated. An employee who fails to return to work from a leave of absence without pay and is subsequently terminated is deemed to have a termination date corresponding to the starting date of the leave of absence without pay. Such a termination is a termination for just cause and requires no notice under the university rule on appointment and termination.
(2) Employees do not accrue vacation leave, sick leave nor do they receive holiday leave pay or winter break leave pay during the period of leave. They are also not eligible to receive annual increases, unless approved by the division director after consultation with the director of human resources. Such approval must be in writing.
(3) This rule governs leave without pay other than leave granted under The Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, 29 U.S.C. 2601 (FMLA).
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 8:12 AM
History
- Effective: August 29, 2022
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-52 Involuntary disability separation.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for involuntary disability separation.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Active work status (see definition on separate sheet).
(2) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(3) "Involuntary Disability Separation" is a severance of the employment relationship by the university when an employee is unable to perform the essential job duties of the employee assigned position due to a disabling illness, injury or condition.
(4) "Licensed Practitioner" refers to a person who is licensed to practice medicine, surgery or psychology in the state of Ohio.
(5) "Active Pay Status" for purposes of this rule includes regular hours worked, vacation leave, sick leave, personal leave, legal holiday leave, winter break leave, and civic duty leave. For purposes of this rule only, active pay status does not include hours worked during a transitional work program.
(D) Rule statement
(1) An involuntary disability separation occurs when the appointing authority has received substantial credible medical evidence of the employee's inability to perform the essential job duties of the employee's assigned position.
(2) The appointing authority may require an employee submit to a medical or psychological examination, conducted in accordance with this rule prior to the involuntary disability separation unless:
(a) The employee is hospitalized at the time such action is taken,
(b) The employee has exhausted available disability leave benefits, or
(c) Substantial credible medical evidence already exists that documents the employee's inability to perform the essential job duties.
(3) The appointing authority shall conduct a hearing prior to an involuntarily disability separation. The employee shall be provided with written notice at least seventy-two hours in advance of the hearing. If the employee does not waive the right to the hearing, the employee has the right to examine the appointing authority's evidence of inability to perform essential job duties, to rebut that evidence, and to present testimony and evidence on the employee's own behalf.
(4) If the appointing authority determines, after weighing the testimony presented and evidence admitted at the hearing, that the employee is capable of performing the essential job duties, then the involuntary disability separation process shall cease and the employee shall be considered fit to perform their essential job duties. If the appointing authority determines, after weighing the testimony and evidence that the employee is unable to perform their essential job duties, then the appointing authority shall issue an involuntary disability separation order.
(5) Medical or psychological examination:
(a) The appointing authority may require that an employee submit to medical or psychological examinations for purposes of disability separation or a reinstatement from disability separation. The appointing authority shall select one or more licensed practitioners to conduct the examinations.
(b) Prior to any examination, the appointing authority will supply the licensed practitioner with facts relating to the alleged disabling illness, injury or condition. The appointing authority will also supply physical and mental requirements of the employee's position, duty statements, job classification specifications, and position descriptions.
(c) Both the appointing authority and the employee shall receive the results of any examination and related documents unless a physician, psychiatrist, or psychologist determines for the university that the disclosure of the information is likely to have an adverse effect on the employee, in which case the information shall be released to a physician, psychiatrist, or psychologist who is designated by the employee or by the employee's legal guardian.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph five of this rule, the appointing authority shall pay the cost of the examinations.
(e) An employee's refusal to submit to an examination, the unexcused failure to appear for an examination, or the refusal to release the results of the examination amounts to insubordination, punishable by the imposition of discipline up to and including removal. An employee will be responsible for the costs associated with an unexcused failure to appear at a scheduled examination.
(6) Right to reinstatement:
(a) At the time the appointing authority provides the involuntary disability separation order to the employee, the appointing authority shall notify the employee of the procedures required to apply for reinstatement. The effective date of separation, for purposes of reinstatement, shall be the date the employee was no longer performing in active work status due to the disabling illness, injury or condition. An employee who has been involuntarily disability separated is not prohibited from applying for disability leave benefits.
(b) An employee may be reinstated if the total time of absence due to the disability illness, injury or condition does not exceed two years from the date of separation.
(c) If an employee attempts to return to work but fails to perform the essential job duties for six consecutive months, the employee's effective date of separation does not change unless a subsequent related disability that occurs while the employee is participating in an authorized work program will be considered the same disability. Benefits may be payable from the first day of the subsequent disability if the employee remains disabled and off work for at least fourteen consecutive calendar days. The rate of payment for a related disability will be based on the rate of the original disability claim.
(7) Right to appeal:
An employee who is involuntary disability separated shall have the right to appeal in writing to the personnel board of review within ten days following the date the order is served.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-55 Paid organ donation leave.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule governing leave for the purpose of organ donation.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all full-time faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees of the university. Part-time, seasonal, temporary and on-call workers are not eligible.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Organ Donation Leave" is leave with pay as set forth herein.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Eligibility
(a) Any full-time employee who donates an adult kidney or any portion of an adult liver shall receive up to two hundred forty hours of leave with pay during each calendar year. These hours will be paid at the employee's regular rate of pay for regularly scheduled work hours that the employee is medically unable to work.
(b) Any full-time employee who donates adult bone marrow will receive up to fifty-six hours leave with pay each calendar year. These hours will be paid at the employee's regular rate of pay for regularly scheduled work hours that the employee is medically unable to work.
(2) Use
(a) Organ donation leave should be exhausted prior to using any sick leave or vacation leave.
(b) Organ donation leave will run concurrently with other university leave programs, including but not limited to family medical leave.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-60 Outside employment.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for classified civil service employees of the university regarding work outside of the university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Conflicts of Interest" occur when a university employee has a private or personal interest or other external commitment, which may appear to an independent observer to be sufficient to influence the objective exercise of the employee's professional obligations or official duties.
(2) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. Unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(3) "Outside Work" refers to paid or unpaid work performed or services provided by an employee outside their university responsibilities. The work or services may be performed by the employee as an individual, or through a business owned by the employee or in the service of a secondary employer. It includes undertaking the role of director of a company or incorporated society.
(D) Rule statement
Classified civil service employees are required to devote their time during normal working hours to furthering the university's mission. However, they may accept teaching, research, volunteer and other work assignments beyond their university obligations as long as these additional obligations do not occur during the employee's normal working hours. Activities occurring outside normal working hours do not require supervisor approval and no reporting is required. Activities occurring within normal working hours require written authorization by the immediate supervisor, in consultation with human resources. If authorization is given for such time, the employee will be required to use accrued vacation time and/or leave without pay.
Classified civil service employees shall not engage in any activities or outside employment that may result in a conflict of interest. Furthermore, classified civil service employees may not use their university position to obtain anything of value, including but not limited to, financial gain.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-65 Overtime compensation and compensatory time.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule regarding overtime and compensatory time.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Active Pay Status" for purposes of overtime and compensatory time calculation includes regular hours worked, vacation leave, sick leave, personal leave, legal holiday leave, winter break leave, and civic duty leave.
When calculating overtime for a work week which includes a legal holiday, the automatic eight hours of holiday pay is considered as time in active pay status regardless of whether or not the employee worked on such day. Time actually worked on such day is not considered time in active pay status for overtime calculations because separate compensation is already paid.
(3) "Flexible Scheduling" is variance from the normal work hours defined herein to accommodate the needs of the university.
(4) "Legal Holiday Leave" is a day so designated by the state of Ohio and approved by the board of trustees.
(5) "Normal Working Hours" for unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees are from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor. Unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees who work at least five hours in a day are required to take a meal break of at least one half hour and not more than one hour. Meal breaks are scheduled by the supervisor to meet business requirements. Meal breaks are generally unpaid. However, employees who are required to work or remain at their stations during meal break will be paid for this time.
(6) "Regular Rate of Pay" refers to the employee's base rate of pay.
(7) "Winter Break Leave" are paid personal leave days designated at the discretion of the university president under the authority delegated by the board of trustees.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Administrative staff and faculty who are paid a salary are exempt from overtime and compensatory time compensation.
(2) The immediate supervisor may use flexible scheduling to vary normal working hours when possible to maintain a forty hour work week.
(3) The earning of compensatory time and overtime must be approved in advance by the immediate supervisor.
(4) If approved in advance by the immediate supervisor, an employee is eligible for overtime compensation or compensatory time when the employee is in active pay status for more than forty hours in a work week.
(5) Overtime compensation is calculated by multiplying the number of active pay status hours over forty in the work week, times one and one half the employee's regular rate of pay at the time earned. The employee may elect to take compensatory time earned in lieu of overtime pay. Compensatory time is calculated by multiplying the number of active pay status hours over forty in the work week, times one and one half.
(6) Compensatory time is not available for use until it appears on the employee's earnings statement and the compensatory time described in the earnings statement is available to the employee.
(7) An employee may accrue compensatory time to a maximum of two hundred forty hours. Once the maximum amount of compensatory time has been accrued, overtime compensation will be paid.
(8) All compensatory time must be used before an employee is granted a leave of absence without pay, except as otherwise permitted under state or federal law.
(9) When an employee who is eligible for overtime compensation is required to work during legal holiday leave, the employee shall be entitled to compensation for such hours worked on site at one and one half times the employee's regular rate of pay in addition to legal holiday leave compensation.
(10) Operational interruptions requiring remote work
(a) Employees who are required to work on campus on a day when the university is operating remote due to weather or other unforeseen circumstances will be compensated at one and one half times their regular rate of pay for the number of hours worked. If the circumstances requiring remote work are expected to be lengthy in duration, hourly employees will be notified when they will be returned to their regular rate of pay.
(b) Compensatory time may be elected in lieu of overtime compensation.
(11) Call back pay
(a) Employees who are required to return to the worksite after the employee's normal working hours are over will be eligible for call back pay. Continuous work hours are not covered by this call back pay provision.
(b) An employee entitled to call back pay will receive a minimum payment of four hours at the employee's regular rate of pay. If an employee works more than two and three quarters hours in a call-back situation, payment will be made at the overtime rate of one and one half times the employee's regular rate of pay at the time earned.
(c) The employee may elect compensatory time in lieu of paid overtime.
(12) Winter break leave
(a) Winter break is designated at the discretion of the president. The university is officially open in order to assure the performance of time sensitive or essential functions.
(b) Only employees who have the prior approval of their immediate supervisor to work during winter break leave will be eligible to receive overtime compensation.
(c) Employees who are required to report to the worksite to perform these time sensitive or essential functions during winter break leave will be entitled to pay for such hours worked on site at one and one half times the employee's regular rate of pay. The remaining hours of the paid personal day will be compensated at the regular rate of pay.
(d) The employee may elect compensatory time in lieu of paid overtime.
Last updated March 30, 2025 at 1:02 AM
History
- Effective: March 30, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-70 Political activity.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule that will eliminate inappropriate conflicts between the obligations of employment and certain political activities of classified civil service employees.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees at the university.
(C) Definitions.
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Political Activity" and "Politics" are partisan activities, campaigns, and elections involving primaries, partisan ballots, or partisan candidates.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Employees in the classified service are prohibited from engaging in political activity.
(2) The following are examples of permissible activities for university employees:
(a) Registration and voting;
(b) Expression of opinions, either oral or written;
(c) Voluntary financial contributions to political candidates or organizations;
(d) Circulation of nonpartisan petitions or petitions stating views on legislation;
(e) Attendance at political rallies;
(f) Signing nominating petitions in support of individuals;
(g) Display of political materials in the employee's home or on the employee's property;
(h) Wearing political badges or buttons, or the display of political stickers on private vehicles; and
(i) Serving as a precinct election official under section 3501.22 of the Revised Code.
(3) The following activities are prohibited to employees:
(a) Candidacy for public office in a partisan election;
(b) Candidacy for public office in a nonpartisan general election if the nomination to candidacy was obtained in a partisan primary or through the circulation of nominating petitions identified with a political party;
(c) Filing of petitions meeting statutory requirements for partisan candidacy to elective office;
(d) Circulation of official nominating petitions for any candidate participating in a partisan election;
(e) Service in an elected or appointed office in any partisan political organization;
(f) Acceptance of a party-sponsored appointment to any office normally filled by partisan election;
(g) Campaigning by writing for publications, by distributing political material, or by writing or making speeches on behalf of a candidate for partisan elective office, when such activities are directed toward party success;
(h) Solicitation, either directly or indirectly, of any assessment, contribution or subscription, either monetary or in-kind, for any political party or political candidate;
(i) Solicitation of the sale, or actual sale, of political party tickets;
(j) Partisan activities at the election polls, such as solicitation of votes for other than nonpartisan candidates and nonpartisan issues;
(k) Service as, witness or challenger, for any party or partisan committee;
(l) Participation in political caucuses of a partisan nature; and
(m) Participation in a political action committee which supports partisan activity.
(4) Employees in the classified civil service who engage in any of the prohibited activities set forth in paragraph (D)(3) of this rule are subject to removal from their position in the classified civil service. The appointing authority will initiate an investigation in case of a violation and take action if appropriate.
(5) Service in an appointed or elected position is prohibited when such position is subordinate to or in any way a check upon a position concurrently occupied by a classified or unclassified employee, or when it is physically impossible for one person to discharge the duties of both positions, or if some specific constitutional or statutory bar exists prohibiting a person from serving both positions.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-75 Probationary periods for classified civil service employees.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for a probationary period for all classified civil service employees during the initial period of employment.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) A "Classified Civil Service Employee" is an hourly employee, subject to appointment, removal, promotion, transfer or reduction by the appointing authority.
(2) A "Full-time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(3) A "Part-time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(4) A "Permanent Employee" is an unclassified hourly employee or classified civil service employee who has successfully completed an initial probationary period.
(5) A "Probationary Period" is a period of time at the beginning of an original appointment, or immediately following a promotion or transfer, which constitutes a trial period for the employee.
(D) Body of the rule
Each classified civil service employee must serve a probationary period following any original appointment, promotion or transfer. Classified civil service employees whose services are found unsatisfactory may be removed at any time during the probationary period. Whenever an employee is given a probationary removal, a written statement of the reasons for such action, signed by the appointing authority, showing the respects in which the employee's service was not satisfactory, shall be given to the employee.
(1) The probationary period shall be one hundred twenty calendar days. After successful completion of the probationary period, the employee will be considered certified to the Ohio civil service.
(2) Time spent in no-pay status shall not be counted as part of the probationary period. Probationary periods shall be extended by an equal number of days the employee spent in no-pay status.
(3) The appointing authority may, with the approval of the immediate supervisor, extend an employee's probationary period for up to sixty days to allow additional time to review the employee's performance.
(4) Part-time employees who work a portion of each normal working day shall have their probationary period determined by the number of calendar days following appointment in the same manner as full-time employees. Employees who work an irregular schedule or who work less than the normal number of working days per week must work seven hundred hours, which is the equivalent of a one hundred twenty day probationary period.
(5) Probationary employees are not eligible to use accrued paid leave or compensatory time until the successful completion of the probationary period.
Last updated October 28, 2024 at 8:51 AM
History
- Effective: October 28, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-85 Removals, suspensions, and reductions.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish rules regarding removal, suspensions and demotions of classified civil service employees.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Absent Without Leave" refers to any classified civil service employee who is absent from duty habitually or for three or more successive duty days, without leave and without notice to the employee's immediate supervisor.
(D) Rule statement
(1) If a classified civil service employee will be subject to removal, reduction in pay or position, suspension of twenty-four or more work hours made for one or more of the statutory reasons enumerated in section 124.34 of the Revised Code, the employee shall be notified in writing, on a form provided by the director of administrative services or an equivalent form.
(a) The form shall state the statutory reason(s) for the action, and the effective date thereof;
(b) This form shall advise the employee of the right to appeal; and
(c) Any such appeal shall be made in accordance with the rules of the state personnel board of review.
(2) At the appointing authority's discretion, an employee may be demoted as a form of progressive discipline. A demotion shall only be imposed as an alternative to termination.
(3) Any classified civil service employee who is absent from duty habitually or for three or more successive duty days without leave and without notice to the employee's immediate supervisor may be subject to removal for neglect of duty.
(4) A voluntary written agreement by a classified civil service employee to a demotion shall be considered a satisfactory basis for such action in the absence of evidence to the contrary. The compensation of an employee following demotion shall be fixed by the appointing authority at an equitable rate, not to exceed the rate of pay prior to the demotion.
Last updated February 3, 2025 at 8:49 AM
History
- Effective: February 3, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-86 Right to reinstatement rights of appeal for disability separations.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for reinstatement or appeals for disability separations.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to classified civil service employees at the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Active Work Status" means the conditions under which an employee is actually in a work status and eligible to receive pay but does not include vacation pay, sick leave, bereavement leave, compensatory time, holidays, personal leave, disability leave and winter break leave. For purposes of this rule only, "active work status" does not include those hours worked during a transitional work program or in a temporary part-time position.
(D) Rule statement
(1) An employee may make a written request to the appointing authority for reinstatement from a disability separation. An employee may not make a first request for reinstatement until three months from the date the employee was no longer in active work status. The appointing authority shall notify the employee of its decision to approve or deny the reinstatement request no later than sixty days after it receives the employee's written request. The employee shall not make subsequent requests for reinstatement more than once every three months from the date the employee is notified of a reinstatement denial. An employee is not eligible for reinstatement if the request occurs later than two years from the date that the employee was no longer in active work status due to the disabling illness, injury, or condition.
(2) The employee's request for reinstatement shall be accompanied by substantial, credible medical evidence that the employee is once again capable of performing the employee's essential job duties. The appointing authority shall either reinstate the employee or require the employee to submit to a medical or psychological examination in accordance with the university's involuntary disability separation rule in accordance with the time frame established herein.
(3) The appointing authority will review the substantial credible medical evidence submitted by the employee or the results of a medical or psychological examination conducted in accordance with the university's involuntary disability separation rule and make an initial determination of whether or not the employee is capable of performing the essential duties of the employee's position. If the appointing authority initially determines that the employee is once again capable of performing the essential job duties, the appointing authority shall reinstate the employee. If the appointing authority initially determines that the employee remains incapable of performing the essential job duties, the appointing authority shall institute a pre-reinstatement hearing.
(4) An employee shall be provided written notice at least seventy-two hours in advance of the pre-reinstatement hearing. If the employee does not waive the right to a hearing, then at the hearing the employee has a right to examine the appointing authority's evidence, to rebut that evidence, and to present testimony and evidence.
(5) The appointing authority will weigh the testimony and evidence admitted at the pre-reinstatement hearing to determine whether the employee is able to perform the essential job duties of the employee's assigned position. If the appointing authority finds the employee capable of performing essential duties, then the appointing authority shall reinstate the employee. If the appointing authority finds the employee incapable of performing essential duties, then the appointing authority shall not reinstate the employee.
(6) If the appointing authority determines that an employee, who has been disability separated, has committed an act that is inconsistent with the employee's disabling illness, injury or condition, then that act may be considered by the appointing authority when determining an employee's eligibility for reinstatement.
(7) Once the appointing authority determines that the employee is to be reinstated, then the employee has a right to be assigned to a position in the classification the employee held at the time of disability separation. If the classification the employee held at the time of disability separation no longer exists or is no longer utilized by the appointing authority, then the employee shall be placed in a similar classification. If no similar classification exists, or the employee no longer meets the minimum qualifications, the employee may be laid off in accordance with the university's layoff rule.
(8) If the employee has been granted disability benefits by a state retirement system, the requirements of this rule shall apply for up to five years, except that a licensed practitioner shall be appointed by the public employees retirement board and application for reinstatement shall not be filed after the date of service eligibility retirement. The appointing authority shall restore an employee found to be physically and mentally capable of resuming service, but may request the employee to submit to a medical or psychological examination, conducted in accordance with the university's involuntary disability separation rule, prior to such restoration.
(9) An employee refused reinstatement as provided in paragraph five of this rule shall be notified in writing of the refusal to reinstate and of the right to appeal in writing to the personnel board of review within thirty days of receiving notice of that refusal to reinstate.
(10) An employee who fails to apply for reinstatement within two years from the date that the employee was no longer in active work status due to the disabling illness, injury, or condition shall be deemed permanently separated from service.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-95 Sick, personal and bereavement leave.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for sick leave and personal leave that complies with the Ohio law as it pertains to unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to unclassified hourly employees and classified civil service employees at the institution.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Immediate Family" means an employee's spouse, parents, children, grandparents, siblings, grandchildren, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, step-parents, step-children, step-siblings, or a legal guardian or other person who stands in loco parentis.
(3) "Licensed practitioner" refers to a person who is licensed to practice medicine, surgery or psychology in the state of Ohio.
(4) "Personal Leave" refers to paid leave that may be used for any purpose with the prior approval of the immediate supervisor.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Employees shall earn sick leave credit at the rate of four and six-tenths hours for each eighty hours of completed service. Sick leave credit shall be prorated to the hours of completed service in each pay period.
(2) Sick leave used by an employee shall be charged in minimum units of an hour. Employees shall be charged sick leave only for the days and hours for which they would have otherwise been regularly scheduled to work. Sick leave shall not exceed the amount of time an employee would have been regularly scheduled to work in any pay period.
(3) An employee who is unable to report for work, and who is not on a previously approved day of vacation leave, sick leave, compensatory time, leave of absence, or other approved leave shall be responsible for notifying the employee's immediate supervisor. The notification must be made within one-half hour after the time the employee is scheduled to report for work, unless emergency conditions prevent such notification.
(4) In the case of a condition exceeding five consecutive business days, a statement from a licensed practitioner specifying the employee's inability to report to work and the probable date of return to work shall be required.
(5) The use of sick leave
(a) With the approval of an employee's immediate supervisor, sick leave may be used by an employee only for the following reasons:
(i) Illness, injury, or pregnancy-related condition of the employee.
(ii) Exposure of an employee to a contagious disease which could be communicated to and jeopardize the health of other employees.
(iii) Examination of the employee, including medical, psychological, dental, or optical examination, by an appropriate licensed practitioner.
(iv) For bereavement leave upon the death of a member of the employee's immediate family for a period not to exceed five business days.
(v) Illness, injury, or pregnancy-related condition of a member of the employee's immediate family where the employee's presence is reasonably necessary for the health and welfare of the employee or affected family member.
(vi) Examination, including medical, psychological, dental, or optical examination of a member of the employee's immediate family by an appropriate licensed practitioner where the employee's presence is reasonably necessary.
(vii) Donation of leave to a sick leave bank in accordance with the leave donation policy of the institution.
(b) Each appointing authority may require an employee to furnish a satisfactory written, signed statement to justify the use of sick leave. If professional attention is required by the employee or member of the employee's immediate family, a certificate, from a licensed practitioner, stating the nature of the condition may be required by the appointing authority to justify the use of sick leave. Falsification of information in the time record or on any other written statement or certification regarding sick time use shall be grounds for disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
(6) An employee who fails to comply with this policy shall not be allowed to use sick leave for time absent from work under such non-compliance. Application for use of sick leave with the intent to defraud shall be grounds for disciplinary action which may include dismissal. The appointing authority may require an employee to furnish a satisfactory written signed statement to justify the use of sick leave.
(7) If any disabling illness or injury continues past the time for which an employee has accumulated sick leave, the appointing authority may authorize a leave of absence without pay in accordance that policy or if the employee is eligible, recommend disability leave benefits in accordance with that rule.
(8) Personal leave
(a) Each employee who upon completion of one year of employment has accumulated at least eighty hours of sick leave, may convert earned but unused sick leave to personal leave according to the following schedule:
(i) After one year of service, if an employee has between eighty and two hundred thirty-nine hours of sick leave accrued, the employee may convert eight hours of sick leave to personal leave.
(ii) After two years of service, if an employee has between two hundred forty hours and four hundred seventy-nine hours of sick leave accrued, the employee may convert twelve hours of personal leave.
(iii) After five years of service, if an employee has four hundred eighty hours of sick leave accrued or more, the employee may convert sixteen hours of sick leave to personal leave.
(b) Personal leave must be used in blocks of at least four hours. Personal leave may not be used to extend an employee's date of resignation or date of retirement, vacation leave.
(c) Request for use of personal leave must be made by the employee and approved in advance by the immediate supervisor.
(d) Personal leave cannot be carried over from year to year.
(9) Transfer of sick leave credits
(a) An employee who transfers from one Ohio public agency to another, shall be credited with the unused balance of the accumulated sick leave credit up to the maximum sick leave accumulation permitted in the public agency to which the employee transfers.
(b) An employee who is rehired within ten years of the employee's separation from state of Ohio service shall be credited with any sick leave that has not been converted to cash and shall be prohibited from further conversion until separation from state service.
(c) If an employee fails to notify the appointing authority of the employee's desire to restore sick leave and the leave is then converted to cash, the employee waives the ability to restore the accrued and unused leave credit.
(10) The use of sick leave shall be documented on the employee's time record.
(11) Unused sick leave shall be cumulative without limit.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-8-100 Voluntary disability separation.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for granting voluntary disability separation for classified civil service employees.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to classified civil service employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Voluntary Disability Separation" is a severance of employment when an employee is unable to perform the essential job duties of the position due to a disabling illness, injury or condition. A voluntary disability separation occurs when an employee does not dispute the inability to perform the essential job duties of the position due to a disabling illness, injury or condition.
(3) "Active Work Status" means the conditions under which an employee is actually in a work status and is eligible to receive pay but does not include vacation pay, sick leave, bereavement leave compensatory time, holiday leave, personal leave and disability leave.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The appointing authority may grant an employee's request for voluntary disability separation or may require the employee to submit to a medical or psychological examination. If the examination supports the employee's request, the appointing authority shall grant the employee's request for voluntary disability separation. If the medical examination does not support the employee's request, the appointing authority shall not approve the employee's request for voluntary disability separation.
(2) An employee who is granted a voluntary disability separation waives the right to a pre-separation hearing and to an appeal to the state personnel board of review.
(3) Employees who are granted a voluntary disability separation shall retain the right to be reinstated to their position for two years from the date that the employee is no longer in active work status due to a disabling illness, injury or condition. An employee may submit a written request for reinstatement from a voluntary disability separation in accordance with the procedure established by the university.
(4) For purposes of this rule only, "active work status" does not include those hours worked during a period of light duty accommodation or return to work in a reduced schedule.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-9 Information Technology
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-9-05 Acceptable use of computing resources.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to outline the acceptable use of computer equipment at university without inhibiting the use of the information technology environment that is intended for the greater benefit of university community. Inappropriate use exposes university to risks including virus attacks, compromise of network systems and services, and legal issues.
(B) Scope
The scope of this rule includes all authorized users who have access to the university network, are responsible for an account on any system that resides at any university facility, and/or store any university information on university equipment or systems.
This rule applies to all equipment and systems that are owned or leased by university, including, but not limited to: computers, laboratories, lecture theaters, and video conferencing rooms across the university together with the use of all associated networks, internet access, e-mail, hardware, virtual private network, data storage, computer accounts, software, telephony services, and voicemail.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Information Technology Facilities" includes but is not limited to university computers, servers, networks, phones, printers and software.
(2) "Users/Community" refers to all university employees, students, alumni, and authorized external users for legitimate university purposes (including contractors and vendors with access to university systems).
(D) Body of the rule
(1) General use and ownership
(a) Users should be aware that the data they create on university systems remains the property of university.
(b) Each user is responsible for using the information technology facilities in an ethical and lawful way, in accordance with university policies and relevant laws.
(c) Each user is responsible for cooperating with other users of the information technology facilities to ensure fair and equitable access to the facilities.
(d) Each user is responsible for exercising good judgment regarding the reasonableness of personal use. The university accepts no responsibility for the integrity or confidentiality of personal files stored on university's information technology facilities.
(e) University reserves the right to audit networks, systems, and equipment on a periodic basis.
(2) Security and proprietary information
(a) Users should take all necessary steps to prevent unauthorized access to any information stored on university's systems.
(b) Each user is responsible for the unique computer accounts which the university has authorized for the user's benefit. Authorized users are responsible for the security of their passwords and accounts.
(c) All devices that are connected to the university network, whether owned by the user or university, shall execute a real time virus scanning software with a current virus definition file.
(d) University recommends that any information that users consider sensitive or vulnerable be encrypted before sending it outbound electronically or on magnetic media.
(3) Confidentiality and privacy information
Use of the university network and systems is restricted to authorized users only. All users accessing this system:
(a) Must maintain high levels of security & confidentiality;
(b) Must preserve the privacy required for these data;
(c) Will access records only as required to perform assigned duties;
(d) Will not access or release private information without proper authorization; and
(e) Will not publicly discuss data in a way that might identify a person.
Unauthorized use is a violation of applicable university policies and state/federal laws and regulations (such as Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, Pub. L. No. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C Section 1232g; 34 C.F.R Part 99 and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 Pub. L. No. 104-191, 110 Stat. 1936) and will be subject to criminal, civil and/or administrative action.
(4) Prohibited activities constituting unacceptable use
(a) The following activities are strictly prohibited on university information technology facilities:
(i) Unauthorized access to accounts, data, or files
(ii) Using of the university's name, seal, and/or logo on personal web pages, e-mail, or other messaging facilities unless expressly authorized by the university
(iii) Procuring or transmitting material that is in violation of sexual harassment or hostile workplace laws in the user's local jurisdiction
(iv) Accessing, creating or distributing pornographic material
(v) Running a personal business on university equipment
(vi) Making fraudulent offers of products, items, or services originating from any university account
(vii) Making statements about warranty, expressly or implied, unless it is a part of normal job duties
(viii) Effecting security attacks or disruptions of network service. Security attacks include, but are not limited to:
(a) Disruptive activities, such as denial of service attacks, packet spoofing, and forging information for malicious purposes
(b) Introduction of malicious programs into the network or server (example, viruses, worms, trojan horses, phishing attacks, etc.)
(c) Port scanning or vulnerability scanning
(d) Executing any form of network monitoring which will intercept data not intended for the user's host, unless this activity is a part of the user's normal job/duty
(ix) Providing information about, or lists of, university employees directly to parties outside university without proper authorization.
(b) The following email and communications activities are strictly prohibited:
(i) Sending unsolicited email messages, including the sending of "junk mail" or other advertising material to individuals who did not specifically request such material (commonly known as 'spam')
(ii) Sending defamatory, aggressive or rude e-mail messages
(iii) Sending threatening, harassing, or hate-related communications to another person via email or telephone, whether through language, frequency, or size of messages
(iv) Sending sexually explicit material
(v) Propagating chain mail (e-mail sent to a number of people asking the recipient to send copies of the e-mail with the same request to a number of recipients)
(vi) Impersonating another person by sending a message which appears to have come from another person's computer or represent themselves as being of a different gender, race, age, etc. (e.g., in a chat session or electronic conference)
Users are entitled to use the university's e-mail and messaging facilities for private purposes, provided such use is lawful. Messaging facilities may include chat sessions, newsgroups, and electronic conferences. University reserves the right to withdraw this permission in the event that such use places the information technology facilities at risk or poses a security or other threat. Users must respect the privacy and personal rights of others.
(5) Copyright violations
(a) Violations of the rights of any person or institution protected by copyright, trade secret, patent, or other intellectual property, or similar laws or regulations, including, but not limited to, the installation or distribution of "pirated" or other software products that are not appropriately licensed for use by university is strictly prohibited.
(b) Unauthorized copying of copyrighted material including, but not limited to, digitization and distribution of text and/or photographs from magazines, books or other copyrighted sources, copyrighted music, and the installation of any copyrighted software for which university or the end user does not have an active license is strictly prohibited.
(c) Original multimedia works are protected by copyright. The copyright act's exclusive rights provision gives developers and publishers the right to control unauthorized exploitation of their work. Multimedia works are created by combining content, music, text, graphics, illustrations, photographs, and software.
(d) Authorized users are expressly forbidden to make digital files of any commercially available multimedia works including, but not limited to, recordings, music albums, album covers, and videos, without permission of the copyright owner. Investigative bodies are able to detect infringing activities of a student, faculty, or staff member. Individual members of the university community may be held liable for damages and costs if a copyright owner takes action for infringement of copyright.
(e) Distribution of music/film files for the purpose of trade or any other purpose which affects the copyright owner prejudicially, making music files available for downloading free of charge on an internet website, is a criminal offense.
(6) Enforcement
(a) Login access to the information technology facilities is a privilege that is granted by the department of information technology. An individual's access may be restricted on the grounds that the user is in breach of this rule. Any user found to have violated this rule may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment.
(b) For security and network maintenance purposes, authorized individuals within university may monitor equipment, systems and network traffic at any time. The university does not generally monitor e-mail, personal web sites, files, and data stored on the university's computers or traversing the university's network. However, the university reserves the right to access and monitor e-mail, web sites, server logs and electronic files and any computer or electronic device connected to the university network, should it determine that there is reason to do so. Such reason would include, but not be limited to, suspected or reported breaches of this rule, or breach of any statutes, regulations or policies of the university, or suspected illegal activity.
(c) Unlawful use will breach this rule and will be dealt with as a discipline offense. Unlawful use of the information technology facilities may also lead to criminal or civil legal action being taken against the individual. This could result in serious consequences such as a fine, damages and/or costs being awarded against the individual or even imprisonment. The university will not defend or support any client of the network who uses the information technology facilities for an unlawful purpose.
History
- Effective: June 11, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-9-15 Information security.
(A) Purpose
Northeast Ohio medical university ("NEOMED") has instituted the following information security rule to establish the overarching, university-wide approach to information security and as a measure to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of university data and systems.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to university data and systems; university students, faculty, staff, and alumni; and authorized external users for legitimate university purposes (e.g., volunteers, tenants, vendors, contractors, consultants, guests and/or visitors).
(C) Definitions
(1) "Access control" refers to the process of regulating specific requests to obtain and use university data and systems.
(2) "Authorization" refers to the granting of permission to an identified individual to use university data or system(s) and to explicitly accept the risk to university operations, individuals, and assets based on extending such permission. Acceptance of authorization to use university data and systems establishes an obligation on the part of the individual to use those resources responsibly.
(3) "Availability" refers to the ensuring of timely and reliable access to and use of data or systems. Additionally, it describes the importance of access when the data or system is needed, and the impact on the organization if it is not available. A loss of availability is the disruption of access to or use of data or systems (e.g., hard drive failure, destruction of a system, system unresponsiveness, denial of service attack).
(4) "Confidentiality" refers to the preservation of authorized restrictions on data access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary data. A loss of confidentiality is the unauthorized disclosure of data (e.g., compromised by hackers; released or published publicly without authorization).
(5) "Data" refers to any instance of information, regardless of form or storage medium, that is categorized by an organization or by a specific law or regulation.
(6) "Information security" refers to the protection of university data and systems from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification and destruction with the intent to provide confidentiality, integrity and availability to such data and systems.
(7) "Integrity" refers to the guarding against improper data or system modification or destruction and ensuring authenticity and non-repudiation in the use of data or systems. A loss of integrity is the unauthorized modification or destruction of data or systems where such resources can no longer be trusted for use, are not complete, or incorrect.
(8) "Risk," with respect to the university, refers to the effect of uncertainty, either negative or positive, on the university's strategy and its strategic objectives.
(9) "Security incident" refers to an adverse event that results in a suspected or known unauthorized disclosure, misuse, alteration, destruction, or other compromise of university data or systems. A security incident is caused by the failure of a security mechanism or an attempted or threatened breach of these mechanisms through nonelectronic means (e.g., a violation of applicable university rules, mishandled documents, the theft or loss of a system, verbal or visual disclosure of personal information) and electronic means (e.g. hacking, malware, ransomware, phishing).
(10) "System" refers to an information technology resource that can be classified, may have security controls applied, and are organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of university data. Example of systems are, but not limited to: desktop, laptop, or server computers; mobile devices (e.g., iphones; ipads; android; blackberry) to the extent that they interact with university data and systems, such as university email; university network(s); software; applications; and databases.
(11) "University data" refers to data that is created, collected, stored and/or managed in association with fulfilling the university's mission or its required business functions. University data may or may not constitute a public record (as defined within section 149.43 of the Revised Code).
(12) "University account" refers to a user's username and password combination for a university system (e.g., university email).
(13) "University email", also known as "NEOMED email", refers to the university's approved microsoft-based email system used to transmit and receive electronic messages.
(14) "User" refers to any individual or entity that has received authorization, if applicable, to access university data or systems.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Overview
(a) The ability for the university to meet the regular needs of its academic, administrative, and research communities is facilitated, in large part, by using university data and systems. While these technologies are important assets of the university and are fundamental to the carrying out of its mission, they also introduce risk, which are increasing in both number and variety (e.g., phishing, identity fraud, misuses of university data and systems). As a result, the university has established an overarching information security rule to serve as the basis for the safeguarding of its data and systems.
(b) NEOMED will ensure that users are aware of their specific information security responsibilities in the use and management of university data and systems. By being aware, NEOMED expects users to use appropriate physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of university data and systems, as outlined herein and throughout the university's information technology rules and procedures. While the safeguards utilized by the university are expansive and thorough, the university cannot guarantee absolute security; therefore, all users share responsibility to minimize risk and to secure university data and systems within their control. Any suspected misuse or other information security incidents must be reported, in accordance with the information security incident response plan rule.
(c) This overarching rule is supplemented and supported by other information technology rules and procedures that are created to support information security elements not outlined herein. All information security rules and procedures shall ensure compliance with all applicable federal and state security-related laws and regulations. These rules and procedures shall consider risk within their design and be written to recognize the risk severity and resource constraints of university.
(2) Information security elements
The following is an overview of the overarching components that provide the basis for the university's information security measures and corresponding safeguarding requirements. These components are adapted from the national institute of standards and technology (NIST) risk management framework and corresponding NIST security controls which are further developed within other university information technology rules and procedures.
(a) Confidentiality, integrity and availability: the university shall ensure that its information security rules and procedures address the basic security elements of confidentiality, integrity, and availability.
(b) Management and governance: the university shall implement an institutional governance structure for the management of its information security framework.
(c) Classification of university data and systems: the university shall implement classification requirements that protect university data and systems in the most appropriate manner.
(d) Risk management: the university shall apply risk management procedures to make informed decisions on appropriate information security safeguards and to aid in designing and implementing any additional information technology rules and procedures.
(e) Access control and authorization: the university shall implement information security rules and procedures regarding access control and authorization required to protect university data and systems.
(f) Audit logging: the university shall implement an information security audit logging capability for university systems, including computers and network devices.
(g) Identify, protect, detect, respond, and recover: information security rules and procedures shall include methods to identify, protect against, detect, respond to, and recover from threats and vulnerabilities to university data and systems.
(h) Rule and procedure management: rules and procedures created to supplement and support this overarching information security rule shall be reviewed by university information security personnel before being installed. These rules and procedures will be implemented with consideration of the business impacts and resource constraints for all university areas tasked with their implementation.
(3) Enforcement
(a) The university respects the privacy of individuals and keeps university data on university systems as private as possible. The university also does not generally monitor university email, systems, and university data stored on university systems or traversing the university's network; however, the university reserves the right to monitor, access, and disclose university data created, sent, received, processed, or stored on university systems to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of university data and systems or for any reason to ensure compliance with university rules and federal, state, or local laws and regulations. University personnel will have the right to review and/or confiscate any university equipment connected to or using university data and systems. University personnel also reserve the right, without notice, to limit or restrict any individual's university data and systems access and to inspect, remove, or otherwise alter any university data or system that may compromise the information security of the university. University data and systems are the property of NEOMED and not the personal property of the individual.
(b) Access to university data and systems is a privilege that is granted by the university; therefore, non-compliance or violation of related university rules may result in disciplinary action, which could include, but is not limited to: suspension or loss of the user privileges related to university data and systems; mandatory information security training; written warnings, suspension with or without pay, or termination; or any other remedy available by law.
(c) The university will not defend or indemnify any user who utilizes university data and systems for an unlawful purpose or in contravention of university rules.
History
- Effective: May 27, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-9-18 Classification of university data systems.
(A) Purpose
To establish a classification framework based upon the sensitivity and regulatory requirements for safeguarding university data and systems.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university data and systems and to those responsible for classifying or using university data and systems.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Authorization" refers to the granting of permission to an identified individual to use university data or system(s) and to explicitly accept the risk to university operations, individuals, and assets based on extending such permission. Acceptance of authorization to use university data and systems establishes an obligation on the part of the individual to use those resources responsibly.
(2) "Availability" refers to the ensuring of timely and reliable access to and use of data or systems. Additionally, it describes the importance of access when the data or system is needed, and the impact on the organization if it is not available. A loss of availability is the disruption of access to or use of data or systems (e.g., hard drive failure, destruction of a system, system unresponsiveness, denial of service attack).
(3) "Confidentiality" refers to the preservation of authorized restrictions on data access and disclosure, including means for protecting personal privacy and proprietary data. A loss of confidentiality is the unauthorized disclosure of data (e.g., compromised by hackers; released or published publicly without authorization).
(4) "Data" refers to any instance of information, regardless of form or storage medium, that is categorized by an organization or by a specific law or regulation.
(5) "Integrity" refers to the guarding against improper data or system modification or destruction and ensuring authenticity and non-repudiation in the use of data or systems. A loss of integrity is the unauthorized modification or destruction of data or systems where such resources can no longer be trusted for use, are not complete, or incorrect.
(6) "Internal university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(ii) of this rule.
(7) "Private university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(iii) of this rule.
(8) "Public university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(i) of this rule.
(9) "Record" refers to any document, device, or item, regardless of physical form or characteristic that is created, received by, or comes under the jurisdiction of an organization which serves to document the organization, its functions, rules, decisions, procedures, operations or other activities. University data may reside in university records, be used to produce university records, or may of itself be a university record.
(10) "Restricted university data" as defined within paragraph (D)(2)(a)(iv) of this rule.
(11) "Risk," with respect to the university, refers to the effect of uncertainty, either negative or positive, on the university's strategy and its strategic objectives.
(12) "System" refers to an information technology resource that can be classified, may have security controls applied, and are organized for the collection, processing, maintenance, use, sharing, dissemination, or disposition of university data. Example of systems are, but not limited to: desktop, laptop, or server computers; mobile devices (e.g., iphones; ipads; android; blackberry) to the extent that they interact with university data and systems, such as university email; university network(s); software; applications; and databases.
(13) "University data" refers to data that is created, collected, stored and/or managed in association with fulfilling the university's mission or its required business functions. University data may or may not constitute a public record (as defined within section 149.43 of the Revised Code).
(14) "User" refers to any individual or entity that has received authorization, if applicable, to access university data or systems.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Overview
(a) Northeast Ohio medical university is committed to protecting the privacy of its students, faculty, and staff, as well as protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of university data and systems that are important to the achievement of the university's mission and ongoing operations.
(b) The university uses risk assessment methodologies to translate university data and system considerations into an appropriate risk classification. This is done by assessing the adverse effects that could be expected by a loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of university data or systems and then determining a severity level for each resource. If a need for confidentiality, integrity, or availability is higher or stronger than the other two measures, the overall classification of that university data or system will reflect that highest or stronger need.
Example: if a specific university data was assessed with a high need for confidentiality, but low needs for integrity and availability, the university data will be classified based upon the high need for confidentiality (classifications further detailed below).
(c) Based upon the classification, authorization to access university data or systems will vary and security controls for access and protection will be applied, in accordance with the university's information technology rules.
(d) Proper classification is a prerequisite to enable compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and university rules and procedures.
(e) Regardless of classification, university data may reside within university records, be used to produce university records, or itself constitute a university record. University records are generally available to the public under the state of Ohio's public records law. Some records are protected by federal or state law or are otherwise exempt from disclosure.
(f) Any questions regarding the classification of university data and systems should be referred to the appropriate data steward, system steward, or to the office of compliance and risk management.
(2) Classification of university data
(a) The four university data classifications are, from least to most restrictive:
(i) Public
(a) Public university data is university data that is intended and accessible for public use and is not restricted by federal, state, local, or international regulations regarding disclosure or use.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of public university data could be expected to have no adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(ii) Internal
(a) Internal university data is university data used to conduct university business for which access must be guarded due to proprietary, ethical, or privacy considerations. This classification applies even though there may not be a civil statute requiring this protection. This university data is not intended for public dissemination, but its disclosure is not restricted by federal or state law or regulation.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of internal university data could be expected to have limited adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(i) The need for confidentiality is low/optional;
(ii) The need for integrity is low/optional as the university data is easily reproducible; and/or
(iii) The need for availability is low/optional as the university data provides an informational/non-critical service.
(iv) Access to and management of internal university data may only be available to users whose role, function, or assignment requires it.
(iii) Private
(a) Private university data is university data used to conduct university business for which access must be guarded due to legal, regulatory, administrative, and contractual requirements, in addition to proprietary, ethical, or privacy considerations.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of private university data could be expected to have serious adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(i) The need for confidentiality is moderate/recommended;
(ii) The need for integrity is moderate/recommended as the university data is internally trusted by or dependent on other university data or systems; and/or
(iii) The need for availability is moderate/recommended as the university data provides a normal or important service.
(c) Access to and management of private university data requires authorization and is only granted to those users as permitted under applicable law, regulation, contract, rule, and/or role.
(iv) Restricted
(a) Restricted university data is university data that requires the highest level of protection due to legal, regulatory, administrative, contractual, rule, industry standards, or rule requirements.
(b) The potential loss of confidentiality, integrity, and availability of private university data could be expected to have severe or catastrophic adverse effects on university operations, university assets, or individuals.
(i) The need for confidentiality is high/required;
(ii) The need for integrity is high/required as the university data is internally trusted by or dependent on other university data or systems; and/or
(iii) The need for availability is high/required as the university data provides a critical or university-wide service.
(c) Access to and management of restricted university data is strictly limited and determined by data stewards, as unauthorized use or disclosure could substantially or materially impact the university's mission, operations, reputation, finances, or result in potential harm to members of the university community (e.g., identity theft).
(b) The classification of university data is subject to change as the attributes, considerations, or regulatory requirements of that data change.
(c) The following rules should be applied when classifying university data:
(i) When a set or collection of university data includes data of more than one classification, the set or collection of university data should be classified based on the most restrictive classification found in the set or collection.
For example, if a database contains both private and restricted university data, the database should be classified as restricted.
(ii) University data may be classified at a more restrictive classification; however, if this occurs, such data must meet the minimum-security measures for the more restrictive classification.
(3) Classification of university systems
(a) The three university system classifications are, from least to most risk:
(i) Low risk
(a) The system processes and/or stores public university data;
(b) The system is easily recoverable and reproducible; and/or
(c) The system provides an informational/non-critical service.
(ii) Moderate risk
(a) The system processes and/or stores internal university data;
(b) The system is internally trusted by or dependent on other university systems and its university data; and/or
(c) The system provides a normal or important service.
(iii) High risk
(a) System processes and/or stores private or restricted university data;
(b) System is highly trusted by or dependent on other university systems and its university data; and/or
(c) System provides a critical or university-wide service.
(b) University systems may be classified at a more restrictive classification; however, if this occurs, such systems must meet the minimum-security measures for the more restrictive classification.
(c) The classification of university systems is subject to change as the attributes, considerations, or regulatory requirements of those systems change.
History
- Effective: May 27, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-9-20 Computer equipment and software support.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to define standards for hardware, software, and support at the university.
(B) Scope
The scope of this rule includes all personnel at university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Authorized User" or "User" is a person who has been provided with a username and password, for their use only through legitimate university process after verification of identification by the university's information technology department.
(2) "Information Technology" is the administrative unit responsible for supporting university owned or leased hardware and software.
(3) A computer lab is defined as three or more computers used by faculty, staff, or students for general use, research, in a classroom setting, or as a component of a class.
(D) Rule
In order to make the best use of university resources, standard hardware and software specifications have been developed and are defined in the information technology standards and timelines. Employees are responsible for familiarizing themselves with this document. Non-standard hardware/software will not be supported by information technology, nor will computers that are not owned by university.
Hardware
New hardware
History
- Effective: February 14, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-10 Campus Safety and Security
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-05 Administrative rule regarding persona non grata status.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule to identify persons whose presence on the university campus may be detrimental to the university community and to provide a mechanism for limiting the person's access to the main university campus and any other facilities owned or operated by the university and any official off campus events of the university. This rule shall not be construed to limit the authority of university officials to take any other actions that deem warranted by the circumstances.
(B) Scope
Applies to all persons.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Persona Non Grata" means a person who has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any university locations or specific locations as set forth in the notice.
(2) "Visitor" means any person who is not a student or an employee acting within the scope of his or her employment or his or her role within a university educational program.
(a) As a general rule, persons who had been enrolled at the university but who have graduated or transferred are classified as visitors. Persons who have been admitted to the university, but are not currently enrolled, are to be classified as visitors.
(b) It is intended that this rule provide a means for regulating the behavior of all persons, except university employees acting within the scope of their employment, and students who are present on university premises and who are subject to the university or separate component college student honor codes.
(3) "Behavior Detrimental to the University Community" includes, but is not limited to, actions by a person which result in offenses against persons or property; disruption of university processes or programs, violation of a previous order given by a university official or a court of law, a continuing pattern of violation of university rules and regulations after notice of the rules or regulations or falsification or misrepresentation of self or other providing other false or misleading information to university offices or officials.
(4) "University Premises" means any building or land owned, or operated by the university.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) A visitor who has been deemed to be persona non grata will no longer be permitted to frequent or be present on the main university campus or at any other university sponsored events that are held at other locations.
(2) Warning notice.
(a) A visitor accused of behavior detrimental to the university community shall be served with a warning notice that the visitor's behavior is not acceptable and may result in that person being denied, on a permanent basis, the opportunity to frequent or be present on university premises and university sponsored events.
(b) The warning notice shall contain:
(i) Name and last known address of the individual;
(ii) The title of the university official who will make the determination of whether or not to place the individual on persona non grata status;
(iii) Contact information of that official;
(iv) A specification of the alleged unacceptable behavior;
(v) A warning that failure to arrange a meeting with the official within the limit will result in a determination as to permanent persona non grata status being made without the accused being present;
(vi) A warning that the individual is temporarily persona non grata and as such not allowed on the university premises or at university sponsored events until the meeting referenced above occurs and a formal determination is made or the meeting is waived by failure to request the meeting within the time limit specified above.
(3) The warning notice will be issued by the general counsel or the public safety and security associate.
(4) Meeting to determine persona non grata status.
(a) At the meeting the visitor is entitled to know the nature and source of the evidence against him/her, and to present evidence including witnesses on his/her behalf. If the accused chooses not to be present or participate, the process may nonetheless proceed.
(b) All meetings shall be held in private. The accused may be accompanied by another individual who may serve in an advisory capacity, but who may not participate directly in the meeting.
(c) The university official conducting the meeting shall hear and weigh all evidence presented. To place the accused on permanent persona non grata status there must be a finding by the university official based on a preponderance of the evidence that the alleged behavior occurred and that such behavior is detrimental to the university community. If such a finding is made, the university official may take into consideration the reasons for such behavior and the likelihood of its recurrence. Based on these findings and considerations, the university official may place the visitor on permanent persona non grata status for a period of up to two years.
(5) If a university visitor fails to arrange for the meeting within the time limit provided, the university official sending the original warning notice, may assume the validity of all evidence against the visitor and send notification of permanent persona non grata status to the visitor for a period of up to two years.
(6) Notification of permanent persona non grata status.
(a) Notification shall be sent via regular and certified U.S. Mail.
(b) The restrictions imposed by persona non grata status shall take effect upon the mailing of the notification.
(7) During the time that the temporary or permanent persona non grata status is in effect, permission may be granted by a member of the university's senior administration, to allow the visitor to enter university premises or events for a specified purpose and time. The general counsel and the public safety and security associate must be notified in advance of such access.
(8) Review.
A written request for review of persona non grata status may be made to the general counsel after six months have elapsed from the date of the initial determination.
(9) The review shall be limited to evidence which would clearly demonstrate that the person's behavior will no longer be detrimental to the university community.
(10) The persona non grata status shall remain in effect pending the decision on the review. The general counsel shall render his/her decision within ten working days of receipt of the request for review. The decision shall be final.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-10 Campus law enforcement.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish a framework for campus law enforcement and the enforcement of federal, state and local laws on the Rootstown campus of the university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all people on the Rootstown campus of the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Clery Act" refers to Section 1092(f) of The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act, 20 U.S.C., and its implementation regulations, 34 C.F.R. 688.46.
(2) "Office of Public Safety and Security" or the "Office" refers to the supervisor for public safety and security, the public safety officer, and the contract security officers under the direction of the supervisor.
(3) "Northeast Ohio Medical University Police Department" or "NPD" refers to the commissioned law enforcement officers employed by the university and having jurisdiction on university owned property.
(4) "Security" is the physical space reserved for security officers and their respective functions. Security is located in room A-90.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university maintains a police department under the direction of the director of public safety/chief of police.
(2) "NPD" provides twenty-four hours a day law enforcement for the buildings, parking lots and property surrounding university buildings and parking lots on the Rootstown campus.
(3) Police officers on the Rootstown campus are employees of the university. All commission officers of "NPD" have graduated from a state-approved peace officer training academy and hold the same authority and powers of arrest as any certified police officer in the state of Ohio.
(4) Security officers on the Rootstown campus are employees of a contracted security service. They have no power of arrest on the Rootstown campus.
(5) The university maintains a highly professional working relationship with the Portage county sheriff's office and the Ohio state highway patrol, as well as other local law enforcement agencies for the investigation of alleged criminal offenses. The university does not, however, have a written memorandum of understanding with a law enforcement agency for the investigation of alleged criminal offenses.
(6) All persons are strongly encouraged to immediately report any criminal or suspicious activity on the Rootstown campus to "NPD." For all emergencies, call 911. For non-urgent public safety-related matters, call NPD at ext. 5911.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: August 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-40 Emergency notification, response and evacuation procedures.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that the university is in compliance with the Higher Education Act of 1965 as amended by the Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008, concerning emergency notification, response and evacuation. These procedures are in addition to and separate from those required for a timely warning required in response to specific crimes under the Clery Act.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university owned operated facilities.
(C) Definitions
Significant emergency or dangerous situation as used in this rule refers to a situation that poses an immediate threat to the health and safety of university faculty, staff, students or visitors. this determination shall be based upon:
(1) Personal observation of the event (sight or sound);
(2) Report from NEOMED police, faculty, staff, students, administrators, or visitors to the campus:
(3) Information from an outside reliable source, such as local police or fire, news media, or government entity; or
(4) Other means that might be available.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) NEOMED has adopted an emergency management plan in order to address and respond to significant emergencies or dangerous situations that may threaten the health and safety of anyone on campus. Once NEOMED becomes aware of an emergency, various individuals engage in an information sharing process. This may include, but is not limited to, the NEOMED university incident management team, NEOMED executive management team, Portage county sheriff's office, Ohio state highway patrol and/or the Rootstown fire department. During this process, it is determined whether the situation constitutes a significant emergency or dangerous situation based on the following: the type of incident; the risk of death, serious injury or illness to the NEOMED community; the number of people involved or injured, the location of the incident and the threat it prevents to safety of university activities; the potential physical or environmental damage that may result, as well as the threat to NEOMED's financial well-being. After assessing the situation, the following people are contacted to determine if an emergency notification is warranted based on the information obtained at that point:
(a) Chief marketing officer;
(b) Director of public safety/chief of police;
(c) Senior vice president, operations and finance;
(d) Executive director, campus operations; and
(e) Assistant director, campus operations.
(2) As soon as NEOMED confirms that a significant emergency or dangerous situation exists, it will:
(a) Take into account the safety of the campus community;
(b) Determine what information should be released about the situation; and
(c) Begin the emergency notification process.
(3) The only reason NEOMED would not issue an emergency notification if a significant emergency or dangerous situation exists is if doing so would compromise the university's efforts to assist the victim, contain or respond to the emergency, or otherwise mitigate the emergency.
(4) If an emergency notification is warranted, the director of public safety/chief of police, or designee, will determine the segments of the campus community to receive immediate notification based on the location and nature of the incident.
(5) The director of public safety/chief of police, or designee, will work with the chief marketing officer, or designee, to determine the content of emergency notification. If time is of the essence, an initial notification may be made by the department of public safety or the department of marketing and communications with follow up notification as soon as possible containing additional information and instructions. The emergency notification will include the following information:
(a) The type of incident;
(b) That public safety is issuing the emergency notification;
(c) Abbreviated instructions; and
(d) Where additional information may be obtained.
If the initial message is sent as a text message, it may be shorter due to limitations in the number of characters that can be transmitted in a single message. Additionally, if the department of public safety and the department of marketing and communications determine that emergency information needs to be disseminated beyond the university population to the community at large, it will do so through radio and/or television alerts to the local community. If appropriate, NEOMED may request the Rootstown fire department utilize their emergency notification system for notification to residents in Rootstown township. The department of marketing and communications will work with the department of public safety to develop the content of the message and determine the most effective media outlets for communicating the information based on the nature of the significant emergency or dangerous situation.
(6) Method of an emergency notification
One or more of the following methods to notify the campus community will be utilized:
(a) University mass emergency notification system that utilizes a combination of email, voice, text messaging, facebook and twitter;
(b) University e-mail system;
(c) University website; and/or
(d) Public address system.
(7) Personnel authorized to initiate an emergency notification to the university campus include:
(a) Chief marketing officer or designated backup;
(b) Director of public safety/chief of police or designated backup;
(c) Campus security personnel at the direction of paragraph (D)(7)(a) or (D)(7)(b) of this rule; and
(d) Vendor who supports NEOMED's emergency notification system.
(8) Recipients of the emergency notification will be instructed as to what to do based on the nature of the significant emergency or dangerous situation. For example, the emergency notification may require a recipient to do one of the following:
(a) Shelter in place
Regardless of where you are, the basic steps of shelter in place will generally remain the same. Should the need ever arise, do the following, unless instructed otherwise by local emergency personnel:
(i) Go to the nearest building.
(ii) Close all doors and windows to seal off the building from the exterior.
(iii) Shut off air conditioners, furnaces and other fans that draw outside air into the building.
(iv) Conduct an accountability check of students, faculty and staff.
(v) Prevent anyone from leaving the shelter.
(vi) Remain in the shelter in place area; do not leave until told to do so.
(b) Initiate "run, hide, fight" response
(c) Evacuate
Evacuation routes and evacuation assembly areas may change depending on the nature and location of the emergency. Follow instructions of NEOMED police, or other first responders.
(i) Evacuate the area.
(ii) Leave all personal belongings behind, unless instructed otherwise.
(iii) Walk without delay, but do not run.
(iv) Assist those with temporary or permanent disabilities needing special assistance evacuating.
(v) Evacuate using the primary evacuation route to your designated outside evacuation assembly area, avoiding dangerous areas.
(vi) Conduct an accountability check of faculty, staff and students by department or class, as appropriate.
(vii) Call 911 to report missing or injured persons.
(viii) Remain at the evacuation assembly area.
(ix) Do not re-enter the building until told to do so by emergency responders.
(9) Testing of the emergency notification system
A test of the NEOMED mass emergency notification system is conducted annually by the department of public safety and/or a designee in the office of public relations and marketing.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: August 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-41 Hosting high school students for educational experiences in research.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for hosting high school students for educational experiences in a manner that is consistent with university's minors on campus rule, allows for a meaningful educational experience for a meaningful educational experience for the student, and minimizes the risk of harm or disruption to students, laboratory equipment, research efforts or the operational activities of university.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to any employee who intends to host any high school student for a structured educational experience of significant duration. It does not apply to students who volunteer or "shadow" university faculty or staff for a brief or limited period of time that is not long-term in nature.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Direct Supervision" means that the high school student is accompanied at all times while on campus, including time spent in the lab, traversing campus, or engaged in activities in a non-lab setting. The person responsible for direct supervision must be trained and knowledgeable about the experience in which the high school student is engaging, and must be physically present in the lab or other areas with the high school student at all times, unless the high school student has been given campus access in accordance with rule 3349-10-80 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "High School Student" refers to a person who is enrolled in or newly graduated from high school and not yet enrolled in college.
(3) "Laboratory Areas" refers to the following areas: the research and graduate educational building, multi-disciplinary teaching laboratories and gross anatomy laboratory areas of B building; all basic medical sciences laboratories in C, D, E and F buildings; and all restricted access areas in the comparative medicine unit.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Obtaining approval to host a high school student
(a) Any employee requesting to host a high school student for an educational experience should document the request by completing the educational experience for high school students approval form. The information provided on this form must include the type of work that will be conducted by the high school student both inside and outside the laboratory or departmental areas, as well as who will be responsible for the direct supervision of the high school student.
(b) The completed form should be sent to the director of environmental and occupational health and safety ("DEOHS") for review.
(c) The DEOHS will determine what, if any, safety training may be required or if any restrictions should be placed on the high school student based on the activities being performed. The DEOHS will document any requirements and/or restrictions on the form and forward the form to the department chair or supervisor for review.
(d) The employee's department chair/supervisor must review and approve any requests to host a high school student as part of an educational experience before the student is permitted on campus for any significant period of time.
(e) All requests and related approvals must be documented on the educational experience for high school students approval form and must accompany any request to human resources to generate an identification badge.
(2) The person responsible for direct supervision of the high school student must have a criminal background check on file in human resources before they are able to serve in this capacity.
(3) The high school student and his/her parent or legal guardian must complete and sign the educational experience for high school students: parent/legal guardian agreement, release and consent for emergency medical treatment form as well as the non-employee registration information.
(4) All forms related to hosting a high school student for an educational experience in research will be maintained in the human resources department.
History
- Effective: February 15, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-80
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for managing minors on the university campus.
(B) Scope
This rule covers all minors, both supervised and unsupervised, who may be present on the university campus.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Minors" refers to persons under the age of eighteen, with the exception of university students that are enrolled at the university.
(2) "Laboratory Areas" refers to the following areas: the research and graduate educational building, multi disciplinary teaching laboratories and gross anatomy laboratory areas of B building; all basic medical sciences laboratories in C D, E and F buildings; and all restricted access areas in the comparative medicine unit.
(3) "University Campus" refers to the Rootstown campus, any on-campus residences and any non-campus university-owned buildings or property
(D) Rule statement
(1) Supervised minors on the university campus.
(a) Minors are permitted in all non-laboratory areas of the university campus when accompanied by an adult. Minors are not permitted in the laboratory areas unless prior written approval has been provided by the department head in advance of the minor's visit and the requisite supervision will be in place during the visit.
(b) Minor children of university students are not permitted to attend class with their parents. If a minor child is brought to campus or a location where university students are receiving instruction, the child must be accompanied by an adult at all times.
(c) Minor children of university employees are not permitted to attend work with their parent unless the employee has obtained prior approval in advance from his/her direct supervisor. Supervisors may not permit minor children of employees to attend work with their parent on a daily or ongoing basis. Minor children permitted to attend work with their parent must be directly supervised by the parent while on the university campus and may not disrupt the routine activities of the university.
(d) Minors ages sixteen to eighteen years old may work on the university campus provided their parent(s) or legal guardian(s) complete the necessary paperwork with human resources allowing them to do so.
(e) Minors who are on campus in conjunction with various university programs including educational workshops or conferences, academic camps, pre-enrollment visits must be supervised by an adult at all times.
(f) Students enrolled in the bio-med science academy that are minors must be supervised by a teacher or member of the bio-med science academy's staff at all times while on the university campus. All teachers or staff members of the bio-med science academy who are engaged in the supervision of students on the university campus must have a criminal background check on file with human resources prior to engaging in student supervision.
(g) Bio-med science academy students that are engaged in long-term educational experience (as defined by rule 3349-10-41 of the Administrative Code) may be provided with campus access and permitted to move about campus unsupervised after obtaining the proper approvals to do so. Campus access will be terminated if the student is found to have misused or abused his/her access privileges.
(2) Unsupervised minors on the university campus.
For their safety and welfare, any unsupervised minor found on the university campus will be escorted to the campus security office and the parent(s) or legal guardian(s) will be contacted to pick them up immediately.
(3) This rule does not apply to general events held on the university campus that are open to public.
(4) The board of trustees authorized the administration to establish and implement the specific procedures for regulating the presence of minors on the Rootstown campus and to modify these procedures as necessary to carry out this rule without further ratification or action required by the board of trustees.
History
- Effective: June 11, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-43 Operation, regulation, and control of motor vehicles on campus rule.
(A) Purpose
This rule is adopted in furtherance of the delegation of authority by the board of trustees to the university police department to regulate and control motor vehicles on the Rootstown campus consistent with the provisions set forth in section 3345.21 of the Revised Code.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all individuals who are present on the university campus, including but not limited to employees, students and visitors who may be driving on all streets, roads, and access drives, as well as all parking lots located on the university campus.
(C) Definitions
This rule hereby incorporates, as if rewritten herein, definitions as set forth in Title 45 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule
(1) Under the authority of section 3345.21 of the Revised Code, the board of trustees of university has adopted Title 45 of the Revised Code for the regulation of motor vehicles on campus.
(2) The board of trustees of university specifically authorizes the university police department to enforce all sections contained within Title 45 of the Revised Code on all applicable streets, roads, and access drives on campus.
(a) The university police department is authorized to enact speed limits within the guidelines of Title 45 of the Revised Code.
(b) The university police department is authorized to erect and maintain traffic control devices (including speed limit signs) as defined in division (QQ) of section 4511.01 of the Revised Code.
History
- Effective: February 15, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-45 Rule governing phones in laboratories.
(A) Purpose
To establish formal guidelines for the minimum number of phones that must be present in all research laboratories to ensure safety and minimize risk to the university.
(B) Scope
Applies to all research laboratories of the university community.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Research laboratory" refers to any formal space designated for research in buildings C, D, E or F or any new construction so designated.
(2) "Suite laboratory" refers to a research laboratory that is a combination of at least three open contiguous laboratory spaces.
(D) Policy statement
(1) All research laboratories shall have a minimum of one phone that can access at least outside emergency services, NEOMED security and the NEOMED safety administrator at all times.
(2) All suite laboratories shall have a minimum of two phones that can access at least outside emergency services, NEOMED security and the NEOMED safety administrator at all times.
(3) Whether or not the phones have the ability to make long distance calls shall be at the discretion of the supervisor or cost center supervisor.
Last updated July 29, 2024 at 8:26 AM
History
- Effective: July 29, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-50 Exposure to infectious disease rule.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to protect employees, volunteers, and students within the university environment against the exposure and transmission of infectious disease, to prevent the inadvertent transmission of infectious disease to patients by ensuring expert and safe patient care, and to provide a safe work environment.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all students, employees, and volunteers within the university environment or educational experiences at clinical sites.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Admission" is the process of allowing entry into any one of the university's academic programs.
(2) "Carrier" is a person who harbors the micro-organisms causing a particular disease without experiencing signs or symptoms of infection, but who can transmit the disease to others.
(3) "Employee" is any faculty, staff, or student assistant of the university.
(4) "HBV" is the hepatitis B virus. For reporting purposes, HBV is defined as hepatitis B virus with hepatitis B-antigen positive status.
(5) "HCV" is the hepatitis C virus.
(6) "HIV" is the human immunodeficiency virus which attacks the immune system and may cause acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). The virus is transmitted through sexual contact and exposure to infected bodily fluids and perinatally from mother to baby.
(7) "Infectious Disease" is any disease that can be transmitted, whether via bodily fluids, direct physical contact, or common handling of an object that has been contaminated by infective micro-organisms through a disease carrier or by infected droplets coughed or exhaled into the air.
(8) "Matriculate" is the process of enrolling as a member in an academic program.
(9) "Risk Sufficient to Exclude" is a significant risk of infection that poses serious consequences for persons within the university environment and which may only be eliminated or contained by the exclusion of the source of risk from the environment.
(10) "Senior Executive Director, Academic Affairs and Student Services" oversees academic support and student support services at university.
(11) "Student" is any person accepted into the university's colleges of graduate studies, medicine, or pharmacy.
(12) "Student Health and Immunization Committee" is a select group of university faculty, administrative representatives from each college, and invited external clinicians, one of whom is an infectious disease physician, responsible for advising, recommending, and approving decisions regarding student insurance, student immunizations, and student health issues such as infectious diseases and exposures.
(13) "University Environment" includes the university Rootstown campus and university educational sites.
(14) "Volunteer" is any person who is working in an "unpaid" status on the university Rootstown campus. This may include graduate students involved in teaching and/or research in one of the university's research laboratories.
(15) "Volunteer Setting" is the normally assigned setting where volunteer work is to be performed.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Students
(a) Admissions
(i) Applicants to university academic programs will not be denied admission to the university solely because they are carriers of or have an infectious disease.
(ii) Applicants to university programs who have injuries or illnesses which make it unlikely they will be able to complete the curriculum or engage in the active practice of their chosen profession, are encouraged to examine their motives for entering such professional education.
(iii) Admitted students who contract an infectious disease during their course of study, and who pose a risk sufficient to exclude them from the educational setting, could experience a delay in matriculation or graduation.
(b) Matriculation
All students are required to be knowledgeable of, and practice, universal infection control precautions. Students are required to meet full compliance with university's immunization requirements by the stated deadline. Students who do not comply with immunization requirements may not be permitted to matriculate until those requirements have been met and documented and may not be able to continue in the program if these requirements lapse during enrollment.
(c) Exclusion from the educational setting
(i) The university may remove students from active participation in a program if they become carriers of, or contract, an illness until such time that the risk has been eliminated or sufficiently mitigated.
(ii) Students who are continually or severely ill or incapacitated as a result of infectious disease exposure while enrolled at the university will be counseled as to the difficulty of successfully completing the curriculum and may be placed on a medical leave of absence until their illness is no longer an impediment to their studies and documented proof of ability to return to the curriculum is provided.
(d) Implementation procedures
Procedures for implementing sections of this rule that are applicable to students shall be established consistent with state and federal law. The student health and immunization committee will make specific case-by-case recommendations for determining the status and educational privileges of students who contract an infectious disease prior to, or during, their course of study.
(e) Infectious disease procedure related to continued student participation in educational activities
All colleges within the university voluntarily comply with the spirit and intent of all infectious disease regulations passed by the Ohio state medical board ("OSMB"). Such voluntary compliance is consistent with the education and needs of our students in their future careers. The colleges have adopted the following procedures to minimize the risk of infectious disease transmission, including HBV, HCV, and HIV transmission, from students to the public. These procedures are as follows:
(i) A student who believes, or has reason to believe, that he/she is infected with HBV, HCV, HIV, or any other infectious disease (e.g., tuberculosis, meningitis, pertussis) that could pose a risk to patients, students, or teachers, should report that belief to the senior executive director, academic affairs and student services.
(ii) The senior executive director, academic affairs and a student services, will require written confirmation from a qualified physician as to the student's diagnosis. If no infection has occurred, the chief student affairs officer will inform the course director and the student's educational activities may continue.
(iii) If the student is identified as having an infectious disease that poses a risk to patients, students, or teacher, the executive director, academic affairs and student services, will convene the student health and immunization committee including, if possible, the student's physician. The committee will evaluate the student's coursework and patient contact to determine appropriate clinical curricular changes based on the guidelines from the Ohio department of health (ODH) and the centers for disease control and prevention (CDC). The committee shall report any recommendations to the senior executive director, academic affairs and student services, who will then notify the student, course directors, and clerkship directors or experiential site directors of any requirements and/or limitations placed on the student's educational or clinical activity.
(iv) All information regarding the HBV, HCV and/or HIV status of a student shall be held in strict confidence.
(v) Failure by a student to comply with this procedure shall be considered a serious breach of professionalism. As a result, the student may be referred to the office of student services for advising, and disciplinary action, up to and including referral to the committee on academic and professional progress for review.
(2) Employees
(a) Employment
Applicants will not be denied employment or faculty status at the university, nor discriminated against solely because they are a carrier of, or have, an infectious disease.
(b) Exclusion from the workplace
Employees will be subject to exclusion from the workplace if the individual becomes a carrier or, develops, an infectious disease that poses a risk sufficient to exclude. If the university environment poses a threat to the health of the infected person, the university reserves the right to exclude the individual from any area which would increase the likelihood of health problems. If the university determines that the individual must be excluded from the workplace, that person shall have full use of accumulated sick days and/or personal illness leave.
(c) Implementation procedures
Procedures for implementation of this section shall be established by the occupational health and safety program in consultation with the program medical director and shall be consistent with state and federal law.
(3) Volunteers
(a) Volunteer setting
Volunteers will not be denied access to the university environment, nor discriminated against, solely because they are a carrier of, or have, an infectious disease.
(b) Exclusion from the volunteer setting
Volunteers will be subject to exclusion if the individual becomes a carrier or, develops, an infectious disease that poses a risk sufficient to exclude. If the university environment poses a threat to the health of the infected person, the university reserves the right to exclude the individual from any area which would increase the likelihood of health problems.
(c) Implementation procedures
Procedures for implementation of this section shall be established by the occupational health and safety program in consultation with the program medical director and shall be consistent with state and federal law.
History
- Effective: April 30, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-52 Missing person rule.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to establish a framework for locating a NEOMED student that is living in on-campus housing and who, based on the information available at the time, is believed to be missing.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all NEOMED students that are living in on-campus housing.
(C) Body of rule
(1) Student contact information. All NEOMED students who execute a resident agreement for on-campus housing will be asked to register a contact person who would be contacted no later than twenty-four hours after the time the student is determined to be missing. A student can register a confidential contact for this situation, in addition to the emergency contact information on file with the university. A missing student's confidential contact information will be accessible by university campus officials and may be shared with law enforcement during the course of the missing person investigation.
If the student is under eighteen years of age, university is required to notify a custodial parent or legal guardian not later than twenty-four hours after the student is determined to be missing.
(2) Notification. Any person who has reason to believe that a NEOMED student who is living on campus is missing should contact the NEOMED police department immediately at 330-325-6489 to make a report.
(3) Investigation. The NEOMED police department will conduct an initial inquiry in response to any report that it receives regarding university students living on campus that may be missing. The inquiry will seek to determine if the student is actually missing and cannot be located through reasonable efforts. The inquiry may include, but is not limited to, the following activities:
(a) Calling or visiting the student's residence;
(b) Contacting neighbors, fellow students, and/or friends of the resident to determine the circumstances of the student's disappearance;
(c) Conducting a campus search of public locations to locate the student (library, the NEW center, lecture halls, etc.);
(d) Access key card and fob usage records to determine the student's last use of either means of access;
(e) Access the student's email or other network login records to determine the student's last use of the university network;
(f) If the university police department determines the student may be at risk, they will attempt to retrieve the student's cell phone number and attempt to have the cell phone carrier ping the phone number for location;
(g) Obtaining and circulating a photograph of the student to assist in identifying and locating the student; and
(h) Contacting the dean of the college in which the student is enrolled, relevant faculty or staff members or the on-campus housing management company for information related to the student.
(i) Working with other law enforcement partners.
(4) Determination that the student is missing. A person may be declared "missing" when his/her whereabouts is unknown and unexplainable for a period of time that is regarded by knowledgeable parties is highly unusual or suspicious in consideration of the person's behavior patterns, plans, or routines. If the NEOMED police department, after conducting an investigation of the report, determines that a student is missing, the university will contact the individual registered as a contact by the student when the student entered on-campus housing. In the event the student did not register a contact when executing his/her resident agreement for on-campus housing, the university will contact the emergency contacted on file for the student in enrollment services.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 7:41 AM
History
- Effective: August 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-60 Preparation and disclosure of crime statistics.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that the university complies with the crime statistics reporting requirements of Section 1092(f) of The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act, 20 U.S.C., and its implementation regulations, 34 C.F.R. 688.46
(B) Scope
The Clery Act requires reporting of specific crimes that have occurred on campus, in on -campus student residences; on public property immediately adjacent and accessible from the campus; and on all non-campus buildings or property wherever they may be situated.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Clery Act" refers to Section 1092(f) of the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act, 20 U.S.C., and its implementation regulations, 34 C.F.R. 688.46.
(2) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(3) "Reportable Crimes" pursuant to the Clery Act and recognized by the Ohio Revised Code include:
(a) "Criminal Homicide" which encompasses murder and non-negligent manslaughter; and negligent manslaughter.
(b) "Forcible Sex Offenses" include forcible rape; forcible sodomy; sexual assault with an object; and forcible fondling.
(c) Theft of a motor vehicle.
(d) "Non-forcible sex offenses" which includes unlawful, non-forcible sexual intercourse, such as incest or statutory rape.
(e) "Liquor law violations" which include the violation of laws or ordinances prohibiting: the manufacture, sale, transporting, furnishing, possessing of intoxicating liquor; maintaining unlawful drinking places; bootlegging; operating a still; furnishing liquor to a minor or intemperate person; using a vehicle for illegal transportation of liquor; drinking on a train or public conveyance; and any attempts to commit the foregoing activities.
(f) "Drug abuse violations" which include violations of state and local laws relating to the unlawful possession, sale, use, growing, manufacturing, and making of narcotic drugs and any attempts to commit the foregoing acts. The relevant substances include: opium or cocaine and their derivatives (morphine, heroin, codeine); marijuana; synthetic narcotics (demerol, methadone); and dangerous non-narcotic drugs (barbiturates, benzedrine).
(g) "Weapon law violations" which include the violation of laws or ordinances dealing with weapon offenses, regulatory in nature, such as: the manufacture, sale or possession of deadly weapons; the carrying of deadly weapons, concealed or openly; the furnishing of deadly weapons to minors; aliens possessing deadly weapons; and any attempts to commit the foregoing acts.
(h) Robbery.
(i) Aggravated assault, irrespective of whether the injury resulted from an aggravated assault when a gun, knife, or other weapon is used.
(j) Arson.
(k) Burglary, which includes unlawful entry with intent to commit a larceny or a felony; breaking and entering with intent to commit a larceny; housebreaking; safecracking; and any attempts to commit the foregoing acts.
(l) Violence Against Women Act (VAWA) crimes which include dating violence, domestic violence, and stalking.
(D) Body of the policy
(1) NEOMED's department of public safety will prepare a report to comply with the Clery Act. The report will contain information on the reportable crimes specified herein and any crimes that may be designated by amendment to the Clery Act. The full text of this report can be located on our website. This report will be prepared in cooperation with the NEOMED police department and local law enforcement agencies that provide mutual aid to the NEOMED police department or law enforcement to the property surrounding the NEOMED campus.
(2) Campus crime, arrest, and referral statistics include those reported to the department of public safety, designated campus officials, and local law enforcement agencies.
(3) Each year, students, faculty, and staff will be notified of the reportable crimes that occurred on campus for the past reporting year. This information will also be accessible through the university website. A paper copy of the report may also be obtained from the department of public safety by calling 330.325.6492 or emailing a request to police@neomed.edu.
Last updated December 4, 2025 at 1:53 PM
History
- Effective: November 27, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-65 Emergency or crime reporting rule.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for the reporting of a crime, emergency or public safety concern or incident while on the Rootstown campus.
(B) Scope
Covers all persons in the Rootstown campus, in any on campus residences and on all public property adjacent to and immediately accessible from the Rootstown campus and any non-campus university owned buildings or property.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult university rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Emergency" is a sudden, generally unexpected, occurrence or set of circumstances demanding immediate attention.
(3) "Rootstown campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university in Rootstown Township, Portage county, Ohio.
(4) "911" means the telephone number used to call for police, fire or ambulance emergency services.
(5) "Northeast Ohio Medical University Police Department" or "NPD" refers to a commissioned law enforcement officers employed by the university and having jurisdiction on university owned property.
(6) "Security" is the physical space reserved for contracted security officers and their respective function. It is located in room A-90.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university encourages the accurate and prompt reporting of all crimes to the NPD, or other appropriate law enforcement agency.
(2) To report an emergency, call 911. Any suspicious persons or non-emergent activities should be reported to the NPD on the non-emergency line of 330-325-5911.
(3) Under the Revised Code, all persons who know that a felony has been or is being committed are required to report such information to law enforcement authorities. If it is an emergency, the person should call 911 immediately to report such information. The university encourages the victim of or witness to any crime to promptly report the incident to NPD.
(4) Any crimes on the campus reported to NPD will be included in the annual crime statistics, and will be used to provide timely warning notices if required.
(5) Ohio's public records law, contained in section 149.43 of the Revised Code does not permit the university to promise confidentiality to those who report crimes unless such protection is otherwise permitted by law.
Last updated August 4, 2025 at 10:42 AM
History
- Effective: August 3, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-01
(A) Purpose
To promote clarity in the university's human resources rules.
(B) Scope
The definitions set forth in this rule have applicability to all university rules, unless an alternative definition is specified within the rule for specific application to the issue being addressed.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position within the university based on a delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code. For unclassified hourly employees and for classified civil service employees of the university, the appointing authority is the director of human resources. For administrative staff, the appointing authority is the division director in which a given department or other organizational unit is located. For faculty, the appointing authority is the dean of the respective college.
(2) "Board of Trustees" ("Board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(3) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(4) "College" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Dean" means the chief academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(8) "Department" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(9) "Educational Records" means those records, files, documents and other materials which contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by a college, school, department, office or other university organization, subdivision or by a person acting for the university or any of its subdivisions.
(10) "Full-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(11) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(12) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(13) "Part-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(14) "Persona Non Grata" means that a nonstudent has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any or specified university locations.
(15) "President" means the president of the university.
(16) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university that are located in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(17) "Senior Administration" or "Leadership Team" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(18) "Student" means any person admitted or enrolled at the university in any of its courses or programs.
(19) "University" is the state supported higher education entity organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code, the Administrative Code or university rule.
(2) The university hereby adopts the definitions set forth in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code and the Administrative Code, as it applies to the university, as may be amended from time to time, unless the university has specifically adopted another definition for the term within this rule or any other rule of the university. This rule and each specific rule of the university should be consulted as necessary to determine if the university has given the word or phrase specific meaning.
(3) The administration of the university is hereby delegated the authority to amend these definitions as necessary to the further purpose, goals and mission of the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-70 Public access to library.
(A) Purpose
To establish a defining access by the general public to the Aneal Mohan Kohli academic and information technology center.
(B) Scope
Applies to any visitor on the university campus.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Persona Non Grata" means a visitor who has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any university locations or specific locations as set forth in the notice.
(2) "Visitor" means any person who is not a student or an employee acting within the scope of his or her employment or university educational program.
(a) As a general rule, persons who had been enrolled at the university but who have graduated or transferred are classified as visitors. Persons who have been admitted to the university, but are not currently enrolled, are to be classified as visitors.
(b) It is intended that this rule provide a means for regulating the behavior of all persons, except university employees acting within the scope of their employment, and persons who are present on university premises and who are subject to the student honor code.
(3) "Behavior Detrimental to the University Community," is not limited to, actions by an individual which result in offenses against persons or property, disruption of university processes or programs, violation of a previous order given by a university official, a continuing pattern of violation of university rules and regulations after actual notice of the rules or falsification or misrepresentation of self or other information to a university office or official.
(4) "University Premises" means any building or land owned, leased, or used by.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Access to the university campus by members of the general public, is restricted to the hours posted near the entrance to the library and by the security entrance to the building.
(2) Hours are subject to change, but generally members of the public will be refused entry prior to eight a.m. and after four p.m. during the week and not at all on the weekends, unless they have written permission from the director of the library.
(3) Visitors will be asked by library staff to exit the library and the campus no later than six p.m. Monday through Friday or earlier as posted.
(4) Individuals not complying with these rules, will be escorted out of the building by a security officer. Individuals causing disruption in any way to university students, faculty, and/or staff will be escorted out of the building and may be subject to the university's persona non grata rule which would limit future access to the university campus.
(5) Once the campus is closed, including the library, university security officers reserve the right to request identification at any time. University students, faculty and staff are encouraged to carry their university identification on their person at all times.
History
- Effective: March 1, 2019
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-71 Security and access.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for security and authorized access to the offices and buildings on the Rootstown campus and to provide safe and secure premises for its campus community.
(B) Scope
Rootstown campus buildings are covered by this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Closed circuit television" or "CCTV" means the use of video cameras to transmit a signal to a specific place, on a limited number of monitors.
(2) "Exterior doors" are those doorways that allow entrance to or exit from a building.
(3) "Key card access" means an electronic door access system that requires the swipe of an identification card to gain entry into a building.
(4) "Key control procedures" refers to a set of procedures implemented to provide physical security of NEOMED's campus buildings, offices and their contents via the distribution and control of keys.
(5) "Rootstown campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(6) "Security" is the physical space reserved for contracted security officers and their respective functions. It is located in room A-90.
(7) "Secured portion of campus" refers to buildings not accessible to the public. This portion of campus includes buildings A, B, C, D, E, F, G, L, M, P, R, V; the village at NEOMED; and any portions of campus occupied by the bio-med science academy.
(8) "Public portion of campus" refers to the NEOMED education and wellness (NEW) center and its tenants.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The president of the university is directed to include specifically in his/her duties of general supervision the duty to regulate the use of grounds, buildings, equipment, and facilities of the university and the conduct of the students, staff, faculty, and visitors to the campus so that law and order are maintained and the university may pursue its educational objectives in an orderly manner pursuant to the policies and regulations passed by the board and the laws of the state of Ohio.
(2) The university has established key control procedures that restrict access to NEOMED's buildings and offices. Those procedures are designed to permit access for authorized personnel while maintaining appropriate security of the buildings, offices and their respective contents.
(3) Access to the secured portion of the Rootstown campus is restricted at all times. All exterior doors in this area of campus are locked.
(4) The university maintains its existing campus by conducting routine assessments of the safety and security of the facilities and its grounds.
(5) Exterior doors equipped with key-card access allow personnel and students to access the building at all times.
(6) All visitors to campus between the hours of eight a.m. and five p.m., Monday through Friday should report to the security office ans should be met by a NEOMED employee or student and.
(7) NEOMED police officers conduct routine checks of lighting on campus during regular patrols. If lights are out or dim, officers notify the department of campus operations, who then takes immediate action to fix lighting issues. NEOMED community members are encouraged to report deficient lighting or other unsafe office situations to the department of campus operations at 330-325-6193.
(8) Unsafe lab conditions should be reported to the assistant director, environmental health and safety at 330-325-6494.
(9) Concerns related to fire prevention, law enforcement or security should be reported to the director of public safety/chief of police at 330-325-6492.
(10) All new students and employees are provided with a public safety education session during their respective orientations to NEOMED. First-year students are educated on crime reporting, campus access and security, crime statistics, and emergency notification. New employees are provided with a public safety presentation during their orientation program addressing similar topics. NEOMED's police department offers "Run, Hide, Fight" training to all first-year students and new employees. "Run, Hide, Fight" training prepares the campus community to react to an attack by an armed intruder.
Last updated December 4, 2025 at 2:04 PM
History
- Effective: November 27, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-72 Sex offender registry.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule is to outline the treatment of students or employees who are registered sex offenders and how the university utilizes the state of Ohio's sex offender registry.
(B) Scope
This applies to all persons who are seeking employment or admission to the university, all persons who are employed by the university in any capacity, and to all students upon admission into any university program.
(C) Definitions
"Sex Offender" is a person who meets the statutory definition set forth in section 2950.01 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) All sex offenders required to register in the state of Ohio or any other state are required to notify the university of their sex offender status if they are applying for employment or admission to the university. All employees or students who become registered sex offenders are required to notify the university at the time they are first required to register with the state. Employees must notify their immediate supervisors and the department of human resources and students must notify the dean for student affairs or the dean of their respective college.
(2) Due to the nature of the university programs, environment, student populations, and patient population, registered sex offenders will not be considered for employment or admission to the university. The university department of human resources or the admissions office will query the Ohio attorney general's sex offender registry prior to finalizing offers of employment, faculty status or admission to its academic programs. Becoming a registered sex offender is grounds for termination of employment and dismissal from the academic programs of the university.
(3) Any employee or student charged with a sexually oriented offense as that term is defined under section 2950.01 of the Revised Code or a similar offense under the laws of any other state is required to report this information to the university immediately.
Last updated December 4, 2025 at 2:07 PM
History
- Effective: November 27, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-74 Employees & students arrested for offenses of violence ("1219" proceedings).
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule for the immediate suspension and possible termination of employees arrested for offenses of violence. This rule will also be used for the suspension and dismissal of matriculated students arrested for offenses of violence.
(B) Scope
All employees and matriculated students of the university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Force" means any violence, compulsion, or constraint physically exerted by any means upon or against a person or thing.
(2) "Deadly Force" means any force that carries a substantial risk that it will proximately result in the death of any person.
(3) "Hearing Officer" refers to the person who will preside over the hearing initiated when a student or employee is arrested for an offense of violence. The hearing officer shall be an attorney admitted to the practice of law in Ohio, but the hearing officer shall not be attorney for or an employee of the university.
(4) "Matriculated" enrolled or admitted to any course of study in any one of the colleges of the university.
(5) "Offenses of Violence" are those offenses set forth in section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code, or any substantially equivalent offenses under a municipal ordinance. These offenses include, but are not limited to, the following offenses:
Aggravated murder, murder, voluntary manslaughter, involuntary manslaughter, felonious assault, aggravated assault, assault, permitting child abuse, aggravated menacing, menacing by stalking, menacing, kidnapping, abduction, extortion, gross sexual imposition, arson, aggravated robbery, rape, sexual battery, aggravated arson, arson, disrupting public services, terrorism, robbery, aggravated burglary, burglary, inciting to violence, aggravated riot, riot, inducing panic, domestic violence, intimidation, intimidation of attorney, victim or witness in criminal case, escape, aiding escape or resistance to lawful authority, having weapons while under disability, and improperly discharging firearm at or into a habitation, in a school safety zone or with intent to cause harm or panic to persons in a school building or at a school function.
(6) "Physical Harm to Persons" means any injury, illness, or other physiological impairment, regardless of its gravity or duration.
(7) "Physical Harm to Property" means any tangible or intangible damage to property that, in any degree, results in loss to its value or interferes with its use or enjoyment. "Physical harm to property" does not include wear and tear occasioned by normal use.
(D) Procedures
(1) Duty to report. While the arresting authority is required to immediately notify the president of the university of the arrest of an employee or student for an offense of violence, the employee or student who has been arrested is also under an obligation to so report. A student's failure to report will be deemed a violation of the student academic integrity and conduct code. An employee's failure to report will be deemed as grounds for discipline or termination.
(2) Immediate administrative suspension pending hearing. Upon receipt of the information that an employee or student of the university has been arrested for an offense of violence, the president or his/her designee may impose an immediate administrative suspension upon the student or employee until a hearing is held on the matter. The chief student affairs officer has the discretionary authority to impose an immediate administrative suspension upon a student, and the department of human resources has the same discretionary authority to issue such a suspension to an employee. Imposition of an immediate administrative suspension will only occur after there has been an in-person meeting to discuss the alleged conduct, or a good faith effort upon the university to hold an in-person meeting. An immediate administrative suspension may still be imposed where the circumstances of the person's arrest prevent such a meeting from occurring or if the person fails to acknowledge the university's request for such a meeting. For students, the meeting will be held with the chief student affairs officer, while employees will meet with the director of human resources. The safety officer shall be present for the meeting. If an immediate administrative suspension is issued following the in-person meeting, the student or employee must surrender his/her university identification badge and will be escorted off the university property by the safety officer.
(3) Hearing to determine further action. Irrespective of whether a student or employee is placed on immediate administrative suspension, a subsequent hearing will be held to determine if further action is necessary based on the person's offense of violence.
(a) Hearing notice. An employee or student of the university arrested for any offense of violence shall be afforded a hearing on the facts of the case. The university will issue a notice of hearing within two business days of learning that a student or employee has been arrested for an offense of violence. The hearing notice will identify the time, date, and location of the hearing.
(b) Hearing timeframe. The hearing shall be held within not more than five business days after the person's arrest, subject to reasonable continuances for good cause shown, which continuances shall not exceed a total of ten business days.
(c) Hearing. The university will appoint a hearing officer to hold the hearing to determine whether further disciplinary measures will be imposed upon the employee or student. The hearing shall be held at the university or other location in Portage county on the time and date specified in the hearing notice.
(i) The hearing officer may administer oaths, issue subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence, and enforce the subpoenas, as well as preserve the order and decorum of the proceedings over which the hearing officer presides, by means of contempt proceedings in the court of common pleas as provided by law.
(ii) The hearing shall be adversarial in nature and shall be conducted fairly and impartially, but the technical rules of evidence applicable to civil and criminal cases shall not apply. A person whose suspension is being considered has the right to be accompanied by counsel, but counsel will not be furnished for the person. The person also has the right to cross-examine witnesses against the person, to testify, and to present the testimony of witnesses and other evidence in the person's behalf. In the absence of a waiver of the right against compulsory self-incrimination, the testimony of a person whose suspension is being considered, given at the hearing, shall not subsequently be used in any criminal proceeding against the person. The hearing officer may require the separation of witnesses and may bar from the proceedings any person whose presence is not essential to the proceedings.
(iii) The person subject to the hearing may appear with another person, who may serve only in an advisory capacity during the hearing. If serving as an advisor to the student/employee, that person may not participate directly in the hearing or address the hearing officer on behalf of the student/employee unless a communication difficulty exists that is sufficiently severe so as to prevent a fair hearing.
(4) Sanctions. Upon hearing, if the hearing officer finds by a preponderance of the evidence that the person whose suspension is being considered committed any offense of violence, the hearing officer may:
(a) Order a university suspension, whereby the person suspended from further employment or matriculation; or
(b) After consulting with university officials and making a determination that the good order and discipline of the university will not be prejudiced or compromised by the person's continued presence, permit the person to return to the university on terms of strict disciplinary probation. Subsequent violation of the terms of the probation automatically affects a suspension.
(5) Failure to appear. A person afforded a hearing pursuant to this section who does not appear at the hearing will be issued a university suspension by the hearing officer.
(6) Waiver. A person afforded a hearing pursuant to this section may waive the right to the hearing by responding in writing to the university official designated in the hearing notice. Waiver of the hearing will result in the automatic imposition of a university suspension or disciplinary probation.
(7) Campus access. Campus security shall escort the person subject to a university suspension from the premises following the imposition of such a sanction and the suspended person must surrender their university identification badge. That name of the suspended person will be provided to campus security and that person shall be denied access to any university property until the sanctions ordered under this rule have been lifted.
(8) Duration of the suspension. A university suspension under this section is in effect until the person is acquitted or convicted of the crime, or a crime related to the same facts for which the person was arrested. If the person is convicted of the crime or a crime related to the same facts, the university suspension will remain in effect for the duration of any criminal sentence imposed by the court. Should the person plead guilty to or be convicted of a lesser charge related to the same facts, the university suspension will remain in effect under the terms originally imposed by the university.
If the person is acquitted or there is a final judicial determination that does not result in a conviction related to the charges for which a person is suspended pursuant to this rule, the university suspension will automatically terminate, and the person suspended shall be reinstated. The record of the suspension shall be expunged from the person's personnel or academic record held by the university.
(9) Appeals. A person ordered to a university suspension under this rule may appeal from the order of a hearing officer on questions of law and fact to the court of common pleas in Portage county, within twenty calendar days after the date of the order. If the court to which an appeal is taken determines that the good order and discipline of the university will not be prejudiced thereby, it may permit the person suspended to return to the university on terms of strict disciplinary probation.
(10) Petitions for reinstatement after a suspension. Upon completion of the criminal sentence imposed, the person may petition the university, in writing, for re-entry into the curriculum or return to employment. Students petitioning to re-enter their curriculum must submit their petition to the committee on academic and professional progress "CAPP". The petition will then be reviewed by a standing subcommittee appointed by phase two "CAPP". Employees petitioning to be reinstated to their position of employment must submit their petition to the director of human resources for review by the president and/or the board of trustees. Decisions on reinstatement to the university will be based on a review of the following considerations:
(a) The nature of the student's profession or employee's position;
(b) The person's present and past disciplinary record;
(c) The nature of the offense;
(d) The severity of any damage, injury, or harm resulting from the person's conduct;
(e) The continued threat posed to campus personnel or property should the person return;
(f) The risk of harm to the health and safety of the university and its students and employees.
Students or employees petitioning for reinstatement may appear accompanied by another person. That person cannot, however, be a relative or an attorney.
students or employees reinstated following a suspension may be placed on strict disciplinary probation for a period of at least one year and may face restrictions, including but not limited to, limitations on facility use.
(11) Student appeals from the denial of a petition for reinstatement. A student who has petitioned for reinstatement may appeal the decision of the phase two "CAPP" subcommittee on the following grounds:
(a) The student sets forth significant new information, which was not available at the time the subcommittee reviewed the petition; or
(b) The student identifies a procedural error that occurred when the subcommittee was reviewing his/her petition.
Any such appeal shall be directed to the associate dean for academic affairs within five business days of the phase 2 "CAPP" decision. The associate dean for academic affairs will make a determination as to whether the matter will be further reviewed by the "CAPP" executive review committee. Sshould the "CAPP" executive review committee determine that the new information brought forth or procedural error alleged had a substantive effect on the decision of the phase two "CAPP" subcommittee, the matter will be resubmitted to the subcommittee for further consideration and the same process, including the right to an appeal of that decision, will ensue.
(12) Dismissal of employees or students upon conviction of certain offenses.
(a) If convicted, the person is dismissed from the university pursuant to section 3345.23 of the Revised Code.
(b) A tenured faculty member dismissed pursuant to this section is not entitled to the protections set forth in appendix "D" to the rules of the faculty.
(c) Upon conviction of a university employee or student for any offense of violence, the court shall immediately notify the president of the university of such conviction. The university registrar or the human resources department shall immediately notify such person of the person's dismissal and provide a copy of the dismissal letter to the university general counsel. The notice shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified mail to the person's address as shown in both the court and the university records. If such person has been suspended pursuant to this rule, and not permitted to return to the university, the period of the person's dismissal shall run from the initial date of the university suspension.
(d) No degrees or honors shall be conferred upon, no instructional credit or grades shall be given to, and no student assistance, scholarship funds, salaries, or wages shall be paid or credited to any employee or student, during the period such person is properly dismissed pursuant to this section or under a university suspension pursuant to this rule.
(e) A dismissed person may later seek readmission or re-employment pursuant to division (a) of section 3345.23 of the Revised Code.
(f) Without limiting the grounds for dismissal, suspension, or other disciplinary action against a student or employee of the university, the commission of an offense of violence or a substantially equivalent offense under a local, state or federal law, which offense is committed on or affects persons or property of the university, or which offense is committed in the immediate vicinity of the university with respect to which an emergency has been declared and is in effect pursuant to section 3345.26 of the Revised Code, is cause for dismissal pursuant to this rule.
(g) If a final judicial determination results in an acquittal, or if the conviction is reversed on appeal, the student or employee shall be reinstated and the university shall expunge the record of the student's or employee's dismissal from the student's or employee's university records, and the dismissal shall be deemed never to have occurred.
(E) Additional authority of the university
(1) Section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code and all other sections provided for in this rule shall be applied and followed, notwithstanding any rule, regulation, or procedure of the university, but such sections shall not be construed to limit any duty or authority of the university to take appropriate disciplinary action, through such procedures as may be provided in the rules and rules of the university.
(2) Section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code and all other sections provided for in this rule shall not be construed as modifying or limiting the duty or authority of the university to summarily suspend a student or employee, when necessary to preserve the good order and discipline of the university under other existing rules.
(3) To the extent that section 3345.22 of the Revised Code and section 3345.23 of the Revised Code and all other sections provided for in this rule conflict with civil service requirements and procedures, persons otherwise subject to disciplinary action pursuant to such sections, but who are employees in the classified civil service, shall be disciplined according to civil service requirements and procedures.
(4) Dismissed or suspended person are not to enter university premises. No employee or student under dismissal or suspension from the university pursuant to section 3345.22 of the Revised Code or section 3345.23 of the Revised Code or this rule, shall enter or remain upon the land or premises of the university from which he or she was suspended or dismissed, without the express permission of the university.
(5) Pursuant to Section 1092(f) of The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act, 20 U.S.C., upon receipt of a written request from an alleged victim of an offence of violence (as that term is defined in this rule and in section 16 of title 18, U.S.C.) or that victim's next of kin, the university will issue a report of the result of the disciplinary proceeding instituted against the alleged perpetrator of the act.
History
- Effective: August 26, 2016
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-75 Sexual harassment under Title IX.
(A) Purpose
The university is committed to maintaining a safe, nondiscriminatory environment in which students and employees of the university can work, learn, and participate in activities free from sexual harassment. Title IX of the education amendments of 1972 and its associated regulations prohibit discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving federal funds. The conduct outlined in this rule, committed against any students or employees of the university, are prohibited conduct under federal law.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to acts committed by students, employees, or visitors/vendors of the university regardless of gender identity or expression or sexual orientation. This rule defines prohibited conduct as it relates to sexual harassment under Title IX of the education amendments of 1972. Students and employees of the university may be victims of sexual harassment by individuals unaffiliated with the university. For the purposes of this rule, employees are full or part time faculty or staff members; students are those who are enrolled in one or more programs at the university; and visitors are those who are not obtaining a degree, attending classes, or directly employed by the university. Student employees are considered students for the purposes of this rule.
Formal complaints of sexual harassment filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator will be resolved in accordance with the university's Title IX grievance procedures set forth in this rule. The Title IX grievance procedures have been developed to provide an equitable process for determining whether a violation of this rule has occurred, as well as to remediate the effects, and prevent the occurrence of, prohibited conduct in violation of this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Actual knowledge" refers to notice of sexual harassment or allegations of sexual harassment to the Title IX coordinator or any official with authority (OWA).
(2) "Complainant" refers to an individual who is alleged to be the victim of conduct that could constitute sexual harassment. Where the Title IX coordinator signs a formal complaint, the Title IX coordinator is not a complainant or otherwise a party in the matter.
(3) "Coercion" for the purposes of this rule refers to the intimidation, threats of the physical or psychological nature, or pressure used to force another to engage in sexual acts.
(4) "Consent" for the purposes of this rule, refers to permission or agreement to engage in sexual activity. Consent can be given by words or actions as long as those words or actions create mutually understandable permission and willingness to engage in sexual activity. Consent must be active; silence cannot constitute consent nor can consent to one form of sexual activity be implied as consent to another form of activity. Consent can be withdrawn at any time and previous consent for a sexual act cannot imply future consent. Consent for sexual activity is not present if an individual:
(a) Is in a state of incapacitation (from alcohol or drug use or mental or physical impairment) whereas another individual knows or should have reasonably known of the incapacitation;
(b) Is coerced;
(c) Is subjected to the use of force or the threat of force;
(d) Is unconscious or unaware the act is being committed; or
(e) Is unable to consent due to age.
(5) "Course of conduct," as it relates to stalking, means two or more acts, including, but not limited to, acts in which the stalker directly, indirectly, or through third parties, by any action, method, device, or means, follows, monitors, observes, surveils, threatens, or communicates to or about a person, or interferes with a person's property.
(6) "Education program or activity" refers to locations, events, or circumstances over which the university exercised substantial control over both the respondent and the context in which the sexual harassment occurred, including any building owned or controlled by a student organization that is officially recognized by the university.
(7) "Formal complaint" refers to a document filed by a complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator alleging sexual harassment against a respondent and requesting that the university address the allegation of sexual harassment.
(8) "Incapacitation" refers to the state of substantial impairment when an individual is unable to make reasonable, rational decisions because they lack the capacity to give knowing consent. For the purposes of this rule, incapacitation includes individuals whose impairment results from physical or mental disabilities, involuntary restraint, or the consumption of alcohol or other drugs. Incapacitation cannot be used in a defense for behavior that violates this rule.
(9) "Official with authority" refers to an employee who has authority to institute corrective measures for sexual harassment on behalf of the university. For the purposes of this rule, OWAs include the Title IX coordinator, vice president of human resources, senior executive director of academic affairs and student services, assistant dean of students in the college of medicine, assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy, and vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(10) "Reasonable person" means a reasonable person under similar circumstances and with similar identities to the victim.
(11) "Respondent" refers to the person alleged to have engaged in conduct that could constitute sexual harassment as defined in this rule. A respondent is presumed not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination is made in accordance with this rule.
(12) "Retaliation" refers to intimidation, threats, coercion, or discrimination against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process.
(13) "Sexual harassment," for the purposes of this rule, refers to conduct on the basis of sex which occurs within the university's education program or activity against a person in the united states, and satisfies one or more of the following:
(a) "Sexual harassment by quid pro quo" is an employee of the university conditioning the provision of an aid, benefit, or service of the university on an individual's participation in unwelcome sexual conduct;
(b) "Sexual harassment by hostile environment" is unwelcome conduct determined by a reasonable person to be so severe, pervasive, and objectively offensive that it effectively denies a person equal access to the university's education program or activity; or
(c) Conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(i) "Sexual assault" includes conduct that meets any of the following definitions:
(a) "Rape" means the carnal knowledge of a person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity. "carnal knowledge" means the slightest penetration of vagina by the penis.
(b) "Sodomy" means non-consensual oral or anal sexual intercourse with another person, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(c) "Sexual assault with an object" means use an object or instrument (other than a person's genitalia) to unlawfully penetrate, however slightly, the genital or anal opening of the body of another person, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(d) "Fondling" means the touching of the private body parts of another person for the purpose of sexual gratification, without the victim's consent, including instances where the victim is incapable of giving consent because of his/her age or because of his/her temporary or permanent mental or physical incapacity.
(e) "Incest" means sexual intercourse between persons who are related to each other within the degrees wherein marriage is prohibited by law.
(f) "Statutory rape" means sexual intercourse with a person who is under the statutory age of consent.
(ii) "Dating violence" means an act of violence committed by a person who is or has been in a social relationship of a romantic or intimate nature with the victim. The existence of such a relationship shall be determined by the length of the relationship, the type of relationship, and the frequency of interaction between the persons involved in the relationship.
(iii) "Domestic violence" refers to felony or misdemeanor crimes committed by a current or former spouse or intimate partner of the victim, by a person with whom the victim shares a child in common, by a person who is cohabitating with or has cohabitated with the victim as a spouse or intimate partner, by a person similarly situated to a spouse of the victim under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction receiving grant monies, or by any other person against an adult or youth victim who is protected from that person's acts under the domestic or family violence laws of the jurisdiction.
(iv) "Stalking" refers to engaging in a course of conduct directed at a specific person that would cause a reasonable person with similar characteristics under similar circumstances to:
(a) Fear for the person's safety or the safety of others; or
(b) Suffer substantial emotional distress.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Jurisdiction. To meet the jurisdictional conditions of Title IX, alleged conduct must occur in the university's education program or activity or within the scope of employment against a person in the United States. This includes alleged conduct which occurs on campus or as part of the university's operations, including computer and online platforms owned and operated by, or used in the operations of the university.
(a) Complaints of alleged conduct that does not fall under the jurisdiction conditions set forth in paragraph (D)(1) of this rule will be dismissed for the purposes of Title IX. In situations where a complaint is dismissed under Title IX, the parties will be notified in writing and given a period of five business days to appeal the dismissal, in writing, to the vice president for human resources and diversity (or designee). Allegations dismissed under Title IX may still constitute a violation of other university rule and may be addressed using separate conduct processes.
(b) The university may dismiss a formal complaint or any allegations therein, if at any time during the grievance process, prior to reaching an informal or formal resolution:
(i) The complainant notifies the Title IX coordinator in writing that the complainant would like to withdraw the formal complaint or any allegations it contains;
(ii) The respondent is no longer enrolled or employed by the university; or
(iii) Specific circumstances prevent the university from gathering evidence sufficient to reach a determination as to the formal complaint or allegations it contains.
(2) Reporting. The university supports and encourages the campus community to report any and all instances of gender-based violence to the following resources:
(a) Title IX coordinator. Reports of sexual harassment should be made to the Title IX coordinator, whose contact information can be found at https://www.neomed.edu/diversity/title-ix/. Reports may be made at any time, including during non-business hours. The Title IX coordinator, or designee, will respond to the report with a request for an intake meeting within twenty-four business hours after addressing immediate supportive measures/safety.
(b) Law enforcement. Reports may be made to the NEOMED police department at 330-325-5911 or to the Portage county sheriff's office at 330-296-5100 if a person believes the sexual harassment he/she experienced may constitute a crime. A report can be made to both law enforcement and university employees designed in this rule. Reports made to the NEOMED police department are not confidential.
(c) Other reporting sources. Reports made to officials with authority are not confidential. These individuals are required to inform the Title IX coordinator of any such report made to them:
(i) Vice president of human resources;
(ii) Senior executive director of academic affairs and student services;
(iii) Assistant dean of students in the college of medicine;
(iv) Assistant dean of student success in the college of pharmacy; and
(v) Vice dean in the college of graduate studies.
(d) Confidential reports. Reports made to one of the licensed counselors in the center for student wellness and counseling services (CSWCS) are confidential and will not be reported to the Title IX coordinator.
(e) Anonymous reports. Anonymous reports will be accepted; however, in these instances, the university's ability to provide supportive measures or investigate the alleged conduct may be compromised. The university will address anonymous complaints to the extent possible.
(f) Consolidation of formal complaints. The university may consolidate formal complaints as to allegations of sexual harassment against more than one respondent, or by more than one complainant against one or more respondents, or by one party against the other party, where the allegations of sexual harassment arise out of the same facts or circumstances.
(g) False complaints. Intentionally filing a false complaint of sexual harassment is a violation of this rule and could constitute a criminal act. Evidence of this nature will be referred to the university's general counsel.
(h) Retaliation. Neither the university nor any other person may retaliate against an individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by Title IX or because an individual made a report or complaint, or participated or refused to participate in any Title IX grievance process. Retaliation should be reported promptly to the Title IX coordinator. Evidence of retaliation is grounds for disciplinary action.
(i) Limited amnesty. Individuals who make a report of sexual harassment or participate in any sexual harassment grievance procedure may not be subject to disciplinary action by the university for behavior that is otherwise considered a violation of the student conduct code or terms of employment. This includes the personal consumption of alcohol or drugs at or near the time of the incident, provided that any such violations did not place the health or safety of any other person at risk.
(j) Minors. Upon receipt of a report of alleged sexual harassment or sexual violence committed by or upon a minor in a university affiliated program or activity, the Title IX coordinator or designee shall:
(i) Complete an immediate safety assessment to restore a safe environment;
(ii) Determine whether local law enforcement and/or children and family services have been notified and decide whether such notification is required or appropriate;
(iii) Notify the parents or guardians of the minor(s) involved; and
(iv) The Title IX coordinator or designee will review this rule with the guardian(s), provide available on and off campus resources to the minor, and explain the process to submit a formal complaint.
(3) Supportive measures
(a) Supportive measures are non-disciplinary, non-punitive individualized services offered by the Title IX coordinator as appropriate and as reasonably available, without fee or charge, to the complainant or respondent. Supportive measures may be offered before or after the filing of a formal complaint, or where no formal complaint has been filed.
(b) Supportive measures are designed to restore or preserve equal access to the university's education program or activity.
(c) Supportive measures may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Mutual no contact directives;
(ii) Counseling and health services;
(iii) Course-related adjustments;
(iv) Modifications of work or class schedules;
(v) Campus escort services;
(vi) Academic support;
(vii) Consideration of leave requests; and
(viii) Designated hours for use of shared facilities.
(4) Resources and support
(a) Confidential resources
(i) The CSWCS is an on-campus confidential resource and can be reached at 330-325-6757. Making a report to CSWCS licensed counselors will not result in a report to law enforcement or other university personnel, including the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Off-campus, twenty-four/seven local crisis resources include townhall II, which can be reached at 330-678-4357(help), and coleman professional services, which can be reached at 330-296-3555.
(b) Treatment. Any person who has experienced an act of sexual violence is encouraged to go to the nearest emergency room or hospital for evaluation, treatment, and counseling. St. Thomas hospital in Akron, Ohio, offers specialized services for victims of sexual violence. Though a person who has experienced an act of sexual violence may choose whether to notify law enforcement authorities about the offense, filing a police report near in time will:
(i) Ensure the person receives necessary medical treatment and tests at no expense;
(ii) Provide an opportunity for the time-sensitive collection of evidence helpful in the prosecution, such as collecting soiled clothes and advising the person to refrain from bathing or douching, washing his/her face, urinating, drinking liquids, eating, or brushing his/her teeth; and
(iii) Assure that the person has access to free confidential counseling from counselors specifically trained in the area of sexual assault crisis intervention.
(c) Advisors of choice. Both parties are permitted to be accompanied to any and all meetings and interviews related to the Title IX grievance process by an advisor that the party chooses. This can include but is not limited to: a parent, friend, lawyer, or colleague. A party can request to the Title IX coordinator that an advisor of choice be assigned to them, and the university will provide a trained advisor to the party free of charge. Advisors of choice are mandatory during the formal resolution live hearing process but are optional at other stages.
(5) Procedures for resolving formal complaints of sexual harassment
(a) Informal resolution
(i) Informal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant.
(ii) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule. The respondent will be given a minimum of three days to prepare for any informal resolution.
(iii) In order to proceed with an informal resolution, both parties must provide voluntary, written consent to the informal resolution process. In situations where neither party, or only one of the parties, agrees to an informal resolution, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(iv) In situations where the respondent is an employee of the university and the complainant is a student of the university, there is no option for informal resolution and the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(v) Any informal resolution will be conducted through a facilitator in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution.
(vi) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings as part of the informal process by an advisor of choice.
(vii) The complainant and respondent are not required to address the formal complaint directly with one another if they choose to pursue an informal resolution.
(viii) Both parties have the right to discontinue the informal resolution and initiate the formal resolution process at any time prior to both parties signing an informal resolution agreement.
(ix) Both parties have the right to request an informal resolution prior to any hearings as part of the formal resolution process; however, both parties must agree, in writing, to proceed with an informal resolution.
(x) Both parties will be asked to sign an informal resolution agreement within three business days of the conclusion of the informal resolution. If one or both of the parties does not sign the informal resolution agreement within the specified timeframe, the Title IX coordinator will proceed with the formal resolution process.
(xi) The case will be closed once both parties have signed an informal resolution agreement. There are no bases to appeal an informal resolution.
(b) Formal resolution
(i) Formal resolution is only available in situations where a formal complaint has been filed by the complainant or signed by the Title IX coordinator.
(ii) Any formal resolution will be conducted in a manner designed to provide a prompt, fair, and impartial resolution. Most formal resolutions will be resolved within a ninety-day window. The Title IX coordinator will notify the parties if this time frame will not be met and provide sufficient reasoning.
(iii) Both parties have the right to be accompanied at any meetings, interviews, or hearings as part of the formal process by an advisor of choice.
(iv) There is the presumption that the respondent is not responsible for the alleged conduct until a determination regarding responsibility is made at the conclusion of the formal resolution process.
(v) After a formal complaint is filed, the respondent will be provided notice of the allegations of sexual harassment potentially constituting a violation of this rule, along with a minimum of three days to prepare for any initial interview.
(vi) A formal investigation into the allegations will include interview(s) with the complainant, interview(s) with the respondent, and interviews with any witnesses believed to possess relevant evidence regarding the allegations.
(vii) Both parties will have an opportunity to examine a draft version of the investigatory report and any relevant evidence collected throughout the investigation and will have a period of ten business days to submit a written response.
(viii) The investigator(s) will compile a final investigatory report, which will be provided to both parties and their advisors of choice no less than ten business days prior to any hearings on the matter.
(ix) Live hearings will take place via video conference and will be closed to the public. During the live hearing, both parties will have the opportunity to cross-examine one another, as well as any witnesses, through an advisor of choice. If either party does not have an advisor of choice, an advisor will be provided by the university at no cost for the sole purpose of conducting the cross-examination.
If a party or witness does not submit to cross-examination at the live hearing, a decision-maker may consider any statements made by that party or witness when reaching a determination regarding responsibility, so long as the statements are otherwise permitted under Title IX regulations.
(x) The preponderance of the evidence standard will be applied in any formal resolution process initiated by a formal complaint of sex-based harassment. A "preponderance of the evidence" is met if it is determined to be more likely than not, based on the evidence available, that the respondent's behavior violated the sexual harassment under this rule.
(xi) At the conclusion of the live hearing, the decision maker(s) issue a written decision, which shall include the following:
(a) A statement of the allegations made to support a claim of sexual misconduct;
(b) A description of the procedures followed throughout the process, starting from the formal complaint through the determination;
(c) The findings of fact to support the determination;
(d) A conclusion regarding whether the university rule was violated based on the factual findings;
(e) A statement of the result as to each allegation, including the rationale for the statement and a determination of responsibility;
(f) A statement of any disciplinary sanctions imposed upon the respondent or remedies put in place in to restore or preserve; and
(g) The procedure and available bases for appeal.
(c) Appeals. Only formal resolutions may be appealed. Both parties have the right to submit a written appeal within five business days of receiving the written decision. Appeals should be submitted to the vice president for human resources and diversity or designee. Appeals can only be made on any one of the following grounds:
(i) Procedural irregularity that affected the outcome of the matter;
(ii) New evidence that was not reasonably available at the time the determination regarding responsibility or dismissal was made, that could affect the outcome of the matter; and
(iii) The Title IX coordinator, investigator(s), or decision-maker(s) had a conflict of interest or bias for or against complainants or respondents generally or the individual complainant or respondent that affected the outcome of the matter.
(6) Disciplinary sanctions
Sanctions may only be imposed as the result of disciplinary proceedings and may not be imposed prior to informal resolution or a finding of responsibility at the conclusion of the formal process. Possible sanctions include:
(a) Suspension from or termination of further employment;
(b) Suspension or dismissal from further matriculation;
(c) Adjustments to work, living or learning situations;
(d) No-contact directives;
(e) Educational intervention; or
(f) Restrictions from participating in co-curricular activities.
(7) Emergency removal and administrative leave. The university may remove a respondent from the university's education program or activity on an emergency basis. Prior to removal, the university will conduct an individualized safety and risk analysis and must determine that an immediate threat to the physical health or safety of any student, employee, or other individual arising from the allegations of sexual harassment justifies removal. The university will provide notice of an emergency removal and give the respondent an opportunity to challenge the emergency removal decision immediately following the removal.
The university may place a non-student employee respondent on administrative leave while a grievance process is pending.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 8:42 AM
History
- Effective: October 18, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-76 Access and use of university owned buildings.
(A) Purpose
The university strives to provide a safe and secure environment and to meet the educational and professional needs of students and employees. To support this goal, this rule establishes restricted access buildings, open access buildings, periods when university buildings may be used, and prescribes conditions under which persons may use closed facilities.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all university owned or leased buildings and to all persons who enter or use such buildings.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Designated university officials" include: department chairs, the executive director of campus operations, director of public safety/chief of police, or members of the university's executive management team.
(2) "University owned or leased buildings" include those buildings and facilities on the Rootstown, Ohio campus and others leased by or under the control of the university.
(3) "Restricted access building" includes all buildings except for the public areas of the information center and the NEW center.
(D) Rule statement
(1) All university restricted access buildings are closed from one a.m. to six a.m., Monday through Friday and all weekend and designated university holidays or breaks, unless otherwise permitted for student use.
(a) No restricted access building may be utilized for non-university related events after one a.m.
(b) Except in the case of an emergency, no university owned or leased building may be used for overnight or sleeping accommodations.
(2) At any time, university employees must have the permission of their immediate supervisor to have non-business related visitors in any restricted access building for any period in excess of thirty minutes.
(3) It is permissible for a designated university official to allow employees under his or her control to utilize offices, laboratories and other areas for university related purposes during periods when a restricted access building is closed.
(a) The designated university official authorizing such use assumes responsibility for the conduct of personnel so authorized and for the security of the area.
(b) No designated university official may authorize the use of facilities for non-university events during the hours one a.m. to six a.m. Or for overnight accommodations without the written consent of the president or the executive director of campus operations.
(c) The designated university official will notify security of the names of the persons authorized and the dates and times of such authorization via email at police@neomed.edu.
(4) University-contracted employees engaged in the performance of their job duties must have and display valid identification from the contractors that is acceptable to the university.
(5) The information center and the conference center The NEW center have defined hours of operation and use restrictions. Patrons using these facilities must abide by these hours and restrictions.
(6) Persons who do not have authorization to enter and use restricted access buildings as set forth herein will be instructed to leave the building by NEOMED police and warned for trespass if warranted. Disruptive persons should be reported to NEOMED police.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 7:42 AM
History
- Effective: August 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-10-90 Timely warning.
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to codify the university's rule concerning timely warnings/crime alerts issued by the university.
(B) Definitions
(1) "Clery Act" refers to The Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act, 20 U.S.C. 1092(f), and its implementation regulations, 34 C.F.R. 688.46.
(2) "Clery Act Crimes" refer to the following criminal activities: murder and non-negligent manslaughter; manslaughter by negligence; sexual assault (rape, fondling, incest, statutory rape); robbery; aggravated assault; burglary; motor vehicle theft; arson; hate crimes (which include all previously listed crimes and larceny theft, simple assault, intimidation, and destruction/damage/vandalism of property where the offense manifests evidence that the victim was intentionally selected because of perpetrator's bias against the victim based on the victim's actual or perceived race, religion, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, ethnicity, national origin, or disability); domestic violence, dating violence; stalking; and violations of Ohio weapons, drug, and liquor laws.
(3) "Clery Reportable Geography" refers to:
(a) On campus, the village at NEOMED;
(b) On campus, other than the village at NEOMED
(c) Non-campus property (owned or controlled by the university, frequented by students and used in support of the educational mission, but not on or reasonably contiguous to one of the campuses; owned or controlled by an officially recognized student organization); and
(d) Public property immediately adjacent to campus (street, sidewalk, other public property that is adjacent to campus).
(4) "NEOMED Police Department" or "NPD" refers to the commissioned law enforcement officers employed by the university and having jurisdiction on university owned property.
(5) "Security" is the physical space reserved for contracted security officers and their respective functions. It is located in room A-90.
(6) "Timely Warning" is required for all Clery Act crimes that occur on Clery reportable geography that are reported to campus security authorities or local police agencies and are considered by the institution to represent a serious or continuing threat to students and employees. For the purposes of this policy, "timely manner" generally means the warning should be issued as soon as the pertinent information is available, unless notification will compromise the efforts of law enforcement to contain the emergency.
(7) "Nine One One" is the telephone number used to call for local community police, fire or ambulance emergency services.
(C) Body of the rule
(1) The university will issue timely warnings/crime alerts in effort to notify community members about clery crimes occurring in clery reportable geography.
(2) The director of public safety and security, or his/her designee is responsible for consulting with university administration, local police department(s), and with other authorities in making the determination on a case-by-case basis of when "Timely Warning" information in the form of a crime alert is to be disseminated.
(a) Pursuant to the Clery Act, a two-prong test shall be applied to determine if a crime alert will be issued. The two-prong test requires the director of public safety to determine if the incident is:
(i) Identified as a Clery Act crime; and/or
(ii) Represents a serious or continuing threat to students, faculty, staff, or visitors
(3) Whether to issue a crime alert for non Clery Act crimes shall be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, taking into account both the frequency of offense and likelihood for additional occurrence.
(4) Timely warnings/crime alerts will contain in the subject line the phrase "Timely Warning" or "Crime Alert" depending on the severity of the threat. The body of the warning will include the following information, if known: a short description of the crime or incident giving the time and date, location, reported offense; a suspect description (age, sex, height, weight, and clothing); weapon used; suspect vehicle; and method of operation used to facilitate the crime. The warning will also include personal safety information to aid members of the university community in protecting themselves from becoming victims of a similar crime and promote overall safety for our educational community.
(5) Methods of dissemination may include, but are not limited to, electronic distribution through e-mail, posting of hard copies in public areas, posting on the NEOMED web site, and dissemination via local media outlets.
(6) Status updates as to the resolution or outcome will be disseminated and updated as soon as possible, if appropriate.
(7) Members of the community who know of a crime or other serious incident should report that incident as soon as possible to NEOMED police department so the decision can be made as to whether or not an alert is needed.
(8) Timely warnings/crime alerts will not be issued if:
(a) The subject is apprehended and the threat of imminent danger for members of the university community has been mitigated by the apprehension;
(b) A crime report was not filed with the NEOMED police department in a manner that would allow the notice to be posted "timely" for the university community; or
(c) The release of a timely warning/crime alert would jeopardize the investigation efforts of law enforcement.
Last updated August 13, 2025 at 7:42 AM
History
- Effective: August 10, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-11 Finance
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-11-49 Purchase and management of capital assets.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule to ensure the university's assets are classified, safeguarded, controlled, disposed of, and accounted for in accordance with state and federal regulations, applicable accounting pronouncements, and auditor requirements. This rule is used by the university to set a threshold, above which qualifying expenditures are recorded as capital assets, and below which are charged as an expense when incurred.
(B) Scope
This policy applies to capital assets acquired by the university with a useful life beyond a single reporting period (generally one year) and with a value that is at least the minimum stated in the following definitions.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) Asset life refers to is the estimated number of months or years that an asset will be able to be used for the purpose for which it was acquired.
(3) Donated assets refers to assets that are acquired by gift, donation, or payment of a nominal sum not reflective of the asset's market value.
(4) Capitalized assets refers to assets that can be acquired through various means, such as purchase, donation, construction, fabrication, and capital lease where their historical cost is above the university approved threshold.
(5) Historical cost refers to the amount paid by an accounting entity to acquire an asset and make it ready to render the services for which it was required.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Reporting
Capital assets should be reported at historical cost (including ancillary costs such as freight and any installation charges) when paid for in full and in use. Donated assets should be recorded at their fair market value at the time received.
(2) Asset classifications
Capital assets include purchases at or more than
| Capital assets include | Purchases at or more than | | --- | --- | | Land acquisitions | All | | Land improvements | $25,000 | | Infrastructure * | $25,000 | | Building acquisitions | All | | Buildings-new construction | $25,000 | | Building renovations and improvements | $25,000 | | Leasehold improvements | $25,000 | | Vehicles | $ 10,000 | | Machinery and general equipment | $ 10,000 | | AV Equipment | $ 10,000 | | Computer hardware | $ 10,000 | | Office equipment | $ 10,000 | | Software | $75,000 | | Furniture | $10,000 | | Library collections | $ 10,000 | | Works of art and historical treasures | $ 10,000 | | Intangible assets ** | Case by case basis |
*Infrastructure assets have long lives and are usually stationary. Examples include: roads, bridges, tunnels, sewer systems and lighting systems. Unless part of a network of infrastructure assets, buildings are not included in this category.
**Intangible assets are those that lack physical substance, are non-financial in nature, and have an initial useful life extending beyond a year. Intangible assets must be identifiable, meaning they are either capable of being separated by means of sale, transfer, license or rent, or they arise from contractual or other legal rights. Examples include: patents, copyrights and trademarks, easements and land use rights, campus owned websites or portals, and internally generated computer software.
(3) Asset lives and depreciation
(a) Asset lives:
| Land | Indefinite | | --- | --- | | Land improvements | 7 years | | Infrastructure | 20 years | | Buildings-acquisitions and new construction | 40 years | | Building improvements | 20 years | | Leasehold improvements | Life of the lease or economic life if ownership transfers | | Vehicles | 3 years | | Machinery and general equipment | 5 years | | AV equipment | 5 years | | Computer hardware | 3 years | | Office equipment | 5 years | | Software | 3 years | | Furniture | 7 years | | Library collections | 10 years | | Works of art and historical treasurers | Indefinite | | Intangible assets | Case by case basis |
(b) Depreciation is calculated using straight line, with a half year convention method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Depreciation is recorded annually at fiscal year-end.
(4) Care and use of capital equipment
(a) University must safeguard all property to prevent loss, damage, or theft; where by any loss, damage, or theft must be investigated. The equipment manager is required to have adequate maintenance procedures to keep the property in good condition.
(b) Property purchased with federal funds (gold asset tag) must adhere to the following requirements:
(i) The property must be used in the program or project for which it was acquired, as long as needed, whether or not the project or program continues to be supported by the university or federal award.
(ii) The expectation is that the primary use of the property is for the federally sponsored award that funded the equipment; however, the equipment may be shared with other activities as long as it does not interfere with the primary usage of the equipment.
(iii) When property is purchased with federal funds and is no longer needed for the original program or project, the property may be used in other activities supported by the federal awarding agency, in the following order of priority:
(a) Other awards from the same sponsoring agency that originally funded the equipment, then
(b) Activities sponsored by other federal awarding agencies, then
(c) All other university activities.
(5) Impairment and insurance recoveries
(a) Impairment is when a capital asset stops working or changes its intended use.
(i) The following are tests for identifying impairment:
(a) Physical damage test;
(b) The enactment of new regulations and standards that the asset cannot meet;
(c) Technological advancement that makes the asset obsolete;
(d) A change in manner or duration of the asset's use; or
(e) The end of construction of the asset (usually due to lack of funding).
(ii) When an asset becomes impaired, it must be identified as a permanent or temporary impairment. If permanently impaired, it should be written off as a program loss. Once impairment loss is recognized, it should not be reversed. If an asset is temporarily impaired, the equipment manager should notify the accounting office of the surrounding circumstances so that the accounting office can research how to best account for the diminished service capacity of the capital asset.
(b) Insurance recoveries
When the impairment loss and an insurance recovery occur in the same year, the impairment loss should be reported at the net of the insurance recovery. However, if the insurance recovery takes place in subsequent years, the revenue from insurance should be reported as program revenue, non operating revenue, or an extraordinary item, according to the circumstances. Insurance recoveries are not reported until they are realized or realizable.
(6) Accountability
(a) Equipment managers are responsible for: affixing the university capital asset tag supplied by the accounting department to the piece of equipment; ensuring the physical security of all capital assets purchased; as well as assisting in the maintenance of accurate equipment records. The accounting department is responsible for maintaining the permanent detailed record of all capital equipment owned by the university including sponsored program acquisitions and all gifts of equipment. Transfer or disposition of equipment acquired with grant funds must comply with any applicable grant or agency restrictions.
(b) An equipment inventory confirmation report will be sent to each equipment manager on a bi annual basis. An inventory check must be performed; the inventory report updated and approved by the equipment manager; and returned to the accounting department in a timely manner.
(c) Department equipment inventories are subject to random unannounced audits by the accounting department and external auditors.
(7) Changes in equipment status
Changes in capitalized equipment status should be reported and approved by the equipment manager as they occur throughout the year. Changes, including the following, are to be reported to accounting at the time of the change using the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form."
(a) Relocation of an asset within a department to another room or building requires the new location to be reported.
(b) Transfer of equipment from one department to another department. The department transferring the equipment and the department receiving the equipment must both sign off on the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form" that the transfer occurred.
If the equipment being transferred was purchased with funds from a federal grant (gold asset tag), the transfer of the equipment between the departments remains subject to restrictions specified by the sponsoring agency in the agreement. Departments contemplating a transfer of federally funded equipment should complete the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form" and gain the necessary approvals before the transfer is initiated.
(c) The trade in of equipment that is outdated, or considered surplus because of replacement purchases is allowed. The term "trade in" must be included on the requisition for purchase of the new piece of equipment. A description of the item being traded-in (and an asset tag number if applicable) should be included. If the item being traded in is a capital asset (contains an asset tag), the equipment manager should submit the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form" to the accounting office so the item can be deleted from the inventory listing.
Departments contemplating a trade-in of federally funded equipment should complete the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form" and gain the necessary approvals before the transfer is initiated.
(d) If an equipment manager has obtained an appointment outside of university and wishes to transfer equipment used in his or her research to their new employer, the equipment manager should submit a request to transfer and the university will determine whether a transfer is feasible, under the provisions of the applicable funding source. No equipment should be taken off premises until approval has been obtained.
(i) Equipment purchased in whole or in part with university funds must remain at the university, unless the university verifies that is not necessary for active or proposed research projects. If the university determines that the equipment is not essential for the research efforts of its faculty, it may be transferred to the employee's new employer, which may be asked to pay a fair market value of the equipment.
(ii) Equipment purchased with funds from a federal grant (gold asset tags) must be in accordance with the provisions of the applicable active or closed grant or contract. Approval for the transfer of equipment must be gained using the "Request to Transfer Equipment Title to Outside Entities" before the equipment is taken off premises.
(e) Disposal of equipment for obsolete, worn, and broken equipment which is being scrapped by the department must be initiated by the equipment manager using the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form." Once the completed form is received by the accounting department, the item can be deleted from the inventory listing.
(i) Unless a sponsor indicates otherwise, university maintains title to federally funded capital equipment (gold asset tags). Title rests with university as long as the equipment is used for the authorized purposes of the project during the period of performance, or until the property is no longer needed for the purposes of the project and may be disposed of without additional sponsor approval. This will be reviewed by grants accounting when the "Capital Asset Property Disposal/Move form" is submitted to accounting.
(ii) If the equipment to be disposed was purchased with federal dollars (gold asset tags) and the sponsor indicated the title does not vest with the university, then the university must first request disposition instructions from the federal awarding agency. If the federal awarding agency fails to provide requested disposition instructions within one hundred twenty days, items of equipment with a current per-unit fair market value in excess of ten thousand dollars may be retained by the university or sold. Items of equipment with a current per-unit fair market value is ten thousand dollars or less must first be offered to any university department for a reasonable period of time prior to offering the surplus equipment for sale outside of the university.
(f) Refer to the purchasing and selling university property rule on requirements of selling equipment.
Last updated June 17, 2026 at 7:13 PM
History
- Effective: June 12, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-01
(A) Purpose
To promote clarity in the university's human resources rules.
(B) Scope
The definitions set forth in this rule have applicability to all university rules, unless an alternative definition is specified within the rule for specific application to the issue being addressed.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position within the university based on a delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code. For unclassified hourly employees and for classified civil service employees of the university, the appointing authority is the director of human resources. For administrative staff, the appointing authority is the division director in which a given department or other organizational unit is located. For faculty, the appointing authority is the dean of the respective college.
(2) "Board of Trustees" ("Board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(3) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(4) "College" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Dean" means the chief academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(8) "Department" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(9) "Educational Records" means those records, files, documents and other materials which contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by a college, school, department, office or other university organization, subdivision or by a person acting for the university or any of its subdivisions.
(10) "Full-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(11) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(12) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(13) "Part-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(14) "Persona Non Grata" means that a nonstudent has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any or specified university locations.
(15) "President" means the president of the university.
(16) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university that are located in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(17) "Senior Administration" or "Leadership Team" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(18) "Student" means any person admitted or enrolled at the university in any of its courses or programs.
(19) "University" is the state supported higher education entity organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code, the Administrative Code or university rule.
(2) The university hereby adopts the definitions set forth in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code and the Administrative Code, as it applies to the university, as may be amended from time to time, unless the university has specifically adopted another definition for the term within this rule or any other rule of the university. This rule and each specific rule of the university should be consulted as necessary to determine if the university has given the word or phrase specific meaning.
(3) The administration of the university is hereby delegated the authority to amend these definitions as necessary to the further purpose, goals and mission of the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-11-50 Purchasing and selling university property.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule through which the university can purchase and sell property necessary to conduct its operations. The university procurement activities must be conducted in an efficient and cost-effective manner that supports the mission of the university while maintaining compliance with applicable state and federal laws and regulations.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all purchases and sales of university property, other than, capital assets, and certain grants. For purchases that qualify as capital assets, please refer to rule 3349-11-49 of the Administrative Code. The procurement on federal grants depends upon the guidelines of the specific grant. In circumstances where the limitations of the grant guidelines are more restrictive than university rule, the grant rules will apply. In the absence of grant procurement guidelines, university rule will apply.
(C) Definitions
(1) Aggregate cost refers to the collective and final price of the procurement activity. As an example, if a service was procured for three years with an annual cost, the aggregate cost would be the summation of the three annual costs. If a good was procured in bulk, the aggregate cost would be the cost summation of each individual good.
(2) Competitive bidding refers to the procurement method used when each seller may have a similar product or service and a standardized evaluation method is used to determine the awarding of the contract, as outlined in the request for proposal (RFP).
(3) Good (end product) refers to physical items, software, digital solutions/systems, or any other type of non-service product procured by the university from a seller.
(4) Competitive quotes refer to soliciting and obtaining quotes for the same good or service from multiple vendors or suppliers, either directly from the seller or through their public website.
(5) Inter-university council purchasing group (IUC-PG) refers to a purchasing consortium comprised of the purchasing officers of the state of Ohio institutions of higher education.
(6) Purchaser refers to a university employee with procurement authority for their division or department.
(7) Request for proposal (RFP) refers to a formalized document that solicits proposals from qualified sellers with the intent to procure a specific good, service, or other type of asset for the university.
(8) Sealed bid refers to the procurement method used when there are specifications with a defined quantity for a fixed price, where the lowest and/or most responsive bidder is awarded the contract.
(9) Seller refers to a vendor or supplier that sells goods or services.
(10) Service refers to a procured activity that directly engages the time and effort of a contractor or vendor whose primary purpose is to perform an identifiable task rather than to furnish an end item of supply.
(11) Sole source purchase refers to the purchase of a good or service in which the needed product is only available from a single vendor, only that vendor can provide the product in the timeframe required or the competition is deemed inadequate, after solicitation attempts.
(12) University procurement refers to the methods of obtaining a lower fixed cost either through IUC, group purchasing or organizations or university contracts. Purchasing of a good or service for the university.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Administration of university procedure activities
All university procurement activities shall be administered by the division of operation and finance. The office of budget and accounting has been assigned the following primary responsibilities related to purchasing:
(a) Performing the purchasing function in compliance with applicable state and federal regulations, laws, and guidelines, and university policies including maintaining current language in the RFP and purchase orders regarding vendor requirements;
(b) Coordinating the purchase of goods and/or services required by the requisitioning department, as economically as possible and consistent with desired quality using principles of value analysis;
(c) Administering required competitive bidding processes including, but not limited to, approving or denying requests for waiver of competitive bidding and obtaining completed security questionnaires, where applicable, from potential vendors;
(d) Establishing vendor contracts for purchase of goods and/or services as well as rental or lease of equipment with review by university counsel prior to execution of contracts;
(e) Providing guidance and information to the university community regarding mandatory use of university contracts and monitoring adherence to this requirement;
(f) Generating purchase orders and authorizing change orders for goods and/or services;
(g) Recommending standard specifications for equipment and materials of common use throughout the university;
(h) Encouraging participation of diverse suppliers in all university purchase agreements;
(i) Monitoring the use of the university purchasing card (p-card) program;
(j) Participating in the inter-university council contracts, state of Ohio term contracts, other universities' contracts, or other joint/group purchasing contracts when such contracts resulted from competitive bidding; and
(k) Maintaining all competitive bidding documentation, including purchase orders, invoices, and other items necessary for the basis of selection. These are available for future review.
(2) Procurement standards
(a) Authority. No individual has the authority to enter into purchase contracts or to obligate the university to any agreements other than those individuals who have been properly delegated authority.
(b) Costs incurred by the university must be necessary and cost-effective.
(c) The university has competitively selected, formally negotiated agreements or has access to preferred and collaborative agreements for numerous goods, services and capital equipment that include benefits such as favorable terms and conditions, discounted pricing, guaranteed performance levels, no-hassle return policies, free or reduced freight costs, volume incentives and liability and insurance protection.
(d) All procurement transactions must provide full and open competition.
(e) Any procurement transaction or negotiation of a personal nature is prohibited.
(i) Purchases of questionable or concerning nature may be referred by the office of operations and finance to general counsel and/or subject to internal audit.
(ii) Conflicts of interest when procuring are not permitted. It is the responsibility of the purchaser to ensure that the university does not knowingly enter into any commitments that could result in a conflict of interest.
(f) The purchaser must maintain documentation addressing cost and price analysis, as well as vendor selection, dependent on procurement method listed in this paragraph.
(3) Regulations that must be considered when making purchases:
(a) Preferred suppliers and existing agreements. Whenever existing federal, state, inter-university council, or other group purchasing organization agreements or contracts from other state of Ohio universities are used as a source for establishing prices where, in the discretion of the procurement department, such bidding process utilized by the entity is consistent with the minimum protections required by university rule and state and federal law. Any such contracts must have resulted from competitive bidding that adhered to state requirements and university rule.
(b) Supplier diversity
The university has a goal consistent with section 125.081 of the Revised Code to procure a per centage of its eligible goods and/or services from state certified minority business enterprises (MBE), women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms. As such, all departments are responsible for taking action as outlined below where reasonable. Affirmative actions include:
(i) Including certified MBEs on solicitation lists;
(ii) Dividing total requirements when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by MBEs;
(iii) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage participation by MBEs;
(iv) Using the services and assistance of the small business administration and the minority business development agency of the department of commerce where applicable;
(v) Requiring prime contractors, if subcontractors are let, to take the affirmative steps listed above.
(c) Equal employment opportunity requirement. The university requires that a supplier, in bidding and/or filing a purchase order, agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment with respect to hiring and tenure, terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, or any matter directly or indirectly related to employment, because of race, color, religion, gender, age, sexual orientation, national origin, disability, or identity as a disabled veteran or veteran of the Vietnam era to the extent required by law. The supplier must further agree that every subcontract for a given order will contain a provision requiring nondiscrimination in employment, as specified in this rule. This covenant is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 of the U.S. department of labor and Executive Order 11375 of the U.S. department of labor, and any breach thereof may be regarded as a material breach of the contract or purchase order.
(d) Other state and federal legal requirements. All vendors transacting any form of business with the university shall comply with all state and federal laws and shall not be banned from doing business with the federal government thus identified on a federal list of debarred or excluded suppliers.
(e) Data security. Vendors who will have access to data by virtue of a university agreement to purchase goods and/or services shall comply with requirements as established by the university. These requirements include, but are not limited to, providing relevant attestations, completing data security questionnaires, and complying with the university's data security policies and procedures.
(f) Tax exemption. The university is exempt from paying Ohio sales tax (and other recognized states). All agreements must comply with this provision where appropriate.
(g) Buy Ohio. The university shall give preference in its purchasing activities to products that are produced or mined in Ohio and to bidders that qualify as having a significant Ohio economic presence in accordance with section 125.11 of the Revised Code. This requirement may be waived when compliance would result in the university paying an excessive price for the product or acquiring a disproportionately inferior product.
(h) Buy America. Section 125.11 of the Revised Code stipulates that state agencies and public colleges or universities shall give preference in its purchasing activities to products produced, mined, or manufactured in the united states. This requirement may be waived when a determination has been made that the products to be purchased are not mined, produced, or manufactured in the united states in sufficient and reasonably available commercial quantities and of a satisfactory quality.
(4) Lease versus purchase analysis
When equipment is being purchased for projects of limited duration, the university will prepare an analysis, where appropriate, to determine if leasing is a better alternative to purchasing. The analysis will be done to determine which method is most economical and practical given the project.
(E) Methods of procurement for each purchase of goods or services:
(1) A cost or price analysis must be done in connection with every procurement action including contract modifications. The method and degree of analysis is dependent on the facts surrounding the particular procurement situation. Purchasers must make independent estimates before receiving bids or proposals. The resultant contract will be executed only after all appropriate approvals have been secured by the financial manager, grants accounting, the senior vice president for operations and finance, and the board of trustees where applicable. University general counsel will review all contracts that require a signature by the senior vice president for operations and finance and the board of trustees.
(2) Purchases less than five thousand dollars in aggregate or micro-purchases less than ten thousand dollars for federal grants (two thousand dollars or less for federal grant purchases that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act of 1931, under 23 U.S.C. 113):
(a) Do not require sealed bids, competitive bidding or competitive quotes
(b) Reasonable efforts to conduct a cost or price analysis should be made
(c) Must spread purchases out among qualified suppliers
(d) Must be approved by the financial manager
(e) If grant funded, requires additional approval from grants accounting
(f) Terms and conditions may need approval through general counsel prior to purchase
(3) Purchases between five thousand dollars and forty-nine thousand nine hundred ninety-nine dollars in aggregate or small purchases between ten thousand dollars and forty-nine thousand nine hundred ninety-nine dollars for federal grants:
(a) Require competitive quotes from at least three vendors if purchasing goods with university funds. If purchasing with a federal grant, competitive quotes are required for both goods and services excluding subcontracts.
An exception to this requirement is if the purchase is through the current university, inter-university council or other group purchasing organization negotiated contract.
(b) If the aggregate cost of goods is five thousand dollars or more, a purchase order is required regardless of funding.
Appropriate approvals are obtained through the purchase order process. Terms and conditions may need approval through general counsel prior to purchase.
(4) Purchases in aggregate between fifty thousand dollars and four hundred ninety-nine nine thousand nine hundred ninety-nine dollars:
(a) The sealed bid or competitive bidding process must be used for these purchases. The university uses public purchase to advertise and solicit competitive bidding. The request will be available to allow sufficient time to obtain a minimum of two qualified bids.
(i) All bids are sealed until the expiration of the RFP deadline when the files are sent to a committee for evaluation. For competitive bids, details of the evaluations are based on the matrix outlined in the RFP and are maintained by the department of operations and finance.
(ii) Sealed (fixed price) bids should be opened publicly at the time and place as outlined in the invitation to bid and are awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder.
(b) Administration of competitive bidding. Formal quotations and/or proposals for all purchases that require competitive bidding will be obtained by the procurement department through a request for proposal (RFP) or request for quotation (RFQ) based on written descriptions or specifications provided by the requisitioning department.
(c) Solicitation of bids. Any purchase or lease of goods and/or services that requires competitive bidding will be advertised in a way that is most beneficial to the university while satisfying requirements of competitive bidding.
(d) Vendor selection. The vendor selected as a result of a competitive bidding process shall be the vendor determined to offer the best overall value taking into consideration all factors identified in the specifications of the bid solicitation.
(e) Notification of vendor selection. The vendor selected and all other vendors responding to a bid solicitation shall be notified in a timely fashion of the selection pending approval by the board of trustees (where applicable) and execution of a contract. In cases requiring approval of the board of trustees, contract terms may be negotiated pending the approval, however such negotiation shall not revise or otherwise materially change or alter the specifications provided for in the bid documents and/or response.
(f) If not identified until after the fact that aggregate purchases from a single supplier during a fiscal year have reached the dollar limits requiring competitive bidding, future purchases from the same supplier will not be made until competitive bidding has been conducted. This subsequent competitive bidding will be required only if it is likely that the future purchases of similar goods and/or services from that supplier within the fiscal year will again exceed established dollar limits.
(g) All terms and conditions will need to be reviewed by general counsel prior to purchase
(h) These purchases require a purchase order.
(5) Purchases in aggregate of five hundred thousand dollars or more
(a) Require the same competitive bidding process as the previous threshold and the additional approval of the board of trustees.
(b) All terms and conditions will need to be reviewed by general counsel prior to purchase.
(c) These purchases require a purchase order.
(6) Waiver of competitive or sealed bidding
(a) Competitive bidding requirements may be waived for the purchase or lease of equipment, materials, supplies and services in the following instances:
(i) The board of trustees or the president and senior vice president determine an emergency situation exists that makes obtaining bids impossible or impractical.
(ii) In the judgement of the responsible purchasing officer of the university, it is impossible or impractical to obtain more than one bid because the item is obtainable only from a single source, or for other sufficient economic reasons.
Single source purchases of any amount need to document the following:
(a) What the piece of equipment is and how it is used.
(b) If anyone else sells this equipment, it is not a single source and will need multiple quotes.
(c) What other vendors the university has looked at to know if they do and do not have this or similar equipment.
(d) What aspect of this equipment from this vendor is different and necessary over any other similar equipment? Document if this aspect is different from other equipment. If not, it is a single source. If it is, explain why this is necessary.
(iii) Existing federal, state inter-university council, university or other university-partner contracts are used as a source for establishing price.
(iv) In general, the following do not require competitive bidding:
(a) Temporary staffing (except where the cost of a single staffing engagement is fifty thousand dollars or more);
(b) Legal services;
(c) Annual year-end financial audit services;
(d) Real estate or investments and associated fees;
(e) Regulated utilities;
(f) Publishers (books, periodicals, and other published materials) (this exception does not include distributors of published materials.);
(g) Entertainment providers;
(h) Dues or fees for institutional membership in an organization or association;
(i) Tickets for passenger air transportation;
(j) Public notifications required by law or to provide notification of job openings;
(k) Postage purchased from the U.S. postal service (USPS) or through a vendor at official USPS rates; or
(l) Purchases from state agencies or other state-assisted institutions of higher education.
(F) Procurement for construction
Procurement for construction is subject to the following parameters:
(1) Projects approved by the senior vice president for operations and finance with an estimated total cost of less than one hundred thousand dollars are not subject to any competitive bidding parameters and may be conducted through direct solicitation;
(2) Projects with a total estimated cost between one hundred thousand dollars and two hundred fifty thousand dollars require invitations be issued to three qualified bidders whose responses include a documented scope of work, project schedule, and project budget; and
(3) Projects with a total estimated cost greater than two hundred fifty thousand dollars must be completitively bid in a manner that complies with all requirements established by the revised code for state construction projects as well as university policy.
(G) Sale of equipment
(1) To determine whether equipment is eligible to be sold, refer rule 3349-11-49 of the Administrative Code. If it is allowed to be sold, and if no university department expresses interest in the equipment after a reasonable time, the property may be sold, disposed of or redistributed in one of the following manners:
(a) Pursuant to competitive bidding procedures with the award being made to the highest bidder;
(b) Advertised public sale with the property having a price assigned to each item and sold to the public at a stipulated time and place;
(c) Advertised public auction with the property being sold to the highest bidder;
(d) Surplus property of minimal (salvage) value may be disposed of in the way most economical for the university.
(2) Ineligible bidders on sale of equipment
No employee of the university, or immediate family member of the employee, who has participated in the determination to dispose of property, participated in the preparation of property for sale, participated in determining the method of sale or acquired information not otherwise available to the general public regarding usage, condition, quality or value of property may bid on or purchase any property offered for sale by the university. To qualify as a purchaser of such property, an employee of the university may be asked to certify in writing that he has not participated in any of the activities or acquired information as specified in this rule.
Last updated December 30, 2024 at 7:55 AM
History
- Effective: December 23, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-11-51 Use of Ohio sales tax exemption and reimbursements.
(A) Purpose
To ensure compliance with the "Ohio Auditor of State Technical Bulletin 2025-013" regarding the proper use of Ohio's sales tax exemption and adherence to proper reimbursement procedures when individuals make purchases on behalf of the university using their own personal funds.
(B) Scope
This policy applies to all employees authorized to make purchases on behalf of northeast Ohio medical university.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Tax-exempt purchase" refers to a purchase of tangible personal property or selected services made by and charged directly to the university, where the invoice or bill of sale clearly indicates the university as the purchaser. The tax-exempt purchase must be paid for using a university-issued purchasing card ("p-card") or official university purchase order.
(2) "Reimbursable purchase" refers to a purchase made by an individual using a personal credit card or personal funds on behalf of northeast Ohio medical university.
(3) "Sales tax exemption certificate" refers to documentation issued under section 5739.02 of the Revised Code allowing northeast Ohio medical university to make tax-exempt purchases.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Northeast Ohio medical university's sales tax exemption certificate may be used only when a purchase is made and paid for by northeast Ohio medical university directly using a purchase order or with a university-issued p-card. Employees may not present or use the university's sales tax exemption certificate when making purchases with their own personal credit cards or personal funds.
(2) Direct tax-exempt purchases
(a) When possible, purchases should be made with a northeast Ohio university purchase order or using a university-issued purchasing card (p-card). Ohio sales tax should not be paid on these transactions.
(b) Invoices, receipts, and bills of sale must clearly indicate northeast Ohio medical university as the purchaser to qualify as a tax-exempt purchase, even if an employee picks up the property or engages the service provider.
(c) If sales tax is incorrectly charged on a direct university purchase, the responsible financial manager must endeavor to recover the sales tax by requesting credit for the sales tax from the merchant. If unsuccessful, the financial manager must then submit a refund application to the Ohio department of taxation on behalf of northeast Ohio medical university.
(3) Purchases made with personal funds
(a) If an employee makes a purchase on behalf of the university using a personal credit card or personal funds, the individual must pay applicable Ohio sales tax at the point of sale and cannot use the university's sales tax exemption certificate.
(b) The university may reimburse the employee for the full purchase price, including sales tax, provided the expenditure was for a proper university purpose and in accordance with applicable university policies. However, the university will not reimburse the sales tax portion for goods or services that could have been procured through an existing university contract, purchase order, or the use of a university p-card in conjunction with the university's sales tax exemption certificate.
(c) The university has established a maximum dollar threshold of five hundred dollars per transaction (including sales tax) for reimbursable purchases made with personal funds. Purchases exceeding this threshold should be made using a university purchase order or university p-card to avoid unnecessary tax waste.
(4) Failure to comply with this policy may result in:
(a) Denial of reimbursement; or
(b) Loss of university-issued p-card; or
(c) A finding of recovery by the Ohio auditor of state if the university improperly handles tax exemptions.
Last updated March 17, 2026 at 9:17 AM
History
- Effective: March 16, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-11-70 Travel rule.
(A) Purpose
To establish a rule through which the university will pay for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by employees and eligible guests for university-authorized business travel, regardless of the funding source. This rule is designed to assure that all university-authorized business travel is conducted in a manner that is safe, cost-effective and efficient. Failure to adhere to the provisions set forth in this policy may result in non-payment of travel expenses.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all employees or guests traveling on university authorized business, including employees traveling in conjunction with a sponsored program. In circumstances where the sponsored program guidelines are more restrictive than university rule, the sponsored program rules will apply. Travel expenses that do not conform with either this rule or the sponsored program guidelines will not be reimbursed to the employee or expensed to the sponsored program.
(C) Definitions
(1) "University-approved business travel" refers to travel conducted by an employee in conjunction with the employee's responsibilities at the university.
(2) "Primary work location" refers to the location where the employee is required to present to perform their job. An employee's primary work location may be adjusted by the employee's supervisor from time to time based on the business needs of the university. Adjustments may be on a full-time, part-time, periodic or recurring basis and may incluse more than one location based on the work being performed.
(D) Body of rule
(1) Cost. University employees should incur the lowest reasonable travel expenses and exercise care to avoid impropriety and/or the appearance of impropriety. To maintain cost-effective travel, employees must:
(a) Utilize the university's travel management system to book business travel. Questions can be directed to travel@neomed.edu.
(b) Travel by common carrier at the lowest available rate in the chosen method of travel. Payment for first class, business class or travel upgrades is not permissible.
(c) Make their travel arrangements as early as possible to take advantage of lower rates. Ideally, arrangements should be made at least thirty days in advance of the trip.
(d) Utilize the government rate, where available, for all travel related expenses.
(e) Present a tax exempt certificate for consideration in conjunction with all travel related expenses.
(2) Long-term travel. Costs associated with long-term travel or living arrangements resulting from professional improvement and sabbatical leaves are not generally eligible for reimbursement by the university; however, travel on official university-authorized business during such leave may be reimbursed subject to certain limitations. Authorization must be obtained from the respective departmental head prior to a sabbatical or personal improvement leave.
(3) Authorization to travel. All travel must be authorized in advance and approved by the applicable department head. Supervisory approval of a completed employee expense reimbursement form will be deemed as approval of the itinerary as well as the accuracy and reasonableness of the request for reimbursement. Any travel not receiving prior proper pre-approval may be denied payment or reimbursement.
(4) Payment or reimbursement for travel related expenses. Reimbursements for travel and lodging cannot be made without submitting an original receipt.
(a) Travel arrangements made through a travel agency, web provider, or airline should be billed directly to a university p-card. If a university p-card is not available, a personal credit card may be used and the employee will be reimbursed.
(b) Employees must submit approved request for reimbursement and supporting documentation to the accounting department within sixty days of completion of the trip to obtain reimbursement for the travel expenses. Travel expenses incurred in June must be submitted by July tenth for reimbursement.
(c) Alcohol and entertainment expenses incurred while an employee is traveling on university-authorized business are not reimbursable by the university.
(5) Vehicle use
(a) Rental vehicles
(i) The university strongly recommends employees obtain a rental car for university-authorized business travel through one of the university's contracted car rental agencies. When renting a vehicle using a contracted car rental agency in the U.S. and Puerto Rico, renters may decline the optional insurance as coverage is included in the negotiated rental rate.
(ii) When renting from a non-contracted car rental agency, the university requires the employee to accept the optional collision and liability insurance and purchase a damage waiver (if applicable.) This coverage will be reimbursed by the university.
(iii) When renting a car in a foreign country, it is required that all local, statutory, and optional coverages, including collision damage waiver insurance, are purchased.
(iv) When renting a car in a foreign country, it is required that all local, statutory, and optimal coverages, including collision damage waiver insurance, are purchased.
(v) The university will need a copy of all signed lease agreements. Non-employees of NEOMED are not permitted to be added as an additional driver.
(vi) An itemized receipt is required for reimbursement of car rentals and gasoline purchases.
(b) Personal vehicles
(i) An employee can choose to use a personal vehicle to conduct approved university business when such use is reasonable and authorized by the employee's department or supervisor; however, by electing to use a personal vehicle for university business, the driver acknowledges and accepts that:
(a) They assume the risks associated with operating a personal vehicle; and
(b) NEOMED does not assume responsibility for damages, injuries, or losses beyond what may be provided under applicable excess insurance coverage.
(ii) The individual operating the vehicle is responsible for ensuring that:
(a) The vehicle is legally registered, properly maintained, and operated in compliance with all applicable laws;
(b) The driver meets liability insurance requirements of the motor vehicle financial responsibility laws of the state of Ohio; and
(c) The driver holds a valid driver's license appropriate for the vehicle being operated.
(iii) When driving personal vehicles, even while conducting university business, the insurance policy covering the vehicle is considered primary for both liability and physical damage. Any applicable university insurance coverage, if available, shall apply only on an excess basis and only after the limits of the driver's personal automobile insurance have been exhausted. The university is not responsible for deductibles under a personal auto policy, physical damage to a personal vehicle (unless caused by university property), or losses not covered by the individual's personal insurance.
(iv) Reimbursement
(a) Reimbursement for the university-approved business travel includes the use of an employee's personal vehicle for official university business in excess of the employee's normal commute. Daily commuting between an employee's residence and their primary work location(s) is considered a personal expense and is not eligible for milage reimbursement.
(b) Reimbursement for university-approved business travel includes travel from an employee's residence or primary work location(s), to a temporary business destination, meeting location, conference, or other location that is not one of the employee's primary work location.
(c) Reimbursement for university-approved business travel will be based on the lesser of:
(i) the milage from the employee's residence to the temporary business destination: or
(ii) the milage from the employee's primary work location(s) to the temporary business destination.
(d) The use of a personal vehicle will be reimbursed at the internal revenue service's standard mileage rate in effect on the date of travel. The mileage rate is intended to cover all expenses incurred for using a personally-owned vehicle, except parking fees and tolls. The mileage of an employee who is being paid a university car allowance will be reimbursed at a reduced rate under the internal revenue service's mileage rate for medical purposes in effect on the date of travel.
(e) Reimbursement must include applicable documentation (including date, business purpose, miles driven and destination). Costs such as parking fees, tolls, taxi, and airport shuttle fares are reimbursable on an actual cost basis.
(f) For long distances where it may be more cost-effective to travel by air, reimbursement for use of a personal vehicle will be paid at the lower mileage allowance or accumulated airfare of coach for all individuals on approved travel status traveling in a car.
(6) Other ground travel. The university may pay for or reimburse ground transportation and related expenses such as shuttle bus (between airport and hotel), taxi, rideshare services, bus, subway, tram, train, tolls, and parking. Receipts must be submitted for any of the foregoing individual transportation costs that exceed twenty-five dollars per travel event. Employees being paid a monthly car allowance will not be reimbursed for taxi or airport shuttle expenses from home to the airport and back unless the travel time exceeds ten days.
(7) Domestic and international travel not related to a sponsored program. University-authorized business travel must adhere to the following travel guidelines to ensure cost-effective and efficient travel:
(a) Travel. Travel by air or other common carrier must be at the lowest available coach or economy fare consistent with scheduling needs, including the need to conserve time by selecting direct flights when available and appropriate. Employees who elect to travel on weekends in order to obtain lower fares may be reimbursed for other eligible travel expenses on the extra days if the end result reduces the total travel costs associated with the trip.
(b) Lodging. The university may pay for or reimburse reasonable, itemized expenses for lodging for overnight travel when the travel point is further than sixty miles from the traveler's home or regular business location or is otherwise required by the university business underlying the travel. Travelers will be reimbursed at the single room rate and that rate should be indicated on the itemized receipt. Charges for hotel mini-bar and room movie charges will not be reimbursed by the university. The employee expense reimbursement form must be supported by an original itemized hotel invoice showing full payment was made; a credit card charge slip is not acceptable documentation for reimbursement.
(c) Alternative lodging (airbnb, VRBO, and similar platforms) Employees may utilize short-term rental platforms (e.g., airbnb, VRBO) when such accommodations are demonstrably more cost-effective or operationally necessary than traditional hotel lodging. Use of these services is permitted only when all the following conditions are met, and approval has been given by the accounting department:
(i) Cost justification
Documentation must be provided demonstrating that a traditional hotel was not feasible or cost-effective. Acceptable documentation includes price comparisons, availability limitations, or other business justifications.
(ii) Entire unit requirement
Only bookings for entire units are permitted. Shared spaces or individual room rentals are not allowed.
(iii) Host standards
Properties must be booked with highly rated hosts (preferred rating of 4.8 or higher). Super hosts or otherwise verified hosts are strongly encouraged.
(iv) Safety and cancellation
Listings must indicate the presence of basic safety features, including smoke detectors, secure locks, and clearly defined cancellation policies.
(v) Documentation requirements
Employees must retain and submit supporting documentation, including:
(a) Screenshots or quotes comparing lodging rates (hotel vs. rental); and
(b) Listing details, including ratings, host status, and justification of cost savings or business need (e.g., estimated savings).
(d) Meals. The university will pay for or reimburse all approved meal expenses on overnight travel or travel that is more than sixty miles from the employee's home or primary work site up, to the federal general services administration per diem rates per city. According to the federal travel regulation, employees are entitled to seventy-five per cent of the prescribed meals and incidental expenses for one day travel away from their official work site if the travel is longer than twelve hours. (www.gsa.gov/ftr). Multiple day travel that starts prior to seven a.m. on the first day or ends after nine p.m. the last day will be considered a full day for travel per diem reimbursement.
(i) If a meal is served and is included in the cost of the transportation, conference or meeting fee, the per diem rate must be reduced based on the provided meal. Reimbursement requests for meal per diems while attending conferences, must include a copy of the conference itinerary showing what meal times were provided with the conference. Meal receipts are not required when using per diem rates, however, conference itineraries showing dates, location and meals provided are required when requesting meal reimbursements while attending conferences.
(ii) Business meals constitute an exception to the federal per diem rates. Expenses may be reimbursed for properly documented business meals while on travel status. The primary purpose must be a business discussion during which:
(a) At least one non-university employee, whose presence is necessary for the business discussion, must be present;
(b) Expenses will be reimbursed only for those individuals who are necessary for the business discussion;
(c) Documentation of the time, date, place, business purpose and attendees, in an addition to an original itemized receipt is required (in accordance with internal revenue service guidelines); and
(d) Gratuities cannot exceed twenty per cent of meal costs for business meals.
(8) Domestic and international travel related to a sponsored program. Principal investigators and others traveling on sponsored funds are to be familiar with the allowable cost provisions of their sponsored program. Original itemized receipts are always required for expenses charged to sponsored program. Expenses for any travel and lodging arrangements, car rentals, ground transportation, conference registration or fee, or any meals to be charged to a sponsored program should be reviewed prior to purchase to insure that such expenses are allowable under the terms of the sponsored program. In addition to the terms of the sponsored program, investigators should note that:
(a) Sponsored programs that allow meal reimbursement require original itemized receipts. Most sponsors, however, including the federal government, do not allow business meals under the provisions of their sponsored program.
(b) Commercial air travel on certain sponsored programs must use United States flag air carrier service in order to comply with the Fly America Act, 49 U.S.C. 40118 (with some limited exceptions). Travelers using federal grant funds must verify that the chosen commercial carrier is in compliance with this act.
(9) Conference registration and fees. Registration and conference fees should be prepaid and paid using a university p-card. If a university p-card is not available, a personal credit card may be used and the employee will be reimbursed. A copy of the conference itinerary should accompany the payment request for the conference and the employee travel reimbursement. Cost of entertainment activities for conferences and/or meetings will not be paid or reimbursed. Example activities are: golf outings, fun runs, amusement parks, tours, sporting events, etc.
(10) Vacation in conjunction with business travel. Travel will only be paid when expenses are incurred at locations specific to the business purpose. Travel expenses to and from alternate vacation destinations while on business travel are not eligible for payment. If vacation time is added to a business trip, any cost variance in expenses such as airfare, car rental and/or lodging must be clearly identified and documented.
(11) Guest travel. The university may approve travel expenses to be paid for or reimbursed to guests of the university. Examples of these guests may include: lecturers, consultants, prospective faculty, staff, and students. Only actual expenses up to the federal per diem rates will be reimbursed to the guest. All reimbursements must be accompanied by an itemized receipt and are subject to all other restrictions contained in this rule. Travel expenses for spouses, companions, dependents or other family members of university faculty and staff are not eligible for advance payment or reimbursement unless the individual has a bona fide university purpose for engaging in the travel or attending the event. Documentation of business purpose is required.
(12) Accommodations. Disability-related travel accommodations that result in additional expenses must be approved in advance through human resources in accordance with rule 3349-7-25 of the Administrative Code.
Last updated August 17, 2026 at 9:15 AM
History
- Effective: August 15, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-25
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that a qualified applicant for employment or an employee with a disability receives reasonable accommodation in the work place as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and state and local requirements regarding persons with disabilities. The university is enriched by persons with disabilities in its student body and employees, it is important to also understand and support the needs and rights of these individuals.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all applicants for employment and to all employees of the university including but not limited to faculty, administrative staff, unclassified hourly employees, classified civil service employees, and student employees.
(C) Definitions
(1) Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(2) "Disability" refers to:
(a) A physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual;
(b) A record of physical or mental impairment; or
(c) Being regarded as having a physical or mental impairment.
(d) "Disability" does not include a substance abuse disorder resulting from current alcohol abuse or current illegal use of any drug.
(3) "Direct threat" refers to a significant risk to health or safety of others that cannot be eliminated by reasonable accommodation.
(4) "Reasonable accommodation" includes, but is not limited to:
(a) Making existing facilities used by employees readily accessible to and usable by employees with disabilities; and
(b) Job restructuring, modified work schedules, acquisition or modification of equipment or devices, the provision of qualified readers or interpreters and other similar accommodations.
(5) "Qualified individual with a disability" refers to an individual with a disability who, with or without reasonable accommodation meets the essential eligibility requirements for the receipt of services or participation in programs or activities provided by the university.
(6) "Major life activities" include but are not limited to caring for oneself, performing manual tasks, seeing, hearing, eating, sleeping, walking, standing, lifting, bending, speaking, breathing, learning, reading, concentrating, thinking, communicating, and working.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The university's rule is to comply with the provisions of federal and state of Ohio law regarding persons with disabilities in the workplace. Under those laws, no otherwise qualified individual with a disability will be denied access to participation in services, programs, or activities of the university solely by reason of his or her disability. All employees will be held to the same performance standards and must be able to carry out the essential functions of their positions or programs with or without reasonable accommodation.
(2) The university strictly prohibits any form of retaliation against any employee who requests an accommodation, reports or participates in the investigation of a complaint, or otherwise exercises rights secured by this rule.
(3) Disclosure of disability and documentation.
(a) Disclosure is a matter of choice. An employee with a disability may choose not to request reasonable accommodations unless the disability presents a direct threat to the health or safety of others.
(b) Upon request of employees with disabilities, the university will make efforts to provide reasonable accommodations; however, the university is unable to make accommodations that impose an undue burden, present a direct threat to the health or safety of others, or fundamentally alter the nature of its programs, services, or activities.
(c) However, employees who choose to request an accommodation must disclose the underlying disability and provide documentation as required under this rule.
(d) Request for reasonable accommodation forms may be obtained from, and upon completion should be returned to, the department of human resources.
(e) Review
(i) The director of human resources or his/her designee will review the request for reasonable accommodation forms. An employee may be required by the director of human resources to provide further information or documentation.
(ii) The director of human resources or his/her designee will notify the applicant or employee in writing of the decision concerning the requested accommodation, and a copy will be sent to the employee's department head.
(f) Professional verification of disability
(i) Employees with a disability who request reasonable accommodations may be required to provide current written verification of the disability certified by a licensed physician, psychologist, audiologist, speech pathologist, rehabilitation counselor, physical therapist, occupation therapist or other health care provider who is qualified to diagnose or treat the disability in the state of Ohio. Further documentation may be required. Documentation should reflect the employee's present level of functioning in the major life activity affected by the disability and the effect the disability has on the employee's role at the university.
(ii) Responsibility for the cost of the initial professional verification of a disability and any supplemental assessments will be borne by the employee requesting accommodation. Responsibility for the cost of obtaining additional professional opinions requested by the university will be borne by the university.
(g) Records and retention
All information regarding the disability and any reasonable accommodations will be maintained by the department of human resources in accordance with the records retention schedule will maintain the files of applicants who are not hired who have made an accommodation request.
(4) Confidentiality
All information must be treated as confidential within the limits of federal and Ohio law.
History
- Effective: May 17, 2020
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Chapter 3349-20 Research
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-10 Residual funds policy.
(A) Purpose
This rule establishes the university's process for identifying unrestricted residual funds from sponsored programs and outlines the process for moving them out of their original restricted index. This rule is designed to assure that unrestricted residual funds from sponsored programs are used to advance the university's mission and is intended to help principal investigators avoid conflicts of interest.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all sponsored programs proposed on or after July 1, 2011.
(C) Definitions
Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(1) "Designated Residual Funds Index" refers to an index that is set up when there are residual funds related to a sponsored program. The fund manager of the index will be the principal investigator. The availability of these funds will not expire during the principal investigator's employment at university. This index will be subject to all university guidelines, policies and procedures.
(2) "Fixed Price Agreement" refers to an agreement in which the sponsor states that a set dollar amount will be given in exchange for a specific deliverable(s).
(3) "Principal Investigator" refers to the faculty or staff member designated by the sponsor to have the appropriate level of authority and responsibility to direct the project or program supported by the grant.
(4) "Restricted Index" an index set up to track revenue and expenses for a specific project or purpose that is funded by an external entity (sponsor) and is subject to terms and conditions set by said entity.
(5) "Sponsor" for the purposes of this rule, refers to an entity that awards funding for a specific purpose.
(6) "Sponsored Program" refers to an award funded via a grant, contract, cooperative agreement or subcontract from a federal, state or local government entity, the private sector, or an institution of higher education, whereby the university agrees to perform a certain scope of work, in accordance with terms and conditions set by the sponsor, for specific, budgeted monetary compensation.
(7) "Unrestricted Residual Funds" refers to an unobligated balance in a sponsored program award at the time of closeout that is not required to be returned to the sponsor. These funds are no longer considered funds of the sponsored program and as such will not follow sponsored program policies, but will still need to be spent in accordance with all applicable university policies and procedures.
(D) Body of the rule
Unrestricted residual funds resulting from a sponsored program award will be made available to the award's principal investigator by transferring the funds to a designated residual funds index when all of the following criteria are met:
(1) All terms and conditions of the award (including all deliverables) have been fulfilled;
(2) All expenses related to the project (except approved cost share) have been charged to the sponsored program;
(3) The sponsor has paid the university in full;
(4) The university has been reimbursed for the total maximum facilities and administrative ("F&A") (indirect) costs related to the project;
(5) Awards with unrestricted residual funds in excess of twenty per cent of the total amount awarded must be approved by the office of research and sponsored programs.
(E) Responsibilities
(1) Principal investigator ensures that all terms and conditions are met, all deliverables are provided and that all appropriate expenses are charged to the sponsored program index and that any funds transferred into a designated residual funds index will be spent to support the principal investigator's research or scholarly activities, teaching, or service as applicable.
(2) Grants accounting ensures that the sponsor has paid the university in full and that the university has recovered its maximum indirect costs. "F&A" (indirect) costs will be calculated based off of the total award budget at the residual funds rate determined by the office of research and sponsored programs when the fixed price of agreement was executed. Grants accounting will send a request of review to the office of research and sponsored programs when unrestricted residual funds are in excess of twenty per cent of the total amount awarded. If approved, grants accounting will initiate all necessary transfers. If not approved, grants accounting will return the remaining funds to the sponsor.
(3) Office of research and sponsored programs establishes the "F&A" rate at which indirect costs will be charged if there are unrestricted residual funds remaining at the end of the fixed price award. Reviews restricted indexes where unrestricted residual funds are in excess of twenty per cent of the total amount awarded to ensure that the university is complying with applicable regulations and internal procedures, which include consistency in budgeting costs, cost shared expenses, and possible changes in scope.
History
- Effective: June 11, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-7-01
(A) Purpose
To promote clarity in the university's human resources rules.
(B) Scope
The definitions set forth in this rule have applicability to all university rules, unless an alternative definition is specified within the rule for specific application to the issue being addressed.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Appointing Authority" refers to the person who has the power to appoint or remove an employee from a given position within the university based on a delegation of authority by the university's board of trustees pursuant to the powers granted to the board of trustees by division (F) of section 124.14 of the Revised Code. For unclassified hourly employees and for classified civil service employees of the university, the appointing authority is the director of human resources. For administrative staff, the appointing authority is the division director in which a given department or other organizational unit is located. For faculty, the appointing authority is the dean of the respective college.
(2) "Board of Trustees" ("Board") is established by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code and derives its power to govern from section 3350.12 of the Revised Code. The board is the governing body for the university and all its component colleges.
(3) "Break in Service" is a separation from public service of thirty-one days or more. Any university approved leave of absence, or any separation from service which carries the right to reinstatement, or reemployment shall not constitute a break in service; so long as the employee is reinstated or reemployed within the allowable time. The time the employee was on leave of absence or was separated shall not be counted in the calculation of retention points for continuous service.
(4) "College" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(5) "Continuous Service" means service with a state of Ohio agency, an Ohio county office, or a state of Ohio supported college or university without a break in service.
(6) "Day(s)" mean calendar days, unless otherwise specified.
(7) "Dean" means the chief academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(8) "Department" means an academic unit headed by a chairperson or director.
(9) "Educational Records" means those records, files, documents and other materials which contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by a college, school, department, office or other university organization, subdivision or by a person acting for the university or any of its subdivisions.
(10) "Full-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty total eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(11) "Immediate Supervisor" is the person who directs or oversees the work of another.
(12) "Normal Working Hours" are established from eight a.m. to five p.m. unless otherwise directed by the immediate supervisor.
(13) "Part-Time Employee" is an employee whose regular hours of duty are less than the eighty hours in a bi-weekly pay period.
(14) "Persona Non Grata" means that a nonstudent has exhibited behavior which has been deemed detrimental to the university community and thus is no longer permitted to frequent or be present in any or specified university locations.
(15) "President" means the president of the university.
(16) "Rootstown Campus" includes all of the real property, buildings and equipment owned by or for the benefit of the university that are located in Rootstown township, Portage county, Ohio.
(17) "Senior Administration" or "Leadership Team" are those individuals so designated by the president.
(18) "Student" means any person admitted or enrolled at the university in any of its courses or programs.
(19) "University" is the state supported higher education entity organized under the authority created by section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(D) Rule statement
(1) Words have their ordinary and widely accepted meaning unless the word or phrase has been assigned a specific meaning in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code, the Administrative Code or university rule.
(2) The university hereby adopts the definitions set forth in federal laws and regulations, the Revised Code and the Administrative Code, as it applies to the university, as may be amended from time to time, unless the university has specifically adopted another definition for the term within this rule or any other rule of the university. This rule and each specific rule of the university should be consulted as necessary to determine if the university has given the word or phrase specific meaning.
(3) The administration of the university is hereby delegated the authority to amend these definitions as necessary to the further purpose, goals and mission of the university.
History
- Effective: October 28, 2010
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-12 Cost transfer.
(A) Purpose
To assure the integrity of the university's charges for salaries, wages, goods and services on sponsored programs and other restricted funding transferred to and/or from a sponsored program or other restricted funding after an initial charge elsewhere in the university's accounting system.
In accordance with 2 C.F.R. 200 it is necessary to explain and justify transfers of charges onto federally-funded sponsored programs, where the original charge was previously recorded elsewhere on the university's operating ledger. Timeliness and completeness of the explanation of the transfer are important factors in supporting allow ability and allow capability.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to cost transfers, including the transfer of payroll and other direct costs associated with sponsored programs and restricted funding.
(C) Definitions
Consult rule 3349-1-01 of the Administrative Code.
(1) "Cost Transfer" refers to the reassignment of an expense to or from a sponsored program or restricted fund after the expense was initially charged to another sponsored program or non-sponsored program. Cost transfers include reassignments of salary, wages, and other direct costs.
(2) "Sponsored Program" refers to an award funded via a grant, contract, cooperative agreement or subcontract from a federal, state or local government entity, the private sector, or an institution of higher education, whereby the university agrees to perform a certain scope of work, in accordance with terms and conditions set by the sponsor, for specific, budgeted monetary compensation.
(3) "Principal Investigator" refers to the faculty or staff member designated by the sponsor to have the appropriate level of authority and responsibility to direct the project or program supported by the grant.
(4) "Sponsor" for the purposes of this rule, refers to an entity that awards funding for a specific purpose.
(5) "Restricted Funds" refers to those funds provided by a sponsor for a specific purpose and subject to specified terms and conditions.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) The university is committed to ensuring that all cost transfers (either in the form of a labor redistribution or non-salary journal entry) are legitimate and are conducted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the sponsored program, regulations and university rule.
(2) All principal investigators ("PI") and their business managers are responsible for ensuring that transfers of costs to or from sponsored program and restricted funds which represent corrections of errors are made promptly.
(3) Cost transfers must be supported by documentation which contains a full explanation of how the error occurred and a correlation of the charge to the sponsored program to which the transfer is being made. Explanations such as "to correct an error" or "to transfer to correct project" are unacceptable.
(4) Cost transfers to any sponsored program account are allowable only where there is direct benefit to the sponsored program account being charged. An overdraft or any direct cost incurred in the conduct of one sponsored program may not be transferred to another sponsored program account merely for the sake of resolving a deficit or an allow ability issue. Cost transfers should not be used as a means of managing awards.
(5) Cost transfers that are initiated as a means to move expenses onto a sponsored program merely to spend the available balance are unallowable.
(6) Expenses that have been disallowed on one sponsored program or restricted fund are not to be transferred to a different sponsored program. Additional details can be found in the direct charging sponsored programs and unallowable costs rule.
(7) Cost transfers must be prepared and submitted within ninety days from the end of the calendar month in which the transaction appears on the award except in cases where the sponsor's (federal or non-federal) terms and conditions are stricter than those of the university. Any cost transfers that are initiated after ninety days will require the approval of the department or college head and will be reviewed by the controller; approval may be given on a case-by-case basis.
(E) Responsibility
The principal investigator is responsible for prompting the cost transfer form. Grants accounting is responsible for reviewing the form and completing the cost transfer process.
History
- Effective: June 11, 2017
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-1-01
(A) Article I
Enabling legislation: The Ohio general assembly, through Ohio Amended Senate Bill 72 (with an effective date of November 23, 1973), created the Northeastern Ohio universities college of medicine as codified in section 3350.10 of the Revised Code that was later amended to create the Northeastern Ohio medical university, NEOMED or university. The governance of the university is vested in its board of trustees who are appointed by the governor of Ohio with the advice and consent of the Ohio senate.
(B) Artilce II
University mission, vision, and values
(1) Mission: create transformational leaders and improve health.
(2) Vision: forge the future in innovative medical education and research excellence.
(3) Values: leadership, innovation, and community care provided with:
(a) Integrity: We uphold the highest ethical standards, acting with honesty, accountability, and transparency.
(b) Collaboration: We believe transformation arises from interdisciplinary teamwork, strong partnerships, and the sharing of knowledge, all of which drive innovation and improve outcomes.
(c) Excellence: We are committed to the highest standards of academic and research excellence, continuously striving for innovation and distinction.
(4) Statement of commitment: Pursuant to section 3345.0216 of the Revised Code, NEOMED declares that it will educate students by means of free, open, and rigorous intellectual inquiry to seek the truth; equip students with the opportunity to develop the intellectual skills they need to reach their own, informed conclusions; will not require, favor, disfavor, or prohibit speech or lawful assembly; create a community dedicated to an ethic of civil and free inquiry, which respects the autonomy of each member, supports individual capacities for growth, and tolerates the differences in opinion that naturally occur in a public higher education community; treat all faculty, staff, and students as individuals, to hold them to equal standards, and to provide them equality of opportunity, with regard to those individuals race, ethnicity, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, or gender expression.
(C) Article III
Members, terms, vacancies, powers, and compensation
(1) Number of members: The government of the university is vested in an eleven-member board of trustees, the board or the full board, who shall be appointed by the Ohio governor, with the advice and consent of the Ohio senate. Two of the eleven trustees shall be current students in good standing at the university appointed in accordance with division (B) of section 3350.10 of the Revised Code who shall be non-voting members.
(2) Emeritus trustee
(a) In accordance with university rule 3349-1-04 of the Administrative Code, the university may confer the honorary, non-voting status of trustee emeritus upon a former NEOMED trustee in recognition of exceptional service and contributions to the board. Because this designation is reserved for truly meritorious service, it is expected to be awarded sparingly. The term of service for an emeritus trustee shall be for such period, not exceeding five years, as may be mutually agreed upon by the board and the emeritus trustee at the commencement of the appointment. Such term may be renewed upon mutual agreement of the board and the emeritus trustee.
(b) Trustees emeriti will receive formal recognition by board resolution; they may attend board meetings and university events, including commencement, with special seating and program recognition; and have opportunities to participate in ad hoc groups or committees where their expertise may be of value.
(c) The scope of duties for each trustee emeritus will be mutually agreed upon by the board and the individual, always with the goal of advancing the mission and interests of the university.
(3) Advisory trustee
(a) In accordance with university rule 3349-1-05 of the Administrative Code, the university has established the non-voting position of advisory trustee to recognize individuals whose knowledge, skills, and professional experience will enhance the mission and work of Northeast Ohio medical university. Each advisory trustee will serve a three-year term and may be reappointed for up to two consecutive terms, for a maximum of six years.
(b) Advisory trustees will be accorded privileges that include invitations to attend meetings of the university board and the annual retreat; invitations to attend executive sessions of the board, at the discretion of the board chair; invitations to university events, including commencement, with special seating, formal introduction, and program recognition; and, opportunities to participate in ad hoc groups or committees where their expertise may be of value.
(4) Student trustees
(a) Two of the eleven trustees shall be current students in good standing of the university, and their selection and terms shall be in accordance with division (B) of section 3350.10 of the Revised Code.
(b) The student members shall have no voting power on the board. Student members shall not be considered as members of the board in determining whether a quorum is present. Student members shall not be entitled to attend executive sessions of the board; however, they may, at the discretion of the chair, be invited to attend and participate.
(c) The student members of the board shall be appointed by the governor, with the advice and consent of the senate, from a group of no more than five candidates selected pursuant to a procedure adopted by the university's student government and approved by the university's board of trustees. The term of office of a student member is for two years, each term ending on the same day of the same month of the year as the term it succeeds. If a student member cannot fulfill a two-year term, a replacement shall be selected to fill the unexpired term in the same manner used to make the original selection.
(5) Term of office
For trustees appointed prior to July 1, 2025, except as provided in paragraph (A)(3) of this rule and except for the student members, terms of office shall be for nine years. For trustees appointed on or after July 1, 2025, except for the student members, terms of office shall be for six years.
(6) Vacancies
Any trustee appointed to fill a vacancy occurring prior to the expiration of the term for which the trustee's predecessor was appointed shall hold office for the remainder of such term. Any trustee shall continue in office after the expiration date of the trustee's term until the trustee's successor takes office, or until a period of sixty days has elapsed, whichever occurs first.
(7) Training
(a) Section 3333.045 of the Revised Code established a framework for training trustees at two-year and four-year public institutions in Ohio. The legislation requires the chancellor to develop and annually deliver educational programs designed to address the role, duties, and responsibilities of a member of a board of trustees. Section 3345.045 of the Revised Code sets forth the topics required in paragraphs (A) to (Q) of this rule.
(i) New trustees, appointed after June 27, 2025, must complete educational programming on topics listed in paragraphs (A) to (Q) of this rule within two years of appointment and every two years thereafter. Programming is strongly encouraged but not required in final year of term.
(ii) Current trustees, appointed prior to June 27, 2025, with more than one year remaining, must complete educational programming on topics listed in paragraphs (A) to (Q) of this rule every two years. The initial two-year timeframe began on June 27, 2025. Programming is strongly encouraged but not required in final year of term.
(iii) Current trustees with less than one year remaining are strongly encouraged but not required to take the training.
(iv) Non-voting trustees are strongly encouraged but not required to take the training.
(v) Student trustees are strongly encouraged but not required to take the training.
(b) Trustees may complete these training requirements as set forth in the statute and on the Ohio department of higher education website.
(8) General powers
The board shall have the powers which are conferred upon it by the laws of the state of Ohio. It shall do all things necessary for the creation, proper maintenance and successful and continuous operation of the university and shall adopt, and from time to time as necessary, amend, alter or repeal, the bylaws and any rules for the conduct of the board and the governance and conduct of the university. The board shall employ, fix the compensation of, and remove the president, and such number of deans, professors, administrators, officers and other employees as the board may deem necessary.
(9) Compensation of trustees
Trustees shall receive no compensation for their services but shall be paid their reasonable expenses necessary while engaged in the discharge of their official duties.
(D) Article IV
Officers of the board and their duties
(1) Officers
(a) The trustee officers of the board are the chair and vice chair. Nomination and the election of trustee officers may be made in any manner determined by a consensus of the board that is consistent with Ohio law and Robert's Rules of Order. Seniority, defined as length of service on the board, is one attribute that should be considered. Other attributes include, but are not limited to, skills necessary to perform the duties of a particular office, vision, level of interest, and willingness to commit the necessary time to fulfill the duties of the office.
(b) The nominating committee shall prepare a slate of candidates for the offices of chair and vice chair to be presented to the board at its September meeting. Nominations, including self-nominations, may also be made from the floor prior to the election. The chair and vice chair shall be elected annually by the board at its September meeting.
(c) An officer will serve a one-year term. If an officer has served two consecutive terms, he/she may not be elected for a third consecutive one-year term in that office. An officer, who has served two consecutive terms in an office, may serve in that office again after a one-term hiatus.
(d) The term of the newly elected trustee officer will commence immediately following adjournment of the meeting at which the officer is elected; and they shall hold office until the conclusion of the September meeting, or a successor is elected.
(2) Duties of the chair and vice chair
The duties of the chair and vice chair of the board shall be as follows:
(a) The chair shall preside at all meetings of the board and shall have authority to decide all questions of order. The chair shall be responsible for ensuring the proper execution of all resolutions, actions, and directives of the board. The chair is authorized to execute, on behalf of the university and the board, such instruments, contracts, minutes, resolutions, diplomas, and other official documents as may be duly approved or authorized by the board. In consultation with the president, the chair shall participate in the preparation of agendas and the identification of significant matters to be brought before the board for consideration.
(b) The vice chair, in the absence or disability of the chair, shall be vested with the powers and discharge the duties of the chair.
(3) Non-trustee officers
The offices of secretary and treasurer, if appointed by the board, may be held by individuals who are not members of the board and shall serve at the pleasure of the board.
(a) Secretary
(i) Trustees will direct board-related requests and suggestions to the board secretary.
(ii) The secretary shall maintain and keep all records and books of the board. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board and its committees and shall make and keep accurate and complete records of minutes of said meetings. The secretary shall, within two weeks of each meeting, or as soon thereafter as practical, transmit, by mail or other appropriate electronic or standard delivery method, a copy of the minutes of the meeting to each trustee.
(iii) The secretary shall give notice of all meetings of the board and its committees to the trustees and to the president. The secretary shall provide all other notices required by law and these bylaws. Notice may be provided by mail, or any other electronic or standard delivery method. Requests to address the board or any committee of the board shall not ordinarily be considered unless submitted in writing to the secretary at least two weeks prior to any regularly scheduled meeting. Such requests shall contain information requested by the secretary, including, but not limited to, the name of the person making the request, the purpose and subject matter of the request, and a summary of the topic to be addressed.
(iv) The chair of the board, in consultation with the chair of any relevant committee of the board, and the president, shall, on behalf of the board or committee, determine whether and when the matter will be placed on the agenda of the board or committee of the board. If the chair decides not to schedule the matter on an agenda of the board or committee of the board, the chair shall direct the secretary to provide notice to the requester and to members of the board for their information.
(v) The chair shall have the discretion to recognize any person who seeks to address the board and to prescribe the time permitted for such remarks. After the individual has spoken, no further participation shall be allowed except to respond to a specific question from a trustee, which shall be addressed through the chair.
(vi) If the request to address the board relates to a matter that meets one of the exceptions to the public meeting law, the matter will only be discussed in a closed executive session of the board, and the chair shall deny the request, indicating the topic is not one that will be discussed in a public meeting.
(vii) As an employee of the university, the secretary shall report to the president but shall work in close cooperation and coordination with the board of trustees and facilitate its work.
(b) Treasurer
(i) A treasurer, who is ordinarily the chief financial officer of the university, if so appointed by the board, shall keep the financial books and records of the university, deposit university funds, make appropriate payments, maintain proper records of revenues and expenses, and submit to the board an annual statement of accounts and perform such other duties as the board may designate.
(ii) In accordance with section 3350.11 of the Revised Code, the treasurer, before entering upon the discharge of the official duties of treasurer, shall give bond or insurance to the state of Ohio for the faithful performance of the official duties of treasurer and the proper accounting for all money coming into the treasurer's care. The amount of the bonds or insurance shall be determined by the board but shall not be for a sum less than the estimated amount which may come into the treasurer's control at any time, less any reasonably deductible amount.
(iii) The treasurer, if the chief financial officer of the university, reports to the president and works in close cooperation and coordination with the board of trustees.
(E) Article V
The university president
(1) The president is the chief executive officer of the university and reports to the board in that capacity. As such the president is charged with the responsibility and is vested with the authority to lead the university; properly promulgate those policies that will support the proper functioning of the university; develop and implement a university strategic plan; oversee all of the university's administrative and academic operations; act as the university spokesperson; and, perform such other duties as may be outlined in the faculty bylaws and those delegated by the board. The board hereby authorizes the president to execute all contracts, instruments, leases, licenses, and other documents on behalf of the university. The board further authorizes such administrative officers of the university as identified by the president to execute contracts, instruments, leases, licenses, and other documents on behalf of the university.
(2) Ex-officio non-voting member of the board
(a) The president is hereby invested with ex-officio, non-voting, membership on the board and all committees. The board hereby grants to the president the right to attend all meetings of the board, except those meetings where the president may have a perceived or real conflict of interest.
(b) Communications with the board
The president will keep the board appropriately informed about significant issues affecting the university and of public events and opportunities where trustee presence will further the interests of the university. The trustees shall refrain from representing the university without the president's knowledge and involvement; and they will communicate with the president in a timely manner if significant information or issues are brought to their attention.
(c) Annual presidential performance review
(i) The board of trustees is responsible for the annual evaluation of the president. The board shall assess performance, provide constructive feedback, and ensure alignment with the mission and strategic objectives of the university. The president shall prepare and submit an annual self-assessment addressing performance relative to established goals and criteria.
(ii) The evaluation and compensation committee, in consultation with the board chair, shall establish the evaluation criteria, oversee the evaluation process, establish the timeline, review all relevant materials, deliberate and prepare a written report for consideration by the board of trustees in executive session.
(iii) The evaluation and compensation committee shall review annually the compensation of the president. The committee may request an analysis of the market competitiveness of the president's compensation, recommend annual performance goals, and establish criteria for awarding annual base salary increases, performance bonuses and other forms of compensation, and recommend adjustments to the president's compensation, to the full board.
(iv) The general counsel provides support for the annual performance review process. The general counsel may engage such external advisors or consultants as the compensation and evaluation committee deems necessary to facilitate the evaluation and compensation review process, and will maintain as confidential, to the extent permitted by law, the evaluation and compensation report and related materials.
(v) Any changes in compensation will be approved by the board at an open and public session of the board.
(F) Article VI
General counsel
The general counsel of the university, when designated as an assistant attorney general for the state of Ohio, shall act as counsel to the board of trustees and is authorized to practice law on behalf of the university. The board of trustees, its individual members, the president of the university and those so designated by the foregoing are entitled to privileged attorney-client communications with the general counsel.
(G) Article VII
Meetings of the board
(1) Regular meetings
Regular meetings of the board shall be held at least four times a year.
(2) Special meetings
Special meetings may be called at the discretion of the chair. In addition, the chair shall call a special meeting upon the written request of any three trustees or the president. The notice for the special meeting shall specify the date, time, place, and purpose thereof. The chair shall cause the secretary to give notice of date, time, place and purpose of the special meeting no less than seventy-two hours prior to the time of the commencement of the meeting. Notice may be given in oral or written form by electronic means, personal delivery, mail or other standard delivery method, to those persons entitled to notice.
(3) Emergency meetings
An emergency is an unforeseen combination of circumstances or the resulting state that calls for immediate official action. An emergency meeting may be called by the chair, any three trustees, or the president in consultation with the chair. The individual calling the meeting shall direct the secretary to notify immediately those persons entitled to notice of the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting. Said notice may be in either oral or written form; it may be served by electronic means, personal delivery, or mail or other standard delivery method. Emergency meetings are specifically excluded from the attendance requirement set forth in this paragraph.
(4) Attendance at meetings
In accordance with section 3.17 of the Revised Code, a trustee who fails to attend at least three-fifths of the regular and special meetings of the board during any two-year period forfeits the member's position on the board. emergency meetings of the board shall not be counted in the attendance calculation. The secretary of the board shall keep an accurate attendance record and notify any member of the board and the chair of the board if any member is in jeopardy of such forfeiture.
(5) Attendance by electronic means
In accordance with section 3345.82 of the Revised Code and university rule 3349-1-06 of the Administrative Code, the Northeast Ohio medical university may conduct meetings of the board of trustees utilizing electronic communication. Trustees are permitted to attend two of the four annual meetings virtually. If a trustee must attend more than two meetings annually utilizing electronic means, they will be counted in the quorum but will not be permitted to vote.
(6) Conformance with the Ohio open meetings act
(a) All regular, special, emergency, committee meetings and executive sessions of the board shall be held in conformance with the requirements of Ohio law governing public meetings. Public meetings shall not include attendance by a majority of board members of the board or a majority of board members of any committee or subcommittee of the board at information sessions, campus events, social or other activities which do not involve a prearranged discussion of university business by such members of the board.
(b) The board of trustees may hold executive sessions in accordance with the requirements of the Ohio open meetings act. An executive session may be convened only after a majority of a quorum of the board determines, by roll-call vote during a public meeting, to hold such a session for a purpose permitted by law.
(c) The chair of the board shall preside over the executive session and may designate which individuals shall be permitted to remain during the session, consistent with the purpose for which it was convened. No official action shall be taken in executive session.
(7) Public notice of meetings
(a) Any person or news medium may receive notification of the date, time and place of all regularly scheduled or emergency board meetings and the date, time, place and purpose of all special board meetings; by delivering an oral or written request to the secretary of the board. Oral requests may be made in person or via electronic means during normal business hours.
(b) Any news media representative may obtain notice of the date, time, place and purpose of all special meetings of the board by requesting in writing that such notices be provided. All requests for such notification shall be addressed to the secretary of the board of trustees.
(8) Order of business
Unless otherwise specifically stated in the notice of meeting, any business may be transacted at any meeting of the board. The ordinary order of business at all regular meetings of the board will be as follows unless otherwise designated by the chair:
(a) Roll call;
(b) Review of agenda and recusal, as necessary;
(c) Disposition of minutes of previous meeting;
(d) Guest speaker or presentation, as necessary;
(e) Report of the president;
(f) Reports of the standing committees of the board;
(g) Report of the vice presidents, as necessary;
(h) Old business;
(i) New business;
(j) Election of officers, as necessary;
(k) Administrative appointment, as necessary;
(l) Executive session, as necessary and;
(m) Adjournment.
(9) Quorum and voting
A majority of the number of voting trustees of the board then appointed must be present in person or by electronic means at such meeting in order to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute or these bylaws, the act of a majority of the trustees present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of trustees. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is achieved.
(10) No second required for a committe recommendation
In accordance with Robert's Rules of Order, when a motion emanates from a committee report which contains a recommendation, the recommendation is made as a motion at the conclusion of the committee chair's, or designee, presentation on the matter. No second is required for such a motion since it is made on behalf of the committee.
(11) Record of meetings
A record of all board meetings shall be made and kept by the secretary of the board and made available to the public upon request.
(12) Rules of order
Robert's Rules of Order shall be accepted as authority on all questions of parliamentary procedure not determined by the most current version of the bylaws. The general counsel, or another person designated by the chair, will function as a parliamentarian and will be available to consult with and advise the board on all matters of parliamentary procedure.
(H) Article VIII
Contracts, loans, checks, and deposits
(1) Contracts
The board may authorize the president or other university officers authorized by the president to prepare proposals for contracts with any person, firm, or other entity, sign contracts between the board and any such person, firm, or other entity, execute bonds and undertakings required for the faithful performance of such contracts, and deliver vouchers and receipts in connection therewith.
(2) Loans
No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the board, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the board.
(3) Deposits and accounts
All funds of the university, not otherwise employed, shall be deposited from time to time in general or special accounts as the board may select, or as may be selected by the president or other university officers as the president may designate, under such restrictions or terms or conditions as the board may prescribe. For the purpose of deposit and for the purpose of collection for the account of the university, checks, drafts, and other orders for the payment of money which are payable to the order of the university may be endorsed, assigned, and delivered by the president or other university officer as the president may designate.
(I) Article IX
Committees
(1) Standing committiees of the board
(a) The standing committees of the board and the matters committed to their charge shall be as set forth below. The chair of the board shall appoint trustees to these committees with input from the president. The chair of the board shall be an ex officio voting member of all committees. The chair of the board has the same rights as other committee members. The president of the university shall be an ex officio, non-voting member of all committees. Only the voting members of the committee are counted in the quorum.
(b) As far as practicable, the committees shall be constituted, and committee chairs appointed, by the newly elected chair of the board, within the first thirty days after the September board meeting. Committee members and chairs shall serve until their successors are appointed.
(c) The chair of the board shall appoint a chair and may appoint a vice chair of each committee. The chair of the board should consider the senior members of the board for these positions. If the chair of the committee is unavailable to chair the meeting, then the vice chair shall conduct the meeting. If the chair and vice chair are not available, then the chair of the board of trustees may preside over the committee meeting or appoint the chair pro tem to preside over the committee meeting.
(d) Only the voting members of the committee are counted in the quorum. The chair of the board may appoint the members of the committee, including a temporary appointment of a trustee, who may take the place of any absent member of the committee, for purposes of satisfying the quorum requirements or voting requirements for the period stated by the chair.
(e) The president shall designate an appropriate administrative staff member who will assist the chair of each standing committee in the preparation of the agenda and supporting documentation. The chair shall allow sufficient time for the preparation of this documentation in accordance with the notice provisions contained in article V herein. Supporting documentation for all actions requiring board approval will be delivered to the members a minimum of five working days in advance of the meeting.
(f) The chair may also appoint special committees, ad hoc committees, and task forces as necessary to accomplish the work of the board. In discharging their responsibilities, the committees shall conform to the policies established by the board, report their recommendations to the board, and refer to the board all matters of broad significance to the university.
(2) Responsibilities of standing committiees
(a) The academic and scientific affairs committee shall discharge the supervisory duties as prescribed by the board with respect to matters pertaining particularly to educational and research programs. The board of trustees hereby acknowledges that the president, in conjunction with the provost, will work together to develop and implement new programs and to implement changes to existing programs. The board also notes that if the president deems it advisable or necessary to seek the endorsement, consensus or approval of the board for a specific, significant, or unique programmatic approach, the board will act upon the recommendation of the president. The academic and scientific affairs committee shall review and recommend to the board the awarding of degrees to students from the university and monitor the academic policies of the university.
(b) The evaluation and compensation committee consists of three voting members of the board appointed by the chair. The committee leads the annual performance review of the president. It ensures that the performance review is fair and evidence-based; it is responsible for making recommendations to the board for the establishment of the president's annual performance goals, the process of annual performance reviews, and for setting the compensation of the president.
(c) The executive committee shall consist of the chair of the board, the vice chair, and two additional board members, one of whom shall be the immediate past chair, if available. It shall provide oversight on behalf of the board and recommend actions for consideration, as necessary, by the full board. The chair of the board shall serve as chair of the executive committee unless the chair designates another member of the committee to serve in that capacity.
(d) The finance, fiscal policy, and investment committee shall discharge the duties as prescribed by the board with respect to the financial affairs of the university including consideration and recommendation of all policy matters relating to the university budget and financial operations; internal and external audit functions and reporting; personnel matters; facilities planning and oversight that involve the expenditure or commitment of funds related to capital planning and capital projects for the university. The internal auditor reports to the president who will present any significant findings to the board unless the president has a conflict of interest. In the event of a presidential conflict of interest, the matter will be referred to the chair and the vice chair of the board. As required by divisions (C) and (D) of section 3345.05 of the Revised Code, the finance, fiscal policy and investment committee shall serve as the university's investment committee. As such, it shall meet at least quarterly. The committee shall review and recommend revisions to the board's investment policy and shall advise the board on its investments. The committee shall be authorized to retain the services of an investment advisor who meets the qualifications set forth in the university's investment policy and in accordance with division (D) of section 3345.05 of the Revised Code.
(e) The institional advancement committee has oversight of the activities of university advancement including resource development, communications, public relations and alumni relations. It shall be responsible for advising the board on policy formulation, strategies and priorities for increasing the financial resources of the university in keeping with its long-range programmatic and capital plans. The committee partners with and supports the development efforts of the NEOMED foundation. The chair of the institutional advancement committee may serve as a liaison to the NEOMED foundation board and provide strategic direction on behalf of the NEOMED board of trustees.In addition, the committee will assist the president in establishing liaisons with foundations, business and industrial organizations to the mutual benefit of such organizations together with the university. These relationships may involve programs or research projects which support scientific requirements in which the faculty and staff of the university have expertise.
(f) The nominating committe is a three-member committee. Membership on the nominating committee will include a trustee whose term on the board is expiring, a trustee who has indicated no desire to serve either as chair or vice chair, and one other member. The chair of the committee will be the trustee whose term is expiring. The chair of the nominating committee will appoint the other members of the committee in consultation with the chair of the board.
(g) The trusteeship committe will meet on an as needed basis to consider proposed changes in the bylaws of the board, and make recommendations to the board, as appropriate, for its attention or action, perform periodic board self-evaluation and assessment, and other matters referred to it by the chair.
(h) Non-trustees may be appointed by the chair to serve on committees of the board. However, since the governing power of the board is not delegable, the non-trustee members do not have the right to vote. It is permissible to have non-trustees serve in an advisory capacity on all committees.
(J) Article X
Conflict of interest, conflict of loyalty
(1) No trustee shall participate in deliberations or vote on a university contract, action or trans-action when the trustee has a financial, personal or fiduciary interest in any person or entity affected by such contract, action or transaction. The board will consistently follow protocols for addressing conflicts. The trustee having the prohibited interest shall make full disclosure thereof and shall abstain from any deliberations and votes on any such matter. If a trustee recuses himself or herself, that trustee may be asked to leave the board room during the discussion and votes on that matter.
(2) Any contract, action or transaction in which one or more trustees have a prohibited interest may be approved by an affirmative vote of a majority of voting trustees who are not interested in the contract, notwithstanding the fact that the disinterested trustees constitute less than a quorum of trustees.
(K) Article XI
Amendment
(1) The bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the trustees, provided that the notice of any meeting at which such action is proposed to be taken shall state the substance of the bylaw to be made, repealed, altered, or amended unless waived in writing by all trustees, notice of any such meeting shall be delivered personally, by mail, or any appropriate electronic, or standard delivery method to each trustee at least thirty days before the date of the meeting.
Last updated April 14, 2026 at 10:30 AM
History
- Effective: April 12, 2026
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-15 Direct charging sponsored projects and unallowable costs.
(A) Purpose
The university is required to ensure that any costs charged to federally sponsored programs follow costing requirements set forth in the office of management and budgets ("OMB") uniform guidance (2 C.F.R. 200). This rule also provides a foundation for direct charging costs to other, non-federally sponsored programs.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all individuals involved in the decision making process for direct charging costs to sponsored programs.
(C) Definitions
Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(1) "Direct Costs" refer to those costs that can be identified specifically with a particular sponsored program. Direct costs must also be allocated to one or more sponsored programs on a reasonable basis, where those direct costs benefit multiple projects or activities. If a cost is already included in the indirect cost rate (example, facilities and administrative costs rate), then it should not be charged again as a direct cost.
(2) "Indirect Costs" or "Facilities and Administrative Costs (F&A)" refers to those expenditures that have been incurred for common or joint objectives and cannot be readily identified with a particular sponsored program or activity. These costs consist of overall support of sponsored research activities and are therefore recovered through the university's "F&A" rate. Some examples include depreciation of buildings and equipment, the costs of operating and maintaining facilities, utility costs, library costs and general, department, and sponsored programs administration.
(3) "Allowable Costs" are those costs that are necessary and reasonable to perform the scope of work of the sponsored program. Allowable costs must also conform to the terms and conditions of the sponsor, of the award, and of the university's policies and procedures, the award terms and conditions. Allowable cost should be substantiated, by proper documentation or justification, to support its allocation to the sponsored program(s) being charged.
(4) "Allowable Costs" are those costs that are necessary and reasonable to perform the scope of work of the sponsored program. Allowable costs must also conform to the terms and conditions of the sponsor, of the award, and of the university's policies and procedures, the award terms and conditions. Allowable cost should be substantiated, by proper documentation or justification, to support its allocation to the sponsored program(s) being charged.
(5) "Sponsored Program" refers to an award funded via a grant, contract, cooperative agreement or subcontract from a federal, state or local government entity, the private sector, or an institution of higher education, whereby the university agrees to perform a certain scope of work, in accordance with terms and conditions set by the sponsor, for specific, budgeted monetary compensation.
(6) "Allocable Costs" refers to costs incurred to benefit a sponsored program and charged based on the proportional benefit of that cost to the sponsored program. If a cost benefits multiple sponsored programs and/or other university activities, then the costs must be allocated accordingly.
(a) If a cost benefits two or more projects or activities, it must be charged in accordance with its benefits to each project respectively. Charges split between more than one grant must be split on the basis of proportional benefit or other reasonable method. The division of the expenditure cannot be split based on available funding or any other type of synonymous methodology. An expenditure that benefited two or more projects cannot be charged solely to one project because of funding constraints on another project.
(b) Any costs allocable to a particular project may not be shifted to other sponsored programs in order to meet deficiencies caused by overruns (deficits) or other fund considerations. Costs cannot be shifted to avoid restrictions imposed by law, by terms of the sponsored program, or for other reasons of convenience.
(7) "Consistent Treatment" means that each item of cost incurred for the same purpose must be treated consistently in like circumstances either as a direct or an indirect "F&A" cost in order to avoid possible double-charging of federal awards.
(8) "Reasonable Costs" refers to costs incurred that reflect the judgment a prudent person would have used under the circumstances prevailing at the time of the decision. Costs must be reasonable relative to the nature or type of cost incurred and the price paid for the items in relation to the benefit received.
(D) Body of the rule
Costs to sponsored programs must meet the following criteria:
(1) Be adequately documented.
(2) Must be charged accordingly as either a direct cost or an indirect cost "F&A."
(3) Must be a reasonable costs, allocable costs, allowable costs, be accorded consistent treatment in order to be charged to the grant.
(4) Must not be included as a cost or cost-sharing requirement of any federally-funded sponsored program unless allowed under specific statute and sponsor approval.
(5) May include unlike circumstances where costs that are normally "F&A" types of costs (such as administrative and clerical salaries, computing devices, memberships, office supplies and postage) may be directly charged, when all of the following criteria have been met:
(a) The costs are integral to a project or activity;
(b) The costs can be specifically identified with the project or activity;
(c) The costs are explicitly included in the budget or have the prior written approval of the federal awarding agency; and
(d) The costs are not also recovered as indirect costs.
(6) May allow a typically unallowable costs in special circumstances with prior written approval from the sponsor.
View AppendixView Appendix
Last updated March 29, 2025 at 7:38 PM
History
- Effective: March 29, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-18 Effort reporting.
(A) Purpose
The university must ensure payroll costs, example, salary, wages, stipends and fringe benefits, that are charged to sponsored programs adhere to the effort reporting standards in the office of management and budgets ("OMB") uniform guidance 2 C.F.R. 200 Section 200.430.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all faculty, staff, students, and fellows with payroll charges or effort commitments on sponsored programs if they are paid directly by the sponsored award or cost shared from other funding sources.
(C) Definitions
Consult rule 3349-7-01 of the Administrative Code.
(1) "Actual Effort" is the actual effort expended on a sponsored program; and is usually expressed as a percentage of total effort.
(2) "Cost Sharing of Effort" is the portion of total effort not paid by the sponsor. For example, twenty per cent effort commitment with a request for fifteen per cent salary support results in a five per cent cost sharing commitment.
(3) "Effort Commitment" is the proportion of effort proposed by faculty, staff, students or fellows to carry out their stated role on a sponsored program. This can be expressed as a percentage or in person months. The terms "effort commitment" and "committed effort" are interchangeable.
(4) "Institutional Base Salary" is the annual compensation paid by the university for an individual's appointment, whether that individual's time is spent on research, instruction, administration, or other activities. Institutional base salary excludes any income that an individual earns outside of duties performed for the university.
(5) "Principal Investigator" refers to the faculty or staff member designated by the sponsor to have the appropriate level of authority and responsibility to direct the project or program supported by the grant.
(6) "Person Months" is a method of expressing effort percentage by normalizing an individual's effort percentage compared to their appointment length, which may be a partial year appointment. For example, an individual with a twelve month appointment devoting twenty per cent effort would be working 2.4 person months (calculated by multiplying twenty per cent times twelve months equals 2.4 person months). Many federal sponsors require effort commitments to be proposed in person months.
(7) "Significant Reduction in Committed Effort" is defined as a variance greater than twenty-five per cent between committed effort and anticipated actual effort. For example, a personal investigator with a twenty per cent effort commitment who anticipates only being able to devote ten per cent effort would have a significant reduction in committed effort, calculated by the following: (effort commitment less anticipated effort) divided by effort commitment or numerically: (twenty per cent - ten per cent)/twenty per cent equals fifty per cent reduction in effort, which is greater than twenty-five per cent and may require sponsor approval prior to reducing effort.
(8) "Total Effort" is the sum of all effort expended or planned to be expended for a period; this includes all activities for which an individual is paid their institutional base salary. The total effort calculation is based on the time necessary to fulfill one hundred per cent of activities for which an individual is compensated, regardless of the number of hours worked; it is not based on a forty hour work week.
(D) Rule statement
(1) The OBM uniform guidance standards state that effort reporting must:
(a) Be supported by a system of internal control which provides reasonable assurance that the charges are accurate, allowable, and properly allocated.
(b) Be incorporated into the official records of the university.
(c) Reasonably reflect the total activity for which the employee is compensated by the university, not exceeding 100% of compensated activities.
(d) Encompass both federally assisted, and all other activities compensated by the university.
(e) Comply with the established accounting policies and practices of the university.
(f) Support the distribution of the employee's salary or wages among specific activities or cost objectives if the employee works on [multiple] award[s] or activities regardless of the source of funding.
(g) Correspond to the actual charges for salaries and wages rather than be based upon budget estimates alone which do not qualify as support for charges to federal awards.
(2) Effort commitments are expressed in percentages or person months when proposed to the sponsor. Once the proposal is awarded, those effort amounts become effort commitments that must be met within a reasonable variance (example, +/- twenty-five per cent change between committed effort and actual effort).
(3) Key personnel, which includes the principal investigator, co-principal investigator, or other individuals named in the notice of grant award or contract, are typically required to request prior written approval from the sponsor when they anticipate a significant reduction in effort (example, a twenty-five per cent reduction in effort or a twelve week absence).
(4) University employs an electronic after-the-fact effort certification method which requires payroll distributions to be updated on a continual basis to account for new awards or changes in effort with actual effort being certified on a semi-annual basis on time and effort certification reports.
(5) Sponsored programs will be separately identified on the time and effort certification reports with payroll charges expressed as percentages of payroll charged to the sponsored program in relation to the institutional base salary during the certification period.
(6) Time and effort certification reports must list all cost sharing of effort for the certification period. The sponsored program and cost sharing effort are listed as payroll charges, the total of the two combined funding sources is representative of the total effort for the project requiring certification.
(7) Time and effort certification reports must be certified by an appropriate individual.
(a) Faculty who are principal investigators may certify their effort for their own awards.
(b) All other individuals must have their effort certified by
(i) The named employee on the time and effort certification report;
(ii) The principal investigator(s) for the sponsored program(s) that appear on the time and effort certification report.
(c) In special circumstances where an individual has terminated employment, is on an extended leave of absence, or not accessible, the following individual(s) may be appropriate to certify that individual's time and effort certification report:
(i) The principal investigator(s), or
(ii) Named employee's supervisor, or
(iii) Department chair, or
(iv) Another responsible institutional official who has suitable means to verify the work was performed during the certification period. Proper documentation must accompany the time and effort certification report to justify the appropriateness of the alternate certifier.
(8) The certifier is responsible for reviewing all payroll lines on the time and effort certification report and certifying that the payroll percentages charged to each sponsored program (paid and cost-shared) and all other activities reasonably agree with how the employee devoted their actual effort during the certification period. Department administrators who support the certifier(s) in the financial management of their sponsored programs may be granted "viewing access only" to assist certifiers with the review process.
(9) Supplemental earnings for duties outside of an individual's primary appointment (or job duties) for which they are paid an institutional base salary are not included on the time and effort certification report.
(10) All sponsored program activities must be reported on the time and effort certification report. This includes all cost sharing commitment and situations where the notice of award has not been issued, an index number has not been established, or payroll distributions have not been updated in time to be reflected on the time and effort certification report.
(11) An individual's payroll distribution must be directly correspond to the time and effort certification report before certification.
(12) Effort expended may exceed the amount charged to an award. However, the amount charged cannot exceed the effort expended nor the effort committed to the sponsor in accordance with the terms of the sponsored programs.
(13) The time and effort certification report cannot be adjusted once certified, unless the adjustment is to reduce overstated effort.
(E) Responsibility
(1) Principal investigator is responsible for adhering to this rule in its entirety.
(2) Office of research and sponsored programs is responsible for evaluating effort commitments at the proposal and award stages.
(3) Grants accounting is responsible for generating and tracking time and effort certification reports.
Last updated October 10, 2024 at 10:16 AM
History
- Effective: November 29, 2021
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-30 Financial conflict of interest in research.
(A) Purpose
Northeast Ohio medical university (NEOMED), "The university" is committed to ensuring that the financial interests of faculty and staff do not affect, or appear to affect, the design, conduct or reporting of research or compromise the welfare of human or animal subjects.
The purpose of this rule is to promote objectivity in research and sponsored projects by establishing standards to ensure there is no reasonable expectation that the design, conduct, or reporting of research and sponsored projects will be biased by an investigator's conflicting financial interest. This rule establishes procedures for the disclosure, evaluation, management, reduction, and/or elimination of investigator's significant financial interests. This rule complies with the following federal regulations:
(B) Scope
(1) This rule applies to all investigators applying for, conducting, supervising, or reporting research and sponsored projects at the university. This rule acknowledges that individual financial conflicts of interest may be inherent in the research and sponsored projects process and does not preclude research in which a financial conflict of interest exists.
(2) This rule applies to any investigator who is planning on participating in or is participating in research funded by the public health service "PHS" and all non-PHS funded projects that have adopted the "PHS" regulations and/or requires a conflict of interest rule. The activities contemplated under this rule includes a research grant, contract, cooperative agreement, sub grant, subcontract, or sub-cooperative agreement which is funded in whole or in part by "PHS" funds (with the exception of phase I small business innovation research/small business technology transfer research applications).
(3) For purposes of determining the existence of a significant financial interest, this rule extends to the financial interests of the investigator and the investigator's immediate family.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Conflict of Interest Management Plan" is a written plan developed by the institutional officials in collaboration with the investigator to address the management, reduction or elimination of a financial conflict of interest.
(2) "Financial Conflict of Interest" (FCOI) refers to situations in which the university determines that an investigator's significant financial interests related to an externally funded research project could directly and significantly affect the design, conduct or reporting of the externally funded project.
(3) "Financial Interest" refers to anything of monetary value, whether or not the value is readily ascertainable.
(4) "Immediate Family" refers to the spouse (including individuals who are recognized as lawfully married under the law of any state) and dependent children of an investigator.
(5) "Investigator" refers to the project director or principal investigator and any other person, regardless of their title or position, who is responsible for or involved in the design, conduct, or reporting of research, instructional, or service activities that are externally funded, which may include, for example, collaborators or consultants. For the purposes of this rule, the term investigator includes financial interests held by the investigator's immediate family.
(6) "Institutional Responsibilities" refers to an investigator's professional responsibilities on behalf of the university and set forth in this rule. Institutional responsibilities include research, research consultation, teaching, professional practice, university committee membership and service on panels such as the institutional review board.
(7) "Institutional Officials" refer to the collaborative efforts of the chief technology transfer officer and the vice president for research.
(8) "Public Health Service Awarding component" is the organizational unit of the "PHS" that funds the project, e.g., national institute of health (NIH), substance abuse and mental health services administration (SAMHSA), health resources and services administration (HRSA).
(9) "Principal Investigator" refers to the individual who is the project director or investigator who has primary responsibility for the design, conduct or reporting of the proposed research.
(10) "Sponsored Project" refers to an activity that is funded in whole or in part by external sources for which there is an expectation for performance, deliverables, or outcomes.
(11) "Research" is a systematic investigation designed to develop or contribute to generalizable knowledge relating broadly to public health, including behavioral and social-sciences research. The term encompasses basic and applied research and product development and includes any such activity for which research funding is available from an external source, including a "PHS" awarding component, through a grant or cooperative agreement.
(12) "Significant Financial Interest" (SFI) is a financial interest consisting of one or more of the following interests held by the investigator or the investigator's immediate family that reasonably appears to be related to the investigator's institutional responsibility:
(a) Remuneration received from a publicly traded company that, when aggregated for an investigator and the investigator's immediate family for the past twelve months, or expected over the next twelve months, exceeds ten thousand dollars. For PHS funded research, the limit is five thousand dollars. Remuneration includes:
(i) Salary or other payments for services (e.g., consulting fees, honoraria, paid authorship).
(ii) Equity interests (e.g., stocks, stock options or other ownership interests);
(iii) Intellectual property rights (e.g., patents, copyrights and royalties from such rights).
(b) Remuneration received from a non-publicly traded company that, when aggregated for an investigator and the investigator's immediate family for the past twelve months, or expected over the next twelve months, exceeds ten thousand dollars (five thousand dollars for PHS funded projects) or when the investigator or the investigator's immediate family holds any equity interest in the company;
(c) Intellectual property rights and interests (e.g., patents, copyrights) upon receipt of income related to such rights and interests.
(d) Any reimbursed or sponsored travel (i.e., that which is paid on behalf of the investigator and not reimbursed to the investigator), related to the investigator's institutional responsibilities, except for travel that is reimbursed or sponsored by a United States (U.S.) government agency, a U.S.-based institution of higher education or a teaching hospital, a medical center, or a research institute that is affiliated with a U.S.-based institution of higher education.
(e) The term "significant financial interests" does not include:
(i) Salary, royalties, or other remuneration paid by the university, including intellectual property rights assigned to the university and agreements to share in royalties related to such rights;
(ii) Income from investment vehicles, such as mutual funds and retirement accounts, as long as the investigator does not directly control the investment decisions made in those vehicles;
(iii) Income from seminars, lectures, or teaching engagements sponsored by a U.S. government agency, a U.S.-based institution of higher education or a teaching hospital, medical center, or research institute affiliated with a U.S.-based institution of higher education;
(iv) Income from service on certain advisory committees or review panels by a government agency, an institution of higher education or a teaching hospital, medical center, or research institute affiliated with an institution of higher education.
(13) "Small business innovation research" refers to highly competitive programs that encourage domestic small businesses to engage in federal research/research and development with potential for commercialization.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) University employment is a trust conferred by a public authority for a public purpose. Such status forbids employees from placing themselves in a position in which a private interest would conflict with a public duty. This principle applies to all research and other sponsored projects conducted on the university campus or supported by university resources.
(2) A financial conflict of interest exists if the institutional officials conclude that an investigator's significant financial interest could directly and significantly affect the design, conduct, or reporting of the externally funded research.
(3) . All investigators who engage in externally funded sponsored projects must complete an institutionally approved FCOI and other support training prior to engaging in the funded research; at least every four years; and immediately upon obtaining employment as a NEOMED employee or as required by modifications to this rule.
(4) Disclosure requirements and management plans.
(a) Investigators are required to submit a financial conflict of interest disclosure form annually to NEOMED's institutional officials and to update it within thirty days of discovering or acquiring (e.g., through purchase, marriage, or inheritance) a new significant interest financial interest.
(b) Within sixty days of the disclosure, whether the disclosure was timely or not, the university's institutional officials or their designee(s) will review the significant financial interest disclosed by the investigator and determine, with or without consultation with the investigator, whether a FCOI exists. If the significant financial interest was not timely disclosed, the intuitional officials shall further conduct a retrospective review within one hundred twenty days of the untimely disclosure to determine if the research was biased during the period of nondisclosure and report any such finding of bias according in accordance with this rule.
(c) If it the institutional officials determine that a FCOI exists, they shall work with the investigators to develop a management plan that specifies the actions that have been, or will be, taken to manage the FCOI. The university will submit a FCOI report to the awarding agency as required, but within sixty days of the disclosure.
(d) The COI management plan shall include the following information, at a minimum:
(i) The role and principal duties of the conflicted investigator in the research project;
(ii) Conditions of the management plan;
(iii) How the management plan is designed to safeguard objectivity in the research project;
(iv) Confirmation of the investigator's agreement to the management plan;
(v) How the management plan will be monitored to ensure investigator compliance throughout the duration of the award; and
(vi) Other information as needed.
(e) The COI management plan may include the following limitations or restrictions to manage the financial COI:
(i) Public disclosure of financial COIs;
(ii) Disclosure of financial COIs to participants;
(iii) Appointment of an independent monitor;
(iv) Modification of the research plan;
(v) Change of personnel or personnel responsibilities, or disqualification of personnel from participation in all or a portion of the research;
(vi) Divestiture of significant financial interest; or
(vii) Severance of relationships that create actual or potential conflicts.
(f) Disclosure of any reimbursed or sponsored travel requires detailed information on the purpose of the trip, the identity of the sponsor/organizer, the destination, the duration, and the estimated expense of the travel.
(g) If a significant financial conflict of interest arises during the term of the grant, the investigator must immediately notify institutional officials in writing within thirty business days of obtaining such interest.
(5) Reporting financial COIs awarding component.
(a) University 's institutional officials will manage and timely report financial conflict of interest reports to the "PHS" awarding component as required by 42 C.F.R. 50.604(h) and 605(b).
(b) Institutional officials will promptly notify the respective awarding component when a financial COI has been disclosed by the investigator and that a plan to manage, reduce or eliminate the financial COI is in place to protect the research from bias.
(c) If any bias was identified with respect to the design, conduct, or reporting of the funded research, the submitted report by the institutional officials will include the finding and a mitigation plan.
(d) If the PHS awarding component determines that research designed to evaluate a drug, medical device or treatment was conducted by an investigator with an undisclosed or unmanaged conflict of interest, the investigator must disclose the conflict in any public presentation of the research.
(6) Records. NEOMED's institutional officials will maintain all financial COI records for at least three years from the date the final expenditure report is submitted to the awarding component, unless otherwise required by regulation, awarding component COI rule, or the university's record retention schedule.
(7) Failure to comply, non-compliance, and enforcement. Failure to complete the requisite training, file the annual research conflict of interest disclosure form, provide information required by this rule or to comply with any conditions or restrictions imposed by the institutional officials regarding financial conflict of interests may result in disciplinary actions being taken against the investigator consistent with procedures established by university policy, up to and including reprimand and/or termination or dismissal.
(8) Confidentiality
(a) The financial disclosure forms and the decisions of the institutional officials will be kept confidential to the extent permitted by law.
(b) NEOMED will make its financial conflict of interest in research rule publicly accessible on its website. NEOMED will respond to written requests for financial conflict of interest information within five days of receipt of the request.
(9) Subrecipient compliance. NEOMED will take reasonable steps to ensure that subrecipient investigators also comply with the terms of this rule, which will include, but is not limited to, incorporating conflict of interest compliance requirements as set forth in this rule into any written subrecipient grant agreements in which it is a party.
(E) Responsibilities
Investigator
(1) Complete a financial conflict of interest in research disclosure form annually. The office of sponsored research programs will not submit grant proposals if an investigator's disclosure form has not been submitted.
(2) Update the disclosure form within thirty days after acquiring a new significant financial interest once annually upon request by the office of sponsored research programs.
(3) Identify all individuals who are responsible for the design, conduct or reporting of the proposed research and to ensure that all such individuals complete and submit a disclosure form.
(4) Investigators conducting research under food and drug administration regulations related to applications for a human drug, biological product or device must update the financial conflict of interest in research disclosure form during the study and for one year following completion of the study.
(5) Comply fully and promptly with all conflict of interest management plans put in place.
Last updated December 12, 2025 at 7:18 AM
History
- Effective: December 12, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-50 Intellectual property.
(A) Purpose
Under Ohio law, all discoveries or inventions resulting from research or investigations conducted in any Ohio public college or university are the sole property of the university. The purpose of this rule is to establish a framework for university intellectual property protection and development that will transfer the benefits of its innovations to society, and at the same time, obtain appropriate financial gains for the university and its inventors as appropriate.
(B) Scope
(1) This rule applies to all discoveries, innovations, or inventions, made by any university employee if such discovery, invention, or innovation was:
(a) The result of scholarly activity by, or under the direction of, any university employee, supported by funds, equipment or resources provided by or through the university, including but not limited to sponsored research, grant funding, or departmental support. This includes all grant funds under the control of a university employee regardless of the source; or
(b) The discovery, innovation, or invention resulted from efforts by any university employee that utilized more than a de minimus amount of university facilities or resources.
(2) Inventions not involving any university funds, equipment, facilities, or personnel (or a de minimus amount) are the property of the inventor, so long as the discovery, innovation, or invention is not in a substantive area of research in which the inventor is customarily engaged on behalf of the university.
(a) Students generally retain ownership of intellectual property (IP) they create in their capacity as students, except in the following circumstances:
(i) The student receives compensation from the university for the work;
(ii) The work makes use of more than a de minimis amount of university resources; or
(iii) The work arises from a sponsored research project or other university-administered activity that is subject to a preexisting agreement requiring assignment of IP.
(b) Students will not be required to participate in courses, projects, or activities where assignment of IP to the university is a condition of participation, unless they are given prior notice and a reasonable opportunity to decline participation without academic penalty.
(c) If a student makes a discovery or develops an innovation or invention as part of a class project or a university-sponsored competition using only resources available to all participants, and the project is not subject to a separate research or sponsorship agreement, the resulting IP shall belong to the student.
(d) A student who owns the rights to IP created as set forth above, may request the university's assistance in protecting or commercializing an invention. The university will consider such requests using the criteria set forth in this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Confidential information" refers to all proprietary or confidential information of the university, the affiliated entities of the university, research sponsors, foundations, governmental agencies, or others, whether provided or made available verbally, in writing, electronically, by observation or through any other means, as well as all information generated during the review of such information or concerning the existence, scope or terms of any past, present or potential future research project, study, collaboration, grant, contract or other agreement. Confidential information includes, by way of example, but without limitation, the following: all business, financial, or scientific information; contractual arrangements and methods of operating; lab notes, graphic materials, work papers; patent applications and trade secrets; research protocols or other information; biological materials; reagents; software or documentation; prototypes; mask works; information pertaining to any directors, officers, medical staff members, employees, consultants, representatives, or agents of university affiliates or relating to actual or potential sponsor, patient, supplier, customer, or licensee identities, accounting and patient records; and any other information or materials not specifically mentioned in this rule that is designated as confidential, that affiliated entities have an obligation to keep confidential; that the university designates as confidential or designate as requiring permission to release; or that would constitute a trade secret under applicable law.
(2) "Composition of matter" generally, refers to chemical compositions and can include mixtures of ingredients as well as new chemical compounds per se.
(3) "Copyright" refers to the protection that is accorded to original works of authorship fixed in tangible media of expression. Copyright protects the owner of the work if others copy, present, or display the work without the permission of the owner.
(a) "Works of authorship" include but are not limited to scholarly articles, literary, musical, dramatic, audiovisual, architectural, pictorial, graphic, and sculptural works, and video and sound recordings.
(b) "Tangible media of expression" include physical, digital, and other formats now known or later developed from which copyrightable works may be stored, reproduced, perceived, or otherwise communicated, either directly or with the aid of a machine or device.
(c) Copyright may be used to protect software source codes from being copied or infringed.
(4) "Direct and significant use of university resources" refers to an allocation of university resources that is not routinely provided to members of the employee's unit and that entails a material commitment of institutional support. Such resources include but are not limited to: (i) dedicated staff support beyond ordinary administrative assistance; (ii) specialized or restricted equipment or laboratory facilities; (iii) university, college, departmental, institute or center, and grant funds allocated specifically for the project; (iv) substantial computer resources not ordinarily available for general academic use; or (v) release time from assigned teaching or administrative duties.
(5) "Disclosure" refers to printed publication, or in public use, or sale, or otherwise made available to the public. An invention disclosure to the university is a confidential reporting of an invention or discovery in sufficient detail to communicate an understanding of the invention or discovery to the university personnel responsible for evaluating and protecting the discovery, innovation or invention.
(6) "Discovery" refers to the process of finding out about substances, mechanical devices, improvements, or applications not previously known. It is something less than invention and may be the result of industry, application, or may be merely fortuitous.
(7) "Employee" refers to all full-time and part-time faculty, staff, administrative personnel, postdoctoral fellows, volunteers, and any individual who receives compensation from the university. This definition expressly includes clinical faculty at affiliated hospitals or institutions when the university pays any portion of their salary, stipend, or professional compensation, regardless of their formal appointment or employment status. This definition includes any visiting scholars/researchers who are working or studying within the university, students who are paid for rendering services, shared or leased faculty.
(8) "Gross income" refers to all income received by the university from royalties, option payments, license issue fees, milestone payments, or any other consideration of monetary value arising from the licensing or other commercial exploitation of an invention, without deduction of any fees, costs, or expenses.
(9) "Intellectual property (IP)" refers to any and all rights resulting from endeavors of the mind including those that protect the application and/or expression of ideas, inventions, creations, works, developments, improvements products, processes, procedures, techniques, devices, software, designs, materials and compositions of matter, as well as the embodiments of all such rights, whether in tangible or intangible form, including but not limited to, those items specifically referred to in the definition of confidential information. Intellectual property rights may be protected under federal law under patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, and trade secrets.
(10) "Innovation" refers to a new model, idea, or product. A useful application of new inventions or discoveries.
(11) "Invention" refers to, but is not limited to, products, methods, or uses, even if not patentable.
(12) "Inventor" refers to one who, alone or with others, first invents a new and useful process, machine, composition of matter, or other patentable subject matter. An Inventor conceived of, not just contributed to the reduction-to-practice, of at least one claim to a patent.
(13) "Manufactured" refers to all manufactured articles.
(14) "Net Income" refers to the gross income received by the university from royalties, option payments, or other payments arising from the licensing of an invention, less only those fees and costs directly attributable to that invention, including but not limited to patent filing fees, patent search fees, external legal fees, consulting fees incurred in litigation, necessary travel expenses, marketing costs, and patent maintenance fees. Indirect overhead, administrative expenses, and other costs ordinarily associated with the university's general operations shall not be deducted in determining net income. Net income shall constitute the amount distributable under this rule.
(15) "Patent" refers to the grant of a property right to the inventor issued by the united states patent and trademark office. Generally, the term of a utility is twenty years (fifteen years for design patents) from the date on which the application for the patent was filed in the United States, subject to the payment of maintenance fees. U.S. patent grants are effective only within the United States, U.S. territories, and U.S. possessions. The right conferred by the patent is the right to exclude others from making, using, or selling the invention (as defined in the patent claims).
(16) "Publication" refers to a published article or abstract in a technical journal, bulletin, newspaper, textbook, or any other tangible medium which gives sufficient information about the discovery, innovation, or invention to permit one skilled in the art to practice the invention.
(17) "Software" refers to computer instructions, data, and accompanying documentation. To be patent-eligible, software must perform features that are novel and proprietary. Computing code itself isn't patentable; the patent application must be directed to the process of execution of the software code on a computer. This is commonly referred to as a "software-implemented invention."
(18) "Trade secret" refers to information, including a formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique, or process that derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to the public or to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.
(19) "Unobvious" refers to a characteristic that is not obvious to a person having ordinary skill in the art to which said subject matter pertains.
(20) "Work made for hire" refers to a specific type of relationship in which ownership of the work belongs to a third party, not the creator of the work. For purposes of this rule, there are two situations in which a work made for hire is produced; when the work is created by an employee as part of the employee's duties and when work is undertaken or created because of an express written agreement, such as a grant or sponsored research agreement, to the university. When a work is produced under these conditions, the university or the party sponsoring the work is considered the owner. A faculty member's general obligation to produce traditional academic and scholarly works does not constitute a specific responsibility as set forth in this definition.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) General considerations
(a) The university education and research missions are preeminent over that of the transfer and commercialization of research results.
(b) The university is committed to active engagement and support of innovation, technology development, and entrepreneurial activities through the efficient and effective deployment of its resources for the betterment of society and the generation of unrestricted revenue to support its mission.
(c) University resources may be used for non-university purposes so long as they are appropriately serving the public interest. Any such use must conform to university rule and be set forth in appropriate agreements between the parties.
(d) The university will respect the intellectual property of its partners and collaborators.
(e) When the university owns intellectual property under this rule, the inventor or creator may play an active role in the entire licensing process unless such participation is inconsistent with conflict-of-interest regulations or university rules.
(f) Any atrifical intelligence-generated outputs, datasets, or models developed using university resources or within the scope of employment shall be subject to the same ownership and disclosure, requirements as other discoveries, innovations, inventions and copyrights. Employees must ensure that data used in AI research complies with applicable laws and ethical standards. The university reserves the right to review and approve any agreements involving AI technologies, especially where such research may implicate export controls, national security concerns, or reputational risk.
(2) Patents
(a) Under this rule and in accordance with section 3345.14 of the Revised Code, all rights to and interests in patents that result from research or investigation conducted in any experiment station, bureau, laboratory, research facility, or other facility of the university, or by employees acting within the scope of their employment or with funding, equipment, or infrastructure provided by or through the university, shall be the sole property of the university. The university will distribute net income generated by the property in accordance with this rule.
(b) No person, firm, association, corporation, or governmental agency which uses the facilities of the university in connection with such research or investigation and no employee of the university participating in or making such discoveries or inventions shall have any rights to or interests in such discoveries or inventions, including income therefrom, except as may, by determination of the university's board of trustees, be assigned, licensed, transferred, or paid to such persons or entities in accordance with the terms of this rule.
(c) The board has delegated to the president of the university, unless the president is an inventor of the invention, the authority on behalf of the board of trustees, to retain, assign, license, transfer, sell, or otherwise dispose of, in whole or in part and upon such terms as the board of trustees has set forth in this rule, or may otherwise direct from time to time. Such dispositions may be to any individual, firm, association, corporation, or governmental agency, or to any employee, as the president or in the case where the president is an inventor, the board of trustees may direct. All income or proceeds derived or retained from such dispositions shall be distributed in accordance with this policy.
(d) The university has established these rules within the scope of academic freedom, consistent with its goal to provide incentives and institutional support to those employees whose research and scholarly activities lead to discoveries, innovations, or inventions, or that might be patented for societal use and to provide for equitable distribution of income resulting from discoveries, innovations, and inventions between the university and the inventor.
(3) Publications
It is well understood that publication of research results is an essential part of the activity of a university researcher. While this rule recognizes this need, the timing of the publication of research results can be of critical importance when considering patent activity. Failure to take timely steps to patent can result in a possible reduction in, or the entire loss of, adequate patent protection in the United States or abroad.
The safest course is to file a United States patent application before any public use, publication, disclosure or sale of the invention occurs. There is a period of one year from the date of publication to file an application for a United States patent; however, in most foreign countries, the publication itself bars valid patent protection with no grace period.
(4) Government grants under the Bayh-Dole Act or Patent and Trademark Law Amendments Act, Pub. L. 96-517, (1980).
The university generally can obtain title to inventions and patents arising under United States government contracts/grants, subject to certain rights reserved by the government, if invention reporting requirements and formalities are followed.
(5) Technology commercialization activity
Inventions disclosed to the university will be evaluated to determine scientific and technical merit, the likelihood of patentability or other protection, the potential for societal benefit, market potential, barriers to market, and other criteria concerning commercialization potential.
(6) Rights and obligations of the parties
(a) In accordance with section 3345.14 of the Revised Code, unless otherwise modified by contract, all rights, title and interest in discoveries or inventions made by employees, as defined herein, shall be the sole property of the university. Rights to inventions arising during government sponsored research must be assigned to the to protect the government's interest against competing claims. Inventions arising from privately sponsored research must be assigned to the university unless otherwise agreed to in writing at the time the research commences. The university is required to report federally sponsored research discoveries to the federal government.
(b) Inventor rights and obligations
(i) Confidential disclosure of the invention to the general counsel must precede an inventor's public disclosure, publication of information concerning a discovery, innovation, or invention. Once a discovery, innovation, or invention is reduced to practice, an invention disclosure form shall be promptly submitted by the inventor to the general counsel. The invention disclosure form is available through the office of general counsel and on the university website.
(ii) The university requires that researchers maintain adequate laboratory notebooks documenting critical information about the discovery or invention. Notebooks and other materials pertaining to research activities leading to a patent application are the property of university and will remain at university even after termination of employment.
(iii) The inventor shall assign title to the invention, discovery, or innovation to university.
(iv) The inventor shall cooperate in the following:
(a) Executing applications and legal documents;
(b) Any litigation arising out of the patent application; and
(c) Reasonable marketing efforts related to the discovery or invention.
(v) The inventor has a right to receive a share of any royalties or licensing fees received for the discovery, invention, or innovation according to the schedule contained in paragraph (D)(10) of this rule.
(vi) If the general counsel and the vice president for research recommend that university surrender all rights in the discovery or invention, and the president agrees that this recommendation is in the best interests of the university, the president will have the authority to surrender the rights of the university with respect to the discovery, invention, or innovation unless the president is an inventor, in which case, the board must approve the surrender. After surrender, the inventor shall have the option to pursue a patent application in the inventor's own name at the inventor's expense, in which case, any royalties or licensing fees received would be the sole property of the inventor; however, the inventor will reimburse the university for its out of pocket expenses, if any, and grant to university a royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive license to make and use the invention for its own research and educational purposes.
(vii) The inventor has a right to timely publication of his or her findings as required by the principles of academic freedom, subject to the university's right to protect its interest in the intellectual property.
(7) The university's rights and obligations
(a) The university has the sole right to license, sell, assign, or otherwise dispose of the rights to discoveries, innovations, or inventions that are owned by or have been assigned to university.
(b) The university shall timely determine whether it chooses to retain or assign title, submit to an external source for evaluation of patentability, file a patent application, or surrender title to the inventor.
(c) Should the university choose to file a patent application, it shall file, in a timely manner, any documentation necessary to prosecute a patent and shall pay all filing fees, maintenance fees, attorney fees, and other costs related to prosecuting and maintaining the patent. These costs will be recovered by the university before any payments are made in accordance with this rule.
(8) Administration
The general counsel and the vice president for research shall have overall responsibility for administration of the university's patent program, including assuring valuable property rights are not lost. Specific responsibilities shall be to:
(a) Function as points of contact and resources with regard to this rule and procedure;
(b) Receive reports of all discoveries or inventions that are subject to this rule;
(c) Conduct or cause to be conducted due diligence studies to determine patentability, market potential, barriers to market, and other criteria deemed necessary to determine commercial potential;
(d) Act upon the due diligence conducted to promote the interests of the university and to the extent appropriate to the university inventors.
(9) The general counsel and the vice president for research may utilize university funds to engage appropriate consultants and legal and business professionals to evaluate all discoveries and inventions disclosed to university for potential patentability and commercialization. These reports will be sent directly to the general counsel and will be protected from disclosure under attorney-client work product.
(10) Income, including royalties and other payments
(a) For all intellectual property which the university receives gross income, the net income will normally be distributed as follows:
(i) Fifty per cent to the inventor(s);
(ii) Ten per cent to the inventor's department(s) or centers;
(iii) Twenty per cent to the university research office; and
(iv) Twenty per cent to the technology transfer office.
(b) All monies received by the departments, the university research office, or university technology transfer office are considered university funds and will be administered in accordance with established accounting policies and procedures.
(c) If multiple inventors are involved, the royalties as specified in this rule shall be distributed equally among the parties set forth in paragraph (D)(10)(a) of this rule unless a written proposal for an alternate distribution is jointly presented by the inventors and approved by the general counsel and the vice president for research.
(d) In accordance with section 3345.14 of the Revised Code, inventors or creators who make a timely and complete disclosure of a discovery or invention arising from university research or investigations shall remain eligible to receive their share of net proceeds, even after their employment or enrollment with the university ends, provided that:
(i) The discovery or invention was conceived or reduced to practice during the period of the individual's employment, appointment, or enrollment at the university;
(ii) The university has asserted ownership rights in the discovery or invention pursuant to this rule and applicable law;
(iii) The discovery or invention generates net proceeds through commercialization, licensing, or other authorized means; and
(iv) The former university-affiliated individual provides, upon reasonable request, cooperation as is necessary to assist the university in securing, protecting, licensing, or enforcing its legal rights in the discovery or invention.
(e) Royalty-sharing shall be subject to any ongoing obligations set forth herein and in any inter-institutional agreements, joint ownership arrangements, or contractual terms with external sponsors, as applicable.
(f) The university reserves the right to withhold or suspend payment of any royalty share if the individual materially fails to fulfill required duties in connection with the protection or commercialization of the intellectual property.
(g) It is the responsibility of the inventor to notify the general counsel in writing of the inventor's address. In the event of the inventor's death, royalties due and payable under this rule will be paid to the inventor's estate for the remainder of the royalty period if the person responsible for the administration of the estate provides written authority and instructions from a court of competent jurisdiction concerning the payments. The inventor's department(s) shall continue to receive the royalties specified in this rule as long as the inventor is affiliated with said department. Should the inventor leave the department or the university, all departmental royalties shall become the sole property of university and will be shared equally by the university research office and technology transfer office, unless otherwise agreed to in writing.
(11) Research agreements between collaborators and industry involving patent rights
It is not uncommon for university employees to receive funding from private industry to support their research activities. Likewise, collaborative research with colleagues at other academic or research institutions is a regular and valuable aspect of academic life. The university acknowledges that the continuation and success of these external relationships may require flexibility in accepting a range of contractual terms and conditions. To preserve the principles of academic freedom, support employees in evaluating and entering into external research arrangements, and safeguard the university's interests in any resulting discoveries, innovations, or inventions, the following policies shall govern such relationships:
(a) All written agreements with private industry or with other institutions utilizing university resources to conduct research must first be reviewed by the general counsel and the vice president for research. The general counsel and the vice president for research will only approve those agreements which assure that the rights of the university are appropriately protected. Only designated university officials may authorize or execute agreements that obligate university intellectual property.
(b) In dealing with inventions that are conceived or developed during research sponsored by a third party and/or pursuant to an agreement with another institution, the university will abide by the terms of the agreement with that third party. Where an option exists, the university will seek agreements and contracts, or waivers thereof, that will allow patent rights to remain with university.
(c) University will not waive the right to publish results of research. University will only agree to delay publication for reasonable periods of time so appropriate action can be taken to protect patentable discoveries or inventions. In agreeing to delay publication for a reasonable period, university will not agree to delays that effectively inhibit a student's timely completion of a course or degree or impair a faculty member's application for promotion or tenure.
(d) Title to all documents, records, biological materials, software, databases, notebooks, and other repositories of information from research shall be held by university unless otherwise provided in a written agreement with the private research sponsor. Those materials must remain at university should the inventor's employment at university be terminated for any reason unless specifically authorized by the university.
(e) The university will agree that confidential information remains the property of private industry sponsors and will agree to protect the trade secrets of third-party research sponsors. Written agreements with the third party must clearly define what information is proprietary in nature. Trade secrets will be kept confidential and will not be subject to disclosure under the provisions of section 149.43 of the Revised Code. If a request for such information is received, the university will notify the owner of the confidential information of the request and mutually agree to the appropriate response.
(12) Visiting scholars and researchers
(a) For the purposes of this rule, visiting scholars and researchers will be treated as employees (as defined in this rule) and are required to adhere to the provisions of the visiting scholar/researcher agreement, which is available through the office of general counsel.
(b) The faculty member hosting the visiting scholar/researcher is responsible for, and expected to, ensure the following:
(i) The visiting scholar/researcher agreement has been properly executed with the office of general counsel;
(ii) That a copy of this rule has been provided to the visiting scholar/researcher; and
(iii) That all departments have been properly notified of visiting scholar/researcher's presence at the university.
(13) Copyright
(a) For the purposes of copyright, the university seeks the following:
(i) To maximize academic freedom and creative expression for the public good;
(ii) To preserve traditional academic practices and privileges with respect to the publication of scholarly works;
(iii) To apply uniform principles and procedures that provide allocation of income resulting from commercial publication;
(iv) To apply funds accruing to university from copyrighted materials to advance and encourage scholarly endeavor;
(v) To disavow any claims by university in an individual's copyrightable work simply because of the individual's membership in the university community; and
(vi) To protect university's assets and preserve its reputation of excellence.
(b) Copyright ownership
(i) The general rule under United States copyright law, is that the author of a work is the initial owner of the copyright. However, when a work qualifies as a work made for hire consistent with the categories enumerated in 17 U.S.C. 101, or the work was created within the course and scope of an employee's employment, the university shall be deemed the copyright owner, regardless of who created the work.
(ii) Without a written agreement to the contrary, a work is considered to be made within the scope of employment when the creation of the work is among the duties or responsibilities for which the individual is employed or appointed by the university; it is prepared during working hours or using university-provided facilities, equipment, or it requires the substantial use of university resources beyond what is commonly made available to all employees for routine academic activity; or it involves the use of proprietary university information, patient data, protected research findings, or other confidential university assets. The university will retain title to all copyrighted software developed by, or substantially with, university resources unless prior written waiver of university rights is issued.
(iii) Traditional academic and scholarly works notwithstanding the foregoing, the university does not claim ownership of certain traditional academic works that are created by employees for the primary purpose of scholarship, authorship, or teaching; or are developed independently and without substantial use of university resources beyond those ordinarily provided to similarly situated individuals. Examples of such works include scholarly publications, research articles, and classroom materials such as slides, videos, and syllabi. In the case of a dispute concerning copyright ownership the general counsel will review information concerning the work with the employee's department chair or supervisor, and in consultation with the vice president for research, make a recommendation to the president. The president's decision will be final.
(iv) The following notice is to appear on all university-owned material:
Copyright (year) Northeast Ohio medical university
Rootstown, Ohio. All rights reserved.
The date in the notice should be the year in which the work was first fixed in any tangible mode of expression.
(v) The general rule of the university is to register only those of its works that have the potential for royalty return. University copyright ownership may be relinquished only upon the recommendation of the vice president for research and the general counsel to the president, who is authorized by the board to surrender such rights if it is in the best interest of the university to do so. If such rights are relinquished, the university will retain a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use these works.
(vi) Sponsored works
The disposition of copyrights of works created with support from an outside sponsor shall be governed by an agreement.
(c) Rule administration
The general counsel with the vice president for research will:
(i) Determine, promote and protect the rights of the university in any copyrightable works created or to be created with university resources;
(ii) Develop and approve agreements for the use of university resources in the creation of copyrightable works;
(iii) Distribute royalties to the author or others as set forth in pertinent agreements.
Last updated September 19, 2025 at 8:17 AM
History
- Effective: September 19, 2025
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-90 University personnel relationships with industry (vendor conflict of interest).
(A) Purpose
The purpose of this rule is to ensure that the university maintains ethical working relationships with vendors in accordance with state of Ohio ethics laws, federal regulations and the ethical standards of the health professions of which our faculty, staff, residents and students are a part.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all sites owned or operated by the university and university personnel as defined herein. This university strongly encourages all faculty who are appointed by but not employed by the university or who practice at sites that are not owned or operated by the university, to adhere to this rule.
(C) Definitions
(1) "Continuing medical education" ("CME" or "continuing education"): In this rule, the use of the terms "continuing medical education" and "continuing education" relate to a certified or accredited continuing professional education activity that provides credit toward maintenance of licensure for a healthcare professional. For example, CME in this document means a program that has been certified to provide category one CME credit by an accreditation council or continuing medical education (ACCME) accredited CME provider.
(2) "University" as used in this rule, refers to the northeast Ohio medical university, and/or its successor entity.
(3) "Department" - as used in this rule refers to an academic unit under the control of the university.
(4) "Off-site and after-hours activities" - as used in this rule, applies equally to on-campus activities as well as off-site, out of town, or after-hours (e.g., evening, weekend, etc.) activities.
(5) "University foundation" - as used in this rule, refers to the NEOMED foundation and/or its successor entity.
(6) "University personnel" - as used in this rule applies to:
(a) All tenure and non-tenure track faculty members, who are employed full time by the university or one of its colleges, and all employees (including clinical, administrative, clerical and other support staff members) working in any facility owned or operated by the university.
(b) The term also applies to any student, intern, resident, clinical fellow, postdoctoral fellow, or other trainee enrolled in an educational program through the university or one of its colleges.
(c) This rule does not apply to auxiliary or volunteer faculty (e.g., those with a "no salary" appointment) who are not working at a site owned or operated by the university. However, those individuals are strongly encouraged to abide by this rule in their respective practices, especially when university trainees are rotating in that setting.
(7) "Vendor corporations" are those non university owned, operated or affiliated businesses, corporations or other entities that supply or wish to supply equipment, goods, services or other clinically related products to the university or university personnel. This also includes organizations to which university patients are referred for clinical services (e.g., extended care facilities, skilled nursing facilities, etc.).
(8) "Vendor representatives" are those individuals who are employed by or who represent any vendor corporation. Vendor representatives are guests of the university and, as such, must provide their services in accordance with acceptable rules of conduct as determined by this rule and in a manner that provides the greatest benefit to the university and to our patients.
(D) Policy statement
(1) Gifts to individuals
(a) University personnel are prohibited from accepting any gifts from vendor representatives or vendor corporations regardless of the value of the gift. This includes items of minimal value like pens, mugs, notepads, etc. that have been commonly distributed by vendors in the past.
(b) University personnel may receive marketing, instructional, warning or other educational information from a vendor about the vendor's products.
(c) Any gifts that are delivered directly to an individual who meets the definition of university personnel at any site must be either:
(i) Returned directly by the individual to the vendor,
(ii) Forwarded to the office of the general counsel or the office of faculty affairs who will return the gift to the vendor.
(iii) In either case, a standard letter will be sent with the gift that explains that individuals can no longer accept any gifts from vendors.
(2) Gifts to the university, the university foundation, individual colleges or departments.
(a) The university, university foundation, individual colleges or departments may accept cash donations, gifts or other items of value that support the education, clinical or research missions of the university from a vendor corporation in accordance with this rule.
(b) Any donations or gifts accepted by the university, university foundation should remain the property of the university, university foundation, or an individual college or departments.
In the case of a cash donation, funds may be used to:
(i) Purchase items that may be used by university personnel in relation to their professional duties, or
(ii) To further the mission of the university or an individual college department.
(c) Samples of equipment for non-patient care related activities (e.g., research equipment, teaching laboratory suppliers, textbooks for evaluation for use in a course, etc.) may be accepted by the universities, individual colleges or departments in accordance with the rules of the purchasing department. These non-patient care related sample equipment must remain the property of the university, individual college or department.
(d) When working with vendors who would like to provide a donation, gift, or other item of value to the university, one of its colleges or departments, the vendor must work with the leadership of the university, individual college or department and with university I\institutional advancement personnel to ensure that the gift is appropriate before finalizing plans for the gift. University institutional advancement personnel and leadership personnel are responsible for properly processing the gift.
(i) If the gift is provided to support a research project or program, the office of the vice president for research must be consulted concerning conflict of interest and other research related polices prior to accepting any research related gift.
(ii) If the gift is provided to support a CME education program, the office of continuing professional education must be consulted prior to accepting any funds to support a CME education program.
(iii) If the gift is for another purpose beyond those listed above, the department accepting the gift must work with appropriate university leadership or administrative oversight entities to coordinate the gift based on the gift's purpose.
(e) All donations and gifts from vendors to the university an individual college or department should be documented in writing. Although no specific form is required, at a minimum, this documentation should include:
(i) The total amount of the gift.
(ii) The time frame over which the gift will be given (e.g., lump sum, quarterly, annually, etc.), and
(iii) The intended use of the funds or the gift.
(f) All gifts of ten thousand dollars or more, either in individual or cumulative gifts from one vendor to one department over the course of a fiscal year must be reviewed by the general counsel's office to ensure that they are being documented and conflicts are being managed appropriately. It is the responsibility of the department chair to forward documentation of such gifts to the office of the general counsel.
(3) Meals
(a) Vendors are prohibited from directly supplying meals, food, snacks or other food items to university personnel. The exceptions to this rule are:
(i) A modest meal as part of an event that grants CME or other continuing education credit when the event is sponsored by the vendor. This does not include departmental grand rounds or other university sponsored CME/CE events that are officially sponsored by a department but that may have some funding support from a vendor corporation.
(ii) A meal in conjunction with an individual's role as an advisor or consultant to a vendor corporation.
(b) The university, an individual college or department is allowed to provide meals, food, snacks or other food items to university personnel at any time in accordance with applicable university rules. The source of funding for such food may be a donation from a vendor or vendor representative but the university, college or department must be responsible for providing and paying for the food.
(4) Vendor sponsored events
(a) University personnel are permitted to attend, participate in and/or lead any off-site event that offers CME or other continuing education credit regardless of the sponsor of the event.
(b) University personnel are prohibited from receiving payment or gifts in exchange for attendance as an audience member at any event.
(c) University personnel are permitted to accept an item with a vendor logo on it in conjunction with an educational conference (e.g., a tote bag, a water bottle, etc.) if;
(i) The item has the name of the conference or sponsoring organization on it,
(ii) The item is provided by the educational conference, and
(iii) The item is provided to all conference attendees.
(d) Meetings with vendors regarding the potential purchase, lease or rental of equipment or services from the vendor and any meals provided at such a meeting must be in accordance with the rules of the university and the laws of the state of Ohio. In general, all costs for meals, travel, lodging, etc. for these meetings should be covered by a university department and not by the vendor.
(e) Vendor sponsorship
(i) If a vendor is interested in providing support to the university and individual college or department to underwrite an educational event or conference (including the purchase of food), the vendor should make a monetary donation to the university, individual college, or department to facilitate the event.
(a) The planning and coordination of the event must remain under control of the university; individual college or department that is sponsoring the event.
(b) The donated funds must remain under the control of the university, individual college or department that is sponsoring the event.
(c) The university, individual college or department is required to provide appropriate recognition of the vendor support for the event especially when the activity is granting CME or other continuing education credit.
(d) At the discretion of the leader of the administrative unit responsible for the event, vendor representative(s) from the entity providing support for the event may:
(i) Attend the event;
(ii) Be introduced/recognized at the event;
(iii) Set up a table in an area adjacent to but separate from the educational event where he/she may distribute marketing or scientific literature.
(e) Vendor representatives from the entity providing support may not:
(i) Distribute any gifts or meals, beverages, snacks, candy or other food items;
(ii) Conduct any marketing or commercial activities within the room where the educational event is occurring.
(f) Vendors are prohibited from providing funds directly to any university personnel to attend any CME or other continuing education event (with the exception of paragraph (G) of this rule). Vendors wishing to provide support for a specific CME or other continuing education event or program should make a donation to the university's individual college or department that is the sponsor of the event to reduce the cost for all attendees.
(ii) In the case of students, and other trainees, a vendor may provide support for one or more individual trainees to attend an educational conference with the following stipulations:
(a) The individual(s) chosen to attend the event must be chosen by the associate dean of academic affairs or other official designated by the university in which the student is enrolled.
(b) The associate dean of academic affairs or other official designated by the university in which the student is enrolled must approve the educational conference that is being attended to ensure that the conference is of substantial value to the trainee's education.
(c) The student chosen and the program must also be approved by the chief student affairs officer.
(d) The funding support must be directed to the university's office of student affairs which will then either pay for the expenses or reimburse the individual(s) for the expenses related to attending the event.
(iii) Consulting, speakers' bureaus and other business arrangements
(a) University personnel may serve as paid consultants or advisors to vendor corporations in accordance with this rule and other applicable university rules, on work outside the university.
(i) University personnel may receive complimentary meals from a vendor only in direct relation to their work for the vendor as a paid consultant or advisor (e.g., a lunch or dinner at an advisory committee meeting). This does not include meals or gifts from a vendor not in conjunction with their work as an advisor or consultant (e.g., one-on-one lunch with a vendor representative unrelated to their paid position).
(ii) Any paid advisory or consulting relationships must be disclosed by university personnel in the course of leading any educational activity for university students, faculty, or other employees if the topic being discussed relates to products or services that they provide consultation on to the vendor. This includes both CME/CE and non-CME/CE educational activities.
(iii) Any paid consulting relationship with a vendor corporation must be disclosed by university personnel through the annual university research conflict of interest disclosure process and should be discussed directly with the individual's unit leader.
(iv) Consulting or advisory relationships should be entered into by university personnel carefully. The work that will be done for the vendor corporation must be:
(A) Generally commensurate with the amount of compensation provided by the vendor; and
(B) The compensation must approximate fair market value.
(v) There should be a signed agreement that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be done for the vendor corporation and the compensation to be provided by the vendor.
(A) If this agreement is between the vendor and the individual, all aspects of the university consultation and conflict of interest rules apply.
(1) The agreement with the vendor must be produced by university personnel if requested by a department chair or university senior administrator.
(2) The individual must report to the university vice president for research and the university general counsel if any intellectual property will be created as a part of this activity.
(B) If this agreement is between the vendor and the university, the document should be reviewed and approved in advance by the office of the university general counsel.
(C) University personnel serving as a paid consultant, advisor, etc. for a vendor should comply with university rules regarding the requirement to use appropriate leave time for these activities when required.
(f) Speakers' bureau and educational events
(i) University personnel are permitted to participate in a vendor-sponsored speakers' bureau or other educational events only:
(a) When the presentation is to be made in an academic setting (e.g. grand rounds, visiting professor, guest lecturer etc. at an academic medical center or other teaching hospital); or
(b) At any event granting CME/CE credit regardless of the location, or
(c) When the presentation is an educational or training activity for a vendor's employees.
(ii) When presenting at a vendor-sponsored speakers' bureau or other educational event, any slides and other information presented by university personnel must have been prepared by the university personnel. Use of slides or other vendor-prepared educational materials by the university personnel is not permitted with the exception of FDA-approved slides that are mandated for use when discussing a specific product.
(iii) University personnel may receive an honorarium or speaker fee for lecturing in a permitted vendor sponsored or supported educational event as defined in this rule.
(a) If the event occurs in an academic setting (i.e., an academic medical center, teaching hospital, etc.), the honorarium or speaker fee must be from the academic institution.
(b) If the event occurs as a part of a CME/CE event, the honorarium or speaker fee must be from the organization sponsoring the CME/CE event.
(iv) University personnel are prohibited from receiving a retainer or other similar payments simply for being a member of a speakers' bureau. Any payments for involvement with a speakers' bureau must be in relation to actually performing a service as a speaker, lecturer, etc.
(v) University personnel are prohibited from participating in and receiving an honorarium for a vendor sponsored "speakers' bureau" event when the goal of the activity is marketing of the vendor's products.
(g) Token consulting arrangements are strictly forbidden.
(i) Token consulting arrangements are agreements to pay university personnel for consulting or advising a vendor corporation when either:
(a) No substantive work is done on behalf of the vendor, or
(b) The work done for the vendor is not commensurate with the amount of compensation provided by the vendor, or
(c) When the compensation is not at fair market value as determined by acceptable benchmarks (e.g., AAMC faculty or MGMA practicing physician salary benchmarks).
(d) If there are any concerns that a consulting arrangement could be considered token consulting, please consult the office of the university general counsel for further review.
(ii) Ghost-writing of publications, abstracts, case reports or other scholarly work by vendor representatives on behalf of university personnel is strictly prohibited. University personnel should be aware of published guidelines in the medical literature regarding taking credit for authorship of an article, abstract, or other scholarly work.
(h) Promotional materials
(i) Vendor corporations and vendor representatives are prohibited from directly placing any promotional materials or educational materials in any patient care area or waiting area of any university owned or operated in patient or outpatient site.
(ii) University personnel are permitted to distribute or display high-quality patient education materials produced by a vendor corporation in patient care areas or waiting rooms of any inpatient or outpatient site provided that the materials are unbiased and are not product-specific.
(iii) Promotional materials that are product-specific or that directly market a vendor's products may be distributed to patients:
(a) Only after they have been reviewed specifically by the university department to ensure that they are generally complete and accurate regarding the vendor's product, and
(b) Only after it is determined that the patient needs or potentially needs to use the product or medication covered in the promotional material, and
(c) By university personnel and not directly by vendor representatives.
(iv) This rule should not be construed in any way to limit the distribution of accurate and complete instructions for use or safety warnings for any product or medication regardless of the source of the information after an item has been ordered or prescribed for use by a patient.
(i) Samples
(i) Industry sales representatives are not permitted in university facilities without approval from the respective college deans or designees. If approved, vendor sales representatives are escorted to the proper venue by a member of the university staff.
(ii) In order to ensure patient safety and the appropriate storage and distribution of medication samples, the distribution of medication samples will be prohibited except as noted:
In an attempt to minimize the need for samples:
(a) vendors are encouraged to provide vouchers to clinical units or clinics within the university that may be distributed to patients. These vouchers, in addition to a valid prescription, will allow a patient to receive free or discounted medications at a retail pharmacy.
(b) Prescribers are encouraged to prescribe generic medications for those patients who cannot easily afford prescription medications and in those clinical situations when a generic medication is appropriate for the patient's condition.
(iii) If members of a clinical department in a facility owned or operated by the university believe that their clinical practice requires the continued use of medication samples for a specific medication or for a special patient population, they may apply to the dean of the college in which the department is located for an exception to this rule. As a part of that approval, the department will be required to annually report the following to the dean:
(a) The medication samples that are routinely stocked in the clinic,
(b) The process for ensuring the proper storage, security and distribution for samples,
(c) The process for monitoring the expiration dates on medication samples, and
(d) The process for the documentation of distribution to patients.
(iv) For non-medication product samples, the unit or clinic should ensure that any samples provided to patients are appropriately packaged, in good condition and have not expired.
(j) Conflict of interest in purchasing decisions
(i) Any university personnel involved in the evaluation of a product, selection of a vendor, negotiation with a vendor, or the decision to purchase a product must fully disclose any equity positions, consulting agreements, or other compensation relationships between him/herself or a member of his/her family (as defined by applicable university rule) with a vendor under consideration.
(ii) This conflict of interest should be disclosed in writing to the university personnel's immediate supervisor, and department chair as well as to the applicable staff from the purchasing department.
(a) The individual's immediate supervisor is required to review the conflict of interest with the department chair. If the conflict of interest is significant or cannot be managed appropriately in the opinion of the immediate supervisor or the department chair or the purchasing department, the individual must remove him/herself from the process.
(b) Individuals must report existing conflicts on an annual basis to the immediate supervisor, department chair and dean as part of the annual evaluation process.
(c) If additional assistance is needed to evaluate the conflict of interest, the university general counsel, the vice president for administration and finance and the vice president for research are additional resources that can be utilized.
(iii) If university personnel are in any position to materially benefit from the university relationship with the vendor or if the conflict is deemed too significant by either the purchasing department or the individual's immediate supervisor to be managed appropriately, the individual must immediately remove him/herself from any further discussions, meetings or negotiations.
(iv) Any university personnel who are involved in the evaluation of a product, selection of a vendor, negotiation with a vendor, or the decision to purchase a product should be generally familiar with all purchasing department rules regarding their role in the process.
(v) Communication between university personnel and vendor representatives related to selection of a vendor, negotiation with a vendor or a decision to purchase a product should occur only in accordance with purchasing department rules.
(vi) All costs related to meals, travel, lodging, etc. for meetings, site visits, or other activities related to a purchasing decision must be covered by university department and not the vendor unless explicitly approved by a senior administrator at the university.
(k) Conflict of interest in research
(i) Individual medical center staff members involved in any form of research should be generally familiar with and compliant with any applicable university rules that govern conflicts of interest in research.
(ii) Funding or other support for research from vendors may be received in accordance with applicable, university rules that govern industry-funded research.
(iii) As a part of the IRB approval process, university personnel must disclose to the IRB any financial conflicts regarding the research they are undertaking according to applicable university rules.
(iv) As a part of the IRB approval process, university personnel must disclose to prospective research subjects any substantial conflicts of interest regarding the research they are undertaking when required to do so by the IRB.
(l) Non-compliance
(i) Department chairs are charged with ensuring that all university personnel (e.g., faculty, staff, trainees, etc.) in their departments are educated about this rule.
(ii) Reporting of potential non-compliance with this rule may be done through a variety of mechanisms.
(a) Report directly to the vice president for research;
(b) Report directly to the vice president for administration and finance;
(c) Report directly to the university general counsel.
(iii) Determination of non-compliance and disciplinary action: determination of non-compliance will be done with the cooperation of the applicable administrative, academic, research and/or clinical department leadership where the alleged issue(s) occurred. For faculty members, this should also include the department chair for the individual involved. Additional assistance in any investigation, determination of non-compliance with this rule, or determination of disciplinary action can also be provided by the dean, the vice president for administration and finance, vice president for research, or university general counsel.
(iv) Vendor non-compliance: each issue of non-compliance with this rule will be dealt with on an individualized basis taking into account the actual events that occurred and any previous non-compliance with university rules. Non-compliance may result in actions including, but not limited to:
(a) A warning;
(b) A temporary suspension of access to the university;
(c) Permanent revocation of the individual vendor corporation; or
(d) Complete termination of business with the vendor corporation.
(v) University personnel non-compliance: each issue of non-compliance with this rule will be dealt with on an individualized basis taking into account the actual events that occur, any previous non-compliance with university rules, and the individual's overall applicable work or academic record. Any disciplinary action will be consistent with regard to existing disciplinary rules that apply to the individual in question. Non-compliance may result in disciplinary action, including but not limited to:
(a) A warning;
(b) Probation;
(c) Suspension;
(d) Removal from a position where duties include vendor interaction; or
(e) Termination.
(f) Any disciplinary action may be appealed in accordance with applicable university HR rules and through a process that is based on the individual's status within the university (i.e., student, faculty, administrative staff, trainee, etc.).
Last updated July 29, 2024 at 8:26 AM
History
- Effective: July 29, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Ohio Adm.Code 3349-20-175 Participation in companies commercializing university research.
(A) Purpose
Northeast Ohio medical university has determined that the interests of the university will be served if faculty, staff and students are afforded an opportunity to hold a personal, financial interest in companies commercializing their university research. Participation in technology licensing transactions will facilitate the university's strategic plan by making its intellectual property available for use in the private marketplace. Activities permitted under this rule will enhance the university's ability to recruit and retain high quality faculty researchers. These procedures and guidelines are intended to protect the integrity of the educational, research and service missions of the university, through compliance with university rules and procedures, as well as federal and state laws and regulations while enabling the university to realize the benefits of entrepreneurial activities.
(B) Scope
This rule applies to all staff engaged in research at the university (as that term is defined in paragraph (C)(18) of this rule).
(C) Definitions
(1) "Activity not related to research" refers to activities which are unrelated to scientific or scholarly investigation are not subject to this rule. However, they may be subject to other university rules.
(2) "Business activity" refers to activities directed toward the commercialization of university intellectual property.
(3) "Business plan" refers to a written proposal explaining a new business or business idea that usually includes financial, marketing and operational plans.
(4) "Conflict management plan" refers to a plan designed to manage, reduce or eliminate conflicts of interest in accordance with the university's conflict of interest rule.
(5) "Conflict of commitment" refers to external commitments which burden or interfere with the individual's primary obligations and commitments to the university.
(6) "Conflict of interest" refers to the ability to improperly influence the university's business, administrative, academic, research or other decisions in ways that could lead to personal gain or advantage of any kind.
(7) "Conflict of interest administrator" refers to the university official, appointed by the president, responsible for monitoring compliance with conflict of interest plans as approved by the conflict of interest committee.
(8) "Conflict of interest committee" refers to the committee appointed by the president that reviews disclosure statements regarding significant financial interest in a technology commercialization venture. This committee assists the faculty, staff and students in the development of a plan to manage, reduce or eliminate conflicts of interests in accordance with the university's conflict of interest rule.
(9) "Equity" refers to an interest or ownership in a commercial entity.
(10) "Faculty" refer to individuals appointed to that status by the board of trustees.
(11) "Intellectual property" refers to a category of intangible rights protecting a commercially valuable product of the human intellect. This category includes, but is not limited to, trademark, copyright, patent rights and trade secrets.
(12) "Intellectual property committee" refers to the committee appointed by the president that evaluates all discoveries and inventions disclosed to the university for patent potential and marketability.
(13) "Investigator" refers to individuals responsible for the design, conduct or reporting of a project whether in whole or part. This includes all personnel involved in a research project.
(14) "Milestones" refer to specific markers measured in terms of events, time or both.
(15) "Individuals" refer to as used in this rule, individuals include faculty, staff and students.
(16) "Research" refers to scientific or scholarly investigation.
(17) "Significant financial interest" refers to anything of monetary value including, but not limited to, salary or other payments for services, equity interests and intellectual property rights.
(18) "Staff" refers to any individual who is a part time or full time employee at the university whether paid or not qualified volunteers are included in this definition.
(19) "Start-up company" refers to a corporation, association, partnership or other commercial enterprise which is in its formative or developmental stage.
(20) "Students" refer to individuals who is enrolled full-time or part-time in approved university educational programs and/or individuals enrolled in other joint instructional programs who are under the direction of college of medicine faculty. This includes medical students, graduate students, graduate assistants, postdoctoral fellows and student employees.
(21) "Technology commercialization venture" refers to a commercial entity owned in whole or in part by a university faculty, staff member or student that has as its purpose the development and commercialization of university owned, assigned, licensed, or transferred intellectual property.
(D) Body of the rule
(1) Applicability
(a) This rule applies to individuals that are engaged in research and development activities or create intellectual property owned by the university in accordance with section 3345.14 of the Revised Code and desire to hold and own equity interest in a technology commercialization venture generated by the aforementioned commercialization activities.
(b) The conflict of interest administrator is responsible for ensuring that individuals within the university who participate in technology commercialization activities comply with this rule and the university's external and financial professional commitments, conflict of interest and intellectual property rules.
(c) The conflict of interest administrator, in consultation with the individual's immediate supervisor, is responsible for reviewing the conflict management plan and making recommendations to the conflict of interest committee.
(d) The conflict of interest committee is responsible for notifying the faculty member and his or her immediate supervisor upon approval of a conflict management plan.
(e) The supervisor is responsible for monitoring compliance with the conflict management plan and reporting deviation to the conflict of interest administrator.
(f) The conflict management plan will be reviewed annually by the conflict of interest administrator and the president or other university official designated by the president to assure compliance with the plan and all other university rules.
(2) Approval process
(a) Individuals who plan to participate in a technology commercialization venture must present a business plan to the general counsel and the chief technology transfer officer who will consult with the vice president for finance and administration. Such individuals must also submit a conflict management plan to the conflict of interest committee after consultation with the conflict of interest administrator and the immediate supervisor.
(b) The intellectual property committee is responsible for ensuring that the interests of the university are served by the technology commercialization venture through a review of all pertinent information relating to the venture.
(c) A technology commercialization venture requesting a license to university owned technology must provide a viable business plan to the general counsel and chief technology transfer officer including, at a minimum, the following:
(i) A capitalization plan demonstrating access to funds necessary for venture growth;
(ii) A proposed management team; and
(iii) Milestones for product development and commercial sale.
(d) The conflict of interest committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving the conflict management plan.
(e) The conflict of interest administrator or an immediate supervisor who has a financial interest or is a co-participant in a technology commercialization venture is not able to provide effective oversight of that activity. In these situations, an objective administrator will be appointed by the president to perform responsibilities of the conflict of interest administrator or the immediate supervisor
(3) Faculty obligations to the university
(a) Faculty are encouraged to develop discoveries and inventions with commercial potential; however, they shall not allow their interests in a financial opportunity to interfere with or detract from the teaching, research and service missions of the university.
(b) Faculty advisors shall base research assignments for a given student on the student's interest and academic development.
(c) Faculty shall respect and promote the cooperative nature of the academic environment by sharing information and participating in joint research efforts with their colleagues.
(d) Authorized private business activities must be undertaken in good faith, with due care and must be consistent with the university's best interests. These activities must not conflict with university rules and procedures or any federal and state law.
(4) Conflict of interest management standards
(a) University facilities, equipment and other resources shall be used for research benefiting a technology commercialization venture only pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement.
(b) Faculty or staff shall not hold management positions in technology commercialization ventures without the express consent of the conflict of interest committee and the university president. It is expected that professional management shall be brought in at the earliest opportunity and that faculty or staff management responsibilities will decrease as the venture develops.
(c) Agreements between the university and a technology commercialization venture shall contain enforceable milestones for the reduction of faculty and staff management responsibilities. Failure to comply with these milestones will result in cessation of the faculty and staff management activities permitted under this rule unless specifically authorized by the conflict of interest committee.
(d) Faculty engaged in approved private activities, who are unable to perform all of their university responsibilities, must reduce those activities or request a reduction of appointment or other approved leave. Faculty improvement leaves may not be used for private business purposes and are subject to the faculty improvement program rule.
(e) A perceived failure to adhere to these guidelines shall be reported to the conflict of interest administrator.
(f) University regulatory review boards including, for example, the institutional review board and the institutional animal care and use committee, may be utilized for research benefiting a technology commercialization venture only pursuant to a written agreement with the university.
(g) While significant faculty or staff equity ownership may be inherent in a newly formed venture, it is expected that their ownership interests, as a percentage of the total outstanding shares or membership interests of the venture will decrease as the venture develops and attracts additional equity. Agreements between the university and technology commercialization companies shall contain enforceable milestones for the dilution of these equity interests.
(h) A faculty or staff member, who is a principle investigator for a project involving human subjects or live animals which is funded by a technology commercialization venture, must comply with the rules and regulations of the institutional review board or the institutional animal care and use committee.
(i) Agreements for sponsored research projects funded by technology commercialization ventures must include, at a minimum, a requirement for appropriate university publication rights and full cost recovery. The office of the vice president for administration and finance and the office of the general counsel must approve exceptions to these conditions.
(j) Faculty and staff participating in technology commercialization ventures approved pursuant to this rule continue to be bound by the university rule on intellectual property. New inventions and/or discoveries made as a result of a faculty or staff member's research efforts for the venture, will be owned by the university unless other arrangements are made in advance. New inventions and/or discoveries developed by the faculty or staff member for the venture must be disclosed to the dean for research and the general counsel as required by the intellectual property rule.
(5) Guidelines for students participating in commercializing technology
(a) Students may use university facilities, equipment and other resources to perform research benefiting a technology commercialization venture only pursuant to a contractual agreement between the university and the technology commercialization venture and approved by the conflict of interest committee.
(b) Research benefiting a technology commercialization venture may not be used to satisfy the criteria for a thesis or dissertation if the material is restricted from publication or public disclosure. Students shall be informed by their NEOMED faculty advisor in writing of this restriction prior to the start of their research.
(c) A student shall not be employed by a technology commercialization venture in which a faculty member has an ownership interest if:
(i) The student is enrolled in a course taught by the faculty member, or
(ii) The faculty member is a member of the student's thesis or dissertation committee, or
(iii) The faculty member is the student's advisor or the director of his or her thesis or dissertation research.
(d) Students may perform research benefiting a technology commercialization venture only pursuant to a sponsored research agreement or other formal internship agreement through the university.
(6) Specific guidelines on investments by faculty, staff and students not involved with development of the technology.
Faculty who are not directly involved with research and development of technology licensed to a faculty owned start-up company may hold equity interests in that company only to the extent not prohibited by Chapter 102. and sections 2921.42 and 2921.43 of the Revised Code.
(7) Board authorization
The board of trustees authorized the administration to establish and implement the provisions related to the commercialization of university research as necessary to carry out this rule without further ratification or action required by the board of trustees.
Last updated July 29, 2024 at 8:26 AM
History
- Effective: July 29, 2024
- Promulgated Under: 111.15
Setzen Sie Ihre Recherche in ChatGPT oder Claude fort
Verbinden Sie Omnilex, um den Rechtskorpus über Ihren KI-Assistenten zu durchsuchen.